Bulletin from the laboratories of natural history of the State University of Iowa

Vole 6
1911-13

Gerd ees
an ay ita”
Nitin ;

Ny

BULEETFIN

FROM THE

LABORATORIES OF NATURAL HISTORY

OF THE

STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA

ee

VOLUME VI.

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY
IOWA CITY, IOWA
1911-1913,

Fey

TABLE OF CONTENTS

VOLUME VI

Each number paged separately

No. 1

The hydroids of the West Coast of North America
C. M. FRASER

No. 2

A list of the Coleoptera of Iowa
H. F. WicKHAM

Iowa Discomycetes
FRED J. SEAVER

A fossil burrowing sponge from the Iowa Devonian
A. O. THOMAS

The prairies
B. SHIMEK

No. 3

A report on some recent collections of fossil Coleoptera from the
Miocene Shales of Florissant
H. F. WickKHAM

Notes on New England hydroids
C. M. FRASER
Notes on Cleridae from North and Central America
H. F. WicKHAM and A. B. WoLcorTtT

No. 4

Fossil Coleoptera from the Wilson ranch near Florissant, Colorado
H. F. WicKHAM

A new Succinea
B. SHIMEK

An artificial prairie
B. SHIMEK

A long-stalked Elodea flower
R. B. WYLIE

PAGE

Oo

41

169

Gs

39

49

Oo

BULLETIN OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA
'NEW SERIES No. 28 MAY 13, 1911

BULLETIN

FROM THE

LABORATORIES OF NATURAL HISTORY

THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA

VOLUME VI NO.1

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY

— eee

a bitches One Tres DURING THE ACADEMIC YEAR; MONTHLY a pes a
NUARY, WEEKLY FROM FEBRUARY TO JUNE. ENTERED AT THE
OFFICE IN Iowa CITY AS SECOND CLASS MAIL MATTER

BULLETIN OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA

NEW SERIES NO. 28 MAY 13, 1911

a

IN THE SERIES OF RESEARCH BULLETINS OF oil UNIVERSITY
f

BULLETIN

FROM THE
LABORATORIES OF NATURAL HISTORY

OF
THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA
EDITORIAL STAFF
SAMUEL Carvin, Geology

Tuomas H. MacpripeE, Botany
Cuar.es C. Nuttine, Zoology

ee VI NUMBER 1
THE HYDROIDS LIBRARY

offihe NEW YORK

BOTANICAL
WEST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA GARDEN.

With special reference to those of the Vancouver Island region

with a map and eight plates

C. McLEAN FRASER

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY

ee

IssuED TWENTY-ONE TIMES DURING THE ACADEMIC YEAR; MONTHLY FROM OCTOBER To.
JANUARY, WEEKLY FROM FEBRUARY TO JUNE. ENTERED AT THE Post OFFICE
IN Iowa Ciry As SEcoND CLAss Matt MATTER

THE HYDROIDS OF THE WEST COAST OF NORTH
AMERICA

INTRODUCTION

The new material examined in connection with the prepara-
tion of this paper has been collected from various localities in the
Vancouver Island Region. In the summer of 1903 I spent some
time at the Minnesota Seaside Station at Port Renfrew on the
West Coast of Vancouver Island at the entrance of the Strait of
Juan de Fuca. There was no provision made for dredging, con-
sequently all the specimens obtained were shore forms. In 1908
and again in 1909 I spent some time at the Dominion Biological
Station at Departure Bay, five miles from the City of Nanaimo
on the East Coast of the Island. Here I collected shore speci-
mens and obtained others by dredging, seldom in water more
than 25 fathoms deep. The best locality for dredging was in
Northumberland Strait, between Gabriola Island and other
smaller Islands, at the mouth of Dodd’s Narrows, a narrow chan-
nel between two small islands, about ten miles southeast of the
Station. Besides the specimens that I collected while there, sev-
eral others were handed over to me by Rev. G. W. Taylor, the
curator of the Station. These were obtained at various times
from various points along the coast from Rose Spit on Graham
Island in the Queen Charlotte Archipelago, southward as far as
Victoria, and many of these were very fine specimens. In 1909

’ Prof. John Macoun, Curator of the Dominion Museum at Ottawa,

MAY 1 6 1911

with two assistants, Messrs. Spreadborough and Young, spent
four months collecting off Amphitrite Point at the entrance to
the Alberni Canal on the West Coast, making the village of
Ucluelet their working base. Through the kindness of Prof.
Macoun, I received the Hydroids of the Collection for examina-
tion. During that same season, Dr. A. G. Huntsman went over
to Ucluelet from Departure Bay, to collect for the University of
Toronto. He brought back some Hydroids that helped to sup-
plement the material from Prof. Macoun’s collection. The speci-

4 C. McLEAN FRASER

mens from Ucluelet were collected along the shore and from
dredging in shallow water up to 30 fathoms.

When I came to the University of Iowa last September, Prof.
C. C. Nutting placed at my disposal two collections from San
Juan Archipelago, not previously examined, the one made by
Mr. H. Moon, a graduate of the University of lowa, and the other
by Prof. T. Kincaid of the University of Washington, Seattle.
The collection belonging to the University and Prof. Nutting’s
own collection, both extensive, have been available for reference
and comparison. A collection made at Canso, Nova Scotia, under
the supervision of Prof. R. Ramsay Wright, while connected with
the University of Toronto, was also of value in comparing the
West Coast forms with those on the Atlantic Coast. These col-
lections, then, form the basis for the work set forth in this paper.

As so many contributions to Hydroid Literature were at hand,
on the advice of Prof. Nutting, I decided to extend the work to
include all the references to Hydroid distribution on the West
Coast up to the present time. The paper, therefore, is intended
to serve two purposes, (1) To give a list of all the species found
in the new material from the Vancouver Island Region, with the
description of any new species found or any new points of in-
terest observed in connection with forms already described.
(2) To give a full list of species known to exist on the West
Coast of North America, with the full recorded distribution of
each species along this coast.

The Hydroid history of the Coast as far as collecting is con-
cerned, up until 1901, has been given by Prof. Nutting in his
paper on the Harriman Hydroids. Since that time he has ex-
tended the list of Sertularians in his monographic work of 1904.
Dr. Torrey reported several new species and extended the range
of many others, chiefly along the California Coast, by his paper
on Pacifie Hydroids in 1902, and that on San Diego Hydroids in
1904. In 1907, E. Jaderholm in his paper ‘‘Zur Kenntnis der
Hydroiden-fauna des Beringsmeeres’’, reported several other
species from the Bering Sea, two of which, Haleciwm telescop-
icum and Stegopoma plicatile, had not previously been reported
from the West Coast.

Although I have added but seven new species and ten more
that had not been reported from the Coast previously, the closer
connection made between the Alaskan and Californian forms by

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 5

the identification of species new to the Vancouver Island Region,
serves as a slight addition to our too scant knowledge of the fauna
of the Pacific.

That no doubt may exist as to the exact location of the points
_most commonly mentioned, I have appended an outline map of
the Vancouver Island Region, extending far enough north to in-
elude all the localities mentioned in the paper in connection with
the new material examined.

It might be well to say a few words with regard to the nature
of the coast at the various localities. In general it may be said
that the whole West Coast is rocky, tending in many places to be
precipitous. The sandy reaches are comparatively few and peb-
bly beaches just as rare. At Port Renfrew the Station is situated
on a projecting point between San Juan Harbor and the open
Pacific. The rock is a slate formation with an extensive dip, cov-
ered with sandstone and conglomerate. On the ocean side the
swell rolls in with the strata and the covering is well worn, oft
with the force of the waves so there is little chance for attach-
ment to the smooth rocks. On the harbor side, the swell strikes
against the strata so that the slate breaks off with ragged edges.
In many cases the underlying strata may be worn out more than
those above and the latter are left overhanging, making perfect
feeding ground for numerous animal forms. The sandstone
above becomes worn into potholes and as the water in them is re-
plenished with each flow of the tide they make excellent salt wa-
ter aquaria. At Ucluelet the conditions are much different, as
Amphitrite Point is low-lying, much of it covered at high tide,
and the depth of the water increases more gradually than usually
on this coast, but here also there is an exposed and a sheltered
side. At Departure Bay, the bay itself is almost land-locked so
' that little wave action is noticeable though the variation in the
tide is greater than usual. Eel grass and seaweed are plentiful
but they are covered so much with diatoms and other similar
forms that the Hydroids found on them are not very readily ex-
amined. On the lee side of some of the islands at the entrance,
where there are overhanging rocks, the conditions are more fa-
vorable. Most of the bay is less than 25 fathoms in depth but
several species were obtained by dredging, among them the inter-
esting new forms, Crypta huntsmani and Hydractinia aggregata.
In Northumberland Strait at the mouth of Dodd’s Narrows there
is a powerful tide-rip at the change of the tide, which cannot fail

6 C. McLEAN FRASER

to bring a good food supply to the animals that are near enough
to reap the benefit. In the San Juan Archipelago the conditions
are very much as those already described. The shores of the va-
rious islands are in general not very well adapted to collecting,
though there are some favored spots. The numerous channels
between the islands give a variety of current and plenty of inter-
change to make good feeding grounds for such forms as Hydroids.
As the Archipelago is in the direct path of the current through
the Strait of Juan de Fuca, these conditions are accentuated.
The base for work in this vicinity is at Friday Harbor, on the
Eastern or sheltered side of San Juan Island, at which there is
now a regular Biological Station under the direction of Prof. T.
Kineaid of the University of Washington.

My thanks are especially due to Prof. C. C. Nutting, who has
given so much advice and assistance and supplied so many con-
veniences for advancing the work. The list of papers available
for consultation has been extended through the kindness of the
Librarian of the John Crerar Library, Chicago, who, through Mr.
M. G. Wyer, the University Librarian, loaned some rare and im-
portant papers. I wish also to express my obligation to Rev. G.
W. Taylor, Prof. John Macoun and Dr. A. G. Huntsman for eol-
lections of material, to Prof. Josephine E. Tilden and Prof. Con-
way MacMillan for their courtesy and assistance at the Minnesota
Seaside Station, and to my wife who has contributed to the work
by making the pen drawings for the plates from camera-lucida
drawings supplhed.

GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION

In 1876 Dr. 8. F. Clark reported 24 species of Hydroids from
the Pacific Coast, south of Vancouver Island and later in the same
year 42 species from Alaskan waters. Taking these reports as a
basis he concluded that since he found only one species, Lafa@a
dumosa, in the two regions, there must be a distinct break in dis-
tribution between the two regions. Investigations since that time
have shown that no such generalization should be made on so
small an amount of data. The more the group is studied and the
greater the number of locations for examination included, the
more reason there is for believing that there are no sudden, nor
even comparatively sudden, breaks in distribution along the en-
tire West Coast, though naturally certain species gradually dis-

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 7

appear and others as gradually come in. At the present time, out
of a total of 196 species, there is record of 155 species from the
Vancouver Island Region and north of it, and 88 south of that
region. No less than 47 or 24% of the whole number are common
to the two, these being divided up as follows: Gymnoblastic
forms 9, Campanularians (here used in the broad sense of all
hydrothecate forms except Sertularians and Plumularians) 20,
Sertularians 11 and Plumularians 7. Furthermore, 22 species
that are found north of Vancouver Island, are found in the Van-
couver Island Region as well as in the Region south of it.

Referring again to Dr. Clark’s paper’, he says ‘‘There is little
doubt that when the fauna has been more thoroughly investigat-
ed, the number of Hydroids may be at least doubled. Such a
variety as exists on the New England Coast can hardly be ex-
pected from our Pacific shores south of Vancouver Island, for the
waters there do not afford the same diversity of temperature.’’
The basis for this latter conclusion was rather insufficient also.
Since that time, the work that has been done south of Cape F lat-
tery, has been limited almost entirely to the work of Dr. Torrey,
which, however excellent it has been, has been largely confined
to the vicinity of San Francisco and San Diego with some inter-
mediate points, and a little dredging by the ‘‘ Albatross’’, report-
ed as yet only so far as the Sertularians and Plumularians are
concerned, yet the number of species has increased from 24 to 88,
and as far as I can see, if the waters off shore from Cape Flattery
to San Francisco are carefully worked, there is no reason to sup-
pose that the latter number might not be doubled, or that it
might not favorably compare with an equal amount of Coast-line
on the Atlantic side of the continent.

However that may be with regard to the coast south of Cape
Flattery, there is no stretch of the Atlantic Coast equal in extent
to that of the Pacific Coast to the north of Cape Flattery that can
offer such variety of favorable conditions for Hydroid growth as
there is to be found in that region. The broken nature of the out-
line, the presence of innumerable islands, large and small,
throughout the entire length, in many cases separated by great
depths of water, making a variety of currents and tide-waves,
and a wide range of temperature, though the cold, which the
Hydroid usually prefers, is predominant. The profusion of plant
life everywhere evident, is a good indication of the variety in

1 Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 251.

8 C. McLEAN FRASER ~

animal life that may be found along the shores and in the depths
and among the forms of animal life there is every reason to be-
lieve that the Hydroid is well represented. When the little col-
lecting that has been done, has brought to light 111 species in the
Vancouver Island Region and 101 species north of the Island,
what may we expect when the whole coast has been carefully ex-
amined ?

In examining the distribution of the species along the Coast, I
have prepared two tables: one, a table of distribution showing the
number of species in various areas along the Coast, as well as to
some extent, their general distribution, though this is not intend-
ed to be exhaustive, the other, a table of comparisons in number
of species in various areas. An analysis of these tables shows
several interesting points.

Before going into the general discussion, it might be well to
note that Dr. Clark was hardly justified in making the statement
that there is a distinct break at Shumagin Islands any more than
at any other point along the Coast. Of 57 species that have been
reported from Bering Sea and the Aleutian Islands, distributed
as follows: Gym. 5, Camp. 11, Sert. 39 and Plum. 2, 38 or 67%,
Gym. 3, Camp. 8, Sert. 26, Plum. 1, have been found farther Hast
and South along the Coast, the various groups supplying propor-
tionate numbers. It is also interesting that, in proportion to the
number of species obtained in the two cases, the species found on
the West Coast of Vancouver Island bear a quite similar relation
to those north and south of the Island, as do those on the Hast
Coast. Of the 36 species found on the West Coast of Vancouver
Island, 21 have been found north of the Island, i. e. 58% and 22
south of the Island or 61%. This may be tabulated as follows:

Total Gym. Camp. Sert. Plum.
IVES eect tat aee 36 4 14 14 4
Common to North,.. ‘21 2 8 10 1
Common to South,.. 22 3 7 8 4
IBTASIB AC aes Gus atom aie nee ag 101 8 5D 31 i
Common to North,.. 52 1 29 25 1
Common to South,.. 38 4 20 §) 5

Of the 101 species on the East Coast 52 or 51% are also found to
the North and 38 or 38% are also found to the South. The affini-
ties of the species on the East side of the Island show a tendency
towards the North rather than the South, somewhat more so than

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 9

those on the West side. It is rather gratifying to find that only
four species are found common to the north and the south of
Vancouver Island that are not found in the Vancouver Island
‘Region, because this indicates that however scanty the collection
is, it must be fairly representative of the whole coast.

Since the number of species has become more extensive, the
conclusions of some earlier authors that for a great number of
species, the distribution occurs along meridional lines from a cif-
cumpolar centre, seem to be more fully corroborated. Of the 45
species common to the East and West Coasts of North America,
no less than 40 or 89% are also found either in Europe or in the
Arctic Regions generally, distributed as follows: Total 45, Gym.
7, Camp. 23, Sert. 18, Plum. 2; Common 40, Gym. 6, Camp. 21,
Sert. 12, Plum. 1, while the total number of species common to
the West Coast and the South Pacific is inconsiderable.

Taking up a more particular comparison of forms along the
Coast itself, though there is a fairly general distribution in the
different groups, the centre of distribution for the coast varies to
a large extent.

Of the Gymnoblastic forms 31 have been found along the whole
coast, but the distribution is much scattered. This may be ac-
counted for by the fact that most of the collecting has been done
by men that are not hydroid systematists and the soft yielding
nature of the Gymnoblastic forms makes them less noticeable to
such collectors, than the more rigid, and in general more con-
spicuous, Calyptoblastic forms. Corroboration is given to this
from the number of Gymnoblastic forms reported by Dr. Torrey
from the California Coast. He, being familiar with such forms,
was able to find a relatively large number. No one species has
been found over a large area, although some are quite abundant
in certain localities. Cape Flattery divides the group quite ac-
curately into two equal parts. 20 species have been found north
of that point and 20 south of it. 11 are restricted to the north
and 11 to the south. Those to the north are evenly divided be-
tween the Vancouver Island Region and north of it. 9 are found
in the Vancouver Island Region and not north of it and 8 are
found north of that Region that are not found in it. 3 are com-
mon to the two regions. 12 species are circumpolar but none are
found common to the South Pacific.

Among the Campanularian forms, in the Family Campanular-

10 C. McLEAN FRASER

ide itself, Campanularia verticillata and Obelia dichotoma ap-
pear at the greatest number of points in quantity. Next to Obelia
geniculata, they have the widest general distribution of any
species found on the West Coast, but Obelia geniculata has been
reported only from the California Coast on the West, up to the
present time. Campanularia volubilis is also quite common.
Among, the Campanulinide, a family represented by very few
species, Calycella pygmea and Calycella syringa are the only
widely-distributed forms. No equal area so little investigated as
far as I have been able to find out, possesses so great a variety
in the Family Halecidew, which with the exception of Dr. Tor-
rey’s one species, Campalecium medusiferum, is restricted to one
genus. 18 species are reported, 11 of which are found in the
Vancouver Island Region. Only 6 have been reported elsewhere
and strangely enough 3 of these are from the Australian Region.
In the Lafwide 3 species of Lafw@a, dumosa, gracillima, and frutt-
cosa are particularly abundant, but they are all cosmopolitan
forms. As far as mass of material is concerned, these three spe-
cies supply a greater amount than any other three species on the
Coast.

The number of Campanularians is quite extensive. The col-
onies of many of them are large and much branched so that they
are easily detected. More of them are very small, even micro-
scopic, but they use the other larger colonies of Hydroids for
their hosts and thus are collected with them. The distribution
of the group differs from the Gymnoblastic group, the centre of
distribution being moved to the northward. Of the 78 species
found along the Coast, 68 or 87% are found in the Vancouver
Island Region or north of it, while only 38 or 48% have been
reported to the south. 48 species are restricted to Vancouver
Island Region and the north, 13 of these to the north of Van-
couver Island alone, and only 10 are restricted to the south. 55
are found in the Vancouver Island Region, 70% of the whole
number. 36 or 46% are circumpolar.

In the Sertularide, Abietinaria abietina and Sertularella tri-
cuspidata, here as in general distribution, cannot be approached
for number by any other species: Abietinaria variabilis, Abietin-
aria amphora, Abietinaria anguina and Abietinaria traski, the
last three being restricted to the Coast, have a wide range. Se-
laginopsis cylindrica, Selaginopsis mirabilis, Thuiaria dalli and

WEST COAST HYDROIDS or i |

Thuiaria similis are very plentiful in the Vancouver Island Re-
gion and the north. In this group the centre of distribution is
still farther to the northward. Out of a total of 68 species, 57
or 83% are found north of Cape Flattery, 49 or 72% being found
north of Vancouver Island, and only 22 or 32% to the south.
46 are restricted to the north and only 11 to the south. 36 or
53% are found in the Vancouver Island Region and 26 or 38%
are circumpolar.

In the Plumularide only two, Aglaophenia struthionides and
Plumularia lagenifera, are at all wide-spread, but these two are
very abundant. Many species are reported only from a single
locality. The centre of distribution for the family, if one can
speak of such when the distribution is so scattered, is south of
Cape Flattery. This is natural as the family is especially a
tropical one. Out of a total of 19 species only 10 or 53% are
found in the north, while 16 or 84% are found in the south.
Only 3 are found north of Vancouver Island. One of these, the
only representative of a genus, is reported only from the Aleutian
Islands. 12 species or 63% are restricted to the West Coast.
The 7 that are found elsewhere have practically nothing in com-
mon in their distribution. Aglaophenia latirostris, reported from
Brazil, was found off the Oregon Coast and in the San Juan
Archipelago. Aglaophenia pluma, reported from Great Britain,
Southern Europe and South Africa, was found off the California
Coast. Diplocheilus allmani, reported from the Japan Coast,
was found off the Coast of California. Plumularia corrugata, re-
ported from Brazil and the Hawaiian Islands, was found in the
San Juan Archipelago. Plumularia echinulata, reported from
the British Coast, was found in Puget Sound. Plumularia meg-
alocephala, reported off Georgia, was found off the California
Coast. Plumularia setacea, reported from Europe and Florida,
was found off the California Coast. From such an incongruous
list it is impossible to generalize as to distribution. It would
seem either, that these species represent the ragged ends of lines
of distribution from a centre not yet discovered, or that the con-
nections are made along lines in deep water, where up to the
present they have not been reached.

I have very little accurate information concerning bathymet- -
rical distribution and still less concerning temperature, not
enough in either case to form a basis for general discussion.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE HypDROIDS FOUND
West Coast or NortH AMERICA

Clava leptostyla

Crypta huntsmani
Coryne brachiata
Syncoryne eximia
Syneoryne mirabilis
Garveia annulata
Garveia formosa
Garvela nutans

Bimeria franciscana
Bimeria gracilis

Bimeria robusta
Bougainvillia glorietta
Bougainvillia mertensi
Perigonimus repens
Eudendrium ealifornicum
Eudendrium eapillare
Eudendrium rameum
Eudendrium ramosum
Eudendrium vaginatum
Hydractinia aggregata
Hydractinia californica
Hydractinia milleri
Corymorpha carnea
Corymorpha palma
Tubularia borealis
Tubularia crocea
Tubularia harrimani
Tubularia indivisa
Tubularia larynx
Tubularia marina
Tubularia tubularoides
Campanularia denticulata
Campanularia exigua
Campanularia fusiformis
Campanularia groenlandica
Campanularia hesperia
Campanularia hincksi
Campanularia integra
Campanularia kineaidi
Campanularia occidentalis
Campanularia pacifica
Campanularia raridenta
Campanularia regia
Campanularia rigida
Campanularia ritteri

Bering Sea

tp

+ +

Aleutian Islands

+

+

East of Aleutian
Is. to Sitka

+ + ++

+ +

a Sle £25) Be |e s( |e"
Eslee|"=|£ (bel22 |"
q+
ae
+
a
as bee oee gigs |a.
ob
+
+
ee
+
t a
+} -F} +
-++
+
+)+4
+
Baie ee
—
zs ala
=.
=
S08
a al
+) |+]+
E +
ote
+
+
“Ee
2 pel eu
+
aR ce 5
Sale
+

OFF THE

South Pacific
East Coast of
North America
Europe
Arctic Regions

-+-

=

“+
++4++4+ 4+
++

Bering Sea

Is. to Sitka
From Sitka to
Vancouver I.

San Juan

Archipelago

Puget Sound
Region
West Coast of
South of

Aleutian Islands
San Francisco

East of Aleutian
East Coast of
Vancouver I.
Vancouver Ti

From ©. Flattery

to San Francisco

Sonth Pacifie

Fast Coast of

North America
Europe

Campanularia speciosa
Campanularia urceolata
Campanularia verticillata
Campanularia volubilis
Clytia attenuata

Clytia bakeri

Clytia edwardsi

Clytia hendersoni
Clytia johnstoni

Clytia universitatis
Eucopella caliculata
Eucopella compressa
Eucopella everta
Gonothyrea clarki
Gonothyrea inornata
Obelia borealis

Obelia commissuralis
Obelia corona

Obelia dichotoma
Obelia dubia

Obelia fragilis

Obelia gelatinosa
Obelia geniculata
Obelia gracilis

Obelia griffini

Obelia longissima
Obelia plicata

Obelia sureularis
Thaumantias inconspicua
Calycella pygmea
Calycella syringa
Campanulina forskalea
Campanulina rugosa
Cuspidella humilis
Lovenella producta
Stegopoma plicatile
Campalecium medusiferum
Halecium annulatum
Halecium balei
Halecium corrugatum
Halecium densum
Halecium halecinum
Halecium kofoidi
Halecium muricatum
Halecium ornatum
Halecium pygmeum -
Halecium reversum
Halecium robustum
Halecium scutum
Halecium speciosum

+ +
+
+++ 4+ +++ +44 _

+

-|-

a

+}
++
-|-

-}-

-}-
+++ 44+

+
+ +++++ ++ +4 +

+ +
++ ++++ ++ 4+

iar

++
++++ ++ +
+ +

-f-

+] Aretie Regions

++
14
++

Halecium telescopicum
Halecium tenellum
Halecium washingtoni
Halecium wilsoni
Filellum expansum
Filellum serpens
Grammaria immersa
Hebella pocillum
Lafcea adherens
Lafcea dumosa

Lafcea fruticosa
Lafcea gracillima
Lafcea grandis
Lictorella carolina
Abietinaria abietina
Abietinaria alexanderi
Abietinaria amphora
Abietinaria anguina
Abietinaria annulata
Abietinaria costata
Abietinaria filicula
Abietinaria gigantea
Abietinaria gracilis
Abietinaria greenei
Abietinaria inconstans
Abietinaria rigida
Abietinaria traski
Abietinaria turgida
Abietinaria variabilis
Dictyocladium flabellum
Diphasia clarz
Diphasia corniculata
Diphasia kineaidi
Diphasia pulchra
Hydrallmania distans
Hydrallmania franciscana
Selaginopsis cedrina
Selaginopsis cylindrica
Selaginopsis hartlaubi
Selaginopsis mirabilis
Selaginopsis obsoleta
Selaginopsis ornata
Selaginopsis pinaster
Selaginopsis pinnata
Selaginopsis plumiformis
Selaginopsis triserialis
Sertularella albida
Sertularella clarki
Sertularella complexa
Sertularella conica

Bering Sea
Aleutian Islands
East of Aleutian

Is. to Sitka

From Sitka to
Vancouver I.
East Coast of
Vancouver I.

4. :
-|-
aan

a
4
fot ++ + + +

fp +

a

+
+ ++ + +44
+++ 4. +
+-

a
po
aa
+ +
+

+ + +
+ +
a

+ $++ $4444

oe
+

ge/iely clo slac| S Ze] A | 2
“sis jpele4) ga \ael |g
+
= pelea is |
cee Ae
Sahai:
a amen
+ -+|FHlae tae
+ <
+\+|+
-+]-+]-+/-F]-6/=r lalate
eis see
+]-H\-++] 1-5) 4E Ile
+ Plas
+-|--|--|-4 ele
sper
sa eeliaklar o>
shale cae.
+
a
sae a eal
+
Flo lela
“
celeste es a
ae
ab
~ +
aalatal
-/-
nee
+ =
He +]-+]+
+
-+
+

~~ ee

Sertularella dentifera
Sertularella elegans
Sertularella fusiformis
Sertularella levinseni
Sertularella magna
Sertularella minuta
Sertularella pinnata
Sertularella polyzonias

_ Sertularella rugosa

Sertularella tanneri
Sertularella tenella
Sertularella tricuspidata
Sertularella turgida
Sertularia cornicina
Sertularia desmoides
Sertularia furcata
Sertularia gracilis
Sertularia pedrensis
Sertularia pumila
Synthecium eylindricum
Thuiaria alba

Thuiaria argentea
Thuiaria dalli

Thuiaria elegans
Thuiaria fabricii
Thuiaria kurile
Thuiaria plumosa
Thuiaria robusta
Thuiaria similis
Thuiaria tenera
Thuiaria thuiarioides
Thuiaria thuja
Aglaophenia diegensis
Aglaophenia inconspicua
Aglaophenia latirostris
Aglaophenia octocarpa
Aglaophenia pluma
Aglaophenia struthionides
Antenella avalonia
Diplocheilus allmani
Nuditheea dalli
Plumularia alicia
Plumularia corrugata
Plumularia echinulata
Plumularia goodei
Plumularia lagenifera
Plumularia megalocephala
Plumularia palmeri
Plumularia plumularoides
Plumularia setacea
Plumularia virginiz

S| 3 |Sa|eeleeles|se(eelc sie=| S les] a] 2
=e td aed id 2d Be Ro Asia B\|se =
"| 2\2 eRe] <5 Peles ale ie) | 3
—
3 Facile tt
a
—
os ha
—
“ats an
a ee bak =F ais 3 om be
oh sie re A
rir aaaies (Seer pa
eC Fh ee ee paieioed Fs ek
a a ol Oi it =) ck
a5 oa
—
+) ele a6
+} |+|+
—
a3 We oh ao
“she
a
ae zi = A
le Ate Salles
ad dal ol ual ks ai
—
+ He
oi a9 ae oe
cmistiaeta (epee
eek te can es oa
= aa “
3) SL et ec Na sid fous
—
—
als ri
—
+
Sal al oi) Le (a
a
—
+
_
55 ,
a a
9 Oe es
Seer ise hte Cire eae
rzMa So
aie fe aftente
—
a A seehalst oy er kas
—

a C. McLEAN FRASER

A COMPARATIVE DISTRIBUTION -TABLE

Total

Number of species from the entire Coast 196
Number of new. species i
Number of species new to the Coast Me

Number of species north of Vancouver Is. 101
Number in V. J. Region and north of it 155
Number south of Vancouver Island Region 88
Number common to these two divisions 47
Number restricted to Northern Division 108
Number restricted to Southern Division 41
Number in the Vancouver Island Region 111
Number north of V. I. not in V. I. Region 44
Number in V. I. Region and not north of it 54
Number common to V. I. Region and north

of it 57
Number in V. I. Region and south of it 156
Number in V. I. Region and not south

of it 68
Number south and not in V. I. Region 45
Number common to V. I. Region and to the
south of it 43
Number not in V. I. Region but common
to north and south 4

Number common to East and West Coasts

of North America 45

Number common to Europe and West Coast

of North America 59

Number common to Arctic Regions and
West Coast 52

Number common to South Pacific and West
Coast of North America 18

Number restricted to West Coast of N. A. ill

19

ularian
forms

Campan-

12
39

a gS
68 19
on, a
ee
49 3
57 “ith
22) aii
1
AG: "ee
11, - oe
362 06
21 =e
ee |
Pc ea |
47 18
Dota
11 10:
Ly
0 at
13)
15 Ses
21 Aig
6.) mS
AY

aa
ob ae Q / b
Point a? oe a S F
°, ¢
“SP 5 z
OO ay

SCALE Sn Rie
SOU ees Nea R. Blah

OF

ANCOUVER ISLAND RECION

ye’ \
Roa r=) r Ps .

Sy 7 | ha
dinsiitstie Se ws

pa ect
of hs) NCOUVE

PA Westinh gh “

Wi

Ol

18 _ C. McLEAN FRASER
SYSTEMATIC DISCUSSION

In the nomenclature used in this paper no new departures have
been made from that in most general use by other authors. Other
things being equal, that used by authors who have done the great-
est amount of work in the field, has been followed. ’Tis true that
sometimes there is no little disagreement among these on certain
points, but in all cases a position has been adopted such that any-
one who is familiar with Hydroid Literature, will be able to trace
with ease the relation of any species, and that is the chief use for
nomenclature.

In case any particular author is followed in any family or
group, it is indicated in the special discussion at the point where
the family or group is taken up. Where no author is followed
in entirety, the characteristics of the family or group are given
as used. Except in special cases no authors’ names are given ex-
cept in connection with the species.

I have made no endeavor to indicate all the changes in syn-
onymy, as that is necessary only in monographic work. I have
tried in every case to give the original binomial designation with
its reference and at least the majority of references made by
authors who have dealt with the Hydroids of the West Coast.
Further references can readily be obtained from the works of
such authors as Nutting, Broch and Jaderholm.

GYMNOBLASTHA

In taking up the gymnoblastie hydroids, I have followed All-
man’s classification? almost entirely, at least as far as the
Families are concerned. For that reason I shall not give the
characters of each family, simply taking these given by Allman
as the basis. I do this because, while I think it makes very little
difference how the classification is made as long as the species
referred to, is made evident, there certainly is nothing gained in
clearness by grouping as much as some authors do, even where
intergrading takes place, as it is always lable to do. Allman
has not gone so far in the other direction as to make confusion
by division into smaller groups. In any ease his classification

2 Monograph of Gymnoblastic Hydroids, Ray Society, 1871.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 19

will answer the purpose in this paper, and it is unnecessary to
discuss it further.

The shore and shallow water forms have been carefully investi-
gated in only a few localities on the West Coast, and for that
reason the number of representatives of the Gymnoblastea re-
ported, is not very large, but those obtained show sufficient va-
riety to have several families represented.

CLAVID A
Genus CLAVA

Trophosome.—Hydrocaulus rudimental; hydrorhiza of creep-
ing tubes; both invested with perisare. Hydranths club-shaped.

Gonosome.—Sporosacs on the body of the hydranth, prox-
imal to the tentacles.

CLAVA LEPTOSTYLA Agassiz
Clava leptostyla AGAssiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U. S., 1862, p. 218.
Clava leptostyla ToRREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 30.

Distribution—San Francisco Bay, Cal. (Torrey).

TURRID 45
Genus CRYPTA new genus

Trophosome.—Hydrorhiza of small fibres or almost entirely
degenerated. Hydrocaulus not strongly developed. The per-
isare which envelopes the hydrocaulus also unites one with the
others, this connection being in the nature of a very thin en-
erustation. Hydranths claviform.

Gonosome.—Gonophores producing free meduse.

CRYPTA HUNTSMANTI new species
Pl. I, Figs. 1-5

Trophosome.—Hydrocaulus tubular, up to 8 mm. in height in
adult forms. Perisare so thin as to be a mere pellicle. That
which forms the basal expansion is also very thin and trans-
parent. The hydrorhiza consists, in the young colony, of a net-
work of fine fibrils, but these appear to degenerate in the older
forms, so that when a single animal is separated from the colony
it pulls out like a fungus with a portion of the mycelium at-
tached. The hydranth appears much darker than the hydro-
caulus. It is usually club-shaped but seems to have much mo-
bility, so that its appearance differs much at different times.
In some eases the tentacles, which appear to be made up of a

a

20 C. McLEAN FRASER

series of joints, seem to be arranged in fairly definite rows, but
more commonly there seems to be no regularity in their arrange-
ment; they are simply scattered over the hydranth surface. In
the young forms they may be very few in number but as de-
velopment proceeds the number is increased, until as many as
24 may be present.

Gonosome.—Gonophores, from 1 to 3, are developed a short
distance below the tentacles. From each of these a single medusa
with 4 marginal tentacles is developed.

Distribution.—Departure Bay.

I am indebted to Dr. A. G. Huntsman for the pleasure of
studying this rather unique species. It is found in the branchial
basket of several species of simple Ascidians, dredged from 5 to
20 fathoms and if it had not been that Dr. Huntsman was dis-
secting one of these Ascidians while I was studying hydroids
near him, I should never have come across the species. After he
handed over the first specimens I was able to procure a good
supply, as the Ascidians were common and many of them were
hydroid hosts. Though it is a common occurrence to find
hydroids growing on the surface of ascidians, ordinarily one
would scarce think of looking for specimens inside. It is evident
that such a position is not accidental when the majority of the
ascidians possess at least a few hydranths. The hydroids must
thrive well in such a habitation, as presumably they get their
food from the water current in the branchial basket without re-
ceiving any detrimental effect from their position. In two or
three cases, instead of these hydroids, I found free-swimming
copepods, females with egg-sacs turgid with eggs. It may be
that these copepods were in the same locality for the purpose of
using the hydroids as food, but there was no direct evidence that
such was the case.

It seemed a very easy matter to find all the developmental
stages of the hydroid until the period was reached for the forma-
tion of the gonophores but there were not many specimens with
these present. As I saw no free meduse I can only surmise
that the radial canals are as those in other genera of the Family.
There is no doubt as to the four marginal tentacles as in some
cases these were plainly visible. In its generic characters there
are rather distinct differences from other genera of the Family,
yet the resemblances seem sufficient to retain the genus in the
Family Turride.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS A |

CORYNIDZ
Genus CORYNE

Trophosome.—Hydrocaulus simple or branching. Hydrorhiza
of creeping filiform tubes. Both invested with perisare.
Hydranths club-shaped with scattered capitate tentacles.

Gonosome.—Sporosacs developed from the body of the hy-
dranth among, or just proximal to, the tentacles.

CORYNE BRACHIATA Nutting
Coryne brachiata NuTTING, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 165.
Coryne brachiata Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 8.

Distribution.—Yakutat Bay, Alaska (Nutting).
SYNCORYNID
Genus SYNCORYNE

Trophosome.—Hydrocaulus branched or unbranched; hydro-
rhiza of filiform tubes; both invested with perisare. Hydranths
club-shaped with scattered capitate tentacles.

Gonosome.—Gonophores bearing free medusex, arising from
the body of the hydranth. Meduse with four marginal tentacles
which are bulbous and ocellate at the base.

SYNCORYNE EXIMIA (Allman)

Coryne eximia ALLMAN, Ann. and Mag. N. H., 3rd. Ser. 4, 1859, p. 141.

Syncoryne eximia NutTTING, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 166.

Syncoryne eximia TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacifie Coast, 1902, p. 31.

Distribution—Juneau, Alaska (Nutting) ; Pacific Grove, Cal.
(Torrey).

SYNCORYNE MIRABILIS (Agassiz)

Coryne mirabilis AGAssiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U. S. IV, 1862, p. 185.

Coryne rosaria A. AGAssiz, Ill. Cat. 1865, p. 176.

Syncoryne rosaria CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 250.

Syncoryne rosaria FEWKES, New Invert. from Cal. Coast, 1889, p. 4.

Syncoryne mirabilis NuTTING, Hydroids from Alaska and Puget Sound,
1899, p. 741.

Coryne mirabilis CALKINS, Some Hydroids from Puget Sound, 1899, p. 336.

Syncoryne mirabilis HaRTLAUB, Hydroiden aus dem Stillen Ocean, 1901,
p. 356.

Syncoryne mirabilis TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 31.

Distribution—San Francisco, Gulf of Georgia (A. Agassiz) ;
Santa Barbara (Fewkes); Puget Sound (Calkins); Bare
Island (Hartlaub); San Francisco Bay (Torrey); San Juan
Archipelago.

99 C. McLEAN FRASER

BIMERIDA4#

ATRACTYLOIDES FORMOSA Fewkes

Atractyloides formosa FEWKES, New Invert. from Cal. Coast, 1889, p. 5.

This species, when it was described by Fewkes, was given a
new generic as well as a new specific name. As he did not give
the generic characters separately, I have referred to it among
the species only.

Genus BIMERIA

Trophosome.—Colony branched, invested with a conspicuous.
perisare. Hydranth fusiform, hypostome conical. Perisare cov-
ering the base of the tentacles.

Gonosome.—Sporosaes, covered with perisare, arising from the
stem or branches.

BIMERIA FRANCISCANA Torrey
Bimeria franciscana TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 28-

Distribution—San Francisco Bay (Torrey).

BIMERIA GRACILIS Clark

Bimeria gracilis CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 252.
Bimeria gracilis Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 8.

Distribution.—San Diego (Clark).

BIMERIA ROBUSTA Torrey

Bimeria robusta Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 29.

Distribution.San Pedro, Cal. (Torrey); San Juan Archi-
pelago.

Some fragments in the San Juan material answer to the de-
scription given by Dr. Torrey, but as in his material, there were
no gonosomes present. The perisare extended well up on the
base of the tentacles in all cases.

Genus GARVEIA
Trophosome.—Colony branched. Perisare conspicuous. Hy-
dranths fusiform.
Gonosome.—Sporosacs borne on distinct branchlets, more or
less invested with perisare, which regularly is confined to the
branchlets only.

GARVEIA ANNULATA Nutting

Garveia annulata NutTtinc, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 166..
Bimeria annulata Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacifie Coast, 1902, p. 28.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 23

Distribution —Yakutat and Sitka, Alaska (Nutting); Santa
Catalina Island, San Francisco, Cal. (Torrey); Port Renfrew,
Ucluelet.

In this case, as in many other cases later in the work, I have
followed the principle that because two species or two genera
intergrade, it does not follow that the two should be combined
under one name. Dr. Torrey has often taken the opposite view,
and has here combined Garveia and Bimeria, both genera insti-
tuted by Wright and used by most authors since that time, under
the name Bimeria. Even if some of the sporosacs of this species
are entirely covered with chitin, it does not necessarily follow,
that hence the whole genus Garveia should be combined with the
genus Bimeria.

?GARVEIA FORMOSA (Fewkes)

Perigonimus formosus FEWKES, New Invert. of Cal. Coast, 1889, p. 6.

Bimeria formosa Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 8.

Distribution—Santa Cruz, Cal. (Fewkes).

Fewkes’ description of this is not sufficiently clear to decide
very definitely as to the genus to which it belongs. It is evidently
not a Perigonimus. Torrey in his list has placed it with Bimeria,
but he includes Garveia with Bimeria in any ease. It seems to
me that it is probably a Garveia, and I have so placed it.

GARVEIA NUTANS Wright

Garveia nutans WRIGHT, Edin. New Phil. Jour., 1859, p. 109.
Garveia nutans NuTTING, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 166.

Distribution—Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, Alaska (Nutting).

BOUGAINVILLIDA
Genus BOUGAINVILLIA

Trophosome.—Colony branching. Hydranths fusiform, hy-
postome conical.

Gonosome.—Gonophores arising from the stem or branches,
producing free meduse. Meduse when liberated bell-shaped with
four radial canals and eight tentacles, each with an ocellus at
the base.

BOUGAINVILLIA GLORIETTA Torrey

Bougainvillia glorietta Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 7.

Distribution.—San Diego, Cal. (Torrey).

24 C. McLEAN FRASER

BOUGAINVILLIA MERTENSI Agassiz

Bougainvillia mertensii AGASsIz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U. S., IV, 1862, p. 344.

Bougainvillia mertensti A. AGAssIz, N. A, Acalephe, 1865, p. 152.

Bougainvillia mertensi TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 1.

Distribution.—Bering Sea, Gulf of Georgia, San Francisco (A.
Agassiz) ; Oakland (Torrey).

Genus PERIGONIMUS

Trophosome.—Colony branched or unbranched. Hydranths
fusiform with conical proboscis.

Gonosome.—Gonophores arising from the hydrorhiza, bearing
medusze that when liberated have 2 to 4 marginal tentacles but
no ocelli.

PERIGONIMUS REPENS (Wright)

Eudendrium pusillum WRiGHT, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edin., 1857, p. 231.

Atractylis repens WRIGHT, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edin., 1858, p. 450.

Perigonimus repens ALLMAN, Ann. and Mag. N. H., 3rd Ser. 13, 1864, p.
365.

Perigonimus repens CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 339.

Perigonimus repens TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacifie Coast, 1902, p. 29.

Distribution——Townshend Harbor (Calkins) ; Sausalito, Cal.
(Torrey) ; Departure Bay.

EUDENDRIDA&
Genus EUDENDRIUM

Trophosome.—Colony branching. Hydranths with hypostomes
somewhat trumpet-shaped.

Gonosome.—Sporosacs developed from the hydranth just be-
low the tentacles.

EUDENDRIUM CALIFORNICUM Torrey
Eudendrium californicum Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902,
p. 32. ‘
Distribution.—San Francisco Bay, Tomales Bay, Pacific Grove,
Cal. (Torrey) ; Santa Cruz, Monterey Bay, Cal. (Clark) ; Port
Renfrew, Ucluelet.
EUDENDRIUM CAPILLARE Alder

Eudendrium capillare ALDER, Trans. Tyne. F. C. III, 1857, p. 105.
Eudendrium capillare HincKs, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 84.

Distribution—San Juan Archipelago.
There were only two or three specimens of this Eudendrium,

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 25

but these had gonophores present that are similar to those of
Eudendrium capillare as is the trophosome as well. Though the
species has not hitherto been reported from this coast, I have no
doubt that the specimens belong to the species.

EUDENDRIUM RAMEUM (Pallas)

Tubularia ramea PALLAS, Elench. Zooph., 1766, p. 83.
Eudendrium rameum TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 33.
Eudendrium rameum Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 8.

Distribution—San Pedro, Cal. (Torrey).
EUDENDRIUM RAMOSUM (Linneus)
Tubularia ramosa LINNZUS, Systema Nature, 1767, p. 1302.
Eudendrium ramosum TorRREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 34.
Eudendrium ramosum Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 8.
Distribution.—Pacific Grove, San Diego, Cal. (Torrey).
EUDENDRIUM VAGINATUM Allman
Eudendrium vaginatum ALLMAN, Ann. and Mag. N. H., 3rd Ser. 11, 1863,

p. 10.
Eudendrium pygmeum CuaRkK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 232.
Eudendrium vaginatum NutTtTiInGc, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901,

p: 167.
Distribution—Akutan Pass, Alaska (Clark); Sitka Harbor
and Yakutat, Alaska (Nutting).

HYDRACTINIDZ
Genus HYDRKACTINIA

Trophosome.—Hydranths club-shaped, developed from a basal
ccenosare. Proboscis conical.

Gonosome.—Sporosacs developed on special zooids with few or
no tentacles, often provided with thread-cells.

HYDRACTINIA AGGREGATA new species
Pl. II, Figs. 1-4

Trophosome.—The nutritive zooid of this species appears much
stouter near the distal end than Hydractinia polyclina. Part of
this stoutness may be due to contraction in the preserved speci-
men, but in comparing with preserved specimens of H. polyclina
the difference is still evident. As in other species, the number of
tentacles increases during development, the number in the adult
being 20-24.

Gonosome.—The generative zooids develop sporosacs while still
very young. In the early stages there may be as many as 10 or

26 C. McLEAN FRASER

12 tentacles, but these tend to degenerate. Though I found no
specimen entirely without them, the number in some cases was
reduced to 3 or 4. A mouth appears to be present in all cases.
The female sporosaes become of large size and remain quite glob-
ular. Each contains a large number of ova. The male sporosacs
are not nearly so large as the female and are oval in shape. In
some cases at least nematocysts are present, but instead of being
definitely grouped, they are somewhat irregularly scattered over
the surface both distal and proximal to the tentacles. I did not
find any of these on the young forms with the numerous tentacles,
and it may be that they are not developed until the tentacles are
to some extent degenerated.

Distribution.—Departure Bay, San Juan Archipelago.

The generative and nutritive zooids are not scattered promis-
ecuously. Each kind has its own definite locality with no inter-
mixing except at or near the limit where the areas meet. All
specimens were found on gastropod shells, inhabited by hermit.
erabs. The nutritive zooids are restricted to an area extending
some distance from the inner border of the lip, while the gener-
ative zooids occupy the remainder of the surface of the shell, and
hence are many times as numerous as the nutritive zooids. The
conical spines arising from the common basal expansion have a
very extensive development. They may appear with the regular
conical shape, common to Hydractinia polyclina, they may retain
their diameter throughout to form columns or they may appear
as a ridge continuous for some distance. These ridges may even
join to form a network over a large portion of the surface of the
shell. The ridges instead of being simply jagged, are in the ma-
jority of cases provided with small sharp-pointed spines. When
a network of ridges is formed, it provides a very efficient protec-
tion for the developing zooids that are packed so closely together
that one can scarcely see through to the ccenosare at any point.
This is especially noticeable when the sporosacs are developing
on the generative zooids. Though I have examined a large
amount of material, I have seen no indication of dactylozooids.
It may be possible that as Bergh says in regard to H. carica® that
none are present in any case. This might account for the strong
development of the protective spines.

3 Goplepolyper fra Kara Havet, 1887, p. 331.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 27

HYDRACTINIA CALIFORNICA Torrey
Hydractinia californica Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 9.

Distribution—San Diego, Cal. (Torrey).

HYDRACTINIA MILLERI Torrey
Hydractinia milleri Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 34.

Distribution—San Francisco, Tomales Bay, Cal. (Torrey) ;
Port Renfrew.

CORY MORPHID_®
Genus CORYMORPHA

_Trophosome.——Hydranths solitary, flask-shaped. Proximal
tentacles long, in one whorl, distal shorter, in several whorls.
Hypostome conical. Perisare very thin.

Gonosome.—Gonophores borne on body of hydranth, between
proximal and distal tentacles. Meduse deep bell-shaped with
one or more tentacles which may be rudimentary.

CORYMORPHA CARNEA (Clark)

Rhizonema carnea CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 233.
Corymorpha carnea TorRREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 9.

Distribution Norton Sound, Alaska (Clark).

CORYMORPHA PALMA Torrey

Corymorpha palma Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacifie Coast, 1902, p. 37.
Corymorpha palma Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 9.

Distribution—San Pedro, San Diego, Cal. (Torrey).

TUBULARIDZX
Genus TUBULARIA

Trophosome.—lLarge hydranths usually unbranched. Prox-
imal set of tentacles longer than distal set. Proboscis conical.

Gonosome.—Gonophores borne in clusters from the hydranths,
distal to the proximal tentacles. These produce actinule.

TUBULARIA BOREALIS Clark

Tubularia borealis CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 231.
Tubularia borealis Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 9.

Distribution —Hagmeister Island, Alaska (Clark).

TUBULARIA CROCEA (Agassiz)

Parypha crocea AGAssiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U. S., IV, 1862, p. 249.
Parypha crocea A. AGAssiz, Il. Cat., 1865, p. 195.

28 C. McLEAN FRASER

Parypha macrocephala A. Acassiz, Ill. Cat., 1865, p. 195.

Tubularia elegans CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 253.

Tubularia crocea TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 43.

Tubularia crocea TORREY, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 10.

Distribution—San Francisco (A. Agassiz); San Francisco
Bay, San Pedro, San Diego, Cal. (Torrey) ; Port Simpson, B. C.

I believe that Dr. Torrey is correct in considering Tubularia
elegans Clark as synonymous with 7’. crocea. I examined several
specimens of 7. crocea from the Atlantic Coast. In many in-
stances the tentacles on the gonophore are so reduced as to be not
much more than nodules. If Clark’s specimen was in poor con-
dition the reduction would be all the more pronounced. The
number of tentacles in the distal row is a usual number and in
the proximal row the number is not so much too great that
‘fabout’’ would not cover the discrepancy.

TUBULARIA INDIVISA Linneus

Tubularia indivisa LINNZUS, Systema Nature, 1767, p. 1301.
Tubularia indivisa CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 232.

Distribution.—St. Michael’s, Norton Sound, Alaska (Clark).

TUBULARIA LARYNX Ellis & Solander —

Tubularia larynx EvLis & SOLANDER, Nat. Hist. Zooph., 1786, p. 31.
Tubularia larynx CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 335.
Tubularia larynx Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 9.

Distribution.—Port Townshend (Calkins).
TUBULARIA HARRIMANI Nutting

Tubularia harrimani Nurrine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 168,

Distribution.—Orea, Prince William Sound, Alaska (Nutting) ;
Port Renfrew.

TUBULARIA MARINA Torrey

Tubularia marina TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 46.

Distribution—tTrinidad, San Francisco, Pacific Grove, Cal.
(Torrey).

TUBULARIA TUBULAROIDES (A. Agassiz)

Thamnocnidia tubularoides A, AGAssiz, Il]. Cat. 1865, p. 196.
Tubularia tubularoides TorrEy, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 9.

Distribution.—San Francisco (A. Agassiz).

CALYPTOBLASTEHA

In taking up the Calyptoblastea I shall not undertake any def-
inite discussion, except a limited one in the cases of the Sertu-

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 29

laride and Plumularidex, chiefly because there has been no mono-
graphic work of recent date except for these families, and in fact
as far as American forms are concerned, there has never been
such a work. Since this is the case there has been much diver-
sity in classification, though the majority of authors have fol-
lowed more or less closely, the classification used by Hincks in his
classic work on hydroids*. This I shall do also, though in domg
so, I must of necessity differ with some authors in some respects,
since there is this diversity.

In the Sertularide and Plumularide, as later stated, I have
used as a basis Prof. Nutting’s classification as given in his Mono-
graph of American Hydroids, Volumes I and II. We must look
forward to the time when the third volume, at which he is now
working, will help to clear up some of the difficulties in the
Campanularian species, as well.

The constant features of the Calyptoblastea are these:

Hydroids in which the hydranths are protected by hydro-
thecz and the gonophores by gonothece.

CAMPANULARIDA

Trophosome.—Hydrothece campanulate, pedicellate, non-oper-
culate. A septum, which partly shuts off the hydrothecal cavity
from the cavity of the stem, is present in each. Hydranth with a
long trumpet-shaped proboscis, and a single row of filiform
tentacles.

Gonosome.—Gonophores producing planule or free meduse.

In this family the trophosome affords no features of much
taxonomic value, thus the gonosome is the main basis for classi-
fication into genera. Specific differences appear in both tropho-
some and gonosome.

Genus CAMPANULARIA

Trophosome.—Colony unbranched or regularly branched ; stem
simple or fascicled; hydrotheca campanulate.
Gonosome.—Gonophores containing fixed sporosacs from which
planul are produced.
CAMPANULARIA DENTICULATA Clark

Campanularia denticulata CLarK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 213.
Campanularia denticulata Nuttinc, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901,
pe Lak

4 British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868.

30 C. McLEAN FRASER

Campanularia denticulata Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacifie Coast, 1902,
p. ol.

Distribution.—Port Etches, Alaska (Clark); Orca, Alaska
(Nutting) ; San Pedro, Cal. (Torrey) ; Departure Bay, San Juan
Archipelago.

This species bears much resemblance to the unbranched form
of Clytia edwardsi (Nutting). The hydrotheca of C. edwardsi is,
in general larger than that of C. denticulata, but judging from
Clark’s figures there is much variation in the latter, as there is in
the former. Clark found no gonosome, nor did Nutting, who
later identified this species. Laura R. Thornely has reported a
species from the Red Sea’, on specimens of which she found
gonosomes. This she takes to be the same as C. denticulata Clark,
basing her opinion on Torrey’s description of this species*®, but
later Torrey observed that what he took to be C. denticulata, was
a fragment of a large much-fascicled form which he name Clytia
universitatis’, a form very distinct from C. denticulata. If C.
denticulata is characteristically an unbranched form, the Red Sea
specimens cannot belong to that species. If it is synonymous with
Clytia edwardsi, they might do so. There is resemblance in the
mode of branching and to a certain extent in the shape of the
hydrotheea, but the gonosome is different to that which I have
found in C. edwardsi. As I have not sufficient proof to state def-
initely that the two species Campanularia denticulata and Clytia
edwardsi are synonymous, I retain both of them in this work.

CAMPANULARIA EXIGUA (Sars)
Laomedea exigua Sars, Middelhavet’s Littoral Fauna, 1857, p. 50.
Campanularia exigua HINcKS, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 172.
Campanularia exigua CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899,
p. 353.
Distribution.—Pt. Townshend (Calkins) ; Ucluelet.

CAMPANULARIA FUSIFORMIS Clark

Campanularia fusiformis CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p.
254.

Campanularia fusiformis Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacifie Coast, 1904,
p. 52.

5 Reports of Marine Biol, of the Sudanese Red Sea, Jour. Linn. Soe., 1908,
p. 82.

6 Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 51.

7 Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 19.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 31

Distribution —Vancouver Island (Clark) ; Point Reyes Penin-
sula and Dillon’s, Cal. (Torrey).

CAMPANULARIA GRANLANDICA Levinsen

Campanularia granlandica LEVINSEN, Meduser, Ctenopher og Hydroider
fra Grenland’s Vestkyst, 1893, p. 26.

Campanularia lineata NuttTinc, Hydroids from Alaska and Puget Sound,
1899, p. 744.

Campanularia lineata Nuttine, Hydroids from the Harriman Ex., 1901,
1 Ore Ry

Distribution—Puget Sound (Nutting); Berg Inlet, Glacier
Bay, Alaska (Nutting) ; Port Renfrew.

I found but one specimen of this species, growing on Lafea
gracillima.

CAMPANULARIA HESPERIA Torrey

Campanularia hesperia TorREY, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 12.

Distribution.—La Jolla, Cal. (Torrey).

CAMPANULARIA HINCKSI Alder

Campanularia hincksii ALDER, Trans. Tynes. Field Club, 1857, p. 37.
Campanularia hincksii Hincks, British Hydroid Zoophtyes, 1868, p. 162.
Campanularia hincksi Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 53.
Campanularia hincksi TorrEy, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 13.

Distribution —San Diego, Cal. (Torrey).

CAMPANULARIA INTEGRA MacGillivray

Campanularia integra MAcCGILLIVRAY, Ann, and Mag., 2nd Ser. 9, 1842,
p. 465.

Campanularia integra CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 215.

Campanularia integra CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1599,
p. 352.

Distribution —Lituya Bay and Shumagin Islands, Alaska
(Clark) ; Pt. Wilson, Pt. Townshend and Bremerton, Wash.
(Calkins) ; Bering Sea (Jaderholm) ; San Juan Archipelago.

CAMPANULARIA KINCAIDI Nutting

Campanularia kincaidi Nutrinc, Hydroids from Alaska and Puget Sound,
1899, p. 743.

Distribution—Puget Sound (Nutting) ; Dodd’s Narrows.

The single specimen of this species that has come under my
notice, was making use of a rather unusual support. It was at-
tached to the side of a hydrotheca of Lovenella producta.

39 C. McLEAN FRASER

CAMPANULARIA OCCIDENTALIS Fewkes

Campanularia occidentalis FEwKES, New Invert. from the Coast of Cal.,
1899, p. 4.

Distribution—Santa Barbara, Cal. (Fewkes).

The description of this species is so very meagre, that no one
unless the author himself, can tell if it has been described under
some other name since he found it. I simply put it in the list for
the sake of completeness.

CAMPANULARIA PACIFICA (A. Agassiz)

Laomedea pacifica A, AGAssiz, Ill. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., IIT, 1865, p. 94.

Campanularia pacifica Torrey, Hydroida from the Pacific Coast, 1902,
p. 53.

Distribution—Gulf of Georgia and San Francisco (A. Agas-
siz) ; San Francisco Bay (Torrey) ; San Juan Archipelago.

This species was found quite plentifully in the material from
San Juan Archipelago. The trophosome bears much resemblance
to that of Obelia gelatinosa (Pallas), but the hydrothece are rel-
atively much longer than those of O. gelatinosa.. I did not find
any gonosomes but Torrey, who has found these, shows conclu-
sively that the species does not belong to the genus Obelia.

CAMPANULARIA RARIDENTATA Alder

Campanularia raridentata AtpER, Ann. and Mag. 3rd Ser. 9, 1862, p. 315.

Campanularia raridentata HiNcKs, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868,
DaelnGe

Distribution—Departure Bay, Queen Charlotte Islands.

This species, of which several colonies were found appears to
be quite distinct from Thaumantias inconspicua Forbes. Further
reference is made to it in connection with that species.

CAMPANULARIA REGIA Nutting
Cmpanularia regia Nutrinc, Hydroids from the Harriman Ex., 1901,
p. 172.
Distribution.—Orea, Prince William Sound, Alaska (Nutting).

CAMPANULARIA RIGIDA (A. Agassiz)
Laomedea rigida A, Acassiz, Ill. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., II, 1865, p, 93.
Laomedea rigida CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacifie Coast, 1876, p. 251.
Campanularia rigida TorrEY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 11.
Distribution.—San Francisco (A. Agassiz).
A. Agassiz reported this species but his description contains so
little detail, that it might apply to several forms. As he gives no

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 33

figures there is no means of deciding even to what genus it be-
longs. Torrey has placed it with Campanularia and that seems
to be the most probable position for it. As the San Francisco
region has been explored to some extent since, this may corre-
spond to some of the later species.

CAMPANULARIA RITTERI Nutting
Campanularia ritteri NuTTING, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 171.

Distribution — Juneau, Alaska (Nutting).
CAMPANULARIA SPECIOSA Clark

Campanularia speciosa CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 214.

Campanularia speciosa NUTTING, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p.
bya

Distribution—Shumagin Islands, Alaska (Clark) ; Orca, Alas-
ka (Nutting) ; Friday Harbor, San Juan Island.

I found but one specimen of this species, but it was in excellent
condition. It was growing on a stem of Abietinaria amphora.

CAMPANULARIA URCEOLATA Clark

Campanularia urceolata CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 215.

Campanularia cylindrica CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p-.
254.

Campanularia turgida CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 213.

Campanularia urceolata NutTtTInGc, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p.

172. €
Campanularia reduplicata Nuttinc, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901,
p- 172.

Campanularia turgida HARTLAUB, Hydroiden aus dem Stillen Ocean, 1901,
p- 350. -

Campanularia urceolata ToRREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 54.

Distribution—Port Etches, Lituya Bay, Alaska (Clark) ; San-
ta Cruz, Cal. (Clark) ; Yakutat (Nutting); Bare Island (Hart-
laub); San Francisco, Tomales Bay, Pacific Grove, Cal. (Tor-
rey); Queen Charlotte Islands, Dodd’s Narrows, San Juan
Archipelago.

This rather ubiquitous form has been mentioned under many
specific names. In examining material where it appears abund-
antly one can readily conclude that one species is represented.
In any case Dr. Torrey’s many figures are quite convincing.

CAMPANULARIA VERTICILLATA (Linneus)

Sertularia verticillata LINNzZUs, Systema Nature, 1758, p. 811.
Campanularia circula CLARK, Alaskan. Hydroids, 1876, p. 213.

3

34 ; C. McLEAN FRASER

Campanularia verticillata Nutrinc, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901,
Blab
P Campanularia fascia TorrREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 52.
Distribution.—Port Eteches, Alaska (Clark); Puget Sound
(Nutting) ; Kadiak, Alaska (Nutting); San Diego (Torrey) ;
Bering Strait and Bering Island (Jaiderholm) ; Queen Charlotte
Islands, Dodd’s Narrows, San Juan Archipelago.

CAMPANULARIA VOLUBILIS (Linneus)

Sertularia volubilis LINNZUS, Systema Nature, 1767, p. 1311.

Campanularia volubilis HarTLAUB, Hydroiden aus dem Stillen Ocean, 1901,
p. 350.

Campanularia volubilis TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 54.

Campanularia volubilis TorREY, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 13.

Distribution.—Bare Island (Hartlaub) ; San Pedro, Tomales
Bay, San Diego, Cal. (Torrey); Banks Island, Ucluelet, San
Juan Archipelago.

Genus CLYTIA

Trophosome.—Stems unbranched or irregularly branched;
hydrothece of the usual campanulate form.

Gonosome.—Reproduction with free medusex, these with four
tentacles and four radial canals at time of liberation.

CLYTIA ATTENUATA (Calkins)

Campanularia attenuata CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899,
p- 350.
Distribution.—Port Townshend (Calkins); San Juan Archi-
pelago.
CLYTIA BAKERI Torrey
Clytia bakeri TorREY, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 16.
Distribution.—Pacifiec Beach, San Diego, Cal. (Torrey).

CLYTIA EDWARDSI (Nutting)
Pl. III, Figs. 1-2.

Campanularia gracilis CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899,
p. 350.

Campanularia edwardsi NutTtTinc, Hydroids of Wood’s Hole, 1901, p. 346.

Campanulari edwardsi Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 11.

Distribution.—Port Townshend (Calkins); San Diego (Tor-
rey) ; San Juan Archipelago, Departure Bay. .

This species, found very abundantly at Departure Bay, shows
a great variation in mode of growth. While commonly it is

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 35

found unbranched or but slightly branched, in some eases the
branching is quite extensive though irregular, and the whole col-
ony may reach the height of an inch. In the former case the
- stolon is spread widely over the surface of Fucus and is much
anastomosed. When the stem is unbranched the pedicels vary in
length, are generally annulated for some distance at the base and
below the ealyx, or they may be annulated throughout the great-
er part of their length. When forms appear with only one
branch, this branch is usually much longer than the remainder
of the main stem, is annulated similarly and has a distinct flex-
ure near its origin, so that it passes out often closely applied to
the main stem as shown in Nutting’s figure... The hydrothece
vary much in size but in all cases the typical shape is fairly well
retained. Torrey refers to this difference in size® and gives meas-
urements to verify.

The simple forms resemble Clytia johnstont Alder, but the
teeth in the hydrothece are relatively longer and much more
slender than in that species. The resemblance is carried farther
than the trophosome as the gonosomes are quite similar. In both
they have their origin either from the stolon or from the pedicel
and they are strongly annulated. In the branched forms the
calyces are usually much larger, but apart from this each branch
corresponds to a simple form. The gonangia appear in the axils,
or they may appear anywhere along the stem. They vary much
in size and the number of their rings, which may be as few as
five or as many as twelve. These branched forms correspond to
those found by Torrey and Nutting but as they found no gono-
some the species was supposed to belong to the genus Campanu-
laria.

Apparently this is the form which Calkins has described as
Campanularia gracilis, supposing it to be the same as Gonothyrea
gracilis Allman. The trophosomes of the two are much alike, but
the extra-capsular gonosome of Gonothyrea gracilis is very dif-
ferent from that figured by him,?° this evidently being a Clytia.

CLYTIA HENDERSONTIT Torrey
Clytia hendersoni Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 16.
8 Hydroids of the Wood’s Hole Region, 1901, p. 346.

9 Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 11.
10 Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 350, Pl. 2, Fig. 10.

36 C. McLEAN FRASER

Distribution —San Diego, Cal. (Torrey).

CLYTIA JOHNSTONI (Alder)

Campanularia johnstoni ALDER, Trans. Tynes. F. C., 1857, p. 36.

Clytia johnstoni CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 212.

Campanularia johnston CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899,
p. 348.

Clytia bicophora Torrry, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 1.

Distribution—Port Etches, Alaska (Clark); Puget Sound
(Calkins) ; Oakland Creek, Cal. (Torrey).

Both Clark and Calkins, in reporting this species, do so with
doubt as to their identification. Clark’s figures would serve very
well for one of the varieties of Campanularia urceolata, and
Calkins’ are not unlike the unbranched forms of Clytia edwardst.
Torrey’s reference to it is very meagre, as it occurs only in a
foot-note.

CLYTIA UNIVERSITATIS Torrey

Campanularia denticulata TorrEy, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902,
pe ol:
Clytia wniversitatis TORREY, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 19.

Distribution—San Diego, San Pedro, Cal. (Torrey).

Genus HUCOPELLA

Trophosome.—Stem unbranched arising, from an anastomosing
stolon; hydrothece with very thick walls and smooth margins.

Gonosome.—Gonophores produce large medusoid structures,
never more than two, one large and one very small in a gonangi-
um at the same time. They are of an elongated dome shape.
They differ from ordinary meduse in not being provided with
mouth or digestive cavity.

EUCOPELLA CALICULATA (Hincks)

Campanularia caliculata HincKxs, Ann. and Mag. N. H., 3rd Ser. XI, 1863,.
p. 178.

Campanularia caliculata CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899,
p. dol.

Clytia caliculata Nutrine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 170.

Distribution —Pt. Wilson, Pt. Townshend, Bremerton (Calk-
ins) ; Yakutat, Alaska (Nutting) ; San Juan Archipelago.

Specimens of this species show very well the typical Eucopella
gonosome, but as these gonosomes have been figured by Calkins.
to bring out the features in an excellent manner, it is not neces-
sary to refer to them further.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 37

EUCOPELLA COMPRESSA (Clark)

Campanularia compressa CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 214.
Clytia compressa NuTTING, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 170.
Clytia compressa TORREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 58.
Clytia compressa ToRREY, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 17.

Distribution —Shumagin Islands, Alaska (Clark) ; Orea, Alas-
ka (Nutting) ; San Diego, San Pedro, Cal. (Torrey).

EUCOPELLA EVERTA (Clark)

Campanularia everta CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 253.

Campanularia everta TorrEY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 51.

Campanularia everta Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 12.

Distribution—San Diego, Cal., Vancouver Island (Clark) ;
Catalina Island, San Diego, Pacific Grove, Cal. (Torrey) ; Port
Renfrew, Departure Bay.

Genus GONOTHYREA

Trophosome.—Stem branched; hydrothece campanulate with
thin walls.

Gonosome.—Reproduction by fixed medusiform sporosacs fur-
nished with tentacles, that at maturity become extra-capsular, re-
maining attached until their contents are discharged.

GONOTHYR#A CLARKI (Marktanner-Turneretscher)

Gonothyrea hyalina CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 215.

Laomedea (Gonothyraea) clarkii MARKTANNER-TURNERETSCHER, Hydroiden
von Ostspitzbergen, 1895, p. 408.

Gonothyrea hyalina HarTLAuB, Hydroiden aus dem Stillen Ocean, 1901,
p. 350.

Gonothyraa clarki TorrREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 55.

Distribution—Semidi Islands to Nunivak Island (Clark) ;
Bare Island (Hartlaub); Oakland, Cal. (Torrey) ; Departure
Bay, San Juan Archipelago.

Marktanner-Turneretscher in 1895, believing that Gonothyrea
hyalina Clark was not the same as G. hyalina Hincks, renamed it
after Clark. Torrey in 1902, on examining specimens of appar-
ently the same species, without having seen Marktanner’s paper,
came to similar conclusions, and also renamed it after Clark, con-
sidering he was giving it a new name.

GONOTHYRAA INORNATA Nutting
Gonothyrea inornata NuTtTinG, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 175.

Distribution —Y akutat, Alaska (Nutting).

38 _ C. McLEAN FRASER

Genus OBELIA
Trophosome.—Stem branched, simple or fascicled; hydro-
thece with thin walls.
Gonosome.—Reproduction by means of free meduse, that when
liberated, possess more than eight marginal tentacles but no
mouth tentacles. Eight interradial lithocysts are present.

OBELIA BOREALIS Nutting
Obelia borealis NuttTiInG, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 174.

Distribution.—Y akutat, Alaska (Nutting) ; Ucluelet, San Juan
Archipelago.

OBELIA COMMISSURALIS McCready

Obelia commissuralis McCreaby, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1858, p. 95.
Obelia commissuralis TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 56.

Distribution.—San Francisco Bay (Torrey).

OBELIA CORONA Torrey
Obelia corona TorRrEY, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 14.
Distribution.—San Diego (Torrey) ; San Juan Archipelago.

OBELIA DICHOTOMA (Linneus)

Sertularia dichotoma LINN&US, Systema Nature, 1756, p. 812.

Obelia dichotoma CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 741.

Obelia dichotoma Nuttine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 173.

Obelia dichotoma Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 57.

Obelia dichotoma Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 15.

Distribution.—Bremerton (Calkins) ; Sitka, Berg Inlet, Orea,
Alaska (Nutting); San Pedro to Coronado Islands, San Diego,
Cal. (Torrey) ; Departure Bay, San Juan Archipelago.

OBELIA DUBIA Nutting
Pl. II, Figs. 3-4

Obelia dubia Nuttinc, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 174,

Distribution —Orea, Alaska (Nutting); Departure Bay,
Dodd’s Narrows, Ucluelet, San Juan Archipelago.

The gonosome of this species has not, hitherto, been described.
In the majority of specimens examined there were no gonosomes
present, but where they were present, there was one in the axil
of each of the lower pedicels or branches. The pedicels which
supported them are annulated throughout, varying in length but
never very long. The gonangium is pear-shaped and is provided

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 39

with from one to five rings. The rim of the opening is raised on
a distinct collar, with diameter very much less than that of the
part of the gonangium that supports it.

OBELIA FRAGILIS Calkins
Obelia fragilis CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 355,
Distribution—Port Townshend (Calkins).

OBELIA GELATINOSA (Pallas)

Sertularia gelatinosa PALLAS, Elenchus Zoophytorum, 1766, p. 116.
Obelia gelatinosa HinckKs, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 151.
Obelia gelatinosa CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 357.

Distribution.—Discovery Bay, Wash. (Calkins).

OBELIA GENICULATA (Linneus)
Sertularia geniculata LINNZUS, Systema Nature, 1767, p. 1312.
Obelia geniculata TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 58.
Obelia geniculata Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 15.
Distribution—San Francisco, Catalina Island, Coronado Is-
land (Torrey).

OBELIA GRACILIS Calkins
Obelia gracilis CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 353.
Distribution—sSecow Bay, Port Townshend, Wash. (Calkins) ;
San Juan Archipelago.

OBELIA GRIFFINI Calkins
Obelia grifini CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 357.

Distribution —Puget Sound (Calkins) ; Departure Bay.

OBELIA LONGISSIMA (Pallas)

Sertularia longissima PAaLLas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, 1766, p. 119.
Obelia longissima CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 212.

Distribution—wUnalaska (Clark); Banks Island, Departure
Bay, Dodd’s Narrows, San Juan Archipelago.

OBELIA PLICATA Hincks

Obelia plicata H1ncks, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 159.

Obelia plicata Nuttine, Hydroids from Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899,
p- 741.

Obelia plicata CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 357.

Obelia plicata Nuttinc, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 173.

Distribution—Puget Sound (Nutting); Puget Sound (Calk-
ins) ; Orea, Alaska (Nutting) ; Departure Bay, San Juan Archi-
pelago.

40 é C. McLEAN FRASER

OBELIA SURCULARIS Calkins
Obelia surcularis CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 355.

Distribution—Seow Bay, Port Townshend, Wash. (Calkins).
Genus THAUMANTIAS

Trophosome.—Stem unbranched, arising from a much
branched stolon.

Gonosome.—‘ Reproduction by free meduse. Umbrella hemi-
spheric; manubrium 4-lipped; radiating canals 4; marginal ten-
tacles numerous; sporosacs in the course of the radiating canals;
lithocysts wanting.’’ (Hincks).

THAUMANTIAS INCONSPICUA Forbes

Thaumantias imeonspicua FoRBES, Monograph of the British Naked-eyed
Meduse, 1848, p. 52.

Thaumantias inconspicua WRIGHT, Quarterly Jour. Micr. Se., 1862, p. 221.

Campanularia inconspicua CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899,
p. 349.

Distribution.—Puget Sound (Calkins) ; San Juan Archipelago.

Dr. J. Strethill Wright, in experimenting with Thauwmantias
inconspicua Forbes, managed-to grow some hydroids which he de-
scribes" but unfortunately does not figure. A form which cor-
responds perfectly to his description was found by Calkins in
Puget Sound, though he named it Campanularia inconspicua.
I have found specimens from the San Juan Archipelago in both
Prof. Kinecaid’s and Mr. Moon’s Collections. What serves to
substantiate the opinion that it is the same as that described by
Wright is that it has the meduse of the regular Thawmantias
type as is shown by Calkins’ figure,’? quite different from that
found in other Campanularian forms. It has been considered
by some investigators to be synonymous with Campanularia rari-
dentata Hincks, but I have found several specimens of a species
which bears an exact resemblance to Hincks’ figure’ of this
species, very different indeed from Calkins’ type, as can readily
be seen from the figures.

CAMPANULINIDA

Trophosome.—Colonies branched or unbranched; hydrothece
pedicellate or sessile, always operculate, the operculum being

11 Quarterly Jour. Mier. Sc., 1862, p. 221.
12 Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, Pl. 2, Fig. 8c.
13 British Hydroid Zoophytes, Pl. XXVI, Figs. 2 and 2a.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS Al

formed of converging segments. Hydranths with a conical pro-
boscis.
Gonosome.—Gonophores producing planule or free meduse.

Genus CALYCELLA

Trophosome.—Stem a creeping rootstock; hydrothece tubular,
borne on ringed pedicels. A distinct margin appears where the
segmented operculum joins the hydrotheca proper.

Gonosome.—Gonangia oval, borne on the rootstock, producing
acrocysts.

CALYCELLA PYGMAA Hincks
PL CE Mir. 5

Lafaa pygmaa Hincks, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 205.

Calycella pygmaa Hixcks, Ann. and Mag. N. H., 4th Ser. 13, 1874, p. 149.

Calycella syringa CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 217.

Calycella syringa CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 358.

Distribution—Coal Harbor, Shumagin Islands, Alaska
(Clark) ; Port Townshend (Calkins); Departure Bay, Dodd’s
Narrows, San Juan Archipelago.

Hincks ascribed this species to Alder, but as Alder described
it only in manuscript, he can scarcely be credited with it. There
seems to be much confusion in relation to this species. Hincks
in his first description places it with Lafwa, but mentions the evi-
dence ofan operculum. Later he figures what he considers to be
the same species under the name Calycella pygmea, showing a
distinct segmented operculum. Since that time some authors
have found the operculate form and retained the name Calycella
pygmea, while others have found non-operculate forms similar
in shape which they have either called Lafwa pygmea or have
substituted the generic name Hebella instituted by Allman,**
though in this genus one of the characters is the presence of a
septum, separating the hydrothecal cavity from the cavity of the
pedicel. In colonies of Calycella pygmea one often comes across
individuals in which the operculum has disappeared, so that the
rim of the hydrotheca looks that of a Laf@a and it is just pos-
sible that specimens supposed to be Lafewa pygmea are such as
these. If the hydrothecal partition or septum has really been
seen in specimens of such a form it would be a good indication
that a Hebella has been found. It would be a hard matter to de-

14 Challenger Hydroids Part II, 1883, p. 29.

42 _ C. McLEAN FRASER

cide if there are the three species very much alike, one in each
genus, unless one had samples of the three so described. In any
case there appears to be but the one on the West coast, conse-
quently, the matter does not need to be settled here. Confusion
arises in a very different way as well. Many authors have made
no distinction between Calycella syringa and Calycella pygmea
but have called every Calycella that would answer to either type,
Calycella syringa. It seems to me that there are two distinct
types, as shown by Hincks’ figures,?° though as in the case of
many other closely allied species there may be intergradations.
Of the west coast investigators, Clark and Calkins only have
shown drawings to scale. These drawings indicate the smaller
form, and it may be that the other cases reported are similar,
though there is no means of knowing. It is quite possible, there-
fore, that Calycella pygmea and not Calycella syringa, is the
common species on the Pacific Coast.

CALYCELLA SYRINGA (Linneus)
Jed h IME doevers Xe

Sertularia syringa LINN&ZUS, Systema Nature, 1867, p. 1811.

Calycella syringa Hincxks, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 206. _

Calycella syringa Nuttinc, Hydroids from Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899,
p. 741.

Calycella syringa Nuvtine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 177.

Calycella syringa-TorReEY, Hydroida,of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 59.

Distribution.—Puget Sound (Nutting); Bare Island (Hart-
laub) ; Berg Inlet, Kadiak, Alaska (Nutting) ; San Diego (Tor-
rey); Queen Charlotte Islands, Banks Island, San Juan Archi-
pelago.

Genus CAMPANULINA

Trophosome.—Colony branched or unbranched, Hydrothece
oval or ovate; margin indistinct; teeth of operculum long and
slender.

Gonosome.—‘Gonangia producing bell-shaped meduse, with
four radial canals, two to four marginal tentacles, and eight litho-
cysts.’’ (Nutting).

15 Ann. and Mag. N. H., 4th Ser. 13, 1874, Pl. VII, fig. 15 and Pl. VIII,
fig. 24.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 43

? CAMPANULINA FORSKALEA Peron et Lesueur
Pl. III, Figs. 11-13.

Ajquorea forskalea PERON ET LESUEUR, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hist., Tome 14,
1809, p. 336.

AEquorea vitrina WRIGHT, Jour. Mier. Se., Vol. III, New Series, p. 45.

Zygodactyla vitrina Hincks, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 192.

Trophosome.—Stem unbranched or slightly branched. Hydro-
thece oval or oblong, contracting abruptly at the base, so that
the base forms almost a right angle with the side, terminating
above in about 12 converging segments. Hydranths with 12
tentacles.

Gonosome unknown.

Distribution—San Juan Archipelago.

Dr. T. S. Wright, having secured specimens of the medusa
ASquorea vitrina Gosse, succeeded in hatching the ova, and con-
tinuing the development until hydroids were produced, these
corresponding in character to a species of Campanulina. Hincks
refers to this but calls the species Zygodactyla vitrina. Neither
before nor since, as far as I can make out, has this hydroid been
reported as appearing in its own habitat, though the medusa is
found widely distributed, at least we must believe so if we are to
credit Mayer who has recently produced a large two volume mon-
ograph on the Hydromeduse, as under the common name 4’ quo-
rea forskalea Peron et Lesueur, he includes those that have been
named quorea vitrina as well as Hquorea cerulescens of the
Pacific Coast and many others.1* An A’quorea, which in all like-
lihood is this same species, is very abundant in the Vancouver
Island Region and consequently I have very little doubt but that
the hydroid I have obtained is of the same species as that reared
* by Wright from this Hquorea. As such investigators as Nutting
"and Mayer have given up the idea of an entire coincidence of
nomenclature between the hydroids and the hydromeduse in the
present state of knowledge, I think it better to use the hydroid
generic name Campanulina, than the medusa name 4 quorea.

All the specimens examined with one exception are un-
branched; that one had one hydrotheea growing by means of a
pedicel from what might be called the main stem and on the op-
posite side one seemed to have been broken off. The pedicels
were wavy or annulated throughout. They arise from a quite

16 A. G. Mayer, The Hydromeduse, 1910, p. 325.

44 C. McLEAN FRASER

regular net-work of tubes that form the stolon. Their minute-
ness corresponds very well with Wright’s description, as even
the branched specimen was less than 1 mm. long and the un-
branched ones were little more than half that.

CAMPANULINA RUGOSA Nutting
Campanulina rugosa NuTTING, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 176.

Distribution—Juneau Alaska (Nutting); West Seattle, in
Prof. Kineaid’s Collection.

Genus CUSPIDELLA

Trophosome.—Hydrothece tubular, sessile on a creeping root-
stock.

Gonosome.—Unknown.

CUSPIDELLA HUMILIS (Alder)

Campanularia humilis ALDER, Trans. Tyne. F. C. V., 1862, p. 239.
Cuspidella humilis Hincks, Ann. and Mag. N. H., 3rd Ser. 18, 1866, p, 298.
Cuspidella humilis HINCKs, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 209.
Distribution.—Departure Bay, San Juan Archipelago.

This species has generally been credited to Hincks, who seems
to have used it in manuscript before Alder did in a published
work. As manuscript is not eenerally recognized, I have used
Alder’s name instead of Hincks’.

Genus LOVENELLA

Trophosome.—Colony unbranched or slightly branched. Hy-
drothece turbinate. Margin more distinct than in any other
genus of the family.

Gonosome.—Gonophores producing bell-shaped meduse with
eight tentacles and four lithocysts.

LOVENELLA PRODUCTA (Sars)
PP wigs. 710

Calycella producta Sars, Norges Hydroider, 1873, p. 30.

Calycella producta H1incKxs, Ann. and Mag. N. H., 4th Ser. 13, 1874, p.
134.

Lovenella producta JADERHOLM, Northern and Arctic Invert., 1909, p. 73.

Distribution.—Dodd’s Narrows, San Juan Archipelago.

Although this species has been reported by Hincks, Verrill,
Bonnevie, Broch and Jiiderholm since it was first described by
Sars, no very definite description has been given. On that ac-

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 45

count, and because it has not been reported previous to this time
from the Pacific Coast, it might be well to give here the substance
of Sars’ general description from the type specimen.

Polyps always growing from an irregularly branched stolon,
which firmly adheres to some foreign support. From this sup-
port the numerous pedicellate hydrothece radiate in all direc-
tions, often quite densely aggregated. The sub-erect pedicels,
slightly annulated at the base, vary much in length, some of them
being quite long. They pass almost imperceptibly into the tubu-
lar somewhat obconic hydrothece, the apertures of which are
circular. The operculum consists of about twelve converging
segments, which may be extended above the rim of the hydro-
theca, or be retracted within it. The portion of the hydrotheca
near the margin may be slightly ribbed longitudinally.

Gonosome unknown. Color, grayish-white. Height of the hy-
drotheca with pedicel up to 6 mm. Found attached to the stems
of Tubularia indivisa and to calcareous serpulid tubes.

The specimens I have examined answer to this description very
well, except that the pedicels are not so long. According to Sars’
figures, in his specimens the variation is from 2 mm. to 6 mm.
In specimens from Dodd’s Narrows the longest is not more than
2 mm., and in the San Juan material many of them are little more
than 1 mm., but as they agree in every other respect, I do not hesi-
tate to put them with this species.

Genus STEGOPOMA

Trophosome.—Hydrotheca with an operculum formed of two
membranes, folded lengthwise, and which, roof-like, come to-
gether with their long edges. Each of these is separated from
the remainder of the hydrotheca by a curved line. At each side,
the hydrothecal wall forms a triangular gable-like structure be-
' tween the two opercular membranes.

I have not seen specimens of this genus. Levinsen in institut-
ing the genus gives no characters of the gonosome.** Later
authors who have used the genus, have described the gonangia in
some species but have not described the contents thereof.

STEGOPOMA PLICATILE (Sars)

Lafea plicatile Sars, Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl., 1862, p. 31.
Stegopoma plicatile LEVINSEN, Meduser, Ctenophorer og Hydroider, 1893,
p. 36.

17 Meduser, Ctenophorer og Hydroider fra Greenlands Vestkyst, 1893, p. 34.

AG C. McLEAN FRASER

Stegopoma plicatile JADERHOLM, Der Hydroidenfauna des Beringsmeeres,
ASO Deas

Distribution.—Bering Sea (Jiaderholm).
HALECIDA

Trophosome.—Hy drothece arranged alternately ; shallow saue-
er-shaped, not deep enough to contain the contracted hydranths ;
margins even, often duplicated. Hydranths with conical pro-
boscis, surrounded by a single whorl of filiform tentacles.

Gonosome.—Gonophores producing planule, (or medusoids, if
we are to include Dr. Torrey’s genus Campalecium) usually dif-
ferent in the two sexes.

Genus CAMPALECIUM

‘“Trophosome.—As in Halecium.

‘“Gonosome.—Gonothece, each with a blastostyle bearing sev-
eral medusoid gonophores’’. (Torrey).

I have seen no type of this genus that Dr. Torrey has instituted,
nor has any other so far as I know. Dr. Torrey himself, has given
no more recent reference to it, but if his conclusions are correct,
it would seem that the characters are sufficient te make a new
genus.

CAMPALECIUM MEDUSIFERUM Torrey

Campalecium medusiferum Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902,
p. 43.

Distribution.—Long Beach, Cal. (Torrey).
Genus HALECIUM
Characteristics as given for the family.

HALECIUM ANNULATUM Torrey

Halecium annulatum Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 49.

Halecium annulatum Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 10.

Distribution—Coronado, Cal. (Torrey); Coronado Island,
Mexico (Torrey) ; Port Renfrew, Ucluelet, Dodd’s Narrows.

HALECIUM BALEIT new name

Halecium gracile BALE, Proc. Linn. Soe. N. 8. W., 1888, p. 759.

Halecium parvulum Baek, Proce. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W, 1888, p. 760.

Halecium gracile CLARK, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, Vol. XXV, No.
6, 1894, p. 74.

Distribution—San Juan Archipelago.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS AT

Bale described this species in 1888 under the name, Halecioum
gracile. This name has later been used for the same species by
Clark, Jiderholm'’ and Billard,!® but the name was preoccupied
by Verrill?° in 1874, and later used by Fewkes** and Nutting.”
In consequence I have taken the liberty of using Bale’s name in
the substitution.

HALECIUM CORRUGATUM Nutting
Halecium corrugatum Nutrine, Hydroids from Alaska and Puget Sound,
1899, p. 745.
Distribution —Puget Sound (Nutting).

HALECIUM DENSUM Calkins

Halecium densum CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 343.

Distribution—Bremerton (Calkins) ; Port Renfrew, Ucluelet,
San Juan Archipelago.

HALECIUM HALECINUM (Linneus)

Sertularia halecina LINN&ZUS, Systema Nature, 1767, p. 1308.

Halecium halecinum Nutting, Hydroids of Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899,
p. 741.

Halecium halecinum Nuttine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 179.

Distribution—Puget Sound (Nutting) ; Kadiak, Alaska (Nut-
ting) ; Ucluelet.

HALECIUM KOFOIDI Torrey
Halecium kofoidi Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 49.
Halecium kofoidi Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 11.
Distribution —San Diego, Catalina Island, Cal. (Torrey) ; Cor-
onado Island, Mexico (Torrey) ; San Juan Archipelago.

HALECIUM MURICATUM (Ellis & Solander)

Sertularia muricata ELLIs & SOLANDER, Nat. Hist. Zooph., 1786, p. 59.
Halecium muricatum CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 217.
Halecium muricatum Nurtine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 180.

Distribution —Unalaska (Clark) ; Orea, Alaska (Nutting).

18 Aussereuropaische Hydroiden, 1903, p. 266.

19 Ex. du Travailleur et du Talisman, 1907, p. 163.

20 Invertebrated Animals of Vineyard Sound, 1874, p. 729.
21 Guide to a Collector, 1891, p. 36.

22 Hydroids of Wood’s Hole, 1901, p. 358.

48 C. McLEAN FRASER

HALECIUM ORNATUM Nutting

Halecium ornatum NuttineG, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 181.
Distribution.—Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, Alaska (Nutting).

HALECIUM PYGMAIUM new species
Pl. IV, Figs. 1-2

Trophosome.—Colony minute, largest specimen reaching a.
height of 2.5 mm. The stolon, creeping on kelp, anastomoses to-
such an extent that a dense net-work is produced. The stem most.
commonly consists of but one pedicel about .5 mm. long, but may
consist of a series of these pedicels, each giving origin to another
pedicel just below its hydrophore. Not more than five were found
in any one series. In rare instances, branches consisting of one or
two of these pedicels, were also given off. The pedicels thus take
the place of stem joints bending alternately to one side and the
other, but as they are not all in the same plane, the trophosome
seems somewhat spirally twisted. The annulations are not very
well marked ; there may be one or two near the base of each pedi-
eel. The hydrophores are large with expanded margins, either
not everted or but slightly so.

Gonosome.—Only the female gonosomes were found. In these
the gonangia are borne on short pedicels, attached immediately
below the hydrophore. In a case where a trophosome consists
of a single pedicel, the gonangium extends beyond and overtops:
the hydrotheca. There is only one gonangium on each of the
stems, with one or more than one pedicel. The shape is obovate
with a projection on one side near the top immediately over the
opening which is shaped like a half-moon. The ova are of large
size, Six to eight in each gonangium.

Distribution—San Juan Archipelago in Prof. Kineaid’s col-
lection.

HALECIUM REVERSUM Nutting
Halecium reversum Nurtine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 180.
Distribution—Juneau, Alaska (Nutting).

HALECIUM ROBUSTUM Nutting

Halecium robustum Nuttine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 182.
Distribution —Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, Alaska (Nutting).

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 49

HALECIUM SCUTUM Clark

Halecium scutum CuarK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 218.
Halecium scutum Nuttine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 180.

Distribution—Semidi Islands to Unalaska (Clark) ; Berg In-
let and Yakutat (Nutting) ; San Juan Archipelago.

HALECIUM SPECIOSUM Nutting

Halecium speciosum Nuttine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 181.

Distribution —Yakutat, Alaska (Nutting).

HALECIUM TELESCOPICUM Allman

Halecium telescopicum ALLMAN, Challenger Report, Part II, 1888, p. 10.
Halecium telescopicum JADERHOLM, Hydroidenfauna der Beringsmeeres,
1907, p. 4.

Distribution—Bering Sea (Jaderholm).

HALECIUM TENELLUM Hincks

Halecium tenellum Hincxks, Ann. and Mag. N. H., 3rd Ser. 8, 1861, p. 252.
Halecium tenellum Cuark, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 225.

Distribution—San Diego, Cal. (Clark); San Juan Archi-
pelago.

HALECIUM WILSONT Calkins

Halecium wilsoni CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 343.

Halecium wilsoni HartLausB, Hydroiden aus dem Stillen Ocean, 1901, p.
350.

Distribution—Bremerton (Calkins) ; Bare Island (Hartlaub) ;
Ucluelet, San Juan Archipelago.

Besides finding specimens of this species with the male gono-
some similar to that described and figured by Calkins, I found
others to which the same description of the trophosome applies
but with female gonosomes. The gonangia of these are shaped
like the male gonangia of the species and have the openings simi-
lar and similarly placed. When the ova are within the gonangia,
they appear to be very irregularly arranged, but when they are
extruded into the globular acrocyst, the cause is evident. There
is the same irregular branching from the spadix as in the male,
giving the whole gonosome a fantastic appearance when viewed
from the exterior. The fact that this female gonosome is smaller
than the male, though unusual, will scarcely make it doubtful!
that it belongs to the same species.

4

50 C. McLEAN FRASER

HALECIUM WASHINGTONI Nutting

Halecium geniculatum Nuttine, Hydroids of Alaska and Puget Sound,
1899, p. 744.

Halecium nuttingi Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Goan 1902, p. 50.

Halecium washingtoni NutTrine, Am. Nat., XXXV, 1901, p. 789.

Halecium washingtoni TorREY, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 11.

Distribution.—Puget Sound (Nutting) ; San Diego (Torrey) ;
Dodd’s Narrows, San Juan Archipelago.

LAF GID As

Trophosome.—Hydrothece tubular, margins even, opercula
absent. The hydrothecal cavity is not divided from the stem
cavity by a partial septum, except in the genus Hebella. Hy-
dranth with a conical hypostome.

Gonosome.—‘Gonangia forming a ‘Coppinia’ mass.’’ (Nut-
ting).

Genus FILELLUM

Trophosome.—Stem a slender rootstock, parasitic on other
hydroids. Hydrothece partly adherent, curved outward at the
point of separation.

Gonosome.—A ‘Coppinia’ mass.

FILELLUM EXPANSUM Levinsen
Filellum expansum LEVINSEN, Hydroider fra Gronland’s Vestkyst, 1893,
p.- 30.
Distribution—Deer Harbor, San Juan, in Prof. Kineaid’s
Collection.
FILELLUM SERPENS (Hassell)
Campanularia serpens HASSELL, Trans. Micro. Soe., ITI, 1852, p. 163.
Filellum serpens Nuttine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 179.
Distribution—Juneau, Alaska (Nutting); San Juan Archi-
pelago.
Genus GRAMMARIA
Trophosome.—Stem fascicled, consisting of a hydrothecate
axial tube surrounded by a certain number of peripheral, non-
hydrothecate tubes. The hydrothece are partly adherent.
Gonosome.—A ‘Coppinia’ mass.

GRAMMARIA IMMERSA Nutting
Grammaria immersa NurtinG, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 178.

Distribution—St. Paul’s Harbor, Kadiak, Alaska (Nutting) ;

~

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 51

Bering Sea, N. W. of St. Lawrence Island (Jaderholm) ; Dodd’s
Narrows.

Genus HEBELLA

**Trophosome.—Pedicels arising from a creeping rootstock,
very short. Hydrothece tubular, with entire margins, without
opercula, and having their cavities separated from those of the
stem by a partial septum. Hydranths with a conical proboscis.’’
(Nutting).

This genus has been moved around from one family to another
and really does not properly belong to any of the families de-
scribed up to the present. On account of its hydrothecal sep-
tum, it has been placed with the Campanularide, but the tubular
hydrotheca and more especially the conical hypostome makes it
very unsuitable for such a home. The only difficulty there is in
putting it in the Lafwide arises from the presence of the hydro-
thecal septum. As this paper is intended to be largely a work on
distribution, I do not feel justified in making a new family for
the genus. As it seems to have the closest affinities to the La-
faeide I have placed it with, rather than in, that family.

HEBELLA POCILLUM (Hincks)

Lafea pocillum Hixcxks, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 204.
Lafea pocillum Cuark, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 215.
Hebella pocillum NutTtTING, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 175.

Distribution—Nunivak Island, Alaska (Clark); Kadiak,
Alaska (Nutting).
Genus LAFCG@A

Trophosome.—Stem fascicled throughout the greater part of
its length in a mature form. Hydrothece generally free from
the stem, though sometimes slightly immersed in it.

Gonosome.—A ‘Coppinia’ mass.

LAF@A ADHERENS Nutting
Lafaa adherens Nuttinc, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 178.
Distribution —Kadiak, Alaska (Nutting).

LAFGA DUMOSA (Fleming)

Sertularia dumosa FLEMING, Edin. Phil. Jour. IT, 1828, p. 83.

Lafewa dumosa Cuark, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 210.

Lafea dumosa Nuttinc, Hydroids from Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899,
p. 741.

52 CU. McLEAN FRASER

Lafea dumosa Nuttine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 177.

Lafwa dumosa TorrEy, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 59.

Distribution.—Port Etches, Alaska (Clark); Puget Sound
(Nutting) ; Juneau, Berg Inlet, Orca, Alaska (Nutting) ; Port
Orchard, Puget Sound (Torrey) ; Banks Island, Departure Bay,
Dodd’s Narrows, Ucluelet, Port Renfrew, San Juan Archipelago.

LAF@A FRUTICOSA Sars

Lafea fruticosa Sars, Norske Hydroider, Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1862, p. 30.

Lafea fruticosa CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 216.

Lafea fruticosa NuttIne, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex. 1901, p. 178.

Distribution—Shumagin Island to Kyska Island, Alaska
(Clark); Puget Sound (Nutting); Juneau, Berg Inlet, Orca,
Alaska (Nutting); Bering Sea (Jaderholm) ; San Juan Archi-
pelago. :

LAFG@A GRACILLIMA (Alder)

Campanularia gracillima ALDER, Trans. Tynes. Field Club, 1857, p. 39.

Lafea gracillima CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 216.

Lafea gracillima Nurtine, Hydroids of Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899,
p. 741.

Lafea gracillima Nurtine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 177.

Lafa@a gracillima Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 60.

Distribution—Sitka Harbor to Shumagin Islands, Alaska
(Clark); Bare Island (Hartlaub); Puget Sound (Nutting) ;
Juneau, Berg Inlet, Orca, Alaska (Nutting) ; San Pedro, Cal.,
Puget Sound (Torrey) ; Departure Bay, Dodd’s Narrows, Uclue-
let, Port Renfrew, San Juan Archipelago.

LAF@A GRANDIS Hincks
Lafea grandis Hincxs, Ann. and Mag. N. H., 4th Ser. XIII, 1874, p. 148.
Distribution—San Juan Archipelago.
Only a fragment of this species appeared in the San Juan ma-
terial but it was in very good condition.

LICTORELLA

Trophosome.—Stem polysiphoniec, with ultimate branches mon-
osiphonice and bilateral. Hydrothece never sessile. Thin dia-
phragm present. Nematophores may be present, usually on the
branch at the base of the hydrothece. :

Gonosome.—‘‘Gonangia aggregated, with curious protuberant
‘shoulders’ on one or two sides of the distal end. These are horn-

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 53

like processes which may curve upward, or downward, or be di-
rected straight outward, according to the species’’ (Nutting).
As nematocysts are found in many species of the Lafwide
group, I do not see any necessity of the genus Zygophylaz that
Quelch has instituted. Even in Lictorella pinnata (Sars), they
are commonly present, though they seem to have been generally
overlooked, probably because they are so easily broken off. E. T.
Browne, in describing LD. pinnata,* is the only one who has called
attention to them directly, as far as I know, without putting the
species in another genus, while Broch** in calling attention to
this reference, remarks that if the species has nematocysts, it
must belong to the genus Zygophylax. Nutting in his Hawaiian
Island paper,”° when defining the genus Lictorella, mentions the
frequency with which nematocysts are found in this genus.

LICTORELLA CAROLINA new species
Pl. IV, Figs. 3-5

Trophosome.—The only specimen of this species, 2.5 em. in
length, was found detached, so that it may or may not have been
a complete specimen. The main stem is polysiphonic, with com-
paratively few hydrothece, and was probably erect. The
branches coming off from the main stem are also polysiphonie,
but the tubes are much reduced in number, gradually disappear-
ing until in the secondary branches there is but a single tube.
An appearance of dichotomy is produced in most cases by a
hydrotheca from one tube originating in such a way that it seems
to come from the axil formed by the branching of another tube.
The ultimate branches are divided into internodes of almost
equal length by deep constrictions. From each internode, nearly
midway between the nodes a single hydrotheca is given off.
These hydrothece alternate on successive internodes but are all
in the same plane. At the origin of each of these there is a dis-
tinct shoulder on the branch, which is divided by a deep con-
striction from the base of the hydrotheca. On this shoulder
there are two nematocysts present, which are deeply cup-shaped
and supported by a two-ringed pedicel. Evidently they are very
easily broken off, as I could find very few perfect ones, but the

23 Hydroids collected by the ‘‘Huxley’’, 1906, p. 27.
24 Hydroiduntersuchungen II, 1909, p. 201.
25 Hydroids of the Hawaiian Islands, 1905, p. 945.

54 C. McLEAN FRASER

holes in the shoulder indicate the places where they had been.
The hydrotheca widens gradually and symmetrically until it
reaches the diaphragm. From this point the under surface
passes out almost in a straight line, while the upper surface is.
convex for some distance, after which it passes out parallel to
the lower side. The margin is but slightly flarmg. It is com-
monly duplicated.

Gonosome.—Unknown.

Distribution—San Juan Archipelago in Prof. Kineaid’s Col-
lection.

In some respects this species resembles Lictorella pinnata
(Sars), or Lictorella halecioides Allman, which I presume is the
same thing. The hydrotheca especially resembles that figured by
Sars,°° so much so that if I had not had the opportunity of ex-
amining some fine specimens of L. pinnata from the Hawaiian Is-
lands, identified by Prof. Nutting,°* I should have hesitated in
placing the Puget Sound specimen in a new species. One of the
most marked differences is shown in the pronounced and regular
division into internodes, which is not present in the Hawaiian
Island forms, nor is it shown in any figures of L. pinnata that I
have seen. The tendency towards dichotomy in the arrangement
of the branches, and the presence of secondary branches, make
the appearance of the specimen quite different from the some-
what stiffly-pinnate arrangement found in L. pinnata.

This species also resembles Zygophylax biarmata Billard, as
described and figured by Billard,?® differing from it in much the
same way as from L. pinnata. Whether this species of Billard’s
is the same as L. pinnata or not, it is not necessary to discuss.

SERTULARIDA

In taking up this family of Hydroids, I have followed the ex-
ample of the majority of those who have written since 1904 in
using as a basis, the classification given by Prof. C. C. Nutting
in his monograph of that year.

Of his 12 genera I have found only 7 represented in the new
material I have examined, viz., Abietinaria, Diphasia, Hydrall-
mania, Selaginopsis, Sertularella, Sertularia and Thwaria. To

26 Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Hydroider, 1873, Tab. IV, figs. 27, 28..

27 Hydroids of the Hawaiian Islands, 1905, p. 946.
28 Expeditions du Travailleur et du Talisman, 1907, p, 180.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 55

’

these 7 there has been little objection made. Hartlaub,?? War-
ren,*® Billard* and Ritchie,*? who have made large contributions,
and others who have made smaller contributions, have used this
classification as it is, for these genera. Jaiderholm* has included
Abietinaria with Diphasia, but otherwise has not departed from
the classification. In each of these the operculum consists of a
single adeauline flap, but the shape of the hydrothece and the
mode of growth are different. In species of Diphasia, where the
gonosome has been found, it is widely different from that which
is found in species of Abietinaria.

Broch and Torrey are the only notable exceptions whose pa-
pers I have seen. Broch** has cut down the 7 genera to 5, but
has introduced a number of sub-genera, so that the main di-
visions are more numerous than in Nutting’s classification. Very
little can be gained by combining Diphasia and Abietinaria into
the one genus Diphasia, and then dividing the genus into the sub-
genera, Diphasia and Abietinaria. It would seem to be more
satisfactory to combine them and leave them that way, as Jader-
holm has done, than to separate them thus. His treatment of
Selaginopsis is rather unfortunate, when two forms that have as
much resemblance to each other as S. mirabilis and S. obsoleta,
are put in two genera, while at the same time, such unlike forms
as S. mirabilis and Sertularia pumila are placed in the same
genus. He has placed much emphasis on the trophosome as far
as its individual components go, and none whatever on the gen-
eral appearance, mode of growth and the features of the gono-
some.

Torrey prefers to follow the grouping method of Schneider,*
but no other systematist since his last paper appeared, seems to
take this method of classification into serious account. He gives

29 Die Hydroiden der Magalhaenischen Region, 1905.

30 On a Collection of Hydroids mostly from the Natal Coast, 1908.

31 Hydroides du ‘‘ Travailleur’’ et du ‘‘Talisman’’, 1907 and Hydroides
du British Museum, 1910.

32 Hydroids of the Scottish Antarctic Expedition, 1907 and its Supple-
ment, 1909.

33 Northern and Arctie Invertebrata in the Swedish Museum, Sect. IV,
Hydroiden, 1909.

34 Die Hydroiden der Arktischen Meere, 1909.
35 Hydropolypen from Rovigno, 1897.

56 C. McLEAN FRASER

as his reason for adopting this method, that these groups ‘‘dis-
courage the growth of synonyms, offer no awkward bars to the
free passage of any species from one group to nearer relatives’’.
He evidently is consistent with this statement, as he uses the
same generic name, Sertularia, in two different groups, while in
the same paper,** he uses the two generic names, Dynamena and
Sertularia, for two species almost as much allied as it is possible
to find.

It seems to me that it is a fair test of classification into genera,
if one who has examined a good supply of material, which has
included species of the allied genera of a group, can take a typ-
ical form that he has not already seen and without hesitation,
place it in the genus in which it belongs, without necessarily go-
ing over all the points of distinction. This test will apply to
these 7 genera of the Sertularide, consequently, they may be ac-
cepted as satisfactory. This by no means excludes the possibility
of intergrading forms, as these are found here as well as else-
where. This is particularly true among the lower marine forms.

Of the other 5 genera, Dictyocladium, Pasythea, Staurotheca,
Synthecitum and Thecocladium, only two, Dictyocladium and
Synthecium, are reported from this Coast. As far as the genus
Dictyocladium is concerned, I have seen no exception to it ex-
cept from Billard,** who would place it with Selaginopsis, but as
he gives no indication that he has seen any specimen that would
be included under this genus, the features of the genus which
Allman** and Nutting*® point out would, necessarily, not come
under his observation.

To the genus Synthecium Torrey takes great exception, in both
Hydroid papers, but especially the latter. He claims that the
species*® described by Nutting as Synthecium cylindricum,
should be considered a Sertularella, which he calls S. halecina.
His argument is this. In his material he has found specimens,
some of which have gonangia springing from the hydrothece, as
is required for Synthecium, but he has also found them extra-

86 Hydroids of San Diego, 1904.

87 Hydroides du Travailleur et du Talisman, 1907, p. 183.
88 Challenger Report, The Hydroida, Part II, 1888, p. 76.
39 American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 105.

40 Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 21.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 57

thecal, viz. on the stolon. In some eases he finds branches spring-
ing from the hydrothece, which would qualify the species for
the genus Thecocladium. MHartlaub*: in referring to this dis-
cussion, cites an interesting laboratory experiment, where, in a
colony of Obelia, the hydranths disappeared from the ecalyces,
and gonophores later appeared to take their place, though they
were attenuated, and otherwise differed from the type. He con-
cludes that the entire nourishment is used in this case to produce
the gonosome, that the species may be perpetuated. In his dis-
cussion, however, he offers no opinion on the merits of the two
sides of the question, but in the same paper, he later uses the
genus Synthecium, showing that he is not satisfied that the genus
should be eliminated.

It does not follow that because Torrey has found these varia-
tions in this species, that on this alone the genus Syntheciwm
should be discarded. As I have already stated, there are and
must be intergradations between any two allied genera, as well
as between two nearly allied species, and evidently this is a good
case in point, but that does not signify that the genus must on
that account be left out. This is evidently the stand that most
authors, who have met with species of this genus since Allman
instituted it, have taken, as it has been used by them without
hesitation. With regard to this particular species, there must
remain some doubt as to where to place it, until a large amount
of material has been examined, so that the typical form may be
decided upon. As the only specimens I have seen are Prof.
Nutting’s type specimens, and as I have followed his classifica-
tion throughout in this group, I shall continue to do so in this
ease, though I am perfectly free to admit that my opinion might
be changed if I had the opportunity to examine a large amount
of material.

Genus ABIETINARIA
ABIETINARIA ABIETINA (Linneus)

Sertularia abietina LINNz&UuS, Systema Nature. 1758, p. 808.

Sertularia anguina var. robusta CLARK, Hydroids of Pacific Coast, 1876,
p. 255.

Abietinaria abietina Nurtine, American Hydroids, Part IT, 1904, p. 114.

Abietinaria anguina Nurtine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 119.

Distribution—Alaska, Bering Sea, Albatross collections off

41 Die Hydroiden der Magalhaenischen Region, 1905, pp. 615-627.

58 C. McLEAN FRASER

Washington; Albatross Station, 2864, N. 48° 22’, W. 122° 51’,
48 fathoms; Station 3159, N. 87° 47’ 20”, W. 123° 10’, 27 fath-
oms; Station 3443, N. 48° 13’ 30”, W. 123° 11’ 20”, 97 fathoms;
Station 3546, N. 54° 12’, W. 165° 42’, 36 fathoms; Station 3552,
N. 56° 28’, W. 169° 28’, 54 fathoms; Station 2842, N. 54° 15’,
W. 166° 03’, 72 fathoms; Station 3230, N. 58° 31’ 30”, W. 157°
13’ 30”, 30 fathoms; Station 3599,.N. 52° 05’, EH. 177° 40’, 55
fathoms (Nutting) ; San Juan Archipelago, Ucluelet, Departure
Bay, Dodd’s Narrows, Banks Island.

ABIETINARIA ALEXANDERI Nutting

Abietinaria alexanderi NutTTiInG, American Hydroids, Part IT, 1904, p. 120.

Distribution.—Albatross Station 28417 N. 54° 18’, W. 165°
55’ 56”, 56 fathoms; Station 3599, N. 52° 05’, E. 177° 40’, 55
fathoms (Nutting).

ABIETINARIA AMPHORA Nutting

Abietinaria amphora NurtinG, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 119.

Distribution.—Albatross Station 2841, N. 54° 18’, W. 165° 55”
56”, 56 fathoms; Station 2866, N. 48° 09’, W. 125° 03’, 171 fath-
oms; Whidley Island, Puget Sound (Nutting); Port Renfrew,
Ucluelet, Dodd’s Narrows.

ABIETINARIA ANGUINA (Trask)

Sertularia anguina TRASK, Proe. Cal. Acad. Se., Vol. 1, W857, pe aaize
Sertularia labrata Murray, Ann, and Mag., 3rd Series, V, 1860, p. 250.
Sertularia anguina CLARK, Hydroids of Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 255.
Abietinaria labiata KIRCHENPAUER, Nordische Gattungen, 1884, p. 34.
Thuiara coei Nuvrine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 185.
Abietinaria coei Nurtine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 117.
Distribution—San Diego, Cal. (Hemphill); Monterey Bay
(Anderson); Vancouver Island (Dawson); San Francisco.
(Trask) ; Dutch Harbor, Alaska, Tledis Village near Susk, B. C.
(Nutting) ; Port Renfrew, Ucluelet.

The species Abietinaria anguina (Trask), described by Prof.
Nutting,*? which evidently is the same as S. anguina var. robusta
Clark, appears to me to be identical with A. abietina (Linneus).
I have examined a large amount of material and have found all
phases of gradation in the size of the hydrotheca, from those that.

42 American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 119.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 59

are almost half immersed, to those even longer than the figures
would indicate. I have compared these specimens with others
from the Atlantic Coast and can see no reason for considering
this a separate species. Moreover, on the same colony there ap-
pear gonangia as smooth and as elongated as those figured for A.
anguina, and others as stout and as much annulated as that fig-
ured by Hincks** for A. abietina. In all of them the border is
turned in to form a somewhat funnel-shaped portion, like an in-
verted collar. The border is ornamented with a ring of sharp
teeth.

The name, Abietinaria anguina, should be retained for the
species originally described as Sertularia anguina by Trask. It
would have been much easier to trace his species if he had seen
any gonangia, but by making a series of comparisons it is pos-
sible to trace it to A. coei Nutting, as distinct from Sertularia
filicula, with which Dr. Torrey associates it.

Trask’s fig. 1, Pl. V, is evidently the same as that figured by
Murray, in fig. 2a, Pl. XI, as S. labrata. Fig. 2 showing this in
natural size, corresponds with A. coei Nutting in its definitely
pinnate arrangement, and decidedly geniculate stem above the
first pinna, while A. filicula is branched many times, so that the
pinnate arrangement is obliterated. This latter figure agrees
with the natural size fig. 5 in table 14, given by Kirchenpauer
for A. labiata. The figs. 5a, 5b and 5c in the same table, repre-
sent gonangia similar to those figured in plate XX XIII, for A.
coet Nutting, these being quite different from those of A. filicula,
which are well figured by Hincks,** in fig. 3b, Pl. LIII, and by
Ellis and Solander,* in fig. C, Pl. 6.

It is probable that it is on account of its mode of growth that
Trask speaks of its resemblance to S. fallax Johnston, because in
its definitely pinnate arrangement, it more nearly resembles S.
fallax that Johnston has figured in Pl. XI,** than it does the loose
arrangement of S. filicula as figured in P]. XIV of the same work.

Clark in one of his papers*’ describes S. anguina and mentions

43 British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, Pl. LV.
44 British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868.

45 Natural History of Zoophytes, 1786.

46 British Zoophytes, 1847.

47 Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 255.

60 C. McLEAN FRASER

its resemblance to A. filicula, while in another paper published
in the same year,** he includes S. filicula. Therefore, though he
states that their trophosomes are quite similar, he evidently con-
siders that there are the two separate species.

ABIETINARIA ANNULATA (Kirchenpauer)

Thuiaria annulata KIRCHENPAUER, Nordische Gattungen, 1884, p. 26.
Abietinaria annulata NuTTInc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 122.

Distribution.—A lbatross Station 3546, N. 54° 12’, W. 165° 42’,
36 fathoms (Nutting).

ABIETINARIA COSTATA (Nutting)

Thuiaria costata NuTTING, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 187.
Abietinaria costata NuTTING, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 122.

Distribution.—Y akutat, Alaska (Nutting).

ABIETINARIA FILICULA (Ellis and Solander)

Sertularia filicula E. & S., Nat. Hist. Zoophytes, 1786, p. 57.

Sertularia filicula CLark, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 219.

Sertularia filicula Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 68.

Abietinaria filicula NutTtTine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 117.

Distribution.—Alaska, Albatross Station 2865, N. 48° 12’, W.
122° 49’, 40 fathoms (Nutting); San Juan Archipelago, Vic-
toria, Dodd’s Narrows.

The specimen described by Dr. Torrey, evidently belongs to
this species, if one is to judge from his drawing, of the gonangia,
but that it is the same species as S. anguina Trask, is an opinion
with which I cannot agree, as explained in connection with the
note on A. angwina.

ABIETINARIA GIGANTEA (Clark)

Thuaria gigantea CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 230.

Thuiaria gigantea Nutrinc, Hydroids from Alaska and Puget Sound,
1899, p. 741.

Thuiaria gigantea NuTTING, Hydroids of the: Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 186.

Abietinaria gigantea NuTrTinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 123.

Distribution.—Alaskan Shores and Aleutian Islands, Bering
Sea, Hagmeister Island, Akutan Pass, Kyska Harbor, Orea,
Kadiak, Belkoffsky, Albatross Station 3464, N. 48° 14’, W. 123°
20’ 40”, 40 fathoms; Station, 3546, N. 54° 12’, W. 162° 42’,
36 fathoms; Station 3557, N. 57° 04’, W. 170° 24’, 26 fathoms

(Nutting) ; Bering Sea (Jaderholm).

48 Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 219.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 61

ABIETINARIA GRACILIS Nutting
-Abietinaria gracilis NuTTING, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 120.
Distribution.—Albatross Station 2873, N. 48° 30’, W. 124°
57’, 40 fathoms; Station 3480, N. 52° 06’, W. 171° 45’, 283 fath-
oms; Station 3599, N. 52° 05’, E. 177° 40’, 55 fathoms (Nutting).

ABIETINARIA GREENET (Murray)

Sertularia greenei Murray, Ann. and Mag. 3rd Ser. V, 1860, p. 504.

Sertularia greenei CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 257.

Sertularia greenei ToRREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 69.

Abietinaria greenei NUTTING, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 121.

Distribution—Tomales Point, Monterey, Punta Reyes, San
Francisco, Port Renfrew, Vancouver Island (Nutting); San
Juan Archipelago, Dodd’s Narrows, Departure Bay, Port Ren-
frew, Ucluelet.

ABIETINARIA INCONSTANS (Clark)

Sertularia inconstans CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 222.
Abietinaria inconstans NUTTING, American Hydroids, Part IT, 1904, p. 116.

Distribution —Unalaska (Nutting).

ABIETINARIA RIGIDA, new species
Pl. V, Figs. 1-3

Trophosome.—Largest colony obtained reaches a height of 4
inches. The main stem is coarse, rigid and but slightly flexuose,
with annulations at the base, but with little indication of being
regularly divided into internodes. Some specimens over 2 inches
in length are entirely unbranched. When the branches are pres-
ent they have usually a regular alternate arrangement, each
branch making a wide angle with the stem. As the branches also,
are rigid, the whole colony has a coarse stiff appearance. The
number of hydrothece between two successive branches on the
same side of the main stem is by no means constant, but is com-
monly three. At the junction with the main stem, the branch is
much constricted, so that it readily breaks off at that point. The
branches have at most one or two nodal rings, in many eases there
appears to be none present. The hydrothece on the main stem
and on the branches have a regular arrangement, but on the
branches they are somewhat more closely placed. They are stout, -
narrowing gradually but slightly, towards the circular opening,
the margin of which is perfectly smooth, lying parallel to the

62 ; C. McLEAN FRASER

axis of the stem or branch. In some cases there is a slight indica- ~
tion of flaring, but this is seldom noticeable. The hydrothece
are immersed to a large extent, less than one-fourth being free.
The operculum consists of a single adcauline flap.

Gonosome.—The gonangia are borne on the upper surface of
the branches. The shape is an elongated oval, with a distinctly
narrowed pedicel. At the distal end it narrows suddenly to form
a narrow collar which is double, on account of the margin being
turned in. A finely-toothed ornamentation appears on the col-
lar. The gonangia are very similar to some of those found on A.
abietina.

Distribution—Alhbatross Station 2865, N. 48° 12’, W. 122° 51’,
48 fathoms (in collection of the State University of Iowa); San
Juan Archipelago.

This species resembles to some extent, one of the varieties that
Clark includes under Sertularia variabilis,*® but in this species
he has included forms resembling such greatly differing species
as Abietinaria traski and Abietinaria abietina. It seems to me
that even if there are intergrading forms, such distinct typical
forms should be treated as specifically distinct. It is a common
experience in examining a large amount of material, to find many
specimens showing such intergradation between two allied spe-
cies, that it is difficult to decide to which they belong. As such is
the case, distinct types must be treated as specifically distinct, no
matter how much intergradation there may be, if we are going
to have any classification. The indications are that if it were
possible to get even a fairly complete collection of hydroids, or
of any of the lower marine groups, the whole group would be a
series of gradations, and not only that, but the groups them-
selves would scarcely be delimited. Even in the higher land
forms, where isolation has had the best chance to produce dis-
tinct species, disagreement among systematists as to the position
of a specimen, often occurs.

This type is plentiful in the San Juan Archipelago, and is so
characteristic, that it can readily be picked out from a hydroid
mass, without the aid of a lens. Since this is the case, even if
intergradations may be or have been found between it and other
forms, it seems best to distinguish it specifically.

49 Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 221.

EE

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 63

ABIETINARIA TRASKEI (Torrey)

Sertularia traski Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 69.

Abietinaria traski NuTTING, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 118.

Distribution—San Pedro, Cal. (Torrey); Albatross Station,
2861, N. 51° 14’, W. 129° 50’, 204 fathoms; Station 2873, N. 48°
30’, W. 124° 57’, 40 fathoms; Station 2886, N. 43° 59’, W. 124°
56’ 30”, 50 fathoms; Station 3192, N. 35° 33’ 40”, W. 121° 15’,
101 fathoms (Nutting); San Juan Archipelago, Dodd’s Nar-
rows, Departure Bay.

ABIETINARIA TURGIDA (Clark)

Thuiaria turgida CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 229.

Thuiaria turgida NuttTInc, Hydroids from Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899,
p. 741.

Thuiaria turgida NuttiInc, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 186.

Abietinaria turgida NutTtine, American Hydroids, Part IT, 1904, p. 123.

Distribution Alaskan Coasts, Aleutian Islands and Bering
Sea (Nutting) ; Orea, Alaska, Collection of H. Moon.

ABIETINARIA VARIABILIS (Clark)

Sertularia variabilis CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 221.

Sertularia variabilis NutTinc, Hydroids of Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899,

e741.
4 Thuiaria variabilis Nuttinc, Hydroids of the Harriman Expedition, 1901,

. 185.
; Abietinaria variabilis NuTTING, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 115.

Distribution— Alaskan Coasts, Aleutian Islands, Bering Sea,
San Miguel Island, California; Albatross Station 2857, N. 58°
05’, W. 150° 46’, 51 fathoms; Station 2864, N. 48° 22’, W. 122°
51’, 48 fathoms; Station 2866, N. 48° 09’, W. 125° 03’, 171 fath-
oms; Station 2886, N. 43° 59’, W. 124° 56’ 30”, 50 fathoms;
Station 3231, N. 58° 35’, W. 157° 28’ 50”, 12 fathoms; Station
3465, N. 48° 21’, W. 123° 14’, 48 fathoms; Station 3599, N. 52°
05’, E. 177° 40’, 55 fathoms; Puget Sound (Nutting) ; Bering
Sea (Jiaiderholm) ; Queen Charlotte Islands.

Genus DICTYOCLADIUM
DICTYOCLADIUM FLABELLUM Nutting

Dictyocladium flabellum Nuttine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904,
p. 105.

Distribution—Albatross Station 2842, N. 54° 15’, W. 166°
03’, 72 fathoms; Station 2874, N. 48° 30’, W. 124° 57’, 27 fath-
oms (Nutting).

64 C. McLEAN FRASER

Genus DIPHASIA
DIPHASIA CLARA, new species
PL Wve al!

Trophosome.—The colony is small and delicate, not half an
inch in length, parasitic on Abietinaria abietina and other coarse
forms. It is dichotomously branched, with a hydrotheca in the
angle in each case. A quite regular division into internodes
takes place, with rarely more than*one hydrotheca to an inter-
node. The hydrothece are alternately arranged, the two in suc-
cession being quite distant from each other. Each has the regu-
lar Diphasia form, with but a sight narrowing from the base to
the aperture. The margin of the aperture is also typical, being
shaped like the rim of a pitcher, with the adcauline operculum
of a single flap, shaped to fit. The hydrotheca is less than half
immersed.

Gonosome.—Unknown.

Distribution—On Abietinaria abietina and other large hy-
droid colonies, San Juan Archipelago; Queen Charlotte Islands.

DIPHASIA CORNICULATA (Murray)

Sertularia corniculata Murray, Ann. and Mag., 3rd Ser., V, 1860, p. 251.
Sertularia corniculata CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacifie Coast, 1876, p. 251.
Diphasia corniculata Nurtinc, American Hydroids, Part IT, 1904, p. 112.

Distribution—Bay of San Francisco (Murray).

DIPHASIA KINCAIDI (Nutting)

Thuiara elegans NuttiIne, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 187.
Thuiaria kincaidi Nutrtine, American Naturalist, Sept., 1901, p. 789.
Thuiaria elegans TorrEY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 14.
Diphasia kincaidi Nutr1nc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 112.

Distribution—Berg Inlet and Dutch Harbor, Alaska (Nut-
ting).

? DIPHASIA PULCHRA Nutting

Diphasia pulechra Nuttinc, American Hydroids, Part IT, 1904, p. 111.

Distribution —Albatross Station 2863, N. 48° 58’, W. 123° 10’,
67 fathoms (Nutting).

I have seen no specimens of this species except Prof. Nutting’s
types, and no description except the one that he gives, conse-
quently, I can only place it in this genus provisionally, as he has
done.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 65

Genus HYDRALLMANTIA

HYDRALLMANIA DISTANS Nutting

Hydrallmania falcata CALKINS, Hydroids from Puget Sound, 1899, p. 362.

Hydrallmania distans NutTtTinc, Hydroids from Alaska and Puget Sound,
1899, p. 746.

Hydrallmania distans NutTInc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 126.

Distribution—Puget Sound (Calkins); Puget Sound (Nut-
ting) ; San Juan Archipelago, Ucluelet, Dodd’s Narrows, Queen
Charlotte Islands.

Calkins’ type slides show that what he named H. falcata is the
same as H. distans Nutting. Consequently there is at present no
indication that H. falcata has been found on the Pacific Coast
of North America.

HYDRALLMANIA FRANCISCANA (Trask)

Plumularia franciscana TRASK, Proce. Cal. Acad. Se., Vol. I, 1857, p. 1138.

Hydrallmania franciscana CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876,
p- 260.

Hydrallmania franciscana Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902,
p- 13.

Hydrallmania franciscana Nuvrine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904,
p. 126.

Distribution —San Francisco Bay (Trask and Murray).

Genus SELAGINOPSIS

SELAGINOPSIS CEDRINA (Linneus)

Sertularia cedrina LINNZUS, Systema Nature, 1758, p. 814.

Selaginopsis pacifica MERESCHKOWSKyY, Ann. and Mag., 5th Ser., IT, 1878,
p. 438.

Selaginopsis cedrina KIRCHENPAUER, Nordische Gattungen, 1884, p. 8.

Selaginopsis cedrina NutTtTinG, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 130.

Distribution.Bering Sea (Kirchenpauer).

SELAGINOPSIS CLYINDRICA (Clark)

Thuiaria cylindrica, CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 226.

Selaginopsis cylindrica CALKINS, Some Hydroids from Puget Sound, 1899,

. a62.
4 Selaginopsis cylindrica Nuttinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904,
p. 131. .

Distribution.—Port Moller, Alaska, Hagmeister Island, Bering
Sea, Chirikoff Island, Chiachi Islands (Clark); Puget Sound
(Calkins) ; Bristol Bay, Alaska (Nutting) ; St. Lawrence Island,
lotte Islands.
Bering Sea (Jiderholm) ; San Juan Archipelago, Queen Char-

5

66 C. McLEAN FRASER

SELAGINOPSIS HARTLAUBI Nutting
Selaginopsis hartlaubi Nurrine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 133.

Distribution—Albatross Station 3560, N. 56° 40’, W. 169°
20’, 43 fathoms (Nutting) ; San Juan Archipelago.

SELAGINOPSIS MIRABILIS (Verrill)

Diphasia mirabilis VERRILL, Amer. Jour. Science, 3rd Ser., V, 1872, p. 9.
Diphasia mirabilis CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 219.
Selaginopsis mirabilis Nurrine, Hydroids of Alaska and Puget Sound,

1899, p. 741.
Selaginopsis mirabilis TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 70.
Selaginopsis mirabilis Nurtinc, American Hydroids, Part IT, 1904, p. 128.
Distribution—Hagmeister Island, Bering Sea, Popoff Strait,

Shumagin Islands (Clark); Puget Sound, Albatross Station

2865, N. 48° 12’, W. 122° 49’, 40 fathoms (Nutting) ; San Juan

Archipelago, Dodd’s Narrows.

SELAGINOPSIS OBSOLETA (Lepechin)
Sertularia obsoleta LepecHin, Acta Acad. Petropol. II, 1778, Pt. 2, p. 137.
Selaginopsis hincksti MERESCHOWSKy, Ann. and Mag., 5th Ser., II, 1878,

p. 444.
Selaginopsis obseleta KIRCHENPAUER, Nordische Gattungen, 1884, p. 10.
Selaginopsis obsoleta Nuttinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 132.

Distribution—St. Paul’s Island, Bering Sea (A. and A.
Krause). Albatross Station 3508, N. 58° 33’, W. 164° 49’, 23
fathoms (Nutting).

SELAGINOPSIS ORNATA Nutting
Selaginopsis ornata Nuttine, American Hydroids Part II, 1904, p. 131.
Distribution —Albatross Station 2843, N. 53° 56’, W. 165°
56’, 45 fathoms (Nutting).

SELAGINOPSIS PINASTER (Lepechin)

Sertularia pinaster LEPECHIN, Acta Acad. Petropol., 1783, p. 223.
Sertularia pinus KIRCHENPAUER, Nordische Gattungen, 1884, p. 11.
Selaginopsis pinaster Nuvtrinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 128.

Distribution.—St. Paul’s Island (A. and A. Krause).

SELAGINOPSIS PINNATA Mereschkowsky
Selaginopsis pinnata MERESCHOWSKy, Ann. and Mag., 5th Ser., II, 1878,
p. 436.
Selaginopsis pinnata KIRCHENPAUER, Nordische Gattungen, 1884, p. 14.
Selaginopsis pinnata NuttTine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 130.

Distribution —Port Ajan (M. Wosnessensky) ; St. Paul’s Is-

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 67

land, 23 fathoms (Kirchenpauer) ; Albatross Station 3558, N.
56° 58’, W. 170° 09’, 25 fathoms (Nutting) ; San Juan Archi-
pelago, Queen Charlotte Islands.

SELAGINOPSIS PLUMIFORMIS Nutting

Selaginopsis plumiformis NutTtiInc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904,
p. 129.
?Selaginopsis cylindrica CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 226.

Distribution.—N. 60° 22’, W. 168° 45’ (Nutting).

I have not been able to satisfy myself that this species is dis-
tinct from 8S. cylindrica Clark, as I have found a number of speci-
mens of what I take to be S. cylindrica, with a woody main stem
and large primary branches, with secondary branches, similar to
Prof. Nutting’s type specimen. It appears that the reason that
they are not often found in this way is, that the primary branches
break off from the main stem, taking the annulated portion with
the branch. Consequently what appears as a main stem in an
ordinary specimen, is really a primary branch, and what appears
as a primary branch is really a secondary branch. This would
explain what Clark says, ‘‘occasionally a large branch occurs
which resembles the main stem in every particular’’.°° With re-
gard to the branching he says, ‘‘branches, cylindrical or polyg-
onal, arranged alternately, bearing from one to three branchlets
near the base, which are of equal size and of nearly equal length
with the branches, or unbranched’’. I have found that this ac-
curately describes the specimens that I have examined. This
branching of the branches gives a close resemblance to Meresch-
kowsky’s figure of S. pacifica,** corresponding to the agreement
Prof. Nutting finds between S. plumiformis and S. pacifica.

SELAGINOPSIS TRISERIALIS Mereschkowsky

Selaginopsis triserialis MERESCHKOWSKy, Ann. and Mag., 5th Ser., II,
1878, p. 435.

Selaginopsis triserialis KIRCHENPAUER, Nordische Gattungen, 1884, p. 14

Sertularia incongrua TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacifie Coast, 1902, p. 69.

Selaginopsis triserialis NuTTING, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 129.

Distribution—San Pedro, Cal. (Torrey); Albatross Station
2908, N. 34° 25’ 25”, W. 120° 20’, 31 fathoms (Nutting).

50 Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 227.
51 Ann. and Mag., Vol. 2, 5th Ser., 1878, Pl. 16, fig. 5.

68 C. McLEAN FRASER

Genus SERTULARELLA
SERTULARELLA ALBIDA Kirchenpauer

Sertularella robusta CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 225.

Sertularella albida KIRCHENPAUER, Nordische Gattungen, 1884, p. 42.

Sertularella albida Nutrine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 86.

Distribution—Yukon Harbor, Big’ Koniushi, Shumagin Is-
lands, 6 to 20 fathoms (Clark).

SERTULARELLA CLARKIT Mereschkowsky

Sertularella clarkii MeRESCHKOWSKY, Ann. and Mag., 5th Ser., II, 1878.
p. 447.
Sertularella clarkii Nuttinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 102.

Distribution.—Unalaska (M. Petelin), 1847.

SERTULARELLA COMPLEXA Nutting
Sertularella complexa Nurvinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 94.
Distribution.—Albatross Station 2843, N. 538° 56’, W. 165°
56’, 45 fathoms; Station 2853, N. 56°, W. 154° 20’, 159 fathoms ;
Station 2858, N. 58° 17’, W. 148° 36’, 230 fathoms; Station 3500,
N. 56° 02’, W. 169° 30’, 121 fathoms (Nutting).

SERTULARELLA CONICA Allman
Pl. Vi, Bigs. 2-4

Sertularella conica ALLMAN, Hydroids of the Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 21.

Sertularella conica CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 359.

Sertularella conica Nuttinec, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 79.

Distribution.—Townshend Harbor (Calkins); San Juan
Archipelago, Port Renfrew, Ucluelet.

Prof. Nutting is doubtful if S. conica:Calkins, is really the
same as 8S. conica Allman. I have found many specimens in the
‘ Puget Sound material as well as in the material from Port Ren-
frew and Ucluelet that have the four-flapped operculum, and
seemingly all the other characteristics of S. conica Allman, con-
sequently, I believe that the diagnosis was correct. In the Port
Renfrew material I found gonangia, which as far as I know, have
not yet been described. They resemble the gonangia of S. poly-
zonias, but they are not nearly so large. They are peculiar in
that they have their origin directly from the stolon, from which
the unbranched stems arise. Sometimes they appear singly, but
sometimes several of them are grouped together. They are
formed, evidently, while the colony is very young, as in the same:

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 69

specimens in which they were present, there were stems with
only one hydrotheca, some with two, and none with more than
three or four. The figures showing the development, were ob-
tained from the same specimen as that showing the gonangium.

?SERTULARELLA DENTIFERA Torrey

Sertularella dentifera TorREy, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 61.

Sertularella dentifera Nuttine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 100.

Distribution—San Pedro, Cal. (Torrey).

I have found specimens of S. tricuspidata with reduplications
in the margin of the hydrothecex, in some cases even more marked
than Dr. Torrey shows in his figure, and at the same time they
resemble his figure in every other respect except that I have not
found any in which the branches arise from the lumen of the
hydrothecx. In the figure one branch is shown to have its origin
in that way, while the other has not. If the former is the normal
condition, the species, as he says, should belong to the genus
Thecocladium; if the latter it is a Sertularella, and would more
likely be an abnormal specimen of S. tricuspidata, than of 8.
tropica as Prof. Nutting suggests, because S. tricuspidata is very
common along the whole Pacific Coast, and S. tropica has not
been reported. In a later paper®? Prof. Nutting recognizes the
species, but his figure of the gonangium gives the further evi-
dence that was needed to show that it is really S. tricuspidata.

SERTULARELLA ELEGANS Nutting

Sertularella elegans Nuttinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 98.
Distribution— Albatross Station 2842, N. 54° 15’, W. 166°
03’, 72 fathoms (Nutting).

SERTULARELLA FUSIFORMIS (Hincks)

Sertularia fusiformis Hrxcks, Ann. and Mag., 3rd Ser., VITT, 1861, p. 253.
Sertularella fusiformis Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 61.
Sertularella fusiformis NutTriInc, American Hydroids, Part IT, 1904, p. 89.

Distribution—San Francisco, Cal. (Torrey).
SERTULARELLA LEVINSENI Nutting

Sertularella levinseni Nurtinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 100.

Distribution.—Albatross Station 2842, N. 54° 15’, W. 166°-
03’, 72 fathoms (Nutting).

52 Hydroids of the Hawaiian Islands, 1905, p. 948.

70 C. McLEAN FRASER

SERTULARELLA MAGNA Nutting
Sertularella magna Nuttine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 103.

Distribution.—Albatross Station 3480, N. 52° 06’, W. 171°
45’, 283 fathoms (Nutting).

SERTULARELLA MINUTA Nutting
Sertularella minuta Nuttine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 99.

Distribution—Albatross Station 3480, N. 52° 06’, W. 171°
45’, 283 fathoms (Nutting).

SERTULARELLA PEDRENSIS Torrey
Sertularella pedrensis TorREY, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 27.

Distribution—San Pedro, Cal. (Torrey) ; Santa Barbara, Cal.,
in collection of the State University of Iowa (collected by Mrs.
V. B. Gibbs).

SERTULARELLA PINNATA Clark

Sertularella pinnata CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 226.

Sertularella pinnata Nuttinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 94.

Distribution —Unalaska, Coal Harbor, Shumagin Islands, Lit-
uya Bay, 112 fathoms (Clark) ; San Juan Archipelago.

SERTULARELLA POLYZONIAS (Linneus)

Sertularia polyzonias LINNZXUS, Systema Nature, 1758, p. 813.

Sertularella polyzonias CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 224.

Sertularella polyzonias Nuttine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901,
p. 183.

Sertularella polyzonias Nuttine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 90.

Distribution.—Alaska (Clark) ; Albatross Station 3294, N. 57°
16’ 45”, W. 159° 03’ 30”, 30 fathoms; Station 3505, N. 57° 09’,
W. 168° 17’, 44 fathoms; Station 3511, N. 57° 32’, W. 169° 387,
39 fathoms (Nutting) ; San Juan Archipelago.

SERTULARELLA RUGOSA (Linneus)

Sertularia rugosa LINN&US, Systema Nature, 1758, p. 809.

Sertularella rugosa CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 224.

Sertularella saccata NuvtinG, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 183.

Sertularella rugosa NuvTtinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 82.

Distribution—Alaska (Clark); Puget Sound (Nutting) ;
Popoff Island and Yakutat, Alaska, in H. Moon’s Collection.

SERTULARELLA TANNERI Nutting
Sertularella tanneri Nutrine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 81.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 71

Distribution Albatross Station 2873, N. 48° 30’, W. 124° 57’,
40 fathoms (Nutting).

SERTULARELLA TENELLA (Alder)

Sertularia rugosa (var.) JOHNSTON, British Zoophytes, 1847, p. 64.

Sertularia tenella ALDER, Cat. Zooph. Northumberland, 1857, p. 23.

Sertularella tenella TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 64.

Sertularella tenella NuttTinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 83

Distribution—Albatross Station 2865, N. 48° 12’, W. 122°
49’, 40 fathoms (Nutting) ; Puget Sound (Hartlaub) ; California
(Torrey) ; San Juan Archipelago.

_SERTULARELLA TRICUSPIDATA (Alder)

Sertularia tricuspidata ALDER, Ann. and Mag., 2nd Ser., XVIII, 1856,
p- 356.

Sertularella tricuspidata CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 224.

Sertularella tricuspidata Nuttine, Hydroids from Alaska and Puget
Sound, 1899, p. 741.

Sertularella tricuspidata CALKINS, Some Hydroids from Puget Sound,
1899, p. 360.

Sertularella tricuspidata Nuttine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901,

. 183.
7 Sertularella hesperia Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 63.

Sertularella tricuspidata Nutrinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p.
100.

Distribution.—Alaska, Aleutian Islands, St. Paul’s Island
(Clark) ; Puget Sound (Nutting) ; Port Townshend (Calkins) ;
San Diego Harbor (Torrey) ; Albatross Station 2850, N. 54° 52’,
W. 159° 46’, 21 fathoms; Station 2857, N. 58° 05’, W. 150° 46’,
51 fathoms; Station 2858, N. 58° 17’, W. 148° 36’, 230 fathoms ;
Station 2865, N. 48° 12’, W. 122° 49’, 40 fathoms; Station 2866,
N. 48° 09’, W. 125° 03’, 171 fathoms; Station 3225, N. 54° 48’
30”, W. 165° 49’, 85 fathoms (Nutting) ; St. Lawrence Island,
Bering Sea (Jiderholm) ; San Juan Archipelago, Dodd’s Nar-
rows, Departure Bay.

SERTULARELLA TURGIDA (Trask)

Sertularia turgida TRASK, Proc. Cal. Acad. Se., 1857, p. 113.

Sertularella turgida CLark, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 259.

Sertularella nodulosa CALKINS, Some Hydroids from Paget Sound, 1899,
p- 360.

Sertularella turgida Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 64.

Sertularella turgida Nuttinc, American Hydroids, Part ITI, 1904, p. 95.

Distribution—Bay of San Francisco, Monterey, Tomales

72 C. McLEAN FRASER

Point, Cal. (Trask) ; San Diego, Cal., Vancouver Island (Clark) ;
Townshend Harbor (Calkins); Oregon (Nutting); Albatross
Station 2861, N. 54° 14’, W. 129° 50’, 204 fathoms (Nutting) ;
San Juan Archipelago, Victoria, Port Renfrew, Ucluelet, Dodd’s

Narrows, Departure Bay. 4
Genus SERTULARIA
SERTULARIA CORNICINA (McCready)

Dynamena cornicina McCreavy, Gmynophthalmata of Charleston Harbor,

1858, p. 204.
Sertularia cornicina NuttinG, Hydroids of Wood’s Hole, 1901, p. 359.

Sertularia complexa NuttTinG, Hydroids of Wood’s Hole, 1901, p. 360.
Sertularia cornicina Nutvinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 58.
Dynamena cornicina ToRREY, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 30.

Distribution.—Coronado Islands, Cal. (Torrey).

» SERTULARIA DESMOIDES Torrey
Sertularia desmoides ToRREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 65.
Sertularia desmoides NuvTtIne, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 56.
Distribution.San Diego, San Clemente Island, San Pedro,
Cal., 1-42 fathoms (Torrey) ; Albatross Station 2939, N. 33° 36’,
W. 118° 09’ 30”, 27 fathoms (Nutting).

SERTULARIA FURCATA Trask
Ted AVAL Daisy. 5)

Sertularia furcata TRASK, Proc. Cal. Acad. Se., 1857, p. 112.

Sertularia furcata CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 258.

Sertularia furcata ToRREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 66.

Sertularia pulchella Nutvine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 55.

Sertularia furcata TorRREY, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 31.

Distribution—Bay of San Francisco and Farallone Islands
(Trask); Santa Cruz, Monterey, San Diego, Santa Barbara
(Clark) ; San Pedro, Coronado Island, shore to 24 fathoms (Tor-
rey) ; Ucluelet.

Prof. Nutting, in his American Hydroids, basing his opinion
on Clark’s description and figure of Sertularia furcata Trask,
places this species along with Dynamena pulchella d’Orbigny,
and ealls it Sertularia pulchella. .Jaiderholm®* follows him in
this, and also follows Hincks,** in taking 8. pulchella and S.

53 Northern and Arctic Invertebrata in the Swedish State Museum, Sec-
tion IV, Hydroiden, 1909, p. 97.
54 British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 263.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS ics

operculata together, giving the latter name to the three species.
Hartlaub®’ goes a step farther, by including as well, Dynamena
bispinosa Gray, with these three species, all under the name S.
operculata. Evidently none of these investigators have seen a
specimen of S. furcata, and unfortunately Clark’s drawings do
not bring out many of the characteristic features. His descrip-
tion too, is rather meagre, though in it certain features distin-
guishing this from these other forms are mentioned. Torrey,
particularly in his 1904 paper, makes note of some of these dif-
ferences, but as he had not seen d’Orbigny’s drawings, only one
of which was copied by Nutting, he was not in a position to ap-
preciate all the differences that exist.

The mode of growth in the two cases is markedly different. D.
pulchella, according to d’Orbigny,** may be a quarter of a meter
long, is much and irregularly branched, and is attached in the
usual way to the surface of a shell. None of the specimens of
S. furcata are more than three-quarters of an inch in length, un-
branched; each stem is attached to a stolon “‘by a short, slender,
twisted process, about the length of an internode’’. The stolon
which may be quite long, is not very sinuous, and in all speci-
mens to hand, is growing attached to the surface of eel-grass.
The pairs of hydrothece with the exception of the first two or
three towards the base, are in contact on the one side of the stem,
which Trask calls the back and Torrey the face. There is no in-
dication in any of d’Orbigny’s figures, that they come together,
but rather they are shown to be noticeably apart. I see no sign
of the double annulation at the nodes that d’Orbigny mentions,
and the annulations are not so regular as he figures them. The
gonangia appear to be similar in the two species. In S. furcata
they are restricted to an area near the base of the stem, whereas
in D. pulchella, on account of the extensive branching, they have
a wide range. In both cases they have their origin just below the
bases of the hydrothece.

Trask’s description agrees very well with Clark’s except that
he speaks of the stolon as the main stem or rachis, which is ‘‘ad-
nate to the various marine alge on which it grows, and often
quite embedded in the fronds of marine plants’’. His descrip-

55 Die Hydroiden der Magalhaenischen Region, 1905, p. 664.
56 Voyage dans L’Amerique Meridionale, 1839, p. 26.

74. C. McLEAN FRASER

‘

tion of the pedicel which supports the ‘‘pinna’’, scarcely corre-
sponds. He says ‘‘This (the pedicel) is attached to the rachis
by a strong base, is sub-pyriform and cylindrical, is free for
about three-fourths of its length, terminating in a rather bluntly
rounded, rostrate process on the outer and superior aspect’’. In
his drawings he shows this ‘‘rostrate process’’, but I can see no
indication of it in the specimens examined. These show the ped-
icel to be ‘‘a short, slender, twisted process, about the length of an
internode’’, as Clark describes. Trask’s other drawings though
somewhat indistinct, bear out several of the points mentioned.

SERTULARIA GRACILIS Hincks

Sertularia pumila var. JOHNSTON, British Zoophytes, 1848, p. 469.

Sertularia gracilis HINCKS, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 262.

Sertularia gracilis NuTtInc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 57.

Prof. Nutting gives this species in the table of Geographical
distribution on p. 46, but does not mention any such distribution
in his description of the species on p. 57.

SERTULARIA PUMILA Linneus

Serularia pumila LiINN&uS, Systema Nature, 1758, p. 807.
Sertularia pumila CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 251.
Sertularia pumila Nurtinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 51.

Distribution.—Coast of California (Clark).

SYNTHECIUM CYLINDRICUM (Bale)

Sertularella cylindricum Bax, Proe. Linn, Soc., N. S. W., 2nd Ser., IIT,
1888, p. 765.

Sertularella halecina Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 61.

Synthecium cylindrica Nuttrine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 136.

Distribution—San Diego Bay, Cal., 5-12 fathoms (Torrey).

Reference is made to this species in the general discussion of
the Sertularide.

Genus THUIARIA
THUIARIA ALBA new species
Pl. VII, Figs. 1-2
Trophosome.—The colony reaches a height of about two
inches. The main stem is coarse, rigid and but slightly flexuose,
provided with several annulations near the base, nodes irregular

but quite distinct. The branching is regular, alternate and pin-
nate, with commonly three hydrothece between two successive

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 15

branches, but. often only two. The branches are not nearly so
coarse as the main stem, they are silvery white in appearance,
while the stem is much darker. Only occasionally is there any di-
vision into internodes. The kydrothece are closely crowded, es-
pecially on the branches, so much so that in many instances the
upper point where the one hydrotheca leaves the branch is on a
level with the next hydrotheca in order. Those on opposite sides
alternate quite regularly. Both borders of the hydrotheca are
regularly curved, but the inner, upper border is much longer
than the outer lower one, so that the even margin of the nearly
circular aperture is placed parallel to the axis of the branch,
an exception to the general rule among Thuiarian forms. The
hydrotheca is largely immersed, seldom more than one-fourth
being free. The operculum consists of a single abeauline flap.

Gonosome.—Urknown.

Distribution—San Juan Archipelago, in both Prof. Kineaid’s
and Mr. H. Moon’s collection.

Jiderholm** has described and figured a species, Thuiaria
kolaénsis, which bears a great resemblance to this species. In
T. kolaénsis, however, the branches are turned with the flat side
upward, a condition which is sufficiently unusual to be of specific
value, and they are usually dichotomously branched near the tip.
The branches of 7. alba lie in the same plane as the stem and
show no indication of any tendency to dichotomous branching
near the tip. Apart from these features, the same description
seems to apply to the two.

THUIARIA ARGENTEA (Linneus)

Sertularia argentea LINNZUS, Systema Nature, 1758, p. 809.

Sertularia argentea CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 257.
Thuiaria argentea NutTTING, Hydroids from Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899,

p. 741.

Thuiaria argenta Nuttine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 184.
Sertularia argentea TorrREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 67.
Thuiaria argentea NuTTING, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 71.

Distribution.—One of the commonest species in shallow water
off the Alaskan Coast (Nutting) ; San Juan Achipelago.
THUIARIA DALLI Nutting

Sertularia cupressoides CLARK, Alaskan Hydreids, 1876, p. 220.

57 Northern and Arctic Invertebrates, Part IV, 1909, p. 88, Figs. 17-18.
Taf. VIII.

76 C. McLEAN FRASER

Thuiaria cupressoides NutTtinc, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901,
p. 185.

Thuiaria dalli Nuttinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 68.

Distribution—Shumagin Islands and Port Moller, Alaska
(Clark) ; Yakutat, Alaska (Nutting); San Juan Archipelago,
Dodd’s Narrows, Departure Bay, Ucluelet.

THUIARIA ELEGANS Kirchenpauer

Thwaria elegans KIRCHENPAUER, Nordische Gattungen, 1884, p. 21.
Thuiaria elegans Nuttine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 64.

Distribution—Plover Bay, Bering Sea (Krause).

THUIARIA FABRICII Levinsen

Sertularia fastigiata FAasrRicius, Fauna Grenlandica, 1780, p. 458.

Sertularia fabricii LEVINSEN, Vid. Middel. Naturh. Foren., 1892, p. 48.

Sertularia fabricii CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 361.

Thuiaria fabricti Nuttine, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 185.

Thuiaria fabricii NuTTING, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 71.

Distribution.—Puget Sound (Calkins); Dutch Harbor and
Orea, Alaska (Nutting); San Juan Archipelago, Dodd’s Nar-
rOws.

THUIARIA KURILA Nutting

Sertularia kurile Pa@ppic, Manuscript.
Thuiaria kurile Nuvrtinc, American Hydroids Part II, 1904, p. 65.

Distribution—Unalaska (Nutting).
THUIARIA PLUMOSA Clark

Thuiaria plumosa CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 228.

Thuiaria plumosa KIRCHENPAUER, Nordische Gattungen, 1884, p. 21.

Thuiaria plumosa Nutrinc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 74.

Distribution—Nunivak Island, Bering Sea, 30 fathoms
(Clark) ; Bering Strait (Jaderholm).

THUIARIA ROBUSTA Clark

Thuiaria robusta CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 227.

Thuiaria robusta KIRCHENPAUER, Nordische Gattungen, 1884, p. 81.

Thuiaria robusta NurTine, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 64.

Distribution—Hagmeister Island, King’s Island, Bering Sea
(Clark) ; Albatross Station 2875, N. 48° 30’, W. 124° 57’, 40
fathoms; Station 3153, N. 57° 37’ 10”, W. 122° 56’ 20”, 32
fathoms; Station 3504, N. 56° 57’, W. 169° 27’, 34 fathoms;
Station 3505, N. 59° 09’, W. 168° 17’, 44 fathoms; Station 3511,
N. 57° 32’, W. 169° 38’, 39 fathoms; Station 3515, N. 59° 59’,

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 77

W. 167° 53’, 13 fathoms; Station 3540, N. 56° 27’, W. 166° 08’,
51 fathoms (Nutting).

THUIARIA fIMILIS (Clark)
Pl. VII, Figs. 1-6

Sertularia similis CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 219.

Sertularia similis HaRTLauB, Hydroiden aus dem Stillen Ocean, 1891, p-
362.

Sertularella nana HarTLatr, Hydroiden aus dem Stillen Ocean, 1891, p-
361.

Sertularia similis NuttTinc, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901, p. 185.

Sertulareila nana NuTTING, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 105.

Thuiaria similis NuTTinc, American Hydroids, Part I, 1904, p. 69.

Distribution —Hagmeister Island (Clark) ; Berg Inlet, Glacier
Bay, Puget Sound, Albatross Station 2842, N. 54° 15’, W. 166°
03’, 72 fathoms; Station 2865, N. 48° 12’, W. 122° 49’, 40 fath-
oms; Station 3465, N. 48° 21’, W. 123° 14’, 48 fathoms; Station
39015, N. 59° 59’, W. 167° 53’, 13 fathoms; Station 3557, N. 57°
04’, W. 170° 24’, 26 fathoms (Nutting) ; San Juan Archipelago,
Dodd’s Narrows, Departure Bay.

This species is very common in the Puget Sound and the Van-
couver Island region, where it shows a very great degree of varia-
bility in the arrangement of the hydrothece, and in the shape
of these as well. In the typical arrangement on the branches,
the hydrothece are in nearly opposite pairs, being quite close to-
gether, but in some cases there is a long interval in each ease,
while the arrangement may be still opposite or in extreme cases
it may become distinctly alternate, so much so that if it were not
for the intergrading specimens, one might take it as a distinct
species as Hartlaub has evidently done when he describes it as
Sertularella naia. This has been copied by Prof. Nutting,
though he indicates that he does not think it can belong to the
genus Sertularella. The entire range may be found in the same
colony, consequently, it is scarcely possible to apply both names
satisfactorily. The shape of the hydrothece themselves, is as
variable as the arrangement, principally in the extent of their
elongation. Some of them are so much lengthened as to become
twice the normal length or more, so that they appear as long
regularly bent tubes. These elongations occur in what appear
to be old colonies, generally those acting as hosts to other hy-
droids. It may possibly be a diseased condition.

78 C. McLEAN FRASER

Gonosome.—I have seen no description of the gonangia. They
were very scarce in the material I examined, but I found several
arranged singly, near the extremity of the upper branches, each
of the gonangia having its origin at the base of a hydrotheca.
The gonangia are oval in shape, narrowing to the attachment and
not so much towards the circular opening, a narrow collar being
formed. The surface is entirely free from spines and annula-
tions. Its length is almost the same as that of the hydrotheca,
the breadth being about two-thirds the length.

THUIARIA TENERA (Sars)

Sertularia tenera Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Hydroider,
1873, p. 20. -

Sertularia tenera NutTTiING, Hydroids from Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899,
p. 83.

Thuiaria tenera NutTTINGc, American Hydroids, Part II, 1904, p. 70.

Distribution.—Kadiak Island and Bering Strait; Albatross
Station, 2865, N. 48° 12’, W. 122° 49’, 40 fathoms; St. Paul’s
Island (Nutting).

THUIARIA THUIARIOIDES (Clark)

Sertularia thuiarioides CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 223.

Thuiaria thwiarioides CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899,
p. 361.

Thuiaria thuiarioides Nurtinc, Hydroids of the Harriman Ex., 1901,
p. 186.

Thuiaria thuiarioides HARTLAUB, Hydroiden aus dem Stillen Ocean, 1901,
p. 354.

Thuiaria thuiariodes Nurtinc, American Hydroids, Part IT, 1904, p. 64.

Distribution —Bering Sea, West of Nunivak Island, 24 fath-
oms, Chignik Bay, Alaska (Clark); Puget Sound (Calkins) ;
Yakutat, Alaska; N. 62° 15’, W. 167° 48’ (Nutting).

THUIARIA THUJA (Linneus) .

Sertularia thuja LINN &UsS, Systema Nature, 1758, p. 809.

Thuiaria thuja KIRCHENPAUER, Nordische Gattungen, 1884, p. 18.

Thuiaria thuja Nutrine, American Hydroids, Part IT, 1904, p. 62.

Distribution—Bering Sea (Stimpson); Albatross Station
2843, N. 53° 56’, W. 165° 56’ 45”, 45 fathoms; Station 3558, N.
56° 58’, W. 170° 09’, 25 fathoms (Nutting); San Juan Archi-
pelago, Banks Island.

- i

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 79
PLUMULARID&

Few species of this family have been reported except from
tropical and sub-tropical regions. Though the family is rich in
genera and species, representatives of only five genera, Aglao-
phema, Antenella, Diplocheilus, Nuditheca and Plumularia,
have been found off the Pacific Coast of North America, and
three of these are represented by a single species. In the new
material examined, I have found only two of these, Aglaophenia
and Plumularia. The limitations of these genera have been so
generally agreed upon, that it is not necessary to discuss them.
The genus Antenella Allman, of which Dr. Torrey reports a spe-
cies from Catalina Island, Cal.,°* has also been generally accept-
ed. The genus Nuditheca has been used by Prof. Nutting®® to
include a species collected off the Unalaska Coast by Dall, and
named by Clark,®° Macrorhynchia dalli. Macrorhynchia was
used by Kirchenpauer™ as a name for one of the four sub-genera
into which he divided the genus Aglaophenia, but he did not use
it as a generic name. This sub-genus has not been generally rec-
ognized, and at any rate the species collected by Dall does not
answer the description for the sub-genus. Prof. Nutting evi-
dently considered the differences great enough to be of generic
value and they are certainly quite marked. The genus Diplo-
cheilus Allman has received general acceptance, though Bale does
not find it suitable. In the first instance he used the generic
name Azygoplon for a species of the same genus, but later he
placed Allman’s species, Diplocheilus mirabilis with his own
Azygoplon productum, in the genus Kirchenpaueria Jickeli.®
Judging from Jickeli’s figures** one must agree with Torrey®
and Stechow,®* that such arrangement is not justified. Though

58 Hydroida of the Pacifie Coast, 1902, p. 74.
59 American Hydroids, Part I, 1900, p. 128.
60 Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 230.

61 Ueber die Hydroiden Familie Plumularide, Part I, Aglaophenia, 1872,
p. 25.

62 Proce. Linn. Soc., N. S. W., 1888, p. 773.

63 Proc. Linn. Soc., Victoria, 1893, p. 107.

64 Der Bau der Hydroidpolypen, II, 1883, Pl. 28, fig. 27.

65 Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 35.

86 Hydroidpolpyen der Japanischen Ostkiiste, I Teil, 1909, p. 88.

80 C. McLEAN FRASER

Bale has shown that the characteristic on which the name was
based is a misconception, the name has become established, and is
likely to remain.

Genus AGLAOPHENIA
AGLAOPHENTA DIEGENSIS Torrey

Aglaophenia diegensis ToRREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 71.
Aglaophenia diegensis ToRREY, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 33.
Distribution—San Diego and False Bay, Cal., 1 to 7 fathoms
(Torrey ).
AGLAOPHENTA INCONSPICUA Torrey
Aglaophenia inconspicua TorREyY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902,
Saas
> Aglaophenia inconspicua ToRREY, Hydroids of San Diego, 1902, p. 34.
Distribution.—San Diego, 5 fathoms (Torrey).

AGLAOPHENTA LATIROSTRIS Nutting
Aglaophenia latirostris Nurtine, American Hydroids, Part I, 1900, p. 101.

Distribution.—Santa Barbara, collected by Mrs. V. B. Gibbs;
Off the Oregon Coast; Puget Sound.

AGLAOPHENIA OCTOCARPA Nutting
Aglaophenia octocarpa NutTtinG, American Hydroids, Part I, 1900, p. 103.

Distribution.—C. San Lueas, Lower California (Nutting).

AGLAOPHENIA PLUMA (Linneus)

Sertularia pluma LINNZUS, Systema Nature, 1767, p. 1309.
Aglaophenia pluma Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 73.
Aglaophenia pluma Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 34.

Distribution.—Off Coronado, Cal. (Torrey).
AGLAOPHENIA STRUTHIONIDES (Murray)

Plumularia struthionides Murray, Ann. and Mag., 3rd Ser. V, 1860, p. 251.

Aglaophenia struthionides CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876,
p. 272.

Aglaophenia struthionides CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899,
p. 363.

Aglaophenia struthionides Nuvrinc, American Hydroids, Part I, 1900,
p. 102.

Aglaophenia struthionides Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902,
p. 73.

Aglaophenia struthionides Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 35.

Distribution.—Santa Cruz (Nutting); San Diego (Palmer) ;
San Francisco (A. Agassiz) ; Puget Sound (Dr. Steindachner) ;.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 81

Townshend Bay (Calkins); Puget Sound to San Diego (Tor-
rey); San Juan Archipelago, Victoria, Port Renfrew, Ucluelet.

This is one of the commonest species of hydroids in the Van-
couver Island and Puget Sound Region. All phases of growth
may be found easily, and at no time is there much indication of
variation from the type. Corbule have been present on almost
all of the colonies examined, and these show the same constancy
of type as is found in the various parts of the trophosome.

Genus ANTENELLA
ANTENELLA AVALONITA Torrey

Antenella avalonia Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 74.
Distribution—Avalon, Catalina Island, Cal. (Torrey).

Genus DIPLOCHEILUS
DIPLOCHEILUS ALLMANT Torrey

Halicornia producta Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 75.

Dipiocheilus allmani Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 36.

Distribution—San Diego and Pt. Loma, Cal. (Torrey).

The points of distinction between this species and Diplocheilus
mirabilis Allman, as, given by Dr. Torrey, do not seem to be of
very great specific value, particularly as he says that ‘‘The im-
_maturity and paucity of my material makes it impossible to de-
termine the real value of these differences’’.** Stechow** reports
a species from the Japanese East Coast, which he considers is the
same as Torrey’s. He retains Torrey’s name for it, though in
his discussion he states definitely that he thinks there is not
enough distinction between D. mirabilis and D. allmani to war-
rant it. As neither he nor Torrey found any gonangia, each pre-
fers to speak of two distinct species until the presence of these
decide the question.

Genus NUDITHECA
NUDITHECA DALLI (Clark)

Macrorhynchia dalli CLark, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 230.
Nuditheca dalli Nuttinc, American Hydroids, Part I, 1900, p. 129.

Distribution—Unalaska and Akutan. Pass, Alaska, on the
beach (Clark).

67 Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 36.
68 Hydroidpolypen der Japanischen Ostkiiste, I Teil, 1909, p. 88.

6

82 C. McLEAN FRASER

Genus PLUMULARIA
PLUMULARIA ALICIA Torrey

Plumularia alicia Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 75.
Plumularia alicia TorREy, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 37.

Distribution—San Diego and Long Beach, Cal. (Torrey).

PLUMULARIA CORRUGATA Nutting

Plumularia corrugata NuTtTiInG, American Hydroids, Part I, 1900, p. 64.

Distribution—San Juan Archipelago. 7

Only two specimens of this species were found, in the material
dredged by Prof. Kineaid, but these answer definitely to the
original description of the species. The distribution is somewhat
unusual, if we may speak of unusual distribution among the
hydroids, as, since it was first reported from the Coast of Brazil,
it has been found only once, so far as I know, and that was off

the Hawaiian Islands, by the Albatross in 1903, and reported by
Prof. Nutting.®

PLUMULARIA ECHINULATA (Lamarck)
Plumularia echinulata LAMARCK, Hist. Nat. des An. sans Vert., 1836,
p. 162.
Plumularia echinulata Hincks, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 302.

Plumularia echinulata var, CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899,
p. 363.

Distribution.—Port Townshend (Calkins).

PLUMULARIA GOODEI Nutting

Plumularia goodei Nuttine, American Hydroids, Part I, 1900, p. 64.

Plumularia goodei Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 76

Distribution—Santa Barbara (Nutting); Pacific Grove, Cal.
(Torrey) ; Port Renfrew.

PLUMULARIA LAGENIFERA Allman

Plumularia lagenifera ALLMAN, Proc. Linn. Soc., London, 1885, p. 157.

Plumularia californica MARKTANNER-TURNERETSCHER, Ann. des K. K.
Nat. Hof., 1890, p. 255.

Plumularia lagenifera Nuttinc, American Hydroids, Part I, 1900, p. 65.

Plumularia lagenifera Torrry, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 77.

Plumularia lagenifera var. septifera Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific
Coast, 1902, p. 78.

Distribution—Puget Sound (Dr. Steindachner); Coast of

69 Hydroids of the Hawaiian Islands, 1905, p. 951.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 83

California (Clark); Vancouver Island (Allman); Berg Inlet,
Popoff Islands (Nutting); San Pedro and Santa Cruz, Cal.
(Torrey) ; Catalina Island (Torrey); San Juan Archipelago,
Port Renfrew, Ucluelet, Dodd’s Narrows, Hope Island.

This species seems as widely distributed in the Vancouver Is-
land and Puget Sound region as Aglaophenia struthionides, but
as it grows in masses that are much less conspicuous, it may not
be so often found as that species is. The majority of the colonies
correspond to Allman’s type, but many of them are somewhat
similar to Torrey’s variety septifera, but more nearly to that
type with the variations described by Ritchie.*° I find as he does,
that though many of the intermediate internodes have but one
intrathecal ridge, some of them have two. Certain specimens
have two or even three athecate internodes at the base of the
hydrocladium, between the process that supports the hydrocla-
dium and the first thecate internode, each having a single intra-
thecal ridge. Occasionally there is more than one intermediate
internode between two thecate internodes on the hydrocladium.
Torrey states that in his specimens the hydrocladia coming out
on the opposite sides of the stem, are in the same plane. I do
not find this the case in any specimen. In all cases they come out
at an angle of from 100° to 120°, as they do in the regular lagen-
tfera type. Ritchie makes no reference to this and his drawing
does not make the matter clear. If this characteristic is constant
in Torrey’s specimens and the other points that he mentions are
always as definite as he says, they would seem to be of specific
value. Since I have not found them constant, even in the same
specimen, I have included all of them under P. lagenifera. These
short forms, however, are worthy of reference on account of the
sharp definition of the intrathecal ridges. Marktanner-Turner-
etscher has shown this very well in his drawing of P. californica,
as he calls it. In the larger specimens the ridges are not nearly
so distinct. These short forms have gonangia present, but they
are more like the gonangia of P. setacea, quite small in cross-
section as compared with the type.

PLUMULARIA MEGALOCEPHALA Allman

Plumularia megalocephala ALLMAN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., V, No. 2,

1877, p. 31.

70 Supplementary report on the Hydroids of the Scottish National Antare-
tic Expedition, 1909, p. 87.

84. C. McLEAN FRASER

Plumularia megalocephala Nurrinc, American Hydroids, Part I, 1900,
p. 57.
Plumularia megalocephala Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 37.

Distribution —Off San Diego (Torrey).

PLUMULARIA PALMERI Nutting
Pl. VII, Figs. 3-4

Plumularia palmert NuttinG, American Hydroids, Part I, 1900, p. 65.

Distribution—San Diego, Cal., Victoria, B. C. (Nutting) ;
Ucluelet.

The gonosome of this species has not been hitherto described.
Many of the Ucluelet specimens have gonangia arranged along.
the greater portion of the length of the stem, while others are
less plentifully supplied. These gonangia, as is the case with a
good many species of this genus, have their origin by a short
pedicel, from the basal process of the hydrocladium. They are
irregularly oval in shape, with the distal end usually larger than
the proximal. Though in some eases there is a slight narrowing
in the nature of a neck at the distal end, this end is usually club-
shaped. They are closely applied to the stem for at least a por-
tion of their length, and this may account for some of the ir-
regularity of shape. They are but little like the gonangia of
P. setacea, consequently, the gonosomes show that these two spe-
cies are not synonymous, as Torrey says’: I can not see much
resemblance in the trophosomes of the two either. In my mate-
rial, P. palmeri bears a much greater resemblance to P. lageni-
fera, so much so that there seems to be almost a complete series of
intergradations between the two.

PLUMULARIA PLUMULAROIDES (Clark)

Halecium plumularoides CLARK, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 217.

Plumularia plumularoides Nuttinc, American Hydroids, Part I, 1900,
p. 62.

Plumularia plumularoides Torrey, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902,
p. 78.

Plumularia plumularoides Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 38.

Distribution—Cape Etolin, 8-10 fathoms, Nunivak Island,

Alaska (Clark) ; San Diego, Cal, 15-25 fathoms (Torrey).

PLUMULARIA SETACEA (Ellis)
Corallina setacea Evuis, Nat. Hist. Cor., 1755, p. 19.
- Plumularia setacea LAMARCK, Anim. sans Vert., 1856, p. 165.

71 Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 79.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 85

Plumularia setacea CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 261.

Plumularia setacea CALKINS, Some Hydroids of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 362.

Plumularia setacea NUTTING, American Hydroids, Part I, 1900, p. 56.

Plumularia setacea TorREY, Hydroida of the Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 79.

Plumularia setacea Torrey, Hydroids of San Diego, 1904, p. 39.

Distribution—Santa Barbara (Nutting) ; San Diego, Avalon,
San Pedro, and San Francisco, Cal., Victoria, B. C., Pt. Loma,
La Jolla, Catalina Island, San Pedro, Monterey, Cal. (Torrey) ;
Point Wilson (Calkins) ; San Juan Archipelago.

PLUMULARIA VIRGINL# Nutting
’ Plumularia virginie Nuttine, American Hydroids, Part I, 1900, p. 66.
Distribution—Santa Barbara, Cal. (Nutting).

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Only those papers referred to in the text or in the synonymy are listed.

Agassiz, A.

1865. North American Acalephe. Illustrated Catalogue of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College.

Agassiz, L.

1862. Contributions to the Natural History of the United States, IV.

Alder, J.

1856. A Notice of some new Genera and Species of British Hydroid
Zoophytes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Second
Series, Vol. XVIII.

1857. A Catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham.
Trans. of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, III.

1862. Supplement to the Catalogue of the Zoophytes found on the Coast
of Northumberland and Durham. Trans. of the Tyneside Nat-
uralists’ F. C., V.

1862. Description of some rare Zoophytes found on the Coast of North-
umberland. Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist., Third Series, Vol.

IX.

Allman, G. J.

1863. Notes on the Hydroida. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Third Series,
Vol. XI. ia i

1864. On the Construction and Limitation among the Hydroids. Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist., Third Series, Vol. XIII.

1871. A Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian Hydroids. Ray
Soe.

1877. Report of the Hydroida collected during the Exploration of the
Gulf Stream. Mem. of the Mus. Comp. Zool. at Harvard College,
Vol! HH.

1885. Description of Australian, Cape and other Hydroids mostly new,
from the Collection of Miss H. Gatty. Jour. Linnean Soc.,
Zoology, London, XIX.

1888. Report on the Hydroida dredged by H. M. S. ‘‘Challenger’’, dur-
ing the years 1873-1876. Part I. Vol. XXIII.

Bale, W. M.

1888. On some new and rare Hydroida in the Australian Museum Collec-
tion. Proce. Linnean Soec., New South Wales, Series 2, Vol. HI.

1893. Further Notes on Australian Hydroids with Description of some
New Species. Proc. Royal Soc., Victoria.

Bergh, R. S.

1887. Goplepolyper (Hydroider) fra Kara-Havet, in Dijmphna-Togtets
Zoologisk-botaniske Udbytte.

Billard, A.

1907. Hydroides in Expeditions Scientifiques du ‘‘Travailleur’’ et du
‘*Talisman’’,

88 C. McLEAN FRASER

Broch, H.

1909. Hydroiduntersuchungen IJ. Zur Kenntnis der Gattungen Bonne-
viella und Lictorella. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne, Bd.
XLVII.

1909. Die Hydroiden der Arktischen Meere.

Browne, E. T.

1906. The Hydroids collected by the ‘‘Huxley’’ from the North Side of
the Bay of Biscay in August, 1906. Jour. Marine Biological
ASSN VOle VALE SNo el:

Calkins, G. N.
1899. Some Hydroids of Puget Sound. Proc. Boston Society Natural
History.

Clark, S. F.

1876. The Hydroids of the Pacific Coast of the United States, South of
Vancouver Island, with a Report upon those in the Museum of
Yale College. Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. III.

1876. Report on the Hydroids on the Coast of Alaska and the Aleutian
Islands Collected by W. H. Dall, from 1871 to 1874. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Se., Philadelphia.

1894. Reports on the Dredging Operations off the West Coast of Cen-
tral America, to the Galapagos, to the West Coast of Mexico and
in the Gulf of California, during 1871. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Harvard.

Ellis, J.

1755. An Essay towards the Natural History of the Corallines and other
Marine Productions of the like kind found off the Coasts of
Great Britain and Ireland.

Ellis, J. and Solander, D.
1786. The Natural History of many curious and uncommon Zoophytes
collected from various parts of the Globe.

Fabricius, O. y
1780. Fauna Grenlandica. Haunie et Lipsie. Fide Nutting.

Fewkes, J. W.

1889. New Invertebrata from the Coast of California.

1891. An Aid to the Collector of the Celenterata and Echinodermata of
New England. Bull. Essex Institute, Vol. 23.

Forbes, E.
1848. A Monograph of the British Naked-eyed Meduse. Ray Society.

Hartlaub, C.

1901. Hydroiden aus dem Stillen Ocean. Zool. Jahr., Fifth Series, Vol.
XIV.

1905. Die Hydroiden der Magalhaenischen Region und Chilienschen
Kiiste. Fauna Chilensis, Vol. III.

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 89

Hassell, A.
1852. Description of three species-of Marine Zoophytes. Trans. Micro.
Soe.

Hincks, T.

1861. A Catalogue of the Zoophytes of South Devon and South Cornwall.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Third Series, Vol. VIII.

1863. On New British Hydroids. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Third Series,
Vol, xr

1866. On New British Hydroids. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Third Series,
Vol. XVIII.

1868. A History of the British Hydroid Zoophytes.

1874. On Deep-water Hydroida from Iceland. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Fourth Series, Vol. XIII.

Jaderholm, E.

1903. Aussereuropdische Hydroiden im Swedischen Reichsmuseum.
Arkiv for Zoologi, Vol. L.

1907. Zur Kentnis der Hydroidenfauna der Beringsmeeres. Arkiv for
Zoologi, Vol. IV.

1909. Northern and Arctic Invertebrates in the Collection of the Swedish
State Museum. IV. Hydroiden.

Jickeli, C. F.
1883. Der Bau der Hydroidpolypen. Morphol. Jahrb., Vol. VIII.

Johnston, G. H.
1847. History of British Zoophytes, Ed. I.

Kirchenpauer, G. H.

1872. Ueber die Hydroidenfamilie Plumularide, Einzelne Gruppen der-
selben und ihre Fruchtbehalter. I. Aglaophenia. Abhand-
lungen aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften, Vol. VI.

1884. Nordische Arten und Gattungen von Sertulariden. Abhandl. Geb.
Naturwiss. Vol. VI.

von Lamarck, J. B. P.

1836. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres, Second Edition.

Lepechin, J.

1781. Nove Pennatule et Sertularie species descripte. Acta Acad. Se.
Imp. Petropolitana pro anno 1778. Fide Broch.

1783. Sertularie species due determinate. Acta. Acad. Petr., 1780. Fide
Broch.

Levinsen, G. M. R.

1892. Om Fornyelsen af Erneringsindividerne hos Hydroiderne. Vid-
enskabelige Middehlser fra den Naturhistoriske Forrennig.

1893. Meduser, Ctenophorer og Hydroider fra Grenlands Vestkyst. Vid-
ensk. Middel. fra den Naturh. Foren.

Linnzus, C.
1758. Systema Nature, 10th Edition.
1767. Systema Nature, 12th Edition.

90 C. McLEAN FRASER

MacGillivray, J.
1842. Catalogue of the Marine Zoophytes of the Neighborhood of Aber-
deen. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. IX.

McCready, J.
1858. Gymnophthalmata of Charleston Harbor. Proc. Elliot Society,
Volt.

Marktanner-Turneretscher, G. ,

1890. Die Hydroiden des K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums.

1895. Hydroiden in Zoologische Ergebnisse der im Jahre 1889 auf Kosten
der Bremer Geographischen Gesellschaft von Dr, Willy Kiiken-
thal und Dr. Alfred Walter Ausgefiihrten Expedition nach Ost
Spitzbergen. Zool. Jahrb., Vol. VIII.

Mayer, A. G. ;
1910. Meduse of the World, Vol. I and II. The Hydromeduse. Car-
negie Institute of Washington.

Mereschkowsky, C.

1878. New Hydroider from Ochotsk, Kamtschatka and other parts of the
North Pacific Ocean. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Fifth Series,
Woljshie

Murray, A.
1860. Description of New Sertularide from the Californian Coast. Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., Third Series, Vol. V.

Nutting, C. C.

1899. Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
Vol. XXI.

1899. Hydroids of the Wood’s Hole Region. Bull. U. 8S. Fish Commission.

1900. American Hydroids, Part I. Plumularide. Smithsonian In-
stitution.

1901. Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition, XXI. The Hy-
droids. Proc. Washington Academy of Sciences. Vol. III.

1904. American Hydroids, Part II. Sertularide. Smithsonian In-
stitution. fe

1905. Hydroids of the Hawaiian Islands Collected by the Steamer ‘‘ Alba-
tross’’ in 1902. Bull. U.S. Fish Commission for 1903.

d’Orbigny, A.

1846. Voyage dans 1’Amerique Meridionale, Vol. V., Part 4. Zoophytes.

Pallas, P. S.

1766. Elenchus Zoophytorum.

Peron et Lesueur.

1809. Tableau des Caractéres Génériques et Spécifiques de toutes les.
Espéces de Méduses commes jusqu’a ce jour. Annales du Mu-
séum d’Histoire Naturelle, Vol. XIV. Fide Forbes.

Ritchie, J.

1907. The Hydroids of the Scottish National Antarctic Expeditiom.
Trans. Royal Soc. Edin. Vol. XLV, Part II.

a

WEST COAST HYDROIDS 91

1909. Supplementary Report on the Hydroids of the Scottish National
Antarctic Expedition. Trans. Royal Soc. Edin., Vol. XLVII,
Part I.

Sars, G. O.
1873. Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Hydroider. Videnskabs-Selska-
bets Forhandlinger for 1873.

Sars, M.

1857. Bidrag til Kundskaben om Middelhavets Littoralfauna, Vol. X. Fide
Hincks.

1863. Bemerkninger over fire norske Hydroider. Videnskabs-Selskabets
Forhandlinger for 1862, Christiana. Fide Jaderholm.

Schneider, K. C.
1897. Hydropolypen von Rovigno, nebst Uebersicht des System der Hy-
dropolypen im Allegemein. Zool. Jahrb., Vol. X.

Stechow, E.
1909. Hydroidpolypen der Japanischen Ostkiste. Beitrage zur Natur-
geschichte Ostasiens. I Teil. Athecata und Plumularide.

Thornely, L. R.
1908. Reports on the Marine Biology of the Sudanese Red Sea. X. Hy-

droida collected by Mr. C. Crossland. Jour. Linn. Soc., Zoology,
XXXII.

Torrey, H. B.

1902. The Hydroida of the Pacific Coast of North America with special
reference to the Species in the Collection of the University of
California. Univ. Cal. Publications, Zoology, Vol. I.

1904. The Hydroids of the San Diego Region. Univ. Cal. Publications,
Zoology. Vol. 2, No. 1.

Trask, J. B.

1857. On Some New Microscopic Organisms. Proc. Cal. Acad. Se., Vol. I.

Verrill, A. E.

1874. Invertebrated Animals of Vineyard Sound. Report of U. S. Fish
Commission.

Warren, E.

1908. On a Collection of Hydroids mostly from the Natal Coast. Annals
of the Natal Government Museum, Vol. I, Part 3.

Wright, T. S.

1857, 1858 and 1859. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, New Series.
Fide Hincks and Allman.

1861. Observation on British Zoophytes. Quarterly Journal of Micro-
scopical Science.

1862. On the Reproduction of Thaumantias inconspicua. Quarterly -
Journal of Microscopical Science.

mig A,

4.
5.

PLATE I.

Crypta huntsmani. Hydranth of an adult zooid showing distribu-
tion of tentacles.

Hydranth with gonophores present.

Group of young zooids showing attachment to the mycelium-like
base.

Side view of a gonophore.

End view of a gonophore.

Note.— In these as in all the other drawings the magnification is 30
diameters so that direct comparison can be made for size in any ease.

oe

PLATE 1

DEL.

CLARA A. PRASER,

AFTER C. M. FP.

West Coast Hyproips

Bis, 1.

PLATE II.

Hydractinia aggregata. Mature nutritive zooid.

Mature generative zooid showing large size of the female
phores.

Young generative zooid showing male gonophores and sea
thread cells. :

Young generative zooid with mole gonophores.

PuaTE 2

CLARA A. FRASER, DEL.
APTER C. M, F.

West Coast Hyproips

PLATE III.

Fig. 1. Clytia edwardsi. Part of a branched colony showing gonophores.
2. Single gonangium attached to the stolon. —
3 and 4. Obelia dubia. Gonangia.
5. Calycella pygmea. Single hydrotheea.
6. Calycella syringa. Single hydrotheea.
5 and 6 show the relative size of the two species.
7 and 8. Lovenella producta. Specimens from Dodd’s Narrows.
9 and 10. Specimens from San Juan Archipelago.
Difference in size in the two localities is shown.
11. Campanulina forskalea. The only branched specimen.
12 and 13. Single hydrothece growing directly from the stolon,

PuaTEe 3

oS)
ie,
es
is

C* ARA A. FRASER, DEL.

APTER C. M. F.

West Coast HyproIps

PLATE IV.

Halecium pygmeum. Colony made up of several stem joints show-
ing position of gonangium.

Colony consisting of a single joint showing large female gonophore.

Lictorella carolina. Part of a branch showing hydrothece and
nematophores.

Terminus of one part of the polysiphonic stem.

Portion of a polysiphonic stem.

"Ss ay 2? ee ee =< y

‘ Me
a hal PACA PH VG Ce TN) ie
2 Miny ; meni aba ty aan a nnasmennornnccemanene HME
hy : sto mye

ees?
ei a pilin parca ‘ Pra
1 i cainaap are SDT STS taeda ween AOL arson gu gman tS

1
{

West Coast Hyproms

PLATE V.

Fig. 1. <Abietinaria rigida. Portion of a colony to show node and orig
of branch. :
2. Portion of branch showing typical arrangement of hydrothece.
3. Gonangium.

ERRATA

The explanation facing Plate 5 is to be read
with Plate 6 and that facing Plate 6 with Plate 5.

CLARA A. FRASER, DFL.
AFTER C. M. F.

West Coast Hyproips

ore ke 2K Se sins

7 4
8) ome ier Ce.
PRas & ; : ;
= ee as ee ve NV nl at yee ete
«
.
“
.
ine
an
a Os
.
aime,
*
-
/
J ’

PLATE 5

,
; CLARA A. FRASER, DFL.
AFTER C. M. F.
West Coast Hyproips

Cc = err

PLATE VI.

Diphasia clare. Portion of colony showing branching and. y
thecal arrangement. |

Sertularella conica. Number of colonies showing earliest
of development. : ini

Single gonophore growing from the stolon.

Portion of hydrotheca to show four-parted operculum.

Sertularia furcata. Portion of colony to show mode of atta
to the stolon and the arrangement of the hydrothece.

PLATE 6

CLARA 4. FRASER, DEL

AFTER C. M.F,

West Coast HyprRoips

PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Thuiaria alba. Part of colony showing origin of branch,
2. Portion of branch to show arrangement of hydrothece.
3 and 4. Plumularia palmeri. Gonangia. :

PLATE 7

DELL

CLARA A. FRASER,

nN. P.

AFTER c.

S

West Coast Hyprorp

me PLATE Viti.
. Fig. 1. Thuiaria similis. Part of colony "eager and hy
‘ showing tendency to elongation. :
2 and 3. Portions of colony showing further elongation of hy
4. Portion of colony with usual arrangement of hydrothece.
Bui Portion showing a more alternate arrangement.
6. Portion with hydrothece so alternate as to be pau
‘ -deseribed by Hartlaub as Sertularetta nana.

77° oo

PLATE 8

CLARA A. FRASER, DEI..

AFTEE C. M. F.

West Coast HypROIDS

BULLETIN OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA
NEW SERIES No. 35 OCTOBER, 1911

BULLETIN

FROM THE

LABORATORIES OF NATURAL HISTORY

OF

THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA

VOLUME VI NO. 2

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY
IOWA CITY, IOWA

IssvED Sic pl aby TIMES DURING THE ACADEMIC YEAR; MONTHLY FROM Si on TO
ANUARY, WEEKLY FROM FEBRUARY TO JUNE. aera AT TH
Post OFFICE as SECOND CLASS Mab MATT

BULLETIN OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA
NEW SERIES No. 35 OCTOBER, 1911

IN THE SERIES OF RESEARCH BULLETINS OF THE UNIVERSITY

CONTRIBUTIONS

FROM THE

LABORATORIES OF NATURAL HISTORY

OF

THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA

BR ary
EDITORIAL STAFF *
~cw {e
SP UE ee ee ee Geology ;
Ce A Ae ae a Botany BUT A”
on GOL a ee Zoology uARvES
VOLUME VI NUMBER 4 a

l. A list of the Coleoptera of Iowa
H. F. WicKHAM
2. Iowa Discomycetes
FRED J. SEAVER
3. A fossil burrowing sponge from the Iowa Devonian
A. O. THOMAS
4. The prairies

B. SHIMEK

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY
IOWA CITY, IOWA

IssuED TWENTY-ONE TIMES DURING THE ACADEMIC YEAR: MONTHLY FROM OCTOBER
TO JANUARY,WEEKLY FROM FEBRUARY TO JUNE. ENTERED AT THE
Post OFFICE AS SECOND CLASS MAIL MATTER

ee

mao

as

‘

a

mi
io}

2

Pee

Pea oy, 3
“Kt
Lg
,
: /
Ht

Pel

SE a8 af A

ae <

et
a ett
tp ee ees
fof

Ml ol lot

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA

By H. FP. WICKHAM.

This catalogue has been prepared as a necessary preliminary
to a projected survey of the beetles of the state. As matters now
stand, no one can identify even a reasonable proportion of his
captures in this order without the expenditure of a sum of
money altogether disproportionate to the results attained. The
writer hopes to render conditions somewhat easier by the prepa-
ration of a series of memoirs upon Iowa beetles with the idea of
assisting students of our local fauna to name their specimens
properly. Unfortunately our knowledge of certain groups is
insufficient for complete treatment, since collections from the
northern and western parts of the state are but few. However,
a beginning has to be made somewhere and it is hoped that this
list will serve to show what parts need attention as well as to
indicate what is already known.

Several lists of our beetles have been printed in local publica-
tions and numerous records exist in the current literature of
North American entomology. The first serious attempt in this
direction was made by J. Duncan Putnam? in three papers on
the Coleoptera of Davenport, Monticello and Frederic, but the
number of species is not large. This was followed by a “‘List of
the Coleoptera of Iowa City and Vicinity’’ by the present
writer? in which 871 names were given. Soon after appeared a
‘Partial Catalogue of the Animals of Iowa’’ by Herbert Os-
born,? comprising the species of the preceding lists reinforced
by several hundred records from Ames and a few from other
points. To this the present writer* printed additions numbering

1 Proe. Davenport Acad. Sci., Vol. L., 1876, 169-173.

2 Bulletin Lab. Nat. Hist., State Univ. of Iowa, Vol. I, 1888, 81-92.

3 Published by the Iowa Agricultural College, Ames, 1892.

4 Report of the Committee on State Fauna, Proce. Ia. Acad. Sei., Vol. ry,
1894, 45-51.

voL. vi—l. 1

y) NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

about 234, and later’ a supplement to his Iowa City list, making
a total of some 1121 names from this vicinity. Meanwhile num-
erous other insects have been detected and the time seems oppor-
tune for the presentation of a revised catalogue which shall show
the state of our knowledge today. Nevertheless much remains
to be done before our acquaintance with the fauna of Iowa ean
be considered in any sense complete, the southeastern part alone
having furnished any really considerable number of records.
Particular attention should be given the counties along our
northern border, especially those lying in the driftless area in
the northeast corner. The diversified surface of this last named
region furnishes conditions not met with elsewhere within our
limits, while the beetles thereof are almost unknown. AI collec-
tors of Iowa beetles are invited to communicate with the writer
concerning new records and doubtful identifications in order
that. the systematic papers which are to follow this list may be
made as complete as possible.

For the benefit of students of distribution who may wish to
compare the characters of our fauna with those of other regions,
a few words may be said regarding the physical features of the
state. Iowa is essentially a prairie, it offers comparatively little
variation in altitude, the lowest portion, near Keokuk, lying
about 477 feet above sea level while the highest point, Ocheyedan
Mound, reaches 1650 feet. With the exception of a narrow strip
along the eastern edge of the upper half, the entire state has
been extensively glaciated and is buried under the drift sheets
left by the retreating ice. Western and southern Iowa le under
the Kansan drift, while most of the northeastern quarter is
covered by the Iowan. To the westward of this last named sheet,
a great tongue of the Wisconsin drift, the main lake region in
which the surface topography shows scarcely any trace of water
carving, reaches south as far as Des Moines. Its further edge
curves north and west until it reaches our northern boundary in
Lyon County. All of the foregoing sheets came from the Kewatin
center, but on our eastern border, from just above Davenport to
a point below Burlington is to be seen an invasion of the Ilinoian

5 Bulletin Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. of Iowa, Vol. III, No. 3, 1895,
36-40.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA 3

drift from the Labrador center. Each of these areas shows some
difference in topography and consequently in fauna.

In forests, the state is poor, the principal timber follows the
course of the streams and is rapidly being cut off. Practically
the whole consists of deciduous trees, though some conifers are
found in the northeastern portion. This lack of coniferous for-
ests explains the absence of many species of insects common in
adjacent states. Many of our records of pinicolous beetles are
due to their importation from other districts in sawed lumber.

On the whole, our beetle fauna is quite homogeneous, and is
that of the central prairies. Some western types of plants and
insects invade our counties along that side, in some instances
extending nearly across the state — Eleodes and Nothopus be-
ing good examples. The marshes of the Wisconsin drift support
some northern types, while the lower reaches of the Mississippi
River yield forms which are more characteristic of the Ohio
Valley.

This catalogue is based mainly on the collections of the
writer. To the data thus afforded have been added the published
records of Osborn and Putnam, numerous references to Keokuk
and Cedar Rapids from the works of Casey and Brendel, to-
gether with a few from the papers of other recent systematists.
Much information has been obtained from collections made at
Towa City by R. M. Anderson, C. H. Edmondson, John G. Grif-
fith, M. P. Somes, Dayton Stoner, D. E. Merrill, Mary M. Me-
Guire, Alice Yocom, and Mrs. H. F. Wickham. From other
parts of the state, material has been secured through friends
whose names appear with the list of abbreviations. Frank
Shoemaker of Omaha has sent notes on the occurrence of insects
at Council Bluffs, and Frank R. Mason of Philadelphia has
kindly furnished data from the H. G. Griffith collection, made
mostly at Burlington. Dr. A. Fenyes of Pasadena has given
valuable assistance in making up the list of Aleocharine.

LOCALITIES AND ABBREVIATIONS.

A. Ames. All records from the Osborn list.
B. Independence. Collections by the writer and Mrs. H. F.
Wickham.

NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Burlington. The H. G. Griffith collection.

Cedar Rapids. Mostly published records of Casey and
Brendel, from collections made by the latter. About a
hundred records from the writer’s collection.

Cherokee. A. D. Whedon.

Chariton. B. Shimek.

Davenport. Putnam records.

. Des Moines. M. P. Somes.

De Witt. F. H. Shoemaker.

Eddyville. B. Shimek.

Eastport. B. Shimek.

Elma. J. C. Warren.

Fort Dodge. M. P. Somes.

Fairfax. Osborn list.

Hamburg. B. Shimek.

Hampton. F. H. Shoemaker.

Iowa City.

Towa. This signifies that the distribution is general through-
out the state, and in every case species thus marked are
known to occur at Iowa City as well as at other points.

Keokuk. Published records from works of Thos. L. Casey.

Lyon Co. B. Shimek.

Muscatine. Thos. H. Macbride and Alice Yocom.

Missouri Valley. B. Shimek.

Okoboji. Maud Brown.

Odebolt. F. H. Shoemaker.

Council Bluffs. Frank Shoemaker and the writer.

Riverton. B. Shimek.

Sioux City. Mrs. Ida Grillet Slemmons.

Spirit Lake. J. H. Brown.

Traer. J. E. Cameron.

Unionville. B. Shimek.

Waterloo. Mrs. Lucy Brant Meade.

Williamsburg. P. C. Myers.

Where no symbol follows the name of the insect, it is to be

understood that the published citation or collection record of
locality is simply ‘‘Iowa’’ but it is not to be inferred that the
distribution is necessarily state-wide.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA 5

CICINDELID.

TETRACHA Hope: tranquebarica Hbst. I.A.P.
virginica Linn. Southwest Ia. seutellaris lecontei Hald. I. C. B. Fort

CICINDELA Linn. Madison. Elkader. P. El. W.
formosa generosa Dej. I. B. P. El. W. sexguttata Fabr. Ia.
purpurea Oliv. I. A. El. v. violacea Fabr. Bl.

y. auduboni Lec. S. punctulata Fabr. Ia.
v. splendida Hentz. D.P. eeleripes Lec. I.P.
vy.amena Lec. P. eursitans Lec. I. P.
y. transversa Leng. I. unipunetata Fabr. Cedar Bluffs.
y. limbalis Kl. I. Ch.P. Hp. El. cuprasecens Lec. A. Ep. P.
duodecimguttata Dej. I. El. Fx. v.macra Lee. I. B. W.
repanda Dej. Ia. lepida Dej. I.P.
hirticollis Say. I.P.W.
CARABIDA.

OMOPHRON Lat. ; NOTIOPHILUS Dum.
labiatum Fabr. eneus Hbst. I. El.
nitidum Lee. EL. semistriatus Say. I.
americanum Dej. I.C. El. novemstriatus Lee. I. 0.8.
robustum Horn. NEBRIA Lat.
tessellatum Say. A. I. Fx. El. pallipes Say. B.

CycHRuUS Fabr. PASIMACHUS Bon.
lecontei Dej. I. B. Cedar Bluffs. elongatus Lec. I. B.S. E. C. Ch. El. M.

Bluffton. ScaRITes Fabr.
elevatus Fabr. I. A. Fx. BI. subterraneus Fabr. Ia.

NoMaretus Lec. DyscHiRius Bon.
bilobus Say. I. Cedar Bluffs. nigripes Lec. BI.
eavicollis Lec. eneolus Lec. I. Bl.

CaRaBuS Linn. globulosus Say. A. B.I.L.C.
sylvosus Say. I. A. El. hemorrhoidalis Dej. I.
serratus Say. I. A. F.P. sphericollis Say. BI. I.
limbatus Say. I. Forest City. truneatus Lec. Bl.
vinetus Web. A. erythrocerus Lec. Bl.

CaLosoMa Web. Cuivina Lat.
externum Say. I. dentipes Dej. I. BI.
serutator Fabr. Ia. impressifrons Lee. I. Bl.
willeoxi Lec. I. Bl. tufa Lec. P.
ealidum Fabr. Ia. americana Dej. I. Bl.

ELAPHRUS Fabr. striatopunctata Dej. Cedar Bluffs.
rusearius Say. Ia. ferrea Lec. I. BI.
eicatricosus Lec. I. bipustulata Fabr. I.C. BI.

Loricera Lat. ASPIDOGLOSSA Putz.

errulescens Linn. Sp. 0. subangulata Chd. Bl.

6 * NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

SCHIZOGENIUS Putz. capax Lec. I.
lineolatus Say. I. B. El. vivax Lec. M.1I.
amphibius Hald. I: tripunctatus Say.
ARDISTOMIS Putz. ferrugineus Dej. I.
puncticollis Putz. Bl. levus Say. A.T.
PaNaGzus Lat. proximus Say. I. Bl.
fasciatus Say. I. scitulus Lec. I.
-BEMBIDIUM Lat. corruseus Lec. I. Bl.
levigatum Say. A.I. Bl. P. PatTROBUS De).
nitidum Aby. El. longicornis Say. I.D. M. B. Bl. Dw. W.
ineequale Say. I. Bl. Dw. Hp. PTEROSTICHUS Bon.
littorale Oliv. I. P. Dw. adoxus Say. A.
robusticolle Hayw. I. constrictus Say. I. El.
punctatostriatum Say. P. incisus Lec. I. El.
enulum Hayw. Cedar Co. coracinus Newm. I. A. Dw.
coxendix Say. A.I.P. stygicus Say. D.I. B. Bluffton. Cn.

confusum Hayw. I. Bl. Dw. C. W. permundus Say. Ia.
bifossulatum Lec. Elkader.Sp. Bl. sayi Brullé. I. D. El. P.

americanum Dej. 1. Dw. lueublandus Say. Ja.
honestum Say. caudiealis Say. I. T. El.
.chaleeum Dej. I. corvinus Dej. I.
nigrum Say. haldemanni Lee. I.
postremum Say. serutator Lec. I. El.
ustulatum Linn. W. purpuratus Lec. I.
lucidum Lec. I. P. mutus Say. I. A. C. Ch. Armstrong. T.
picipes by. I. Bl. Wi. pennsylvanicus Lec. B. El.
texanum Chd. I. erythropus Dej. A.1.C.M.
versutum Lec. P. patruelis Dej. Ob.
cordatum Lec. I. femoralis Kby. Ia.
graciliforme Hayw. I. El. EvARTHRUS Lee.
dorsale Say. I. seximpressus Lec. I. P. B. Dm.
postfasciatum Hamilton. I. Bl. orbatus Newm.
oberthuri Hayw. Hp. C. colossus Lec. I. P. A. Cn. T. Fd. Dm.
variegatum Say. Ia. sodalis Lec. Foster. I. Dw.
intermedium Aby. I. O. El. AMARA Bon.
versicolor Lec. Ia. rufimana Kby. Sp.
quadrimaculatum Linn. Ia. pennsylvanica Hayw. I.
affine Say. I. E. BI. avida Say. I. A. B. RP:
suleatum Lec. EI. exarata Dej. I.C.
assimile Gyll. I. Bl. angustata Say. A.J. B.

TacHys Schaum. pallipes Kby. I. C.
nanus Gyll. Ta. impuncticollis Say. O. 1. Monona Co.
flavicauda Say. Ja. fallax Lec. I. D. El. W.
granarius Dej. cupreolata Putz. I.O.
incurvus Say. Ta. polita Lec. J.C. B.

dolosus Lec. interstitialis Dej. I.C. A. El.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA

obesa Say. I. Decorah. Ob.
chaleea Dej. B. El.
remotestriata Dej. I.
musculus Say.

LoXANDRUS Lec.
brevicollis Lec. TI.

DIpPLocHILa Lec.
laticollis Lec. JI. A. Fd. Dm.
major Lec. I. A. B. Dm.
impressicollis Dej. A.
alternans Csy. O.
obtusa Lec. I.

Dic#ius Bon.

splendidus Say. C.D. A. I. B. BI.
purpuratus Bon. D.
sculptilis Say. I. A. Colfax. Fd. El.

furvus Dej. C.
elongatus Bon. I. A. Decorah.

BADISTER Clairv.
notatus Hald. I.
pulehellus Lec. I, A. O.
bipustulatus Fabr. I.
flavipes Lec.
reflexus Lec. I.

CALATHUS Bon.
gregarius Say. Ia.
impunctatus Say. I.
PLATYNUuS Bon.
decens Say. I. El.
sinuatus Dej. Ta.
cineticollis v. deplanatus Chd. I.
extensicollis Say. Ia.
v. viridis Lec. El].
decorus Say. Ta.
pusillus Lec. TI. C,
errans Say, Sp.
tenuis Lec. El}. Hp.
atratus Lee. Ob.
melanarius Dej. Ta.
deceptivus Lec. BI.
cupripennis Say. Ta.
excavatus Dej. Cedar Co.
basalis Lec. Ta.
nutans Say. :A.I.C. Sedan.
picticornis Newm.

octopunctatus Fabr. - A. I.

placidus Say.
obsoletus Say. A. I. Oskaloosa.
wruginosus Dej. I. D. El.
erenistriatus Lec. I.C. W.
ruficornis Lee. I, A. El.

I. B. C. Fd. Bl.
ARB
OLISTHOPUS De).

parmatus Say. I.

picipennis Aby.
lutulentus Lec.

micans Lec. J.
PERIGONA Lap.
pallipennis Lec. I.
LEPTOTRACHELUS Lat.
FNS 2B
CASNONIA Lat.
pennsylvanica Linn. Ta.
GALERITA Fabr.
atripes Lec. I.

dorsalis Fabr.

janus Fabr. Ta.
bicolor v. intermedia Csy.
TETRAGONODERUS Dej.
fasciatus Hald. Bl.
Lesia Lat.
grandis Hentz.
atriventris Say.
tricolor Say. <A.
viridis Say. Ta.
pumila Dej. I.
viridipennis Dej. I.
ornata Say. A.I.
fuscata Dej. BI.
scapularis Dej. A. I.
fureata Lec. Bi.
bivittata Fabr. T. Bl.
Dromius Bon.
piceus Dej. I.
BLecHRUS Mots.
nigrinus Mann. A. El.
METABLETUS Schm.-Goeb.
I. O: El. Cn:

ALISO. Bi.
LCoW:

americanus De).
CALLIDA Dej.
punetata Lec. I.
purpurea Say. Sp.
PLOocHIONUS De).
timidus Hald. El.

Ao CO: BOR: -W:

~]

8 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

PINACODERA Sechawm.
limbata Dej. I. FE).
CyYMINDIS Lat.
americana Dej. A.J.
eribrata Lec. El.
pilosa Say. I. Grand River.
APENES Lec.
sinuata Say. I.
PENTAGONICA Schm.-Goeb.
flavipes Lec. I.
HELLUOMORPHA Lap.
bicolor Harr. I.C.
BRACHYNUS Web.
americanus Lec. D. I. Foster.
minutus Harr. A.
perplexus Dej. I. A.
medius Harr. I. B. O. Cedar Co. BI.
conformis De).
fumans Fabr. I. A. Sp.
ballistarius Lec. I.
CHLANIUS Bon.
erythropus Germ, I. A. Ch. B.
sericeus Forst. Ia.
laticollis Say. D.
diffinis Chd. I. B.C. Masonville. P.
Dw. Ob. W.
platyderus Chd. A.
prasinus Dej. D.I. B. Ch.
solitarius Say. A.I. P. W.
nemoralis Say. I.P.
tricolor Dej. Ta.
brevilabris Lee.
pennsylvanicus Say. Ia.
impunctifrons Say. I. D. W.
niger Rand. I.
purpuricollis Rand. I.
tomentosus Say. A. I. C. Dw.
ANOMOGLOSSUS Chd.
emarginatus Say. A.I.D. Ob.
pusillus Say. A. I. D. Bl. El.
BRACHYLOBUS Chd.
lithophilus Say. Ta.
LACHNOCREPIS Lec.
parallelus Say. A.
GEOPINUS Lec.
inecrassatus Dej. J. Fx. A.C. P.

I. Woodbury Co. Sp.

Noruorpus Lec.
zabroides Lec. I. B.P.
CRATACANTHUS De).
dubius Beauv. BI. A. EI.
AGONODERUS De}.
lineola Fabr. D.
pallipes Fabr. Ta.
partiarius Say. A. I.
indistinetus Dej. A.
Discoperus Lee.
parallelus Hald. I.
HARPALUS Lat.
autumnalis Say. El. U.
erraticus Say. I. A. Ch. B. M.S.
Decorah. P. Hp.
ealiginosus Fabr. Ta.
faunus Say. A.D.
pennsylvanicus DeG. Ia.
v. compar Lec. I. A. Ch. BI.
v. erythropus Dej. D.
herbivagus Say. Ia.

tufimanus Lec. I. El.
basilaris Kby. El. I.
testaceus Lec. I. W.

SELENOPHORUS De).
pedicularius Dej. I. B. El.
opalinus Lec. I.

STENOLOPHUS De).
fuliginosus Dej. A.I. El.
conjunctus Say. Ia,
ochropezus Say. I. A. D. B. O. BI.P.EIL.

ACUPALPUS Lat.
carus Lec. I. LeMars.

BRADYCELLUS Fr.
cognatus Gyll. A.
rupestris Say. A.I.C. B.L. EL
nigriceps Lec. I.

TACHYCELLUS Moraw.
atrimedius Say. I.
badiipennis Hald. C.

ANISODACTYLUS Dej?.
rusticus Say. Ia.
earbonarius Say. A. TI.

nigerrimus Dej. I. El. Bl.
harrisii Lec. I. Bl.
diseoideus Dej. A. D.I. Bl.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA

baltimorensis Say. Ia. lugubris Dej. D. I. Bl. Armstrong.
verticalis Lec. I. B. Foster. Cedar sericeus Harr. I. D. BI. P.
Co. Bl. Hp. interstitialis Say. D.I. B. P. BI.

terminatus Say. BI. J.P.

HALIPLID#.

Hares Lat. CNEMIDOTUS Er.
triopsis Say. A. I. duodecimpunctatus Say. A. D-.I.
borealis Lec. I. edentulus Lec. LI.
ruficollis DeG. A.I.

DYTISCID.

HyYDROCANTHUS Say. InyBiosoMa Cr.
iricolor Say. D. bifaria Aby. A.

LaccopHitus Leach. CoPELATUS Er.
maculosus Germ. Ia. glyphieus Say. I. P.
proximus Say. Sibley. I. Matus Aube.

biearinatus Say. I. A.D.
AGaABuUS Leach.
obtusatus Say. I.
punctatus Melsh. A.
eruginosus Aubé. I.
disintegratus Cr. P.
oecidens Shp. I.
RHANTUS Esch.
bistriatus Bergst. LIL.
COLYMBETES Clairv.
sculptilis Harr. I. A. Ch. P.
Hypvaticus Leach.
piceus Lec. I. A.
Dytiscus Linn.
fasciventris Say. Ia.

fasciatus Aubé. Ia.
DESMOPACHRIA Bab.
convexa Aubé. I. A.
BripEssus Shp.
affinis Say. Ia.
lacustris Say. A.
granarius Aubé. I.
C@&LAMBUS Thoms.
inequalis Fabr. D.
aearoides Lec. I.
nubilus Lec. I.
dissimilis Harr. A. I.
DERONECTES Shp.
catascopium Say. I.

Hyproporus Clairv. hybridus 4ubé. I.P.
undulatus Say. I. A. Cn. sublimbatus Lec. Ch.
proximus 4ubé. D. Aciuius Leach.
hybridus dubé. D. semisuleatus Aubé. Ta.
striatopunctatus Melsh. I. mediatus Say. I.
modestus Aubé. D. I. THERMONECTES Esch.
stagnalisG.§.H. A.TI. ornaticollis Aubé. I.

Inysius Er. GRAPHODERES Esch.
pleuriticus Lec. A.I. Mv. liberus Say. A. TI.
biguttulus Germ. A. TI. cinereus Linn. I.

CoPpToToMuS Say. CYBISTER Curt.

interrogatus Fabr. Ia. fimbriolatus Say. Ia.

10

GyRInus Linn.
minutus Fabr. J. W.
dichrous Lec. I.
ventralis Aby. 1.
maculiventris Lec. J. M.C.
affinis Aubé. I. Cedar Bluffs.

NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

GYRINIDA.

analis Say. Ta.
lugens Lec. El.
DINEuTES MacL.
discolor Aubé. I.
assimilis Awbé. Ia.

HYDROPHILIDA.

HELOPHORUS Fabr.
obseurus Lec. <A. I. O.
lineatus Say. A. TI.

Hyprocuus Leach.
seabratus Melsh. I.
excavatus Lec. I.
variolatus Lec.
squamifer Lec.

OcHTHEBIUS Leach.
foveicollis Lec. I.

HYDROPHILUS Geof.
ovatusG.g¢ H. I.
triangularis Say. Ta.

TROPISTERNUS Sol.
dorsalis Brullé. Ia.
glaber Hbst. Ia.

Hyprocuaris Lat.
obtusatus Say. Ia.

BeErosus Leach.
pantherinus Lec. I.
peregrinus Hbst. 1.
striatus Say. Ja.

CH TARTHRIA Steph.
pallida Lec. I.

Laccosius Lr.
agilis Rand. Ta.

PuHtitypRus Sol.
nebulosus Say. Ia.

LEPTINUS Miill.
testaceus Mill. I. K.

NECROPHORUS Fabr.
americanus Oliv. Ta.

sayi Lap. I.

I. A. Forest City:

cinctus Say. I.
perplexus Lec. I.
hamiltoni Horn. O.
diffusus Lec. El.
CyMBIoDyTA Bedel.
fimbriata Melsh. D.A.
HELocomBus Horn.
bifidus Lec. El.
Hyprogpius Leach.
fuscipes Linn. Ta.

CRENIPHILUS Motsch.

subeupreus Say. Ta.

SPHARIDIUM Fabr.
scarabeoides Fabr.

Crercyon Leach.
unipunctatus Linn. I.
ocellatus Say. 1.
pretextatus Say.
analis Payk. A.
melanocephalus Linn.
pygmeus ll. I.
navicularis Zimm: I.
tristis Zl.

CRYPTOPLEURUM Muls.

minutum Fabr. Ta.
americanum Horn. IL.

LEPTINIDA.

SILPHIDAS.

orbicollis Say. Ia.

marginatus Fabr. . Ia.
obseurus A by.

I. Hp.

AY TOF P:

IAC 16.

Norwich. Sp.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA

pustulatus Hersch. A.TI.
v. melsheimeri Aby. I.

tomentosus Web. Ia.
SILPHA Lini.

surinamensis Fabr. Ta.
lapponica Hbst. A. ¥F.C.Sp. I.

inequalis Fabr. Ia.
noveboracensis Forst.
americana Linn. Ia.
ramosa Say. Waverly.
CHOLEVA Lat.
clavicornis Lec. I.

PRIONOCHZETA Horn.

opaca Say. I. B.

Euconnus Thoms.
bicolor Lec. I.
oceultus Csy. I.
affinis Csy. I.
gratus Csy. I.
salinator Lec. I.

PYCNOPHUS Csy.
rasus Lec. I.

CONNOPHRON Csy.
longipenne Csy. I. K.
formale Csy. I.
flavitarse Lec. I.
dentiger Csy. I.
ludifieans Csy. I.
nigripenne Csy. I.
fossiger Lec. I.
femorale Csy. I.
elavicorne Csy. I.
pallidum Csy. I.
integrum Csy. I.
decorum Csy. I.
testaceipes Csy. I.
castaneum Csy. I.
triviale Csy. I.

PTOMAPHAGUS TIl.
consobrinus Lec. I.
parasitus Lec. I.
pusio Lec. I.

COLENIS Er.
impunetata Lec. I.

LiopEes Lat.
discolor Melsh. I. Wi.
basalis Lec. I.

AGATHIDIUM Jil.
oniscoides Beauv. I.
exiguum Melsh. I.
politum Lee. I.

SCYDMANIDZ.

trinifer Csy. TI.
trifidum Csy. I.
fulvum Lee. 1.
capillosulum Lec. I.
illustre Csy. I.
basale Lec. I.
Jacunosum Csy. I.
pumilum Csy. I.

SMICROPHUS Csy.
leviceps Csy. I.

ScyDMANUS Lat.
perforatus Schm. C.I.
conjux Csy. I.

OPRESUS Csy.
minimus Brend. C.

ASCYDMUS Csy.
tener Csy. I.

EUTHIODES Brend.
lata Brend.

Eumicrus Lap.
motschulskii Lec. I.
ochreatus Csy. I.
saginatus Csy. I.

PSELAPHIDAE.

ADRANES Lee. ziegleri Lec. Southern Iowa.
lecontei Brend. I. TMESIPHORUS Lec.
Cepius Lec. carinatus Say. I.
spinosus Lec. SouthernTowa. | __costalis Lec. I.

1]

12 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

CEOPHYLLUS Lec.
monilis Lec. I.
PILoPius Csy.
consobrinus Lec. I.
piceus Lec.
zimmermanni Lec. I.
lacustris Csy. I.
iowensis Csy. K.
PSELAPHUS Hbst.
erichsoni Lec. I.
longiclavus Lec.
TycHus Leach.
minor Lec. I.
CYLINDRARCTUS Schf.
longipalpus Lee. TI.
erinifer Csy. I.

ANCHYLARTHRON Brend.

cornutum Brend. LI.
curtipenne Csy.
REICHENBACHIA Leach.
divergens Lec. I.
trigona Lec. C.
subsimilis Csy. I. B.
congener Brend. I.
facilis Csy. I.
eribricollis Brend. TI.
rubicunda Aubé. I.
gracilis Csy.
sodalis Csy. I.
peregrinator Csy. I. K.
puneticollis Lec. I.
procera Csy.
bicolor Brend. I.
propingua Lec. I.
Bryaxis Leach.
illinoiensis Brend.
terebrata Csy.
arguta Csy. I.
RyBaxis Sauley.
truneaticornis Brend.
DECARTHRON Brend.
abnorme Lec. I.
exsectum Brend. I.

searificatum Brend. (.
BATRISUS Aubé.

.seabriceps Lec. I.

lineaticollis Aubé. IT.
fossicauda Csy. I.
declivis Csy. I.
harringtoni Csy. I.
frontalis Lec. I.
globosus Lec. I.
spretus Lec. I.
foveicornis Csy. TI.
fureatus Brend. I.
denticollis Csy. I.
striatus Lec. I.
TRIMIOPLECTUS Brend.
obsoletus Brend. C.
MELBA Csy.
parvula Lec. I.
suleatula Csy. I,
thoracica Brend. TI.
maja Brend.
THESIUM Csy.
eavifrons Lec.
laticolle Csy.
BIBLIOPLECTUS Reitt.
ruficeps Lec.
THESIASTES Csy.
fossulatus Brend. TI.
EupLectus Leach.
interruptus Lec. I.
confluens Lec. I.
elongatus Brend. I.
lowensis Csy. I.
pertenuis Csy. I.
planipennis Brend. C.
rotundicollis Brend. C.
RAMECIA Csy.
crinita Brend.
RHEXIDIUS Csy.
canaliculatus Lec. I.C.
RHEXIuS Lec.
inseulptus Lec. I.

STAPHYLINIDA.

Dinopsis Matth.
americana Ar. I.

OuicoTa Mann.

parva Kr.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA

pusillima Grav.
elaviger Csy. K.
GYROPHZNA Mann.
affinis Sahib. I.
lacustris Csy. I.
eorruscula Er. I.
vinula Er. I.
dissimilis Er. I.
THECTUROTA Csy.
exigua Csy. C.
HoMaLotTa Mann.
plana Gyll. LI.
Situsa Er.
eribratula Csy. I.
Leptusa Kr.
easeyi Fenyes. C.I.

BouitocHaRa Mann.

picta Csy.
blanchardi Csy. I.
letula Csy.

FALAGRIA Mann.
dissecta Er. D.TI.
iowana Csy. C.
eingulata Lec.
tenuicornis Csy.
bilimbata Csy.

MERONERA Shp.
venustula Er. I.

CHITALIA Shp.
nigrescens Csy.

TACHYUSA Er.
americana Csy.

ATHETA Thoms.
palustris Kies. I.
festinans Er. I.
euryptera Steph. LI.
sordida Melsh. I.
luteola Er. I.
analis Grav. I.
limatula Csy. I.

EURYPRONOTA Csy.
discreta Csy. C.I.

HopuLanpria Kr.
lateralis Melsh. I.

TRICHIUSA Csy.
robustula Csy. C.

ZyYRAS Steph.
ealiginosus Csy. I.

XENODUSA Wasm.
cava Lec. I. Dw.

PHuicopora Er.
sublevis Csy.

’ PACHYCEROTA Csy.
duryi Csy. LI.

BLEPHARRYMENUS Sol.
brendeli Csy. C.

NASIREMA Csy.
humilis Csy. I.
inguilina Csy. I.

Ocyusa Kr.
asperula Csy.

Oxypopa Mann.

minuta Sachse. I., in doubt.

sagulata Er. I.
perexilis Csy. I.
amica Csy. I.
lowensis Csy. I.
StTIcHoGLossa Kr.
corticina Er. I.
THIASOPHILA Kr.
angustiventris Csy.
laticollis Csy. I.
CRATARIA Thoms.
suturalis Mann. I.
Decusa Csy.
expansa Lec. I.
MyYRMOBIOTA Csy.
erassicornis Csy. I.
ALEOCHARA Grav.
lata Grav. Ia.
bimaculata Grav. I.
minuta Csy.
ACYLOPHORUS Nordm.
pronus Er. LI.
HETEROTHOPS Steph.
fumigatus Lee. I.
QuEpIuS Steph.
explanatus Lec. El.
fulgidus Fabr. I. A.
peregrinus Grav. I. El.
capucinus Grav. I. El.

13

14 - NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

LIsTOTROPHUS Perty.

cingulatus Grav. Ia.
CREOPHILUS Kby.
villosus Grav. Ia.
STAPHYLINUS Linn.
badipes Lec. El.
vulpinus Nordm. Ia.
maculosus Grav. Ta.
mystieus Hr. I.
tomentosus Grav. B.1I.
fossator Grav. C.

cinnamopterus Grav. Ia.

violaceus Grav. A.1.P.
Ocypus Kby.
ater Grav. A. I.-C. Hp.
PHILONTHUS Curt.
politus Linn. Ia.
hepaticus Hr. A. El.
quisquiliarius Gyll. I.
debilis Grav. I.
thoracicus Grav. I.
fusiformis Melsh. I.
fulvipes Fabr. E.
micans Grav. I.
lomatus Er. Ia.
cyanipennis Fabr. I.
blandus Grav. I.
sordidus Grav. Ia.
cephalotes Grav. I.

microphthalmus Horn. I. B.

apicalis Say. I.
confertus Lec. BI.
ActoBius Steph.
sobrinus Hr. I.
pederoides Lec. I. B.
GYROHYPNUS Steph.
obsidianus Melsh. Ta.
emmesus Grav. I. B.
fusciceps Lec.
vernicatus Csy. I.
hamatus Say. Ia.
pusillus Sachse. I.
LEPTACINODES Csy.
flavipes Lee.
nigritulus Lec.
STICTOLINUS Csy.
scolopacea Csy.

NEMATOLINUS Csy.
longicollis Csy.
LEPTOLINUS Kr.
rubripennis Lec.
Diocuus Er.
schaumii Ar. I.
StENus Lat.
colon Say. I.
juno Fabr. I.
femoratus Say. I.
strangulatus Csy. I.
erythropus Melsh. I.
vicinus Csy. I.
inornatus Csy. I.
colonus Lr. I.
stygicus Say. I.
egenus Er, I.
gratiosus Csy. B.
flavicornis Hr. I. B. El.
annularis Hr, I.
reconditus Csy. I.
EUASTHETUS Grav.
brevipennis Csy. I.
GASTROLOBIUM Csy.
lecontei Horn. :
bicolor Grav. Ia.
strenuum Csy.
HESPEROBIUM Csy.
pallipes Grav. Ia.
capito Csy.
ceinctum Say. I.
sellatum Lec. I.
CRYPTOBIELLA Csy.
pusilla Lec. A.
P2DERILLUS Csy.
palustris Aust. I.
iowensis Csy.
littorarius Grav. Ia.
APTERALIUM Csy.
brevipenne Lec. I.C.
LATHROBIUM Grav.
armatum Say. I.
simile Lec. A. I.
LITOLATHRA Csy.
convictor Csy. I.
amputans Csy.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA

LATHROBIOMA Csy.
othoides Lec. I.
LATHROLEPTA Csy.
debilis Lec.
TETARTOPEUS Czwl.
punctulatus Lec. A.I.
rubripennis Csy.
semiruber Csy.
-angularis Lec. I.
EULATHROBIUM Csy.
grande Lec. M.
LATHROTAXIS Csy.

longiuscula Grav. D.I. E.

PSEUDOLATHRA Csy.
analis Lec.
LATHROBIELLA Csy.
ventralis Lec. I. B.
gracilicornis Csy.
collaris Er. I.
famelica Csy.
ambigua Lec.
ADEROCHARIS Shp.
corticina Grav.
LiTHocHARIS Lae.
ochracea Grav. Ia.
TRACHYSECTUS Csy.
confluens Say. A. TI.
PLATYMEDON Csy.
laticolle Csy. I.
LEucorus Csy.
rubens Csy.
Pycnorus Csy.
lowanus Csy.
Scopzus Er.
notangulus Csy.
exiguus Er. I.
brachypterus Csy. I.
Stizicus Lat.
angularis Lec. I.
lacustrinus Csy. _
dentatus Say. I.
MEGASTILICUS Csy.
formiearius Csy. I.
Sunius Er.
prolixus Er. I.
binotatus Say. I.

cinetus Say. TI.
simulans Csy.
brevipennis Aust. I.
discopunctatus Say.
PALAMINUS Er.
larvalis Lec. I.
TACHINUS Grav.
memnonius Grav. I. El.
flavipennis Dej. I.
pallipes Grav. I.
fimbriatus Grav. I.
limbatus Melsh. B.TI.
TACHYPORUS Grav.
chrysomelinus Linn. Ia.
v. maculipennis Lec. Ia.
joeosus Say. Ia.
nitidulus Fabr. Ta.
Ercuomus Mots.
ventriculus Say. Ta.
Conosoma Ir.
erassum Grav. I. El.
pubescens Payk. I.
basale Er. I. B.C.
limuloides Csy.
seriptum Horn. I.
Mycetoporus Mann.

americanus Er. I. Cedar Co.

flavicollis Lee. I.
splendidus Grav. I. B.
Boverosius Leach.
intrusus Horn. I. B.
cincticollis Say. I. M.
trinotatus Er. I.
cinctus Grav. I.
Oxyporus Fabr.
rufipennis Lec. A.
stygicus Say. I. Hesper.
vittatus Grav. I.
lepidus Lec. I.
Osorius Latr.
latipes Grav. A.TI.
Buepius Leach.
semiferrugineus Lec. I. B.
fumatus Lee. I.
analis Lec. I.
assimilis Csy. I.

16 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

opacus Block. I.
nebulosus Csy.
annularis Lec. I.
bauvelee.. TO B:
emarginatus Say. I.

PLATYSTETHUS Mann.

americanus Er. Ia.
OXYTELUS Grav.
sculptus Grav. I.
pennsylvanicus Er. I.
nitidulus Grav. I.
placusinus Lec. I.
suspectus Csy. I.
exiguus Er, I.

TROGOPHLGUS Mann.

4-punctatus Say. I.
imbellis Csy. C.
lepidus Csy. I.
phleoporinus Lec. C.
detractus Csy. C.
ingens Csy. C.
APOCELLUS Er.
sphericollis Say. Ta.

LIMULODES Matth.
paradoxus Matth. I.

SCAPHIDIUM Oliv.

quadriguttatum Say. I. P. Bl.
v. piceum Melsh. A. I. Dw.

BX OCERA Er.
concolor Fabr.
congener Csy.
speculifer Csy. K.
apicalis Lec. I. B.

PHALACRUS Payk.
simplex Lec. I.
politus Melsh. I. P.B.

ACYLOMUS Shp.
ergotiCsy. I.

GEODROMICUS Redt.
cesus Hr. I.
brunneus Say. I. B.

LESTEVA Lat.
pallipes Lee. I.

ARPEDIUM Er.
eribratum Fol. I.
tenue Lec. I.

LATHRIMAUM Er.
sordidum Er. D.

OLOPHRUM Er.
rotundicolle Sahlb. I.

ANTHOBIUM Leach.
hornii Fvl. TI.

GLYPTOMA Lr.
eostale Hr. Ta.

TRIGA Fauv.
picipennis Lec. I.

ELEusIS Lee.
pallidus Lee. I.

MicrorpepPLus Lat.
eribratus Lec. I.

TRICHOPTERYGID.

TRICHOPTERYX Kby.
atomaria DeG. I.

SCAPHIDIID.

SCAPHISOMA Leach.
repanda Csy.
convexum Say. I. D. W.
suturale Lec. I. B.
evanescens Csy.
SCAPHIOMICRUS Csy.
nugator Csy. K.

PHALACRIDA.

SriLBus Seid.

apicalis Melsh. I. A. B. El. W.

nitidus Melsh. Ta.
obseurus Csy. I.

A LIST OF

GRONEVUS Csy.
sticticus Csy.
truneatus Lec. I.
hesperus Csy. K.
SERICODERUS Steph.
flavidus Lec. I.

AnIsosticta Duponchel.

strigata Thunb. A.O.
MecILLta Muls.

THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA

CORYLOPHID2.

MOoLAMBA Csy.
lunata Lec.
ornata Csy.
fasciata Say. I. B.
ARTHROLIPS Er.
decolor Lec.

COCCINELLIDA.

CuHILocorus Leach.
bivulnerus Muls. Ta.
DELPHASTUS Csy.

maculata v. fuscilabris Muls. Ia. pusillus Lec. C. TI.

HippopaMia Chev. BRACHYACANTHA Chev.
13-punctata Linn. Ia. ursina Fabr. Ia.
glacialis Fabr. I. A. 10-pustulata Melsh. Ta.
convergens Guér. Ia. 4-punctata Melsh. I. A.
15-maculata Muls. I. P. HYPERASPIS Chev.
parenthesis Say. Ia. proba Say. I. B. EI.

_ Harmonia Muls. binotata Say. I. B. El.
picta Rand. Bl. pratensis Lec. I.

ApaLia Muls. lugubris Rand. I. El.
bipunctata Linn. I.C. Dm. W. undulata Say. Ia.
humeralis Say. I. SMILIA Weise.

CoccINELLA Linn. marginata Lec. A.
novemnotata Hbst. Ia. misella Lec. I.
transversoguttata Fald. A. STETHORUS JWeise.

CYCLONEDA Cr. punctum Lee. I.
sanguinea v. munda Say. Ia. Scymnus Kug.

OLLA Csy. hemorrhous Lec. I.
oculata Fabr. I. A. cervicalis Muls. I.
abdominalis Say. A. I. lowensis Csy. K..

AnaTis Muls. brullei Muls. (Horn). I.
15-punetata Oliv. Ia. collaris Melsh.

PSYLLOBORA Chev. americanus Muls. I. Bl.
20-maculata Say. Ta. flavifrons Melsh. I.

v. obsoleta Csy. K.
ENDOMYCHIDZ2.

SyMBIoTES Redt. penal ae.

: ferruginea Lec. Ia.
we aoe APHORISTA Gorh.
manpr tr Bl. vittata Fabr. AT.

Ruanis Lec. Srenorarsus Perty.
unicolor Zieg. I. hispidus Host. EI.

PHYMAPHORA Newm.
pulchella Newm. C.

9

-_

VOL. vI—1.

ENDOMYCHUS Panz.
biguttatus Say. Ta.

18 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

LANGURIA Lat.
bicolor Fabr. A.
mozardi Lat. Ia.
trifasciata Say. A.I.P.
gracilis Newm. I. A.Dm.

PLaosoma Woll.
punctata Lec. I.

MEGALODACNE Cr.
fasciata Fabr. A. TI.

heros Say. Ia. In doubt, Osborn List.

IscHyrus Lac.
4-punctatus Oliv. A.I. W. P.

SyncHiTa Hellw.
fuliginosa Meish. I.
Ditoma Jil.
quadriguttata Say. I.
CoLypium Fabr.
lineola Say. I.
BOTHRIDERES Er.
geminatus Say. I.

RuHySSODES Dalm.
exaratus ll. I.

SiInvaNnus Lat.
surinamensis Linn. Ia.
bidentatus Fabr. Ia.
planatus Germ. Ia.
imbellis Lec. I.P.
advena Wailtl. LI.

CATOGENUS Westw.
rufus Fabr. Ia.

Prepiacus Shuck.
depressus Hbst. I.

Cucusus Fabr.
clavipes Fabr. Ia.

EROTYLIDA.

MyYcorretus Lac.
sanguinipennis Say. I. Foster.
pulchra Say. Bluffton.

TRITOMA Fabr.
biguttata Say. I.
humeralis Fabr. I.

v. ruficeps Lec. I.C. B.
erythrocephala Lac. A.
angulata Say. I. Bi.
unicolor Say. I.
thoracica Say. Ia.
flavicollis Lec. Ia.

COLYDIID.

CERYLON Lat.
castaneum Say. Ia.
stieticum Csy. I.
elypeale Csy. I.

PHILOTHERMUS Aubé.
glabriculus Lec. I.

Murmipius Leach. -
ovalis Beck. I.

RHYSSODIDA.

CUCUJID2.

LZMOPHLEUS Lap.
biguttatus Say. A.I. Bl.
fasciatus Melsh. A. I.
convexulus Lec. I.
adustus Lec. ~I.
testaceus Fabr. I. W.

BRontTes Fabr.
dubius Fabr. I. A.

TELEPHANUS Er.
velox Hald. Ia.

CRYPTOPHAGID.

TELMATOPHILUS Heer.
americanus Lec. C.

LoBERuS Lec.
impressus Lec. I.

TomMARUS Lec.
pulchellus Lec. I.
ANTHEROPHAGUS Lat.

ochraceus Melsh. I. B.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA

Crosruus Csy. AGATHENGIS Gozts.
hirtusCsy. L pumilio Csy.
CryPToPHaGuS Hbst. AtToMaARIA Steph.
eellaris Scop. I. ephippiata Zimm. Ia.
eroceus Zimm. I. divisa Csy. B.
laticlavus Csy. I. eurtula v. pumilio Csy.
fungicola Zimm. I. erypta Csy.
CZNOSCELIS Thoms. ovalis Csy.
testacea Zimm. I.
MYCETOPHAGID#.
MycetopHacus Hellw. TYPHEA Curt.
punctatus Say. Ia. fumata Linn. Ia.
flexuosus Say. Ia. Lirarcus Er.
pluripunctatus Lec. I. Bl. tetraspilotus Lec. LI.
bipustulatus Melsh. I. sexpunctatus Say. I.B.
didesmus Say. I.
DERMESTIDA.
Bytvurgvus Lat. eylindricornis Say. K.I.B.
unicolor Say. I. bicolor G.G H. K.
DERMESTES Linn. schaefferi Hbst. B.
marmoratus Say. A. TROGODERMA Lat.
caninus v. nubipennis Csy. Ia. ornata Say. I. K.
fasciatus Lec. I. El. tarsale Melsh. I.
vulpinus Fabr. A. ANTHRENUS Geoff.
frischii Kug. K.I. serophularie Linn. Ia.
elongatus Lec. El. verbasei Linn. Ia.
lardarius Linn. Ia. v. destructor Melsh. K.B.
ATTAGENUS Lat. ORPHILUS Er.
piceus Oliv. Ia. ater Er. I. B.
extricatus Csy. I.B.
HISTERID2.

HoLoLepta Payk.
fossularis Say. A.I.P.

Hister Linn.
subopacus Lec. W.
biplagiatus Lec. I.
harrisii Kby. LI.

furtivus Lec. I. Bl.

incertus Mars. A.
bimaculatus Linn. I. A.
sedecimstriatus Say. A.I. Bl.
americanus Payk. B. EI. I.P.

felipe Lew. ELT. perplexus Lec. I.
merdarius Hoffm. I. El. exaratus Lec. A.I. Bl.
immunis Er. IL EL subrotundus Say. Ia.
eognatus Lec. I. El. earolinus Payk. Ia.
fedatus Lec. I. lecontei Mars. Ia.
abbreviatus Fabr. Ia. TRIBALUS Er.

depurator Say. L. americanus Lee. I.

19

20 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Epierus Er.
pulicarius Er. I.

HET#RIUS Er.
brunnipennis Rand. I.

DENDROPHILUS Leach.

punctulatus Say. I. P.
PAROMALUS Er.
equalis Say. I.
estriatus Lec. I.
bistriatus Er. A.1I. El.
SAPRINUS Er.
rotundatus Kug. A.

pennsylvanicus Payk. Ia.

BRACHYPTERUS Er.
urtice Fabr. I.
Crercus Lat.
abdominalis Er. I.
CARPOPHILUS Steph.
brachypterus Say. Ia.
hemipterus Linn. B.
CoLastus Er.
semitectus Say. I.
unicolor Say. I.
truncatus Rand. 1.
CONOTELUS Er.
obscurus Er. Ia.
EPurRzA Er.
helvola Er. A.I.
rufa Say. I.
erichsonii Reitt. I.
ovata Horn. I.
labilis Hr. I.
NivipuLa Linn.
bipustulata Linn. Ia.
rufipes Linn. Ia.

LATHRIDIUS Hbst.
liratus Lec. I.

ConrInoMusS Thoms.
constrictus Gyll.

Enicmus Thoms.
minutus Linn. I.

assimilis Payk. Ta.
conformis Lec. A. I.
spheroides Lec. I.
mancus Say. El. W.
fraternus Say. C.E. L. W.
fitchii Mars. I. EI.
patruelis Lec. W.
Bacanius Lee.
punctiformis Lec. C.
Acritus Lec.
exiguus Er. I.
AHLETES Horn.
politus Lee. I.

NITIDULIDA.

ziczac Say. Ia.
SrELIDoTA Er.
geminata Say. I.
octomaculata Say. I.
PROMETOPIA Er.
sexmaculata Say. I.
PHENOLIA Er.
grossa Fabr. Ia.
OmosiITa Er.
colon Linn. Ia.
AMPHICROSSUS Fr.
ciliatus Oliv. I.
CYCHRAMUS Kug.
adustus Er. I.
CYBOCEPHALUS Er.
nigritulus Lec. EI.
CRYPTARCHA Shuck.
ampla Er. Ia.
concinna Melsh. I.
Ips Fabr.
sanguinolentus Oliv. I.
fasciatus Oliv. Ia.

LATHRIDIID.

CARTODERE Thoms.
costulata Reitt. I.

CorTICARIA Marsh.
pubescens Gyll. I.
elongata Gyll. I.
ferruginea Marsh. I.

serrata Payk. I.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA ed)

MELANOPHTHALMA Mots.

picta Lec. Ia.

villosa Zimm. I.
distinguenda Com. Ia.
pumila Lec. LI.

ALINDRIA Er.
eylindrica Serv. I.

TENEBRIOIDES Pail.
mauritanica Linn. I. A.
eorticalis Welsh. I. El.
dubia Melsh. I.
marginata Beauv. I.
eastanea Melsh. I. A.

DERODONTUS Lec.
maculatus Melsh. I.

Cytinus Er.
sericeus Forst. I.

Byrruus Linn.
murinus Fabr. I.

Dryops Oliv.
lithophilus Germ. I.
fastigiatus Say. I.
striatus Lec. I.

Eumis Lat.
vittatus Melsh. I.

HETEROCERUS Fabr.
pallidus Say. My.
undatus Melsh. I.C.

v. substriatus Kies. I.

PTILODACTYLA Lat.
serricollis Say. I. A.

EUCINETUS Germ.
terminalis Lec. I. El. W.

strigosus Lec. I.

gibbosa Hbst. I.
longipennis Lee. I.
americana Mann. I.
cavicollis Mann.

TROGOSITID.

GRYNOCHARIS Thoms.
quadrilineata Melsh. A. El.

THYMALUS Duft.
fulgidus Er. I.

Monotoma Hobst.
fulvipes Melsh. I.

Bactrivium Lec.
ephippigerum Guér. I.

DERODONTID.

BYRRHIDZ.

americanus Lec. Sp.
Limnicuus Lat.
punctatus Lec. I.

PARNIDZ.

4-notatus Say. I.
STENELMIS Dup.
crenatus Say. I.
vittipennis Zimm. I. B.
Macronycuus WMiill.
glabratus Say. I.

HETEROCERID.
brunneus Melsh. My.
ecollaris Kies. I.
tristis Mann. O.
auromicans Kies. A.C. Hp.

DASCYLLID.

PRIONOCYPHON fedt.
discoideus Say. A.

HELoDES Lat.
fuscipennis Guér.

Scirtes Ill.
tibialis Guér. A.TI.

I. B. Waverly

oF NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

CyPHON Payk.
ruficollis Say. I.

SANDALUS Knoch.
niger Knoch. A.

TuHarors Lap.
ruficornis Say. A. I.

SterHon Lec.
pectorosus Lec. Wapello.

DELTOMETOPUS Beauv.

ameenicornis Say. I. W.
DROMZOLUS Kies.
eylindricollis Say. I.
striatus Lec. I.
Fornax Lap.
badius Melsh. I.
caleeatus Say. I.
hornii Bony. I.
orchesides Newm. I.
MICRORHAGUS Esch.
triangularis Say. I.
NEMATODES Lat.
penetrans Lec. I.
ANELASTES Kby.
drurii Kby. Oskaloosa.
ADELOCERA Lat.
impressicollis Say. I.
discoidea Web. A.I.
aurorata Say. A.
Lacon Lap.
rectangularis Say. I.S.
ALAUS Esch.
oculatus Linn. Ta.
CARDIOPHORUS Esch.
eardisce Say. I.P.
ESTHESOPUS Esch.
claricollis Say. I.
CRYPTOHYPNUS Esch.
choris Say. I.
exiguus Rand. I.A.
estivus Horn. I.
obliquatulus Melsh. I. Bl.
pectoralis Say. I.

obsecurus Guér. I.
variabilis Thunb. A. I.

RHIPICERID.

ELATERIDA.

CEDOSTETHUS Lec.
femoralis Lec. I.

Monocrerivius Esch.
lividus DeG. P.
vespertinus Fabr. Ia.
auritus Hbst. Ta.
bellus Say. A.

ELATER Linn.
manipularis Cand. I.
pedalis Germ. I.

v. deletus Lec. B.
nigricollis Hbst. A.I. Bl.
linteus Say. A.TI.
rubricollis Hbst. I.
semicinctus Rand. A.
luctuosus Lec. I.

rubricus Say. I.
sanguinipennis Say. I. Bl.
apicatus Say. EI.

obliquus Say. Fx. I. B.

DRASTERIUS Esch.
elegans Fabr. Ia.
amabilis Lec. I.

Lupius Lat.
attenuatus Say. A.I. W.
abruptus Say. I.

AGRIOTES Esch.
mancus Say. I. Fd.
fucosus Lec. El.
pubescens Melsh. I. El. Bl.
oblongicollis Melsh. Fx. I.

DoLoPivs Esch.
lateralis Esch. Ia.

GLYPHONYX Cand.
testaceus Melsh. A.P.
recticollis Say. Bl.

MELANOTUS Esch.
depressus Melsh. A.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA

fissilis Say. Ia.
communis Gyll. Ia.
parumpunctatus Melsh. A. El.
eribulosus Lec. B.I.
pertinax Say. A. Fx.
americanus Hbst. I.
opacicollis Lec. I.
paradoxus Melsh. El.

Lusonivs Esch.
auripilis Say. A. I. Sp.
griseus Beauv. A. Fx. I. Bl.
interstitialis Melsh. I.
confusus Lec. Bl.
quereinus Say. EI.
basillaris Say. I. A. El.
nimbatus Say. LI.

AtHous Esch.
brightwelli Kby. I.
acanthus Say. Fx. I. W.

cucullatus Say.

Lc

CORYMBITES Lat.

sjelandicus Miill.
eylindriformis Hbést. I.

spinosus Lec.
hieroglyphicus

inflatus Say. I. El. Bl.
rotundicollis Say.

A.

I. BL

Say. A.1. El.

Oxyconts Lee.
obesus Say. I. El.
HEMICREPIDIUS Germ.

decoloratus Say.

memnonius Hbst. Ia.

bilobatus Say.

if

MenanactTes Lec.
piceus DeG. A.LI.
PEROTHOPS Er.

mucida Gyil.

THROSCID.

DRAPETES Fedt.
geminatus Say. I.

TurRoscus Lat.
yalidus Lee. I.

A.

punctatus Bonr. I.
chevrolati Bonv. I.

BUPRESTID®.

sexsignata Say. A.I.
AcMZODERA Esch.

Dicerca Esch.
prolongata Lec. I.
divaricata Say. A.I.
obseura Fabr. A.I.B. Bl.
lurida Fabr. A.L.
asperata Lap. § Gory: I.

Crxyra Lap. g Gory.
gracilipes Meish. I.

Pecitonota Esch.
eyanipes Say. El.

Buprestis Linn.
confiuens Say. A.

MELANOPHILA Esch.

acuminata DeG. B. Forest City. El.

ANTHAXIA Esch.
viridifrons Lap. Fx. I.
viridicornis Say. I._
eyanellaGory. A. El.

CHRYSOBOTHRIS Esch.
femorata Fabr. Fx. A.I.C. El.
dentipes Germ. A.I.

pulchella Hbst.
tubulus Fabr.

Ta.
if

Acritus Steph.
Fx. [. El.
otiosus Say. A.I. El.

ruficollis Fabr.

arcuatus Say.

bilineatus Web.

ix

acutipennis Mann. El.
anxius Gory. I.

politus Say. Fx. I. Ep.

fallax Say. I.

El. W.

obsoleteguttatus Gory.

pusillus Say. LI.
TAPHROCERUS Sol.

gracilis Say. A.I. Bl.

BRACHYS

Sol.

ovata Web. A.I. EI.

wrosa Melsh.

PacHYScELts Sol.

purpureus Say.

Fx.

EW:

ASE

El.

I. El]. Bl.

L. Fx. El.

I. Fx. El.

2

94 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Lycostomus Mots.
lateralis Melsh. I.
CALOPTERON Guér.
terminale Say. <A.I.P. El.
reticulatum Fabr. A.TI.
v. affine Lec. I. C. Decorah.
LopHErRos Lec.
fraternus Rand. EI.
Eros Newm.
thoracicus Rand. I.
aurora Hbst. IJ. A.
PLATEROS Bourg.
canaliculatus Say. I.
modestus Say. I.
floralis Melsh. Bl.
Lucipota Lap.
atra Fabr. Ia.
ELLYCHNIA Lec.
corrusea Linn. Ta.
Pyropyea Mots.
nigricans Say. I.
PYRACTOMENA Lec.
angulata Say. A.I. El.
lueifera Melsh. O.
PHOTINUS Lap.
pyralis Linn. A.I.C. El.
punctulatus Lec. I. El.
marginellus Lec. Dm.
seintillans Say. A. I.
PHOTURIS Lec.
pennsylvanica DeG. Ia.
PHENGODES IIl.
plumosa Oliv. . Manchester.

CoLLops Lr.
punctatus Lec. L.
quadrimaculatus Fabr. Ta.
vittatus Say. Sp. El.

ANTHOCOMUS Fr.
erichsoni Lec. I.

CYMATODERA Gray.
brunnea Melsh. I.
bicolor Say. I.

LAMPYRIDA.

CHAULIOGNATHUS Hentz.
pennsylvanicus DeG. Ia.
marginatus Fabr. Ep. P.

PopaBRuS Westw.
rugulosus Lec. A. Fx.I. B.
basillaris Say. A. I. Ep.
diadema Fabr. I.
modestus Say. A. Fx. I. El.
tomentosus Say. Ia.
brunnicollis Lec. A.
puncticollis Aby.
levicollis Aby. LI.

Siuis Lat.
percomis Say. A. I.

TELEPHORUS Schaff.
dentiger Lec. A.I.
excavatus Lec. B.
carolinus Fabr. Ia.
lineola Fabr. Ta.
rectus Melsh. A.TI.
flavipes Lec. I. El.
scitulus Say. I.
luteicollis Germ. A. I.
rotundicollis Say. I.
curtisii Aby. A.
tubereulatus Lec. I.
bilineatus Say. Ta.

DitEMNus Lec.
bidentatus Say. I.

TRYPHERUS Lec.
latipennis Germ. “A. I. Fx.

MALTHODES Kies.
exilis Melsh. I.

MALACHIDA.

PSEUDEB&ZUS Horn.
apicalis Say. I. W.

ATTALUS Er.
seincetus Say. I. B. EI.
otiosus Say. I.

CLERIDA.

inornata Say. I.
undulata Say. I.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA

TrIcHODES Hbst.
nuttalli Kby. Ia.

CLERUS Geoff.
quadriguttatus Oliv. Ia.
y. nigripes Say. I.
rosmarus Say. I. A.
thoracicus Oliv. I. Bl.

THANEROCLERUS Spin.

sanguineus Say. A.I. Elkader. BI.

HyDNocERA Newm.
humeralis Say. A. EL. I.
y. difficilis Lec. El.
pallipennis Say. A.I.

pilosa Forst.

verticalis Say. I. Bl.
tabida Lec. I. A.

PHYLLOBZNUS Spin.

dislocatus Say. A.I.

CHARIESSA Perty.

ORTHOPLEURA Spin.

damicornis Fabr. I. Bl.

NECROBIA Lat.

rufipes Fabr. I.
ruficollis Fabr. I. BI.
violaceus Linn. I. El.

PTINIDZ.

Prinus Linn.
brunneus Duft. I. BI.
fur Linn. I. A. BI.
bicinetus Sturm. I.
villiger Reitt. I.

EucrabDa Lec.
humeralis Melsh. I.

OLIGOMERUS Redt.
sericans Melsh. Fx.

SIToDREPA Thoms.
panicea Linn. Ia.

TRICHODESMA Lec.
gibbosa Say. I. Bl.

HADROBREGMUS Thoms.
carinatus Say. Ta.
linearis Lec. Fx.

Trypopitys Redt.

sericeus Say. I. BI.

Evpactus Lec.

nitidus Lee. I.

LASIODERMA Steph.

serricorne Fabr. I.

CATORAMA Gueér.

confusum Fall.

PrRoTHECA Lec.

puberula Lee. I.

DorcatoMa Hbst.

dresdensis Hbst. I.

CzNocaRA Thoms.

oculata Say. I. Bl. W.

Prininus Geoff.

ruficornis Say. I. Bl.

BOSTRYCHID*.

ENDECATOMUS Mellié.
rugosus Rand. BI.

BostTrRYcHwUus Geoff.
bicornis Web. I.C.
armiger Lec. I.

AMPHICERUS Lec.
bicaudatus Say. I. A. BI.
gracilis Csy. I.

XYLOPERTHA Guér.

bidentata Horn. Bl.

XYLOBIOPS Csy.

basillare Say. I.C.

DINopERuS Steph.

poreatus Lec. I. Bl.
pusillus Fabr. I.
punctatus Say. I. Bl.

LYCTID2.

Lyctus Fabr.
striatus Melsh. A. TF. El.
opaculus Lec. I.

TROGOXYLON Lec.

parallelopipedum Melsh. I.

I. Le Claire. El.

25

26 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

CUPESID.

CuPrES Fabr.
concolor Westw. I. Cedar Co.

CIOIDA.

Cis Lat.
fuscipes Mell. Ia.

XESTOCIS Csy.
levettei Csy. I.

SPHINDUS Chev.
americanus Lec. I. O.

Lucanus Linn.

elaphus Fabr. Southeastern Iowa.

dama Thunb. Ta.

placidus Say. A.I.C.B.
Dorcus MacL.

parallelus Say. A.C.I.

CANTHON Hoff'm.
levis Dru. Ia.
vigilans Lec. Louisa Co.
viridis Beauv. A. El.
CHG@RIDIUM Lep.
histeroides Web. A.
Copris Geof.
minutus Dru. <A.TI.
anaglypticus Say. Ia.
PHANazZuS Mac.

earnifex Linn. I. C. Clinton.

ONTHOPHAGUS Lat.
hecate Panz. Ia.
janus Panz. A.I.
pennsylvanicus Har. I. El.

ZEGIALIA Lat.
conferta Horn. B.

PLEUROPHORUS Muls.
cesus Panz. I.

RHYSSEMUS Muls.
sonatus Lec. P.

ATANIUS Har.
gracilis Melsh. I. Atwood.
abditus Hald. I.E).

ENNEARTHRON Mellié.
thoracicorne Ziegl. Ta.

RHIPIDANDRUS Lec.
paradoxus Beauv. I.

SPHINDIDZ.

trinifer Csy. I.

LUCANIDA.

PLATYCERUS Geoff.
querecus Web. I. Fd.
CrrucHUS MacL.
piceus Web. A.I.
PassaLus Fabr.
cornutus Fabr. M. Morning Sun. I.

SCARABAIDA.

robustus Horn. I.
strigatus Say. I.
cognatus Lec. I. EH. O. Mv. B. P. El.
Bl. W.
DIALYTES Har.
striatulus Say. I.
ApHOopIuUS Iil.
fossor Linn. I.
hamatus Say. El.
fimetarius Linn. . Ia.
ruricola Melsh. I.
granarius Linn. Ia.
vittatus Say. Bl.
inquinatus Hbst. Ia.
stercorosus Melsh. I. B. My. W.
concavus Say. I. A. BI. Sp. P.
bicolor Say. I.
femoralis Say. Ia.
BOLBOCERAS Kby.
lazarus Oliv. Ta.
BOLBOCEROSOMA Schaef.
faretum Fabr. EI.
v. tumefactum Beauv. Ta.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA

Opontzus Kl.
filicornis Say. I.
cornigerus Melsh. I.
GEOTRUPES Lat.
splendidus Fabr. Ia.
semiopacus Jek. I. Fd.
opacus Hald. I.P.
CLeotTuUs Germ.
aphodioides Jil. Ft. Madison.
Trox Fabr.
suberosus Fabr. I.8.C.
punctatus Germ. Bl.
tuberculatus DeG. I. Bl.
unistriatus Beauv. A.I.Sp. El.
sordidus Lec. I. A.
foveicollisHar. I.B.
terrestris Say. I. BL.-
seaber Linn. A.I.

equalis Say. I. My. Louisa Co. B.

Hopi Iii.
trifasciata Say. I.
vy. tristis Melsh. I.
modesta Hald. A.I.C. EI.
DICHELONYCHA Kby.
elongata Fabr. A.I.C. EI.
subvittata Lec. L.
MACRODACTYLUS Lat.
subspinosus Fabr. B. El.
Serica MacL.
vespertina Gyll. Ia.
sericea Ill. Ia.
DIPLoTaxis Kby.
liberta Germ. A.
harperi Blanch. A.
frondicola Say. I.L. U.
LACHNOSTERNA Hope.
longitarsus Say. A. TI.
gibbesa Burm. A.TI.
affinis Lec. A.
inversa Horn. A.TI.
micans Anoch. I.
fusca Froh. A.I.C. El.
grandis Smith. A.TI.
arcuata Smith. EI.
insperata Smith. A.
dubia Smith. A.
innominata Smith. A.

bo
~l

marginalis Lec. I.
spreta Horn. I.
fraterna Harr. I.

vy. forsteri Burm.

rugosa Melsh. I.C. Ch.
implicita Horn. I.

balia Say.
villifrons Le
ilicis Knoch.

ALT:
ee Ae
FAST:

erenulata Froh. A.I.C. EI.

quercus Kno
tristis Fabr.

ch. <A.
ip

POLYPHYLLA Harr.

hammondi L

cer E

ANOMALA Koeppe.
binotata Gyll. A.I. C. Louisa Co. P.
minuta Burm. I.
STRIGODERMA Burm.
arboricola Fabr. Ia.
PELIDNOTA MacL.
punctata Linn. Ia.
CoTaLPA Burm.

lanigera Lin

nn da:

CYCLOCEPHALA Latr.
immaculata Oliv.

CHALEP
trachypygus

us MacL.
Burm. I. T.

Ligyrus Burm.
gibbosus DeG. Ia.

relictus Say.

Taz

APHONUS Lee.

tridentatus Say. I.C. El.
XYLORYCTES Hope.

satyrus Fabr. I. Franklin Co. Hp.
EvupHoria Burm.

fulgida Fabr. A.I. Wi.

inda Linn.

g Fre

CREMASTOCHILUS Knoch.

knochii Lee.

yw E

retractus Lec.

harrisii Hby

Saeed 2

OSMODERMA Lep.
eremicola Knoch. A.I.

scabra Beau

0. <A.

TRICHIUS Fabr.

piger Fabr.
affinis Gory.

LB:
A. I. C. Dm. P.

I8 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

SPONDYLIDZ.
PARANDRA Lat.
brunnea Fabr. A.I.C. EI.

CERAMBYCIDA.

ORTHOSOMA Serv. OBRIUM Serv.
brunneum Forst. A.I.Hp.Bl.Clin- rufulum Gahan. A.
ton. Mo.uorcuus Fabr.
PRIONUS Geoff. bimaculatus Say. TI.
imbricornis Linn. A. TI. CALLIMOxys Kr.
fissicornis Hald. A. sanguinicollis Oliv. D.

ASEMUM Esch. RHOPALOPHORA Serv.
moestum Hald. A. longipes Say. A

CRIOCEPHALUS Muls. PURPURICENUS Serv.

Boers a humeralis Fabr. A. TI.
agrestis Aby. I. BatyLe Thoms.

Neue Is neg suturalis Say. A.-I. B. Clear Lake. El.
Smopicum Hald. Ie sae
ignicollis Say. P.

cucujiforme Say. I.
PHYSOCNEMUM Hald. eee eae sn
brevilineum Say. A. ADIT) Oe onl
HYLoTRUPES Serv. CYLLENE Newm.

bajulus Linn. A. ee ane.
ligneus Fabr. A.TI. robinie Forst. A.I. Ch.

PHyMAtTopES Muls. decorus Oliv. A. B. I. Clear Lake. Sp.
ameenus Say. I. Fd. Hp.
dimidiatus Kby. A. PLacionotus Muls.
varius Fabr. A.I. B. speciosus Say. A.

CALLIDIUM Fabr. CALLOIDES Lec.
ereum Newm. B. nobilis Say. A. D.I.C. El.
janthinum Lec. TI. ARHOPALUS Serv.

CHIonN Newm. fulminans Fabr. A.J. B.R. El.
einctus Dru. A. Fx. 1I.C. B. Dm. XYLOTRECHUS Chev.

EBuRiA Serv. colonus Fabr. Ta.
quadrigeminata Say. A.I.B. convergens Lec.

RoMALEUM White. undulatus Say. I.
atomarium Dru. I. NeEoctytus Thoms.
rufulum Hald. .A. I. ecaprea Say. I.

ELAPHIDION Serv. erythrocephalus Fabr. A.I.C. B.
mueronatum Fabr. A. Microctytus Lec.
incertum Newm. I. gazellula Hald. EI.
villosum Fabr. AT. CyRTOPHORUS Lec.
parallelum Fabr. A.T. verrucosus Oliv. A.

Psyrassa Bates.

unicolor Rand. O.D.I. El.

TyLonotus Hald.
bimaculatus Hald. A. R.

EUDERCES Lec.
picipes Fabr. A.I. B. W.

DESMOCERUS Serv.
palliatus Forst. A.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA 29

Toxotus Serv.
schaumii Lee. I.
AcmMzxops Lee.
bivittata Say. A.I.C.
vy. nigripennis Lec. I.
y. varians Lec. I.
GauRoTEsS Lec.
eyanipennis Say. A. I.
STRANGALIA Serv.

famelica Newm. <A. D.I. EI.

luteicornis Fabr. A.I.

strigosa Newm. BI.
Typocerus Lee.

badius Newm. I.

velutinus Oliv. I. El.

lugubris Say.

sinuatus Newm. A. TI.
LEPTURA Serv.

americana Hald.

nitens Forst. A. El.

instabilis v. convexa Lec. Bl.

rubrica Say. A.I.B. El.
circumdata Oliv. El.
proxima Say. I.
vittata Germ. Ia.
pubera Say. I. Bl.
ruficollis Say. Bl.
PSENOCERUS Lec.
supernotatus Say. A.I.B.
MoNoHAMMUS Serv.
titillator Fabr. I.
DorcaSCHEMA Lec.
alternatum Say. Fx. I.
nigrum Say. A.1I.
Hetemis Hald.
cinerea Oliv. A.
Gores Lec.

pulchra Hald. Ames, in doubt.

debilis Lec. D.I.

tesselata Hald.
PLECTRODERA Lec.

sealator Fabr. I.S.Ep.P.

. ACANTHODERES Serv.

decipiens Hald. A.1.Sp.
LEPTOSTYLUS Lec.

aculiferus Say. I. A.C.

macula Say. Masonville.
Liopus Serv.
variegatus Hald. A.TI.
fascieularis Harr. A.I.
alpha Say. A.IL. B.
cinereus Lec. I. B. W.
Dectes Lee.
spinosus Say. A.I.S. Dm.
LEPTURGES Bates.
symmetricus Hald. B. Bl.
v. angulatus Lee. I.
signatus Lee. I.
querci Fitch. Fx.
facetus Say. IL.
HYPERPLATYS Bates.
aspersus Say. Fx. I.
maculatus Hald. D.I.
UROGRAPHIS Horn.
fasciatus DeG. A.I1.B.T. EL Clinton.
AcaNTHOcINUS Steph.
obsoletus Oliv. LI.
PoGONOCHERUS Lat.
mixtus Hald. B.
Ecyrus Lec.
dasycerus Say. I.
Evupoconius Lee.
tomentosus Hald. A.
vestitus Say. LI.
subarmatus Lec. I.
Hippopsis Serv.
lemniseata Fabr. I.
SsAPERDA Fabr.
ealearata Say. A.I.
candida Fabr. A.I.
eretata Newm. I. Charles City, Man-
chester.
vestita Say. A. I. Masonville.
discoidea Fabr. A.
tridentata Oliv. Ia.
lateralis Fabr. I.
puncticollis Say. I.
coneolor Lec. I. Dm.
Mecas Lee.
inornata Say. A. Fx.I.

30 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

OBEREA Muls. TETRAOPES Serv.
schaumii Lec. I. eanteriator Drap. I.
tripunctata Swed. I. tetraophthalmus Forst. Ia.
v. flavipes Hald. femoratus Lec. A.D.
vy. mandarina Fabr. I. y. basalis Lec. I.

v. basalis Lec. Bl. I. AMPHIONYCHA Lec.
flammata Newm. I.
CHRYSOMELIDA.

Donacia Fabr. BASSAREUS Hald.
hirticollis Kby. I. congestus Fabr. R.P.
pubescens Lec. 0. mammifer Newm. I.
cincticornis v. proxima Kby. v. sellatus Suffr. I. El.
palmata Oliv. A. vy. pretiosus Melsh. I.

vy. luteipennis Melsh. I.
lituratus vy. reeurvus Say. I.
CRYPTOCEPHALUS Geoff.
quadrimaculatus Say. A. I.
quadruplex Newm. A.I.R.

hypoleuea v. rufescens Lac. Clear Lake.
piseatrix Lac. Jones Co.

subtilis Kunze. A.P.

equalis Say. A.I. Bl.

distincta v. torosa Lec. I.

emarginata Kby. I. Monticello. Ee aes Ee
flavipes Kby. I. leucomelas Suffr. A.I. Ep. P.

rufa Say. I. venustus Fabr. A.I.
Hemoni Lat. v. hamatus Melsh. I.
nigricornis Kby. v. cinetipennis Hald. I.
OrsopAacHNA Lat. v. simplex Hald. I.
sade. GL eibbicollis Hald. Bl.
+. childdani Kbg. BL mutabilis Melsh. I. A. Fd. Dm.

ee tinctus Lec. A.
y. trivittata Lac. I.

i PACHYBRACHYS Chev.
v. vittata Say. I.

litigiosus Suffr.. I.
eae eee othonus Say. Fx. I. Cn.

ferruginea Germ. I. viduatus Fabr. I. Ep.Sp. P.
Lema Fabr. intricatus Suffr. I.
longipennis Linell. I. tridens Melsh. A. Fx. I.
brunnicollis Zac. A.I. Bl. W. Pe Rg UE
collaris Say. B. I. earbonarius Hald. I.
trilineata Oliv. A.I. Fd. P. E. L. luridus Fabr. <A. EI.
ANoM@A Lac. atomarius Melsh. A.I. Ep. R. Cn.
laticlavia Forst. Ia. femoratus Oliv. E.I. Cn.
CoSCINOPTERA Lac. infaustus Hald. A.
dominicana Fabr. D.Sp. I. Monacuus Chev.
BABIA Chev. saponatus Fabr. I. W.
quadriguttata Oliv. I. El. Diacuus Lec.
v. pulla Lec. Monticello. auratus Fabr. I.
CHLAMYS Knoch. levis Hald. A.I.
plicata Fabr. A.I. Apoxus Kby.

foveolata Knoch. I. obseurus Linn. I.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA °

Fivia Baly.
viticida Walsh. I.S. Fd. Dm.
longipes Melsh. Ames, in doubt.
XANTHONIA Baly.
decemnotata Say. Ia.
villosula Melsh. I. El.
Myocurous Er.
denticollis Say. Ep.
GLYPTOSCELIS Lec.
pubescens Fabr. D.
GRAPHOPS Lec.
pubescens Melsh. I.
eurtipennis Melsh. A.I.P. W.
nebulosus Lec.
TYPoPHOoRUS Er.
eanellus Fabr. Ia.
v. quadrinotatus Say. I.
v. quadriguttatus Lec. I. Ep.
y. sellatus Horn. R.Dm.
yv. thoracicus Melsh. I.
v. gilvipes Horn. I. Ob.
yv. aterrimus Oliv. I.
viridicyanea Cr. R.
METACHROMA Lec.
angustula Cr. EI.
parallelum Horn. C.I.P.
interruptum Say. E.
CuRysocHus Chev.
auratus Fabr. Ia.
CoLASsPis Fabr.
brunnea Fabr. E. El.
v. flavida Say. A.I.
v. costipennis Cr. I. P.
RHABDOPTERUS Lef.
picipes Oliv. A.I.B.R.P.
Noponota Lef.
tristis Oliv. Fx. I. El.
convexa Say. I.C. Gravity. W.
puncticollis Say. Ia.
DorypPuHora Til.
elivicollis Kby. <A. Fx. I. P.
decemlineata Say. Ia.
CHRYSOMELA Linn.
exclamationis Fabr. A.
suturalis Fabr. A.I.B.O.EI.
similis Rog. A.I.B. El. W.

precelsis Rog. B.I.S.0.
elegans Oliv. Ia.
sealaris Lec. Ja.
multipunctata Say. I.
bigsbyana Kby. A. D.I.
pnirsa Stal. Ames, in doubt.
auripennis Say. A. TI.
PLAGIODERA Fedt.
viridis Melsh. I.
GASTROIDEA Hope.
polygoni Linn. Ta.
dissimilis Say. S.
Lina Meg.
lapponica Linn. Ia.
seripta Fabr. Ia.
PHYLLODECTA Kby.
vulgatissima Linn. I.
TRIRHABDA Lec.
canadensis KAby. Ia.
GALERUCELLA Cr.
americana Fabr. I. B.
eavicollis Lec. I. W.
notulata Fabr. I.
notata Fabr. A.I.
decora Say. I.
nymphee Linn.
DIABROTICA Chev.
longicornis Say. Ia.
duodecimguttata Oliv. Ia.
vittata Fabr. Ia.
atripennis Say.
v. fossata Lec. I.L.
PHYLLOBROTICA Redt.
decorata Say. A. Fx. D.
limbata Fabr. A.I. Fx. BI.
PHYLLECHTHRUS Lec.

gentilis v. nigripennis Lec. BI.

LUPERODES Mots.
varicornis Lec. Armstrong.
eyanellus Lec. I.

GALERUCA Geoff.
externa Say. A.I.

CEROTOMA Chev.
trifureata Forst. I. B. U.P.

BLEPHARIDA Rog.
rhois Forst. I. Fd. H.

O. Oskaloosa.

31

315) : NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

HyPoLaMpPsis Clark.
pilosa Ill. I.
(EDIONYCHIS Lat.
gibbitarsis Say. A.I,S8.
thoracica Fabr. <A. D.1I.
vians Jil. AI.
petaurista Fabr. I. Bl.
thyamoides Cr. Fx. I.
limbalis Melsh. I.
sexmaculata Jil. A.D.
quercata Fabr. A.
DisonycHA Chev.
pennsylvanica Jil. I.
y. imbicollis Lec. I.
quinquevittata Say. Ia.
crenicollis Say. I. Bl.
abbreviata Melsh. A.TI.
triangularis Say. A.I.C. P. EI.
xanthomelena Dalm. Ia.
HALTica Geoff.
bimarginata Say. Ia.
chalybea Ill. A.J.
ignita Jll. I. E. Foster. Bl.
punctipennis Lec. I.
fuscownea Melsh. I.
ORTHALTICA Cr.
copalina Fabr. I.
CREPIDODERA Chev.
rufipes Linn.
atriventris Melsh. I. B.
helxines Linn. Ia.
EpiTrix Foud.
fuscula Cr. Hamburg.
cucumeris Harr. Ia.
LUPERALTICA Cr.
fuscula Lec. I.
Manrura Steph.
floridana Cr. I.B.
CHETOCNEMA Steph.
subeylindrica Lec. I.
denticulata JU. I. L. Bl.
elongatula Cr. EI.
pareepunctata Cr. I.
confinis Cr. C.I. B. El.
SysTENA Chev.
hudsonias Forst. I. E).

frontalis Fabr. A.I. B. Fa.
teniata Say. Armstrong. I.
v. blanda Melsh. I.
marginalis Jll. A. I.
Loneirarsus Lat.
turbatus Horn. I.
testaceus Melsh. I.
melanurus Melsh. I.
GLYPTINA Lec.
spuria Lec. I. BI.
PHYLLOTRETA Foud.
armoracie Koch. B. Guttenberg
sinuata Steph. I. B. El.
vittata Fabr. Ta.
bipustulata Fabr. I. El.
lewisii Cr. I.
picta Say. I.
Dispoiia Chev.
borealis Chev. I. A.
PSYLLIODES Lat.
punctulata Melsh. <A. I.
MIcRORHOPALA Baly.
vittata Fabr. A. Dm.
excavata Oliv. A.I.
poreata Melsh. I.
OvontToTA Chev.
scapularis Oliv. A.I.
dorsalis Thunb. P.
rubra Web. A. Dm. I.
nervosa Panz. Ia.
STENISPA Baly.
metallica Fabr. > A. I. P.
Puysonota Boh.
unipunctata Say. A. I. Fd.
CassIpA Linn.
nigripes Oliv. I.
bivittata Say. A.I. El. Bl.
CoprocycLa Chev.
aurichaleea Fabr. A.I.T.P.
signifera Hbst. A.I.T.P. EI.
purpurata Boh. A.I.
elavata Fabr. A.I.
CHELYMORPHA Chev.
argus Licht. A.I.S.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA

SperMOPHAGUS Sch.
robiniw Sch. A.I. BL

Brucuus Linn.
pisorum Linn. Ia.
mimus Say. I. Bl.

BRUCHID.

eruentatus Horn. I.P. BL
fraterculus Horn. LI.
obteetus Say. Ia.

hibisei Oliv. Wi.

exiguus Horr. I. B.C.P.

bivulneratus Horn. A. E. seminulum Horn. Ames, in doubt.

TENEBRIONID&.

ELzopes Esch. Diepts Lee.
suturalis Say. L. punetatus Lee. LI.
tricostata Say. El]. A. B. Lyon, Dick- Utoma Lap.
inson, Emmet, and Woodbury Cos. impressa Melsh. A. I.
NYCTOBATES Guér. mentalis Horn. I.
pennsylvanica DeG. Ia. imberbis Lee. I.
Meginus Lec. PARATENETUS Spin.
levis Oliv. L. fuseus Lee. A.I. B.
HaApPLaNnpeus Lee. DIAPERIS Geoff.
femoratus Lee. I. hydni Fabr. Ia.
ScoToBaTes Horn. ARRHENOPLITA Aby.
ealearatus Fabr. I. viridipennis Fabr. I.C.P.
XyLopinus Lee. bicornis Oliv. Ia.
saperdioides Oliv. I. W. PLATYDEMA Lap.
TENEBRIO Linn. excavatum Say. A.I. EL
obseurus Fabr. Ia. ruficorne Sturm. A.I. U.P. BI.
molitor Linn. Ia. americanum Lap. D.I.
tenebrioides Beauv. Ia. picilabrum Melsh. L.
IDIOBATES Csy. subeostatum Lap. I.
eastanéus Knoch. E. PHYLETHUS Meg.
Buiapstintus Lat. bifaseciatus Say. I.
meestus Melsh. A. Ob. BOLETOTHERUS Cand.
interruptus Say. I. A. El. bifureus Fabr. A.I.
metallicus Fabr. I. B.C. W. MERACANTHA Koby.
TRIBOLIUM MacL. eontracta Beauv. A.L.
ferrugineum Fabr. I. STRONGYLIUM Koby.
eonfusum Duv. I. tenuicolle Say. I. B.

CISTELID2.

foveata Lec.

binotata Say. EI.
Tsomima Muis.

iowensis Csy.

sericea Say. I. El.
AnpDRocHIRUS Lee.

erythropus Koby. A.TI.

HyMenorus Miuls.
pilosus Melsh. LI.
eurticollis Csy.
obseurus Say. A. I.

MycetrocHara Berth.
fraterna Say. I.
megalops Csy. I.

VoL. viI—1l. 3

34 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

ARTHROMACRA Kby,
enea Say. A.1.

TETRATOMA Fabr.
truncorum Lec. I.
PENTHE Newm.
obliquata Fabr. A.I. El.
pimelia Fabr. I.
SyncHroa Newm.
punctata Newm. I. EI.
MELANDRYA Fabr.
striata Say. I. A.
ENCHODES Lec.
sericea Hald. C.I.
PHL@oTRYA Steph.
liturata Lec. A.I.
SyMPHORA Lec.
flavicollis Hald. I.
EustTROPHUS Til.
repandus Horn. I.

NACERDES Schm.
melanura Linn. LI.

ASCLERA Schm.
puncticollis Say. I. A.

PENTARIA Muls.
trifasciata Melsh. I.

TomMoxia Costa.
tridentata Say. A.I.
lineella Lec. I.

MorRDELLA Linn.
scutellaris Fabr. I. R. El.
octopunctata Fabr. A.C.I.
marginata Melsh. A.I. B.
serval Say. A.I.
oculata Say. A.H.I.R.
discoidea Melsh. A.I.

MOoRDELLISTENA Costa.
trifasciata Say. Bl.
lepidula Lec. I.

LAGRIIDZ.

Strata Lat.
gagatina Melsh. I.

MELANDRYID.

bicolor Say. A.I.P. W.
confinis Lec. Ames, in doubt.
tomentosus Say. I. Atwood.
HoLostrRoPpHus Horn.
bifasciatus Say. I.
HALLOMENUS Panz.
scapularis Melsh. I.
punctulatus Lec. B.
ORCHESIA Lat.
eastanea Melsh. I.
gracilis Melsh. I.
CANIFA Lec.
plagiata Melsh. I.
Notuus Oliv.
varians Lec. I.

G@DEMERIDZE.

ruficollis Say. <A. I.
Oxacis Lec.
eana Lec. I. A. Ep.

MORDELLID.

limbalis Melsh. A.TI.
vapida Lec. I.
ornata Melsh. A.I.
seapularis Say. I. El.
comata Lec. A.I.
aspersa Melsh. A.
ustulata Lec. A.
semiusta Lec. I.
nigricans Melsh. I. Cn.
splendens Smith. A.
unicolor Lec. I.
marginalis Say. A.
pubescens Fabr. I.
emula Lec. D.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA 35

STEREOPALPUS Laf.
mellyi Laf. I.

CorPHyRA Say.
elegans Hentz. A. El.
fulvipes Newm. El.
pulchra Lee. I. El.
labiata Say. Fx. I.
Iugubris Say. Fx. I. B.

MaAcRATRIA Newm.

murina Fabr. I. Gravity. R.

ToMODERUS Laf.
interruptus La7. I.
eonstrictus Say. I.

Maports Csy.
formicarius Laf. A.I. El.
cinctus Say. I.
properus Csy. K.

HEMANTUS Csy.
floralis Linn. Ia.

AnTHICUS Payk.
ephippium laf. I.

PYROCHROA Geof.

flabellata Fabr. A.I.C. Bl

femoralis Lec. I. BI.

MELOE Linn.
angusticollis Say. I. Fd.
americanus Leach. A.TI.

Henovus Hald.
ceonfertus Say. A.

NEMOGNATHA Iii.
vittigera Lec. A.TI,
eribricollis Lec. I.

ZonitTis Fabr.
bilineata Say.

Macrosasis Lec.
unicolor Aby. Ia.

RHIPIPHORUS Fabr.
flavipennis Lee. I.
dimidiatus Fabr. I.
lmbatus Fabr. <A. I. Cn.

ANTHICID2.

cervinus Laf. A.I.O.P. El.
lutulentus Csy. I.

saucius Csy. K.
melaneholicus Laf. I.

SaPIntus Csy.
pubescens Lee. I.
rusticus Csy. K.
fulvipes Laf. I.
festinans Csy.

Notoxus Geof.
anchora Hentz. Ia.
monodon Fabr. D. TI.
talpa Laf. P.

Mecrnorarsts Laf.
eandidus Lee.

EMELINts Csy.
melsheimeri Lec. MeGregor.

ZONANTES Csy.
trieuspis Csy. I.

PYROCHROID.

DENDROIDES Lat.
eanadensis Lat. I. Bl.

MELOID®.

EpicauTa Redt.
trichrus Pall. Ia.
sericans Lec. El.
maculata Say. Sp.
vittata Fabr. Ia.
cinerea Forst. Ia.
pennsylvanica DeG. Ia.

Pyrota Lec.
terminata Lec. H.I.

CaNTHARIS Linn.
nuttalli Say. ~ Fd.

RHIPIPHORID.

Myopires Lat.
fasciatus Say. I.
v. stylopides Newm. I.

36

EUGNAMPTUS Schl.
angustatus Hbst. ¥'x. I.
eollaris Fabr. I.

RHYNCHITES Hbst.
bicolor Fabr. Ta.

ATTELABUS Linn.
nigripes Lec. I.

Epic#rus Sch.
imbricatus Say. A. 1. El.
Hormorus Horn.
undulatus Uhler.
ANAMETIS Horn.
grisea Horn. I. El. P.
NocHELES Horn.
equalis Horn. A.I.
PHYXELIS Sch.
rigidus Say. I. El.
OTIORHYNCHUS Germ.
ovatus Linn. I. B.

SITONES Sch.
flavescens Marsh. A.I. W.
tibialis Hbst. A.TI.

IrHycerus Sch.
noveboracensis Forst.

APION Hbst.
erraticum Smith. I.
impunctistriatum Smith.
melanarium Gerst. B.TI.
floridanum Smith.
robustum Smith. Fx. I.
pennsylvanicum Boh. I.
walshii Smith. I.
minor Smith. I.
griseum Smith. I. B.
rostrum Say. A.
nigrum Hbst. A.
decoloratum Smith. I.

PHYTONOMUS Sch.
comptus Say. A. I. El.

Bes

ie

NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

RHYNCHITID.

wneus Boh. A.I. P.
PrEeRocoLus Sch.
ovatus Fabr. I. El.

ATTELABIDZ.

rhois Boh. I.

OTIORHYNCHID2.

CERCOPEUS Sch.
chrysorheus Say. I.
TANYMECUS Sch.
confertus Gyll. Ta.
PANDELETEJUS Sch.
hilaris Hbst. I.
ARAMIGUS Horn.
fulleri Horn. I.
APHRASTUS Sch.
teniatus Gyll. I.

CURCULIONID.

eximius Lec. I.

LISTRONOTUS Jek.
sordidus Gyll. A...
tuberosus Lec. I.
eallosus Lec. A. El!
inequalipennis Boh. Bl.
caudatus Say. A.I. Hp.
appendiculatus Boh. I.
nebulosus Lec. A. Fx.
frontalis Lec, A.
latiuseulus Boh. A. TI. Bl.

HYPERODES Jek.
soluta Boh. I. ;
indistineta Dietz. Fx. I.
delumbis Gyll. I. A.
sparsa Say. A.I.
vitticollis Aby. I.
humilis Gyll. A.C.
poreella Say. I.

Lixus Fabr.
marginatus Say.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA

museulus Say. A. I.
eoneavus Say. A... Fd.
mueidus Lec. A.I.
macer Lec. A.LI.

terminalis Lee. A. Fx. I. P. El. Bl.

STEPHANOCLEONUS Mots.
plumbeus Lee.
DorytTomus Steph.
mucidus Say. D.I.
laticollis Lec. A.I.
indifferens Csy.
fusciceps Csy.
Grypipius Sch.
equiseti Fabr. I.
Noraris Germ.
puncticollis Lee. Sp.
SmicroNyx Sch.
constrictus Say.
disecoideus Lec. A. TI.
amenus Say. A.I.
ovipennis Lec. I.
sexlpticollis Csy.
fiducialis Csy.
perfidus Dietz.
PHYLLOTROX Sch.
ferrugineus Lec. I.
OnycHyLis Lec.
nigrirostris Boh. I.
ENDALUS Lap.
limatulus Gyll. A. TI.
TANYySPHyRUS Sch.
lemne Fabr. I.
ANCHODEMUS Lec.
angustus Lee. I.
LISSORHOPTRUS Lec.
simplex Say. Fx.
Bacous Germ.
obliquus Lec. I.
restrictus Lec. I.
bituberosus Lee. I.
OTIDOCEPHALUS Chev.
myrmex Hbst. I.
chevrolatii Horn. I. Fx.
OOPTERINUS Csy.
perforatus Horn. I.

MAGDALIS Germ.
perforata Horn. A.
olyra Hbst. A.I.
pandura Say. A.I.
armicollis Say. A.TI.
pallida Say. A.TI.

TACHYPTERUS Dietz.
quadrigibbus Say. A. TI.

ANTHONOMUS Germ.
scutellatus Lec. A.I.
profundus Lec. Fx. 1.
bolteri Dietz. I.
syeophanta Walsh. I.
suturalis Lec. A. I.
flavieornis Boh. Fx.
corvulus Lec. I.
subguttatus Dietz.
museulus Say. Fx. I.
seutellatus Gyll. A. TI.
squamosus Lec. A.
rufipes Lec.
nubilus Lec. I.
decipiens Lee. A. I.

ANTHONOMOPSIS Dietz.
mixtus Lec. I.

PSEUDANTHONOMUS Dietz.

erategi Walsh. Fx.I. El.
facetus Dietz.

ELLESCHUS Steph.
ephippiatus Say. I.P.

ORCHESTES IIl.
ephippiatus Say. I. P.
pallicornis Say. I. P. El.

PIAZORHINUS Sch.
seutellaris Say. I.

THYSANOCNEMIS Lec.
fraxini Lec. I.

Tycuius Sch.
sordidus Lec.

GYMNETRON Sch.
teter Fabr. A. Fx. I.

CONOTRACHELUS Sch.
nenuphar Hbst. Ia.
seniculus Lec. EL I.
nivosus Lec. A.

38 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

crategi Walsh. A. Fx. I.
posticatus Boh. I.
geminatus Lec. I.
anaglypticus Say. I. A.
RHYSSOMATUS Chev.

lineaticollis Say. <A. I. Fx. C, El. P.

equalis Horn. I.
EurHoptus Lee.
pyriformis Lec. I.
TYLODERMA Say.
foveolatum Say. A.I. El.
fragariev Riley. I.
ereum Say. A.I. El.
CRYPTORHYNCHUS IIl.
parochus Hbst. A.
bisignatus Say. A.I.
obliquus Say. I.
tristis Lec. I.
Lrecuriors Sch.
oeulatus Say. I.

CYLINDROCOPTURUS Heller.

quereus Say. Fx. I.
Acoptus Lec.

suturalis Lec. EI.
MONONYCHUS Germ.

vulpeculus Fabr. I.
AULEUTES Dietz.

asper Lec.
CEUTHORHYNCHUS Germ.

rape Gyll. I. B. El.

sericans Lec.

sulcipennis Lec. A.

cyanipennis Germ. J.B. El.

squamatus Lec.

CEUTHORHYNCHIDIUS Duv.

puberulus Lec. I.
zimmermanni Gyll._ I.
PERIGASTER Dietz.
cretura Hbst. A.J.
PELENOMUS Thoms.
sulcicollis Fabr.
squamosus Lec. I.
MECOPELTUS Dietz.
fuliginosus Dietz. C.
RurINoNcusS Sch.
occidentalis Dietz. A.TI.

pyrrhopus Lec. I.P.
Baris Germ.
striata Say. Dm.I. Bl.
umbilieata Lec. I.
transversa Say. A. TI.
dolosa Csy.
deformis Csy. I.
confinis Lec. I.
ONYCHOBARIS Lec.
pectorosa Lec. A.I.
MADARELLUS Csy.
undulatus Say. A.I.
AULOBARIS Lec.
ibis Lec. A.I.
PSEUDOBARIS Lec.
farcta Lec. I.
angusta Lec.
nigrina Say. Fx.I.
TRICHOBARIS Lec.
trinotata Say. A.I.
GERZUS Pasc.
levirostris Lec. B.
picumnus Hbst. I.
perscitus Hbst. I.
penicellus Hbst. A.
falsus Lee.
ODONTOCORYNUS Sch.
seutellumalbum Say. A. I.
NICENTRUS Csy.
ingenuus Csy. I.
LIMNOBARIS Bedel.
deplanata Csy. K. I.
confinis Lec.
rectirostris Lec. I.
prolixa Lec. I.P.
IDIOSTETHUS Csy.
tubulatus Say.
ellipsoideus Csy.
OOMORPHIDIUS Csy.
erasus Lec. H.
CATAPASTUS Csy.
couspersus Lec.
BaARINUS Csy.
squamolineatus Csy. B.
BaRILEPTON Lec.
eribricolle Lec. A.

A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF IOWA

lineare Lee. L. BALANINUS Germ.
Procamus Lee. nasieus Say. A.I. El.
echidna Lec. baeuli Chitt. O.
rectus Say. A.I. El.
BRENTHID.
Eupsauis Lee.
minuta Dru. A.I.C. EL
CALANDRID.
RHODOBZENUS Lec. setiger Chitt.

tredecimpunctatus Jil. Ia.
SPHENOPHORUS Sch.
ochreus Lec. A.I.P.
pertinax Oliv. AI. EL
eostipennis Horn. I.
striatipennis Chitt. Sp.
zee Walsh. A.I.
soltaui Chitt. I.
seoparius Horn. A.
melanocephalus Fabr. El. D. I.
sayiGyll. <A.

placidus Say. A.I.
parvulus Gyll. A.I.P. Ob.
retusus Gyll. A.
CALANDRA Clairv.
oryze Linn. A.I.
granaria Linn. <A.TI.
DRYOPHTHORUS Sch.
eortiealis Say. I.
Cossonwts Clairv.
platalea Say. A.
subareatus Boh. E.

SCOLYTID.

MoNARTHRUM Kirsch.
mali Fitch. L.
PITYOPHTHORUS Eich.
minutissimus Zimm. I.
puberulus Lee. BL.
XYLOTERUS Er.
retusus Lec. I.
XYLEBORUS Eich.
eelsus Eich. I.
pubescens Zimm. I.
Tomicus Lat.
pini Say. Iowa City, in doubt.

ScoLytus Geof.
quadrispinosus Say. I.
CuHRAMESUS Lec.
ieorim Lec. I.
PHLeoTRIBts Lafr.
liminaris Harr. IL.
frontalis Oliv. BL
HyLesintus Fabr.
aculeatus Say. A.L. BI.
opaculus Lee. I.

ANTHRIBID.

Hoemiscus Waterh.
saliator Lec. LI.

Prezocorynts Sch.
meestus Lec. I.

CRATOPARIS Sch.
lunaius Fabr. Ia.

BRACHYTARSUS Sch.
plumbeus Lee. I.
variegatus Say. I. P. Bl.

40)

NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

The total number of names recorded in this catalogue is 2065,
distributed as follows, in 70 families:

Cicindelidee
Carabide .
Haliplide

Ci ie fer Mer Mr Me Re Ye et et eC Pee ae}

Ww ion believe (oveiie: te \el.s\ ie) nis! jeu /e\re

INAS Ee Teen rere ig GrenS Gi. oh.cic

Gyrinide .
Hy drophilid

Sky oa ou,/alipiiella\eits/iesn'eleke aie

Wreptint as pecs viel Se pice See acorn stan

Silphide .

eee Re ©) ple) .ete (es hells te, @ alee

S(A ASME DCE Gee as abe dO mmcnoL

Pselaphide

@lel u slip leveiols v2.0 se wie sieleé

Staphiylimides. ..icGis vig. she oa
Trichopterygida. ie\i.220.2 1s

Scaphidiide
Phalacride

Cory pNiae Fe aks ates vlotesie e
Cacemeliidie 35 ae dc etn pees
Bmdomychidse) ' crc cr tever storeetarerae

Erotylide
Colydiide
Rhyssodide
Cucujide .

= foie) wie vale! wwe; fee elie! wiles e ©

Ce ey

Siu Jo fe) 6 ee 0 She 0 8 ele’) 6 18 6] 6

Cryptophagidse 2 sa waek <> inte ahe
Mycetophagidte 10). Jsie esis since oe

Dermestide
Histeride
Nitidulids
Lathridiida
Trogositide

© <a\ie ee! «. m.@ (e 61010! 6,0) 8; ele ©

DeErodontidsesr).) ee eee

Byrrhide .
Parnida .

Dascyllide
Rhipiceride
Elateride

cise el ‘eels se 0/0 (0 w ae eels

to
~I
Re bo

ioe) fe
10 Ww oO

N10 re Fe

me ©

83

Mhrose1deats . hts), wee ee eee 4
BiIprestidae. wanes sere ce ene cul
Lien VGes) 43)! s netics Skee ce ee 47
Malachidee .%\.:. 2<.2\.in eae eee 7
Clerndag: “s2.5 bia. feya ieee 3 eee 21
PUMA GD aha stanjard. ole es p sacar Re 18
Bostry chide: <s/.\ssci,<'¢ os oer 10
Ibyetide, . he ttec witewe see eee 3
Cupesidee.'. 5 sics.0G ses etna 1
Cloud go. c okie ikem otalcvotenoee oto 4
SpHNGidD =... .. Sis Se ee 2
Buleamidie sy si5.¢ntagWscas tee ee 7
Searabeerdaa 2)... tics iss side, Sere 103
Spondylideer si eyc.ene erene ioe 1
Cerambycids: 5 s.2ctn oe eee 122
Chrysomelide s..0..'. «eee 193
Bruchids: osc aetse oes oer eee 10
Tenebrionids, ...7a hts see eee 33
Cisteltde. . naciian cittnen eer 10
IDE sing ee anserin Se eeCIaeEaest Ls cio.5.cl-> 2
Mellamdryadse® Jy cicccteje oslo cereale 19
Gidemeridee sexist 2t.svers1> ern oneeinete 4
Mordellvda— oe. ss =).ic sy enero 25
IMINO a anGaewas as oon oo > 28
IPyOchrOVG 2 wep) eee eee 3
Mreloidae: occ sioner ciciele etre tere meme rnate 15
RH MOTUS | Teese ore ciarelelstenetel erates 5
lidayanimmachs Ghopanandcooadono> 5
Atttelabidees cjicieteseisysienee telnet terrane 2
Otiorbynchidee: 7. <= sieve ma sicre eer tal
Curculionids. f25,..<8.0 0s 165
Brenthidiwe bier oe ere 1
Calandridem er. scr utss..- coer 19
Scolytide ...... PT ao 13
7 Wri hol TOR Reem Reka O40" 5

IOWA DISCOMYCETES

BY FRED J. SEAVER

INTRODUCTION

The work of the present paper was begun during the autumn
of 1902, under the direction of Professor Thomas H. Macbride,
in the State University of Iowa. The work was continued
during the four years following this period, the first three
of which were spent in Iowa City as a student of the University
and the fourth at Mt. Pleasant in charge of the biological
work in Iowa Wesleyan University. To Professor Macbride and
the various members of the botanical department of the State
University I am indebted not only for free access to the mate-
rial in the collections of that department, but for constant sug-
gestions and aid on the numerous questions which have arisen
during the course of the work.

Having since taken up my residence in New York City access
to the libraries and collections of the New York Botanical Gar-
den has afforded the opportunity to put the manuscript of the
Iowa Discomycetes into better form. The library facilities of
this institution have made it possible to confirm the citations of
nearly all the species named, and to correct determinations in
several cases; to the authorities of this institution I wish to ac-
knowledge my indebtedness for the privilege of completing the
work begun in Iowa.

A preliminary paper on the Discomycetes of Eastern Iowa was
published in the spring of 1904* and the present paper stands
in part as a revision of that work with the addition of work
done subsequent to the time of that publication. The present
work includes, not only the work of the writer but all the infor-
mation which he has been able to accumulate from other sources
on this part of the fungous flora of Iowa.

1 Bull, Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Ia. V. pp. 335-406.

VOL. vi—I. 4

42 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Since the publication of the Discomycetes of Eastern Iowa,
five new species and one variety have been described by various
authors based on material collected in connection with this work
and this opportunity is taken to bring together all of these facts
and publish them as one work. The new species referred to are
as follows: Spherosoma echinulatum Seaver, Schlerotina seaveri
Rehm, Dermatea olivascens Rehm, Gorgoniceps iowensis Rehm,
Sclerotinia tiliae Reade, and Helotiwm citrinulum seaveri Rehm.
The first of these has since been twice reported from Europe
and the second has been collected and studied in New York State.

This work is not intended as a monograph and for this reason
no attempt has been made to straighten the many nomenclatural
tangles which have arisen, such matters being left to those to
whose lot it shall fall to prepare the much-needed monograph of
the North American Discomycetes. While an attempt has been
made to recognize the first published specific name, where there
is a clear case, few new combinations have been made. The ques-
tion of the validity of several genera has arisen and in some
eases noted but it is thought best to leave such matters also to
those who may have the time to go into the study of the nomen-
elature of this group of plants more thoroughly.

The drawings were the most of them made from fresh mate-
rial and before leaving Iowa. When it became necessary to use
dried specimens these were carefully soaked up before using.
In the case of large plants the drawing is natural size but when
the specimens are very small, both a natural size sketch and an
enlarged view have been made to show gross characters. No
attempt has been made to draw spores and asei to a common
scale throughout. Such drawings are aimed to show the form of
the ascus, spore arrangement, spore-form, and internal and
external markings. For the relative size of the microscopic char-
acters the reader must depend upon the measurements given with
the descriptions.

This article is offered mainly as a guide to local students and
while it comprises the sum of the knowledge of the discomycete
flora of Iowa so far as I have been able to accumulate it, the
subject is a large one and I have reason to believe can searcely
be more than touched upon in an article of this size. It is hoped

= oe

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 43

that other students may take up the work where it is left and
carry it on to its completion. To say that there are five hundred
species of this group in Iowa would, to my mind, be only a
reasonable estimate.

To the various individuals who have contributed to this work
acknowledgments are made in the proper place and need not be
repeated here. However in addition to the members of the
botanical department of the State University of Iowa, I wish to
express thanks to Professor L. H. Pammel of Iowa State College
for his kindness in loaning to me for study the discomycetes in
the Holway collection of that institution.

For characteristics and life-history of the group the reader
will consult the lowa Natural History Bulletin already cited.

CLASSIFICATION.

The classification adopted in this paper is for the most part
that offered in Engler & Prantl, Natiirlichen Pflanzen Familien
with some variation and the introduction of several genera not
recognized in that work. Only such orders, families, and genera
are included in the key as are represented by species described
in this paper.

KEY TO THE ORDERS.

Hymenium exposed from the first. : : ; I. HELVELLINEZ.
Hymenium at first closed.
Hymenium open at an early stage, without firm
covering. : : : : ‘ . II. PEZIZINEZA
Hymenium enclosed in a firm covering, opening
at maturity.
Opening with astellate or irregular aperture. IIT. PHACIDIINE.

Elongate, opening with a slit-like aperture. IV. HYSTERIINEZ.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES.
HELVELLINE.
Receptacle borne on a stem.

Pileus clavate or knob-like; asci non-operculate. 1. Geoglossaceae
Pileus capitate or pileate; asci operculate. 2. Helvellaceae

eteptackersemmite 5 eM See ee 3. Rhizinaceae

44. NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

PRZIZINEA.

Receptacle fleshy or waxy, rarely gelatinous; ends
of paraphyses free.
Peridium and hypothecium of nearly the same
structure.
Receptacle open from the first, convex, peri-
dium wanting or poorly developed. . 4, Pyronemaceae
Receptacle at first concave; peridium devel-
oped, fleshy.
Asci at maturity forming an even layer. . 5. Pezizaceae
Asci at maturity emergent. : : 6. Ascobolaceae
Peridium forming a more or less well cecren
tiated layer.
Peridium composed of elongate, thin, bright-
walled cells, parallel with each other
forming the pseudo-parenchyma. . . 7%. Helotiaceae
Peridium composed of roundish or angular,
thin, dark-walled cells, forming a
pseudo-parenchyma. . . . §&. Mollisiaceae
Receptacle leathery or cartilaginous; sine of para-
physes united to form an epithecium.
Receptacle free from the first, never inclosed
in &@ membrane. . : . 9. Patellariaceae
Receptacle at first sanereon ier. breaking
through the epidermis, cup- or beaker-
shaped often at first inclosed in a mem-
brane. , : ; : : : ‘ . 10. Cenangiaceae

PHACIDIINE.

Fleshy, white, bright colored, never black, sur-
rounded by the torn edges of the epidermal
covering. . : 3 Sry. wee . « IL1. Stictidaceae

HYSTERIINEX.

Apothecia free, carbonaceous, black, round or most-
lyidimear.’ = +. ~ a af % 2° 12. Hystensceae

KEY TO THE GENERA.

1. GEOGLOSSACES.
Receptacle globose or pileate, margin free. . . . LEOTIA.
Receptacle spoon-shaped, adnate with the stem. : . SPATHULARIA.
2. HELVELLACE.

Pileus hollow entirely or in the upper part only; cavity
of pileus continuous with that of the stem.
Upper surface of the pileus marked by deep pits. MORCHELLA.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES

Upper surface of pileus spirally folded or convo-

i Se a rere eS
Pileus membranaceous, bell-shaped or ragged, attached
to the stem by the central part only. . . . HELVELLA.

3. RHIZINACE2.

Spores globose, root-like processes wanting. . . SPH#ROSOMA

4. PYRONEMACE.

Receptacle seated on a spider-web-like, or felt-like mass
of hyphz, hypothecium well developed, fleshy;
peridium poorly developed. .- . . . . PYRONEMA

-

5. PEZzIZACEZm.

Spores globose.
Receptacle externally clothed with bristly hairs. SPHZROSPORA.
Receptacle externally smooth or nearly so, not

bristly.
Receptacle large, cup-shaped, brown. . . DETONIA.
Receptacle small, nearly plane or disc-shaped. BaRL2A.

Spores elliptical, blunt, rarely pointed.
Receptacle externally hairy. 5
At first buried in the ground, margin splitting. SARCOSPHZRA.
Not buried in the ground, margin remaining
even. . : : : : : 2 . . LACHNEA.
Receptacle smooth or nearly so externally.
Cups or discs regular in outline.
Juice colorless.
Spores smooth or rough, not reticulate.
Plants entirely sessile.
Large cup-shaped. - - : : PEZIZA,
Small dise-shaped.
Plants bright colored, spores hyaline. HUMARra.
Plants dark colored, spores brown. PH#XOPEZIA.
Plants stipitate.
Stem stout, short.

Stem even, not grooved. . . . GEOPYXIS.
Stem uneven, with longitudinal
grooves. . : : : : ACETABULA.
Stem long, slender. . . . . . MACROPODIA.
Spores reticulate, with a net work, exter-
nallys =: ee, fa. kn, a) ge EA
Jae neve eee fe Ps hm GALACTINIA.

Cups irregular, split on one side. . . . OTIDEA.

46

6. ASCOBOLACEZ.

Spores hyaline.
Asci 8-spored.
Receptacle smooth or at least not hairy.
Receptacle clothed with hairs.
Asci 16 to many-spored.
Plants large, 1 to 2 mm, in eee at first
conical. :
Plants small mostly ieee than 1 mm. depressed:
Spores at first hyaline becoming ad
Spores free in the ascus. . eens ee
Spores united in a ball in the ascus.

7. HELOTIACER.

Receptacle between fleshy and waxy, or waxy, thick or
membranaceous.
Receptacle fleshy-waxy, bright colored fragile or
dull leathery.
Plants externally tomentose.
Plants externally smooth.
Receptacle not springing from a sclerotium,
Substratum green.
Substratum not colored. 2
Receptacle springing from a sclerotium.
Receptacle waxy, thick, tough or membranaceous.
Externally hairy.
Plants stipitate.
Plants entirely sessile.
Externally smooth.
Spores elliptical to fusiform.
Plants slender stipitate.
Plants with stem short, stout or wantin:
Spores linear or much elongated, many-sep-
tate. : . = ‘ :
becoming several-

Receptacle spores

celled.

cartilaginous ;

8. MOLLISIACE.

Receptacle fleshy-waxy or rarely membranaceous.
Receptacle cartilaginous, horny when dry.

9. PATELLARIACE.

Spores with transverse septa only.
Plants patellate.
Spores hyaline 3 to many-septate.

NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

ASCOPHANUS.
LASIOBOLUS.

THECOTHEUS.

RHYPAROBIUS.

ASCOBOLUS.
SACCOBOLUS.

. SARCOSCYPHA.

. CHLOROSPLENIUM.

CIBORIA,
SCLEROTINIA.

. DASYSCYPHA.

TRICHOPEZIZA.

PHIALEA.
HELOTIUM.

GORGONICEPS.

. CORYNE.

. MOLLISIA.

ORBILIA.

PATELLARIA.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 47

Spores brown 1 to 3-septate.

Spores l-septate. . . . . ++ #. « KARSCHIA.
Spures s-Seprates 9. te MYCOLECIDEA.
Plants hysteropatelliiform. . . a oaess HYSTEROPATELLA,
Spores muriform. . . . . «© ~. « © « BLITRYDIUM.

10. CENANGIACES.

Plants sessile or subsessile.
Receptacle when fresh, leathery, horny or waxy.

Stroma entirely wanting. . ee eee CENANGIUM.
Stroma more or less well ieecioned.
Asci 8-spored. . : : : - : . DERMATEA.
Asci many-spored. . é : : : . TYMPANIS.

Receptacle when fresh gelatinous.
Spores simple.
Apothecium within watery, shrinking much

when-dry. .. . See cece | 4-4 Sp OARCOSOMAS
Apothecium within not watery. . : . BULGARIA.
Spores much elongated, many-septate. . . HoLWAYA.
Plants stipitate, large, urn-shaped. . ea \<.. UBNULA.

11. STICTIDACE.
Plants elongated; asci 8-spored; spores simple. . . PROPOLIS.

12. HYSTERIACEX.

Spores with transverse septa only.

Spores-colored, brown, . -.- . +. ~- .» HYSTERIUM.
Spores hyaline.
Spores I-septate. . © =. -. «- + #« GLONIUM.
Spores becoming 3-septate. . . GLONIELLA.
Spores muriform (with both transverse and dong itaadi-
pA 2) 029) Do SA ee ee pee oa ee HyYSTEROGRAPHIUM.

ORDER I. HELVELLINEA.

Receptacle vertical, stipitate, mitrate, pileate, or clavate; hy-
menium superior, exposed from the first; substance between
fleshy and waxy, rarely gelatinous.

FAMILY 1. GEOGLOSSACEA.

Receptacle fleshy, waxy, or gelatinous; fructification separated
into a sterile stem and fertile receptacle; hymenium on the out-
side of the receptacle, always exposed; asci clavate, non-opercu-
late.

48 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

SPATHULARIA Pers., Tent. Disp. Meth. Fung. 36. 1797.

Receptacle fleshy, stipitate, vertical, compressed laterally, ex-
tending down two opposite sides of the stem; spores 8, filiform,
hyaline, paraphyses filiform.

One species found in the northeast part of the state.

SPATHULARIA CLAVATA (Schaeff.) Sace., Michelia 2:77. 1880.
Plate a, fy 1:

Elvela clavata Scheff., Icon. Fung. pl. 149. 1767.
Spathularia flavida Pers., Tent. Disp. Meth. Fung. 3n. 1797.

Receptacle spatulate, compressed, nearly even, yellow; margin
often crisped, or undulated, 2 to 5 em. high; stem light colored,
whitish ; asci clavate, 8-spored; spores filiform, 50 to 60 by 2 to
3y, guttulate or granular within; paraphyses filiform, branched,
numerous.

On the ground in pine woods, summer; collected by B. Shimek,
Winneshiek county.

Plants distinguished by their yellow color. The pileus is flat-
tened laterally so as to be spoon-shaped or spatulate and is often
much contorted and twisted.

A note from Mr. Holway after the publication of the Discomy-
eetes of Eastern Iowa states that this species has been found in
but one locality in the northeast part of the state, in a piece of
pine timber where it grows on the ground among leaves and
twigs. This stands as a correction to the statement made in the
paper quoted above that these plants are common.

LEOTIA Pers., Tent. Disp. Meth. Fung. 17. 1797.

Receptacle stipitate, gelatinous, pileate, roundish or spreading,
revolute, at the margin; hymenium covering the upper surface
and margin of the pileus, under surface sterile; hymenium undu-
lated or even; stem cylindrical or laterally compressed; asci
clavate, 8-spored; spores fusiform or linear, hyaline.

LEOTIA STIPITATA (Bose.) Schr., Nat. Pfl. Fam. 1:166. 1897.

Plates, f. a1:
Tremella (hygromitra) stipitata Bose., Berl. Mag. 5: 89. 1811.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 49

Plants stipitate, 2 to 4 em. high by 1 to 2-em. broad; pileus
globose or spreading, smooth, dark xruginous-green; stem long,
fiattened or twisted, lighter colored than the pileus, yellowish or
slightly greenish, covered with minute hair-like structures or
nearly smooth; asci clavate, 8-spored; spores guttulate and
granular within, 20 by 5; paraphyses filiform.

On soil in woods among leaves, summer and fall, Iowa City.

The pileus in this species is very dark green and in some cases
so dark as to appear almost black and contrasts strongly with
the lighter colored stem. The plants seem to grow for the most
part solitary.

LEOTIA LuBRICA (Seop.) Pers., Syn. Fung. 613. 1801.

Plate 2, f. 1.

Elvela lubrica Scop., Fl. Carn. 2: 477. 1772.

_Plants growing in ecespitose clusters, stem and pileus more or
less irregular in form and appearing tremulous and rather soft;
pileus irregular, convolute, at first golden-yellow becoming
brownish to greenish when dry, stem and pileus when fresh of
nearly the same color; asci cylindrical, 8-spored: spores elliptical
to fusoid, 25 by 8u; paraphyses filiform.

In woods on soil among leaves, Iowa City.

The specimens described here under this name were decidedly
different in color and in general appearance from the preceding
species. There was no trace of green in the fresh specimens the
color resembling that of Spathularia clavata, but as the speci-
Mens dried they assumed more or less of a green color and those
placed in aleohol became quite decidedly green in color. The
stems of pileus of this species are much more irregular than
those of the preceding species in the specimens observed by us.

FAMILY 2. HELVELLACEZ.

Plants fleshy, separated into stem and pileus; stem sharply
distinguished from the receptacle, for the most part hollow, frag-
ile; receptacle pileate, covered outside with the hymenium, which
is always exposed, composed of asci and well developed paraphy-
ses; asci operculate; spores elliptical, hyaline or faintly yellow-
ish.

50 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

MORCHELLA Pers., Tent. Disp. Meth. Fung. 36. 1797.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Pileus free half way up. M. hybrida..
Pileus not free.
Stem much smaller than the head, ribs thick, pits deep.
Plants large, more than 4 em, high, usually yellow.
Pits irregular, head rounded, : M. esculenta.
Pits longitudinally inclined, head conical. M. conica.
Plants small, usually much less than 4 em. high,
cinereous. Sal OOD lo" age Se M. deliciosa.
Stem very much enlarged below, ribs very thin,
pits shallow. . M. crassipes.

*MORCHELLA HYBRIDA (Sow.) Pers., Syn. Fung. 620. 1801.
Plate 3, £m:

Helvella hybrida Sow., Eng. Fungi, 238. 1797.

MORCHELLA ESCULENTA (L.) Pers., Syn. Fung. 618. 1801.
Plate: 2. 3f im,

Phallus esculentus Linn., Fl. Suee. 455. 1755.

Pileus rounded, ovate or oblong, adnate at the base, ribs thick;
pits large, deep, irregular; stem even, not much enlarged at the
base; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores elliptical, 20-22 by 10n;
paraphyses filiform, slightly thickened above.

On the ground in open places among grass, spring, Iowa City
and Mt. Pleasant. Probably common throughout the state.

This is much valued on account of its edible qualities and is
often gathered in large quantities for this purpose The species
is common and the plants very variable in form and size.

*MORCHELLA CONICA Pers., Trait. Champ. 257. 1818.
Plate 3, f. 1.

MoRCHELLA DELICIOSA Fries, Syst Mye. 2:8. 1822.
Plate 2.) i: n:

Pileus subeonical, ribs rather thick, longitudinally inclined,
deep, rather dark colored within, grayish, with the edges of the
ribs lighter, yellowish; stem short, scarcely as long as the pileus,

*Species are described in the preliminary paper already named.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 51

slender above and a little enlarged below and more or less ir-
regular, nearly smooth; asci cylindrical, 8-spored, spores ellip-
tical, 20 zy 10z.

_ On the ground in grassy places, spring, Iowa City.

This and the following species were collected in the same local-
ity and growing together but were so different in size and gen-
eral appearance that they would at once be recognized as differ-
ent species. The pits in this species were decidedly grayish
within with the edge of the ribs lighter while in WM. crassipes the
pits and ribs are of uniform color. The great difference in size
is also a prominent feature.

MoRCHELLA CRASSIPES (Vent.) Pers., Syn. Fung. 621. 1801.

Pileus subeonical, yellowish to slightly brownish, adnate at
the base; ribs very irregular, thin; pits large, irregular, shallow,
of the same color as the ribs; stem very large and irregular, en-
larged much toward the base, 10-15 em. high; spores 20 to 23
by 10 to 12z.

On the ground in open, grassy places, Iowa City, spring.

This species is quite different from any of the preceding forms.
The pits are very large and irregular and the ribs are very thin.
The large size of the whole stem is a distinguishing character and
this is still more enlarged toward the base and often very irregu-
lar in form.

GYROMITRA Fries, Summa Veg. Seand, 346. 1849.

Receptacle pileate, stipitate, margin refiexed, covered above by
the hymenium; substance fleshy; stem short, slender, even; asci
cylindrical, 8-spored; spores elliptical or elongate-elliptical,
smooth; paraphyses filiform.

One species found in the state.

GYROMITRA ESCULENTA (Pers.) Fries, Summa Veg. Seand., 346.
1849.
Plate 4, f. 1.

Helvella esculenta Pers., Syn. Fung. 618. 1801.

Pileus inflated, irregularly undulated or convolute, brown,
margin adnate with the short stem; asci cylindrical, 8-spored;

52 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

spores 20 by 10; paraphyses enlarged upwards and containing
coloring matter.

On the ground, Iowa City.

Several specimens of this species have been collected by Pro-
fessors Macbride and Shimek. The plants are very attractive
from their large size and peculiar form.

HELVELLA Linn., Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 1649. 1763.

Receptacle pileate, supported by the center, deflected, concave
and sterile beneath; upper surface of the pileus covered by the
hymenium which is even; stem always present, united by the
center to the pileus, hollow or filled with cavities; in mature
plants pileus compressed, lobate, substance waxy-membrana-
ceous; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores elliptical, smooth ; para-
pitrses linear.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Stem slender, even. . re we ms at ne. (one Roe D aseeiit eae
Stem stout, with deep eieome:
Plants entirely white or whitish, . . . » A. onspa:
Plants with pileus dark brownish to pincisen: . . M. lacunosa.

*HELLVELLA ELASTICA Bull., Champ. 299. 1809.
Plate bof;

*HELVELLA CRISPA (Scop.) Fries, Syst. Mye., 2:14. 1822
Platevb: £4.

Phallus crispus Scop., Fl. Carn. 2: 475. 1772.
HELVELLA LAcUNOSA Afzel, Act. Holm., 304. 1785.

Pileus inflated, unequally lobed, cinereous-black ; margin of the
pileus adnate with the stem; stem rather slender as compared
with the preceding, and often more or less twisted, yellowish,
lighter than the pileus; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores 1-
seriate, elliptical, 18 by 104; paraphyses filiform, slender.

On the ground in woods, Iowa City and Mt. Pleasant.

Distinguished from the preceding by the darker pileus and
more slender stem. The plants of this species vary much in
size, specimens collected in Iowa City are from 2 to 6 em. high
while those collected in Mt. Pleasant were much smaller on the

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 53

average not more than 2 cm. The color of the pileus also varies
somewhat but in all the specimens examined is decidedly darker
than the stem.

FAMILY 3. RHIZINACE®.

Receptacle fleshy-waxy, brittle, sessile. Hymenium exposed
from the first, plane or convex. Asci cylindrical, operculate.
Paraphyses numerous, free.

SPHZROSOMA Klotzseh; Dietrich Fl. Boruss 467. 1841.

Receptacle fieshy, sessile, conyolute, roundish, outer surface
covered entirely by the hymenium, within sterile. Asci cylin-
drical. Sporidia spherical, verrucose, hyaline.

SPHZROSOMA ECHINULATUM Seaver., Jour. Myce. 11: 2-5. 1905.
Plate 6, a—g.

Plants gregarious or scattered, occasionally crowded, sessile,
1 to 8 mm. in diameter; at first almost spherical and regular
in outline, becoming convolute with age, especially on the upper
surface, often umbilicate; lower surface sterile, nearly plane,
attached to the soil near the center by delicate hyphx, very
easily detached; at first white or whitish becoming reddish-
brown on the exposed surface, then dark brown; the color be-
gins with a brown spot in the center of the upper surface and
spreads until if covers all of the exposed surface: at maturity
having a brown velvety appearance due to the large. brownish
paraphyses which extend far beyond the asci; under surface
light colored; hymenium at maturity covering the exposed sur-
face of the plant, composed of very large asci and paraphyses;
asci 40 to 50 by 300 to 500y, clavate, 8-spored; spores globose,
at first smooth, filled with numerous guttule, and surrounded
with a transparent exospore, gradually becoming rough on the
outside, at maturity covered with spines which are several times
as .. 2 as broad; spines 4 to 5z in length by 2 to 2.54 broad at
the base, often bent at their apices, at maturity extending to the
outer surface of the exospore; spore, excluding exospore 25u in
diameter, including spines or exospore, 354 in diameter; para-
physes large, clavate, septate, brownish, 12 to 15» in diameter

54. NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

at the apex; sterile part of the receptacle composed of rather
loosely interwoven hyphex, grading into pseudo-parenchyma;
cells large.

Habitat—On the surface of damp soil between the tufts of
grass in an open place, in the margins of woods near Iowa City.
Plants collected from June to October. Also reported from
Europe. ;

The specific name under which these plants are described is
suggested by the character of the markings of the spores, which
are distinetly echinulate.

The description and measurements given above were made
from fresh material collected at different times. Specimens pre-
served in alcohol vary somewhat; the most of the color disap-
pears and the plants are a little contracted and the measure-
ments are therefore a little less.

The plants described above were collected during the later
part of the month of June in the summer of 1904, in large num-
bers in a ravine near Iowa City and upon examination were at
onee referred to this genus. The individuals are at first almost
spherical in form, smooth on the outer surface, and of a whitish
or lead color. As they mature, a small, brown spot is formed in
the center of the supper surface, the brown color gradually
spreading until it covers all of the exposed surface. They are
at first regular in outline, becoming, at maturity, irregularly con-
volute and more or less depressed, so that at maturity the plants
are roundish but more or less irregular in form, of a deep brown
color and with a soft velvety appearance. Examination of sec-
tions of young plants shows the brown spot on the upper surface
to be the beginning of the development of the hymenial layer and
the brown color and velvety appearance to be due to the large
paraphyses which contain brown coloring matter.

The writer has not had opportunity to revisit the type locality
of this species since the original collection was made in 1904, so
that no statement can be made as to its reoccurrence there and
so far as noted it has not since been reported from this country.
It is interesting to note that one year after the collection of
this species in America it was collected in Europe and dis-
tributed by Dr. Rehm in his Ascomycetes. It was later col-

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 55

lected and distributed the second time. Examination of the
foreign material shows it to be identical in every way with that
collected in Iowa.

ORDER II. PEZIZINE.

Receptacle well developed, fleshy or more or less leathery, gen-
erally regular, at first closed, spherical (except in Pyronemaceae)
gradually opening, becoming shallow, cup-shaped or beaker-
shaped or dise-like ; hymenium forming a covering on the upper,
inner surface, composed of asci and paraphyses arranged in the
form of a palisade.

FAMILY .4. PYRONEMACE.

Receptacle seated on a mass of thread-like hyphe; hymenium
at length plane or convex; peridium wanting or poorly devel-
oped.

PYRONEMA Carus, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. 17: 370. 1835.

Receptacle seated on a mass of hyphex, fleshy, at first spherical,
then expanded; peridium very poorly developed or wanting;
spores elliptical, hyaline.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plants very small scarcely more than 1 mm. in diame-
LOMA HCl Wate ee ee PB ae eae . P. omphalodes.
Plants 1 to 3 mm. in diameter, dark red. . : : ‘ P. melaloma.

PYRONEMA OMPHALODES (Bull.) Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 319. 1869.
Plate .7, £1.

Peziza omphalodes Bull., Champ. France 264. 1809.

Aleuria omphalodes Gill., Discom. 48. 1888.

Pyronema confluens Tul., Carp. 2: 197. 1865.

Plants fleshy, gregarious or confluent 1 mm. in diameter,
forming confiuent masses 1 to several cm. in diameter; pale red
to salmon-color, surrounding mycelium white; hymenium plane
or convex; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores elliptical, 10 to 12
by 7u; 2 to 3 guttulate and granular within; paraphyses en-
larged upwards and filled with coloring matter.

56 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

On charcoal and ashes where fire has been; Iowa City.

The form described in the Discomycetes of Eastern Iowa as
P. aurantio-rubrum Fuckel was probably rather a poor specimen
of the above. After the publication of that paper the present
species was found in abundance on burnt places in wet weather.
The beautiful salmon-colored patches on burnt ground were
quite attractive.

In the winter of 1906 this species was observed commonly in
the propagating house of the New York Botanical Garden where
if occurred in abundance on soil which had been sterilized by
heating. It grew abundantly for a time and finally disappeared.
The gardener reported it to be very common but apparently it
did no harm.

Also during the autumn of 1907 the species was observed com-
monly in North Dakota where it occurred on moist soil along
roadsides. It seemed to appear here where no traces of fire were
evident but it may have followed prairie fires. Usually it is
common only on burnt places.

*PYRONEMA MELALOMA (Fries) Sacce., Syll. Fung. 8:107. 1889.
Plate 9, 4..at.

Pezza melaloma Fries., Syst. Mye. 2: 68. 1822.

Saceardo seems to have made a difference between this and
Peziza melaloma Alb. & Schw. which we have described
as Lachnea melaloma (Alb. & Schw.) Saece. The two forms col-
lected by the writer and described under these different names
seem to be distinct although both occur on burnt soil and are in
other ways similar. Whether they should be placed in different
genera is uncertain. The form described here is smaller, of a
brighter color and the exterior is not so distinctly hairy.

The plants of this species have been found to be common, and
occur in dense crowded masses.

FAMILY 5. PEZIZACEA.

Receptacle for the most part borne on the surface, not im-
mersed in the substratum, sessile or stipitate, externally smooth
or clothed with hairs, fleshy, at first closed then opening with a

IOWA DISCOMYCETES ae

small aperture at the top and gradually expanding; peridium
and hypothecium composed of loose roundish cells; asci not pro-
truding at maturity, often operculate (opening by a lid-like
structure) ; spores hyaline.

SPHAROSPORA Sace., Michelia, 1: 594. 1879.

Receptacle sessile, at first hemispherical, then expanding, ex-
ternally clother with simple, sharp-pointed, septate hairs; asci
cylindrical, 8-spored; spores globose with one large oil-drop;
smooth or beset with spines, arranged in one row in the ascus;
paraphyses thickened above and filled with colored granules.

In external appearance the plants of this genus resemble those
of the genus Lachnea but differ in the globose spores. Two forms
have been collected by the writer which seem distinct.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

Plants small, mostly 2 to 5 mm. on burnt places. . . SS. confusa.
Plants large 5 to 10 mm. in diameter, on damp soil
iene ees ee ee > 6B: semtellotdes.

_ SpHzRosporA (Sarcoscypha) SCUTELLOWES Ellis, Bull. Torrey
Cl. 9:18. 1882.
Plate 8, f. 1.

Cups gregarious or scattered, hemispherical, then depressed,
5 to 10 mm. in diameter, dark reddish-brown, clothed externally
with numerous, short, septate, brown hairs, which are often en-
larged near the base; asci cylindrical, 8-spored, 14 by 150 to
1604; spores globose, 1-guttulate, 13 to 15u in diameter; para-
physes filiform, enlarged at their apices.

On damp soil in woods among moss, Iowa City.

The plants described here were at first referred to Sphaero-
spora confusa (Cooke) Sace. but seem to differ from that species
in the size of the plants and also in the habitat with perhaps
some difference in spore sizes. The plants described here are of
about the size and general appearance of Lachnea scutellata ex-
cept that the color is darker more brown than red. These plants
were found by the writer in the same place each year while re-
maining at Iowa City.

Also specimens of the same form were collected during the

VoL. vi—1. 5

58 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

fall of 1906 in similar localities in the woods of the New York
Botanical Garden.

SPHZROSPORA CONFUSA (Cooke) Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 190.
1889.

Peziza confusa Cooke, Mycogr., 69.

On the ground where a pile of wood had been burned, woods,
Iowa City.

The plants of this species differ from the preceding mainly
in the size of the cups and the habit as well as the habitat. The
plants were found in quantity growing in a dense mass on a
burnt place. The preceding species occurs on mossy banks in
rather sandy places, the cups are more or less scattered, never
densely crowded, and much larger. The preceding form has
been studied in such localities for several years in succession.

DETONIA Sace., Syll. Fung., 8:105. 1889.

Cups large, fleshy, expanded, discoid, brown; asci cylindrical,
8-spored; spores globose, hyaline, smooth or rough.

DETONIA TRACHYCARPA (Curr.) Sacc., Syll. Fung., 8:105. 1889.
Plate 14, f. 1.

Peziza trachycarpa Curr., Trans. Linn. Soc., 24: 493. 1864.

Discina trachycarpa Karst., Act. Soc. Fauna FI. Fenn., 2: 113.
1885.

Plicaria trachycarpa Boud., Bull. Soe. Mye. France, 1: 102.
1885.

Aleuria trachycarpa Gill., Discom., 207.
Plicariella trachycarpa Rehm, Rabenh. Krypt FI1., 1° : 996. 1896.

Cups at first closed, soon expanded and nearly plane, umbili-
cate, scattered, or densely crowded, becoming very irregular with
age, often contorted and twisted especially when crowded; hy-
menium dark brownish-black, more or less uneven; cups exter-
nally granular; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores globose, about
15p in diameter becoming very rough with more or less elon-
gated ridges; paraphyses filiform, enlarged upwards and filled
with brown coloring matter.

yy, "+

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 59

On burnt ground, Iowa City.

The plants of this species were found to be abundant on burnt
places during the autumn of 1904 in woods near Iowa City.
The plants from which the above description was drawn were
collected in woods in which large numbers of trees had been ent
and the brush burned in various places. The plants when scat-
tered are nearly plane but when crowded, as they often are they
become very irregular with age and the brown mass, often sev-
eral em. in diameter, becomes very attractive on account of the
peculiar forms which the cups assume. The spores are very
rough and close examination shows the roughenings to be in the
form of interrupted ridges rather than rounded wart-like eleva-
tions.

BARLMA Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 111. 1889.

Plants small, coneave or depressed, often becoming convex,
not exceeding 1 cm. broad and usually much less, mostly bright
eolored; asci cylindrical, 8spored; spores perfectly globose,
smooth, reticulate, spinulose or verrucose.

Several species have been collected four of which are de-
seribed here. The plants of this genus and the genus Humaria
which differ only in the form of the spores are most beautiful
objects for study and the forms which occur in Iowa are num-
erous but unfortunately on account of the small size of the
plants they are often overlooked. The plants of these two gen-
era occur on moist ground often among moss or on entirely naked
soil. Mossy banks in, often small, sheltered places by the road-
sides furnish a most favorable habitat for these minute plants
and searcely such a place can be found which in the proper
season does not furnish some one or many of these delicate forms.

On account of the small size and delicate structure of the
plants of this genus they are not easy to preserve in the usual
way and for this reason material for comparison is difficult to
obtain. Several smooth-spored forms were collected which could
not be determined with any degree of certainty and for that
reason are not included in this list.

60 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Spores with reticulate markings.
Plants large 2 to 5 mm. in diameter.
Plants small 1 to 2 mm. in diameter.
Spores not reticulate.
Spores spinulose, plants yellow. . . . . OB. crec’hqueraultii.
Spores verrucose, plants purplish. B. amethystina.

. miniata.
. cinnabarina.

bh

BARLZA MINIATA (Crouan) Sacc., Syll. Fung. 8: 111. 1889.
Plate 12, f. 1.

Ascobolus minatus Crouan, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 10: 197. 388.

Lamprospora miniata De Notaris, Comm. Critt. It. 1: 388.
1864.

Crouama mimata Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 320. 1869.

Peziza crouani Cooke, Mycogr. 13.

Plants small, 2 to 5 mm. in diameter, at first concave, becom-
ing nearly plane, orange; asci very long, cylindrical to clavate,
150 by 16 to 18; 8-spored; spores globose with large central
oil-drop, externally delicately reticulated, 154 in diameter; re-
ticulations regular with the meshes rather small; paraphyses
slender, enlarged upwards, filled with orange granules.

On rather sandy soil among moss, Iowa City.

One collection of this species was made in Iowa and the plants
are characteristic in every way. The individuals are larger
than the other species of the genus here described and the spore-
markings are distinct from any of the other forms studied.

BARLZA CINNABARINA (Fuckel) Sacc., Syll. Fung. 8: 112.
1889.
Plate: 12, £548.
Crouania cinnabarina Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 2: 64. 1873.
Peziza letirubra Cooke, Mycogr. 14.

Plants small, not to exceed 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, at first
slightly coneave or plane becoming convex, bright orange; hy-
menium at maturity more or less rough with minute pits; asci
clavate to cylindrical, 8-spored; spores globose, with 1 large,
central oil-drop, externally finally reticulated, 15 to 18y; re-
ticulations more irregular than in preceding and meshes larger;

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 61

paraphyses filiform, slender, enlarged upwards and filled with
orange granules.

On the ground among moss, Iowa City, common. Also ob-
served and studied in Indiana.

The plants of this species are smaller than in the preceding, the
hymenium at maturity always convex and without definite mar-
gin. The spore-markings are characteristic on account of their
irregularity and the larger size of the meshes. The species is -
very common and so far has always been found among moss-
plants in gardens and open fields.

BARL2ZA CREC’HQUERAULTH (Crouan) Sace., Syll. Fung. 8:
113. 1889.

Ascobolus crec’hqueraultii Crouan, Ann. Sei. Nat. IV. 10:
194. 1858.

Peziza auriflava Cooke, Mycogr. 16.

Plants similar in size and general appearance to the preceding,
entirely smooth, pale orange to salmon-colored, growing in thick
groups but never crowded; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores
globose, clothed externally with numerous minute, sharp spines
which are often bent in various ways, seldom entirely straight,
15 to 18 in diameter; paraphyses filiform or a little enlarged.

On naked clay soil among tufts of grass, Iowa City. Common
in one locality.

The plants of this species occurred in one locality in great
numbers and were studied during the entire season. The habi-
tat and pale yellow color of the plants seems to be quite charac-
teristic and the spore-markings are still more so. The minute
spines with which the spore is covered are very sharp and many
of them crooked and bent in various ways. The drawings of the
forms collected, which were made before leaving Iowa, compare
very favorably with those accompanying the original descrip-
tion which has since been examined.

BARL2ZA AMETHYSTINA (Quel.) Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 116. 1889.
Plate 12, f. m.

Humaria persoonii amethystina Quel., Asc. Frane. Adv. Sci.
14: 451. 1885.

62 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Plants small, 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, purplish, with a delicate
whitish margin; hymenium slightly concave of about the same
color as the exterior; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores globose
entirely covered with large wart-like granules appearing very
rough; paraphyses slender a little enlarged.

In woods among moss, Iowa City.

The plants of this species are not quite so large as those de-
scribed by Quelet but the color and the spore-markings are char-
acteristic. The measurements given for the plants of this spe-
cies in the original description are 3 to 4 mm. in diameter while
our specimens scarcely exceed 2 mm. The verrucose markings
of the spores of the two specimens are very similar as is also the
color of the plants.

SARCOSPHAERA Auersw., Hedwigia 8: 82. 1869.

Receptacle at first closed and more or less immersed in the
ground, gradually opening and often splitting at the margin and
becoming subsuperficial; cups externally clothed with flexuose,
brown hairs which are more numerous near the base; asci cylin-
drical, 8-spored; spores elliptical, hyaline, smooth with one oil-
drop.

*SARCOSPHRA ARENICOLA (Lev.) Lindau; E. & P. Pfl. 1: 182.
1897.
Plate 9:. tm.

Peziza (Humaria) arenicola Lev., Ann. Sei. Nat. III. 9: 140.
1848.

This species was described and illustrated in the Discomycetes
of Eastern Iowa with the note that it had not been found in Iowa
but was collected in the adjoining state of Illinois. The species
has not yet been collected in Iowa so far as known but is allowed
to remain in the list since the illustration occurs on an accom-
panying plate. This is the only species included in this list
which has not been actually collected in the state, this one having
been originally included as illustrative of this genus.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 63

LACHNEA Pers., Myce. Eu. 1: 244. 1822.

Plants fleshy or subfieshy, cup-shaped or plane, externally
clothed with a covering of sharp, rigid or soft, fiexuose hairs
which are usually brown but often hyaline; asci cylindrical or
clavate, usually 8-spored; spores elliptical to fusiform, hyaline;
paraphyses present slender or clavate.

The genus is distinguished from Peziza by the presence of the
hairs with which the cups are clothed. The forms with hyaline
hairs are sometimes placed in a separate genus, Neotiella.

Eleven species of the genus are here described one of which
has hyaline hairs. Probably many more occur in the state.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Hairs hyaline. .. : en! Be a i toga
Hairs colored, pale to dark —
Hymenium white or whitish.
Planis large, more than 2 mm. in diameter.

Plants 2 to 3 em., spores spinulose. . . . JL. hemispherica.

Plants less than 1 em., spores smooth. . . L. albo-spadicea.
Plants small, less than 2 mm. in diameter.

Spores tuberculose. . . . . ans L. paludosa.

Speren amonbie) tise ee Le SO ae L. abundans.

Hymenium red or yellow.
Plants 1 em. in diameter, hairs short.
Plants red, hairs rigid.
Spores smooth or scarcely roughened. L. scutellata.
Spores spinulose. . : z : . L. hirta.
Plants pale yellow, hairs dicen L. aurantiopsis.
Plants 1 to 5 mm. in diameter.

On dung, hairs often stellate. . . . . UL. stercorea.
On rotten wood, hairs not stellate. . : LL. setosa.
On burnt ground. . . -.- . . +. =. CJ. melaloma.
LACHNEA LOJK£ZANA Rehm, Rabenh. Krypt. Fl. 13: 1045. 1896.
Plate 8, f. m.

Peziza (Sarcoscypha) luteo-pallens Cooke, Mycogr. 85.
Neottiella luteopallens Sacc., Syll. Fung. 8: 191. 1889.
Cups, sessile, at first hemispherical, then expanded, pale

orange, 4 to 5 mm. in diameter, externally clothed with hyaline,
septate hairs, which are often more or less rigid; asci cylindrical,

64 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

operculate, 8-spored; spores elliptical, 15 to 17 to 10u, granular
within; paraphyses stout, thickened at their apices, 5 to 7» in
diameter.

On naked soil in woods, also grown in the laboratory on same
material.

Two plants were grown in the laboratory from the soil on
which the plants were collected in the field. The hymenium is
nearly plane but surrounded with a delicate white fringe. The
asci are often found to be only 4 or 6-spored.

*LACHNEA HEMISPHERICA (Schaeff.) Guill., Discom. 73. 1879.
Plate 9; £..1

Elvela hemispherica Scheff., Ie. Fung. 2 pl. 151. 1767.
Peziza hemispherica Hoffm., Veg. Crypt. 2: 28. 1790.
Octospora fasciculata Hedw., Laub-Moose, 2, pl. 4-B.
Sepultaria albida Morgan, Jour. Mye. 8: 188. 1902.

On the ground in woods, common.

The plants are at first small and almost entirely globose be- .
coming expanded and hemispherical with age. The species is
easily known by the white hymenium and external covering of
brown hairs, the plants being about the size of an acorn-cup.

LACHNEA ALBO-SPADICEA (Grev.) Phill., Brit. Discom. 228.
1887.

Peziza albo-spadicea Grv., Fl. Edin. 420. 1824.

Plants sessile, gregarious, at first subglobose becoming ex-
panded and often nearly plane, about 5 to 8 mm., externally
clothed with rather soft brown hairs; hymenium white or whit-
ish; asei cylindrical, 8-spored; spores elliptical, smooth, about
20 by 104; paraphyses filiform, slender.

On naked soil in shaded places among weeds, Iowa City.

The specimens referred to this species have been collected
often but never in large numbers. They resemble somewhat
the preceding but are much smaller and the cups which are at
first hemispherical become nearly plane with the margin often
slightly split. The hairs are softer and not so prominent as in
LD. hemispherica.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 65>
LACHNEA PALUDOSA (Boud.) Saee., Syll. Fung. 11: 400. 1895.

Piste 11, £. 1.

Ciliaria (Trichophea) paludosa Boud., Bull. Soc. Myce. France
10: 65. 1894.

Plants thickly gregarious, 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, hemispher-

_ leal, becoming nearly plane, externally thickly clothed with long,

bristly, brown hairs; hymenium whitish or bluish-white; hairs
straight, rather sharp-pointed, mostly simple, reddish-brown, as
long as 500u; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores 1-seriate, ellip-
tical, at first 2-guttulate, becoming tuberculose with very large
wart-like markings giving the spore a scalloped appearance;
tubercles 2 to 3u in diameter, entire spore 22 to 25 by 15 to 17u;
paraphyses enlarged at their apices.

On naked soil in moist places, rather common.

The species described here has often been met with in the
vicinity of Mt. Pleasant where the small plants grow in dense
masses on damp soil in shaded places. The species is an attract-
ive one although probably not very distinct in its external char-
acters. The bluish-white hymenium contrasts quite strongly
with the dark brown hairy exterior. The spore characters how-
ever are very distinct from any of the discomycetes studied in
this locality. The spores are covered with large wart-like mark-
ings which give them a decidedly scalloped appearance, the scal-
lops reaching a size of 2 to 3u, much larger and more distinct
than in any of the other species studied. The original drawings
of the plants, hairs, and spores of this species correspond as
closely with the specimens studied in Iowa as they could have
done if drawn from this material, although the original descrip-
tion was drawn from material collected in France.

In addition to the material collected at Mt. Pleasant, one speci-
men of this species has been sent in by Mr. S. C. Knupp from
Garrison, Iowa.

LACHNEA ABUNDANS (Karst.) Sacec., Syll. Fung. 8: 186. 1889.
Plate 11, f. m.

Peziza abundans Karst., Fauna Fl. Fenn. 10: 124. 1869.

Plants thickly crowded, small 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, exter-

66 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

nally brownish, clothed with a thick covering of short, rigid,
sharp-pointed, pale brown, 1- to 3-septate hairs which reach a
length of 200 to 250”; hymenium dull, pallid, becoming brown-
ish; asci cylindrical, 8-spored, 100 to 125 by 10,; spores ellip-
tical to ovoid, 1- to 2-guttulate (mostly 2), smooth, 12 to 14 by
7 to 8u; paraphyses clavate, apex much enlarged, 5 to Ty in —
diameter, brownish.

On ground in woods where wood had been burned, Iowa City.

One collection of this species has been made, but the plants
occurred in great abundance being closely crowded together on
damp soil where a brush-pile had been burned.

*LACHNEA SCUTELLATA (L.) Gill., Discom. 75. 1879.
Plate 10) 2.8

Peziza scutellata Linn., Sp. Pl. 1181. 1753.
Peziza ciliata Hoftm., Veg. Crypt. 2: 25. 1790.
Humaria scutellata Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 321. 1869.

Common on rotten wood.

The species is quite distinct in its scarlet, saucer-shaped plants
and still more so in its broadly-elliptical, smooth spores com-
pletely filled with oil-drops and granules. The paraphyses also
seem to be delicately marked. This is one of the most common
species in this locality and is probably widely distributed.
Specimens have also been observed by the writer in New York
and North Dakota.

LACHNEA HIRTA (Schumach.) Gill., Discom. 75. 1879.

Peziza lurta Schumach., Pl. Saell. 2: 422.° 1803.

Cups scattered, sessile, subhemispherical, becoming more or
less expanded, externally clothed with septate, brown hairs; hy-
menium coneave or nearly plane, bright red; asci cylindrical, 8-
spored; spores elliptical, spinulose, usually 2-guttulate, about 25
by 10u; paraphyses clavate, filled with colored granules.

On the ground and decaying materials.

The plants described under this name are similar to the pre-
ceding in external characters but the hymenium is usually
darker. The spores are more narrowly-elliptical and spinulose,
the markings resembling those of the spores of LZ. hemispherica
(Schaeff.) Gill.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 67

LACHNEA AURANTOPSIS (Ellis) Sace., Syll Fung. 8: 180. 1889.
Plate 11, £. 1:

Peziza (Sarcoscypha) aurantiopsis Ellis, Bull. Torrey Cl. 9:
18. 1882.

Plants sessile, about 2 to 3 em. in diameter, with a coarse, felt-
like, black-brown mycelium at the base, cups also clothed with
brown hairs; hairs septate, minutely rough toward the ends,
fiexuose, about 10u in diameter and of nearly uniform thickness,
blunt; hymenium clear, pale yellow, nearly sulphur-yellow, be-
coming dull orange when dry; asci cylindrical, 8-spored, 175 to
200, long; spores elliptical, very large, about 15 by 28»; para-
physes clavate.

On ground, decaying wood and other materials.

The specimens collected in Iowa by Mr. Holway which were
referred to this species by Mr. Ellis do not conform well. The
spores are smaller, the hairs rigid and the septa more numerous.
The plants are also smaller.

Mr. Ellis indicated by a note on this specimen that it might be
a form of Peziza lanuginosa Bull. The drawings in this paper
were made from the type material in the Ellis collection.

LACHNEA STERCOREA (Pers.) Gill., Discom. 76. 1879.
Peziza stercorea Pers. Obs. Mye. 2: 89. 1799.

Plants gregarious or seattered, sessile, at first subglobose, then
coneave, becoming plane, dull red, clothed externally with a
dense covering of brown hairs which are often branched or
stellate ; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores elliptical, smooth, 20 to
22 by 8 to 9u; paraphyses clavate.

On cow dung.

The species is peculiar in its habitat and the presence of stel-
late hairs in addition to the ordinary straight ones on the ex-
terior of the plants. Not common.

LACHNEA SETOSA (Nees) Gill. Discom., 75. 1879.

Peziza setosa Nees, Syst. Pilze. 260. 1817.

Plants thickly gregarious, 1 to 4 mm. in diameter, clothed with
very long, brown, septate hairs; hairs as long as 600u, hyme-
nium plane, orange; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores elliptical

68 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

smooth, 17 to 20 by 10 to 12, filled with oil-drops; paraphyses
clavate.

On rotten wood.

A common species on mossy logs in woods, distinguished by
the presence of the very long hairs and the orange disc. The
spores of this species are very similar to those of Lachnea scutel-
lata (L.) Gill. but the external characters are quite different.
This species has also been observed by the writer in North Da-
kota and is probably widely distributed.

*LACHNEA MELALOMA (A. & 8S.) Saec., Syll. Fung. 8: 181. 1889.
Plate 10, £. a.

Peziza melaloma A. & S., Conspect. Fung. 336. 1805.

PEZIZA. (Dill.) Linn., Sp. Pl. 2: 1180. 1753.
Pega Dill., Cat. Pl. 76. 1719.

Receptacle at first closed, globose, then opening and becoming
more or less cup-shaped or plane, substipitate or sessile, exter-
nally smooth, furfuraceous, or occasionally clothed with soft
flexuose hairs (never with sharp-pointed bristles), asci cylin-
drical to clavate, 8-spored; spores elliptical to fusiform, smooth,
verrucose, or spinulose; paraphyses filiform, mostly enlarged
upwards; plants varying in color, growing on earth, wood or de-
caying materials of various kinds.

The genus as it has formerly been known has been broken into
a number of new genera. Four species belonging properly to
this genus are described here, but doubtless many more occur.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plants light colored yellowish or whitish.
Plants decidedly cup shaped. .. . -. PP. vesiculosa.
Plants becoming repand with hyaeinunt a convex. . P. repanda.
Plants dark colored, brown or brownish-black.
Plants large 3 to 10 em, in diameter, cup-shaped. . P. badia.
Plants small less than 2 em., dise plane. . . . PP. brunneo-atra.

PEZIZA VESICULOSA Bull., Champ. France 270. 1809.
Plate a6; £.. 1.

Aleuria vesiculosa Gill., Discom. 45. 1879.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 69

Pustularia vesiculosa Fuckel, Symb. Myce. 329. 1869.

Cups large, gregarious or cespitose, at first hemispherical be-
coming expanded, but remaining cup-shaped, margin often con-
torted and undulate with age, fieshy, very fragile, furfuraceous,
externally whitish or often reddish-brown near the margin, with
the hymenium darker, yellowish, 2 to 3 cm. in diameter; asci
cylindrical, operculate, 8-spored; spores elliptical, smooth, 20
to 22 by 10u, granular within; paraphyses slender but enlarged
upwards, granular within.

On rich ground and dung heaps, Iowa City, common.

The plants of this species are common on manure piles which
are mixed with straw and on ground fertilized with such mate-
rial. The plants are at first hemispherical and very regular
becoming very much contorted with age especially when ocecur-
ring in dense clusters as they often do. In younger specimens
the exterior of the cups is very furfuraceous becoming more
nearly smooth with age. This was listed in Discomycetes of
Eastern Iowa as Peziza cerea Sow. which has been described as
a variety of this species.

PEZIZA REPANDA Pers., le. Picte 49. 1806.
Plate 15, f. mn.

Aleuria repanda Gill., Discom. 43. 1879.

Plants gregarious but not crowded, with a short but distinct
stem; cups concave, nearly white, soon becoming repand and
umbilicate, when mature more or less angular, often 3-sided and
darker yellowish to brownish, stem obscured by the expanding
disc, 2 to 10 em. in diameter; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores
elliptical, smooth, 15 to 18 by 104 paraphyses clavate.

On coal dust in basement, Mt. Pleasant, and logs, Decorah.

This is a species concerning which there is much doubt as to
the real nature of the specimens originally referred to it. Speci-
mens collected by Mr. Holway in the northeast part of the state
hhave been referred here. From plants collected in Mt. Pleasant
the illustration in this work is drawn, which plants were studied
during the entire summer. The cups are at first small with a
<onspicuous stem and almost perfectly white. Very soon the

70 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

margin begins to turn back but failing to split the plants from
necessity become angular commonly 3-sided. When mature the
margin of the cup spreads on the ground so that the stem which
was at first conspicuous is entirely obscured the plants at ma-
turity attaining a size of 6 to 8 em.; the color becomes darker as
the plants mature. The characters mentioned in this description
seem to be constant in the specimens studied. The plants were
found in the basement of the main college building at Mt. Pleas-
ant, the attention of the writer having been first called to them
by Mr. Will Handy, a student at the college.

PEzIzA BADIA Pers., Obs. Mye. 2: 78. 1799.
Plate 14, f. m and 15, f. 1.

Aleuria badia Gill., Discom. 43. 1879.

Plants gregarious, sessile, at first globose becoming expanded
but remaining cup-shaped, margin at first turned inward becom-
ing straight, color internally dark brown, externally lighter col-
ored and pruinose; 2 to 10 em. in diameter ; asci cylindrical, 8-
spored; spores elliptical, minutely rough, 15 to 18 by 8u; para-
physes slender, clavate.

On the ground in woods, rather common.

Small plants, not exceeding 2 em. in diameter, have often been
collected on moist banks in woods, these plants being of a trans-
lucent reddish-brown color. One or two collections have been
made of specimens which are as large as 6 to 8 cm. in diameter
and dull dark-brown. Whether these two forms are the same
seems doubtful. The habitat of the two forms is different the
small plants occuring on damp naked soil while the larger speci-
mens were found on rich soil in deep woods.

PEZIZA BRUNNEO-ATRA Desm., Ann. Sci. Nat. II. 6: 244. 1836.
Plate 14, f. mr.

Plants scattered, sessile, entirely plane with a little depres-
sion in the center of the disc; fleshy, fragile, smooth, very dark-
colored, brownish-black, 1 to 2 em. in diameter; asci cylindrical,
8-spored ; spores elliptical, minutely rough, 20 by 10; paraphy-
ses clavate.

On damp soil in moist shady places.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 71

The plants of this species resemble in color those of the pre-
ceding but are somewhat darker. The species is very distinct
however in the general appearance of the plants which form
small dises on the surface of the soil. This form has often been
met with on naked soil among weeds in sheltered places. The
spores are also similar to those of Peziza badia Pers. but there
is some difference in the nature of the roughenings.

HUMARIA (Fries) Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 118. 1889.

Humaria Fries (as subgenus) Syst. Mye. 2: 42. 1822.

Plants small, sessile, for the most part bright colored, red or
yellow; hymenium plane or convex; asci cylindrical to clavate,
4 to 8-spored; spores elliptical to fusiform.

The genus is distinguished from Peziza by the small size of
the plants which grow commonly on moist soil among mosses,
on naked soil or occasionally on the dung of animals. Four
species are described here but the genus is probably represented
in Iowa by many more.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

Papen eeR SE yg ee cd. ss ow Sebraspora.
Asci 8-spored.
Spores fusoid, twice as long as broad. . H. muralis.
Spores broad-elliptical, about twice as long as at
Plants externally granular, on dung. . . H. granulata.
Plants externally nearly smooth, on damp ae H. leucoloma.

*HUMARIA TETRASPORA (Fuckel) Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 121.
1889.
Plates, £1.
Ascobolus tetrasporus Fuckel, Hedwigia 5: 4. 1866.
Leucoloma tetraspora Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 317. 1869.
Peziza (Humaria) tetraspora Cooke, Grevillea 3: 73. 1874.

*HUMARIA MURALIS (Quel.) Sacc., Syll. Fung. 8: 127. 1874
Plate 13, f. 1.

Peziza (Humaria) muralis Quel., Grevillea 8:.116. 1879.

BF NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

—_

HUMARIA GRANULATA (Bull.) Saecce., Syll. Fung. 8: 129. 1889.

Peziza granulata Bull., Champ. France 258. 1809.
Ascophanus granulatus Speg., Michelia 1: 235. 1878.
Ascobolus granulatus Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 287. 1869.

Plants sessile, scattered or crowded, at first globose, becoming
expanded, externally coarsely granular; hymenium orange; asci
cylindrical, 8-spored; spores elliptical, smooth, 20 by 10y; para-
physes clavate.

On cow dung, Decorah.

The only specimen seen is that in the Holway Collection in
the State College at Ames.

HuUMARIA LEUCOLOMA (Hedw.) Saec., Syll. Fung. 8: 118. 1889.

Octospora leucoloma Hedw., Laub-Moose. 2: 17. 1789.
Leucoloma hedwigit Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 317. 1869.
Aleuria leucoloma Gill., Discom. 56. 1879.

Plants gregarious, sessile, 1 to 5 mm. in diameter; hymenium
bright orange, slightly concave or plane; asci cylindrical, 8-
spored; spores broad-elliptical, smooth, with one very large and
conspicuous oil-drop near the center, large, 20 by 12 to 15y;
paraphyses enlarged upwards and filled with orange granules.

On damp soil among moss, Iowa City and Mt. Pleasant.

A common species on the margins of cinder walks overgrown
with moss, where they have been found up to the late fall after
the ground has been frozen. The plants are closely sessile so
that the hymenium is about even with the surface of the soil.

The specimens listed in previous papers as H. humosa are
probably only a form of this species. The habitat of the two
is a little different as well as the size of the plants, but I can see
no difference in microscopic characters.

PHAOPEZIA Sacc., Michelia 1: 71. 1877.

Plants fleshy or subfleshy, sessile, cup-shaped or nearly plane,
rarely bright colored, smooth or hairy; asci elongated, 6 to 8-
spored; spores simple, elliptical, colored, greenish or brownish.

One species rather common in the state.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 73

PH 0OPEZIA FUSCOCARPA (Ellis & Holw.) Saec., Syll. Fung.
8: 474. 1889.

Peziza (Humaria) fuscocarpa Ellis & Holw., Jour. Myce. 1: 5.
1885.

Plants sessile, orbicular, 3 to 4 mm. in diameter, externally
pruinose-tomentose, olivaceous-yellow; hymenium concave or
nearly plane, dark greenish becoming greenish-black, when dry
entirely black; asci cylindrical, 65 to 80 by 4 to 5a; spores ellip-
tical with ends narrowed, often unequal-sided, at first hyaline
then greenish to brown, 7 to 8 by 3 to 3.5u.

On rotten wood, rather common.

This species as described by Ellis and Holway was based on
material collected in Iowa. The species was found by the writer
to be rather common on rotten wood especially on overturned
logs where the wood and soil came into contact with each other.
The plants when fresh are decidedly greenish becoming darker
with age especially when dry. The spores at maturity are smoky-
brown, and in some cases apparently 1-septate. The presence of
the two oil-drops makes it difficult to determine whether the
spores are truly septate or only apparently so.

GEOPYXIS (Pers.) Sacc., Syll. Fung., 8: 63. 1889.
Geopyzis (subgenus) Pers., Mye. Eur., 1: 224. 1822.

Receptacle funnel-shaped or spreading, for the most part
rather large fungi with a distinct stem which is generally short
and thick.

One species has been found to be very common on rotten logs
in woods.

*GEOPYXIS NEBULOSA (Cooke) Sacce., Syll. Fung., 8: 70. 1889.
Plate 20, f. 1.

Peziza nebulosa Cooke, Mycogr., 163.

In woods on rotten logs, Iowa City and Mt. Pleasant.
ACETABULA (Fries) Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 330. 1869.

Acetabula (as subgenus) Fries. Syst. Mye. 2: 43. 1822.

VOL. viI—!I. 6

74 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Cups scattered, medium large, supported by a short, thick,
deeply furrowed stem; asci long, cylindrical, 8-spored; spores
1-seriate, oblong or ovate, simple, hyaline; paraphyses clavate.

Although this genus is commonly recognized among the dis-
comycetes it is doubtful if it can stand as a valid genus, the
name having been previously used as a generic name among the
alge. However it is thought best to leave this matter to be de-
cided upon by those who shall monograph the North American
fleshy discomycetes. Two species collected in the state.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Veins extending up the sides of the cup eae to its
margin. . - « « A. acetabulum.
Veins not eaten up the aides of ths can : : A. suleata.

ACETABULA ACETABULUM (lL.) comb. nov.
Platedi9f-am,

Peziza acetabulum Linn., Sp. Pl. ed 2: 1650. 1763.
Acetabula vulgaris Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 330. 1869.
Aleuria acetabulum Gill., Discom. 36. 1879.
Helvella acetabulum Quel., Enchir. Fung. 275. 1886.

Cups medium large, 2 to 5 em. in diameter, with prominent
branching veins which extend nearly to the margin of the out-
side of the cup, with a short, thick stem; stem 1 to 2 em. long
and about 1 em. thick, deeply furrowed; hymenium brown, ex-
ternally paler, yellowish; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores el-
liptical, with one large globose oil-drop 18 to 20 by 12”; para-
physes clavate.

In woods, various localities in eastern Iowa.

The species is very distinct in the ribs which extend from the
grooved stem up the sides of the cup. The spores have each one
large oil-drop which is so conspicuous that it is at first mistaken
for the spore itself. This plant is commonly known under the
specific name given by Fuckel although Peziza acetabulum is
usually cited in the synonym of the species as it was in the
Fuckel’s description. Since it becomes necessary to cite the
name given by Linnzus as a synonym we use this in combination
with the genus under which the species is usually described.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES £0

ACETABULA SULCATA (Pers.) Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 330. 1869.
Plate 19, f. 1.

Peziza sulcata Pers., Syn. Fung. 648. 1801.

Plants stipitate, about 2 cm. in diameter, externally pruinose,
hight colored, yellowish; hymenium darker, brown; stem 1 to 2
em. long by 5 to 1 em. thick, with deep grooves which extend
as far as the base of the cup; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores
elliptical, smooth, 18 to 20 by 12; paraphyses enlarged above.

On damp ground in woods, Iowa City.

The species is quite different from the preceding in the ab-
sence of veins which extend up the sides of the cup. The stem
itself is grooved as in A. acetabulum (L.).

Only one collection of this species was made but a number of
plants were found.

MACROPODIA Fuckel, Symb. Mye., 331. 1869.

Receptacle cup-shaped or expanded, usually borne on a long,
slender stem, externally rough with minute hairs or hair-like
outgrowths appearing mealy; hymenium darker than the exte-
rior of the cup; spores elliptical or fusoid.

Two species common in woods.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plants with long, slender stem; spores subelliptical. M. macropus.
Plants with short, thick stems; spores fusiform. . : M. fusicarpa.

MACROPODIA MACROPUS (Pers.) Fuckel, Symb. Mye., 331. 1869.
Plate- 29; 3...

Peziza macropus Pers., Obs. Mye., 1: 26. 1790.

Cups hemispherical then expanded, clothed externally with
minute hair-like structures, giving the exterior of the cup and
stem a pruinose appearance; hymenium brownish; stem long,
slender, tapering upwards, even or lacunose, asci cylindrical, 8-
spored; spores fusoid, or elliptical, becoming slightly rough at
maturity, about 30 by 10 to 12”; paraphyses enlarged upwards.

On the ground in woods, Iowa City and Mt. Pleasant.

The plants of this species are rather common but usually not

76 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

abundant. They are recognized at once by the cup which is
supported by the long slender stem. There seems to be a small
form of this species which is rather common but does not grow
larger than 1 to 2 em. in height.

MAcRopopIA FUSICARPA (Ger.) Durand, Jour. Mye. 12: 28.
1906.
Plate21, Lx

Peziza fusicarpa Ger., Bull. Torrey Cl. 4: 64. 1873.

Peziza (Sarcoscypha) pubida B. & C., Grevillea 3: 153. 1875.
Macropodia pubida Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 159. 1889.
Lachnea fusicarpa Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 172. 1889.

Peziza velutina Berk. & Curtis, Bot. N. Car. 132. 1867.
Peziza morgant Massee; Morgan, Jour. Mye. 8: 190. 1902.

Cups scattered or thickly crowded, nearly hemispherical,
shortly stipitate, 1 to 2 em. in diameter; hymenium dark brown
to purplish, darker when dry; externally clothed with short,
brown, septate hairs, giving the plant a mealy appearance; hairs
longer near the base; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores fusiform,
rough with 2 oil-drops, granular within, 38 to 42 by 10y; para-
physes slender, enlarged upwards.

On the ground in woods, Iowa City and Mt. Pleasant, also
studied in New York state.

The stem is short and generally covered with long, brown hairs,
and immersed in the ground so that the cups seem to be entirely
sessile. In the field the plants resemble somewhat those of Lach-
nea hemispherica (Scheff.) Gill., but are distinguished by the
dark colored hymenium and by the sofe hairs instead of the
sharp bristly ones which are found on the cups.

In the Discomycetes of Eastern Iowa it was suggested that
Peziza morgani Massee might be identical with this species which
has since been found to be the case, and several previous notes
made on it in various numbers of the Journal of Mycology and
Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of Sciences. The above syn-
onomy is taken largely from Durand (Jour. Mye. 12: 28) in
which he goes still farther and makes both supposed species
synonymous with Peziza fusicarpa Ger.

This is a very common and interesting species.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 7

ALEURIA Fuckel, Symb. Myce. 325. 1869.

Receptacle cup-shaped, often irregular, externally pruinose,
usually bright-colored; asci cylindrical to clavate, 8-spored;
spores at first smooth, becoming rough and at maturity delicate-
ly reticulated.

This genus was founded by Fuckel on Peziza aurantia Pers., a
reticulate-spored Peziza, and although not mentioned by Fuckel
this character has come to be recognized as the characteristic of
the genus or subgenus as the case may be.

Two reticulate-spored forms occur in the state.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plants small, about 1 em., spores l-guttulate. . . 5 A, aurantia.
Plants large, more than 2 em., spores 2-guttulate. A. rutilans.

ALEURIA AURANTIA (Pers.) Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 325. 1869.

Peziza aurantia Pers., Syn. Fung. 637. 1801.
Plate 17, f. 1.

Cups subsessile, at first regular, becoming irregular with age,
2 to 5 em. in diameter, externally whitish; hymenium deep
orange; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores elliptical, 1-seriate, 2-
guttulate, at first smooth becoming reticulated, 15 to 17 by 8p;
paraphyses slender, enlarged upwards, filled with orange gran-
ules which give color to the hymenium.

In grassy places, Iowa City, also in woods.

This is probably one of the most attractive and best known
forms of the discomycetes. Its large size and unusually bright
color makes it easy of detection. The species is probably rather
common throughout North America. A specimen was received
by the writer from Dr. T. C. Frye of Seattle, Washington, with
the statement that it occurred in abundance on the campus of
the State University. During the present season the same spe-
cies has been collected and studied by the writer in New York
City. These go to indicate a wide distribution.

ALEURIA RUTILANS (Fries.) Gill., Discom. 53. 1879.
Plate 17, i. 1:

Peziza rutilans Fries., Syst. Myce. 2: 68. 1822.

72 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Gregarious, sessile, or with a short stem, about .5 to 1 em. in
diameter, externally clothed with very few minute white hairs;
hymenium bright orange; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores el-
liptical, 1-guttulate, externally covered with net-like reticula-
tions, giving the spore a roughened appearance, 22 to 25 by 12n;
paraphyses slender, enlarged upwards, filled with orange gran-
ules.

In woods among moss (Polytrichum), Iowa City, rather com-
mon.

Specimens described under this name are vecry interesting.
The plants are distinct from the preceding in the size, habi-
tat, and in their more decidedly stipitate character. They have
always been found by the writer among the same kind of moss
and in some cases were thought to grow from the stems of the
mosses among which they are more or less immersed, but this
could not be determined with certainty.

The plants described here have reticulate spores similar to
those of the preceding. In the Discomycetes of Eastern Iowa
this fact was mentioned and illustrated with the statement that
in no available description were the spores of Peziza rutilans
Fries described as being reticulate although they were always
described as rough.

Since that statement was made a reference has come to hand
(Grevillea 22: 108) in which the description drawn from a speci-
men named by Fries as Peziza rutilans states that the spores are
delicately reticulated. The specimens described here conform
well in that particular with authentic material, a point concern-
ing which the writer was in doubt at the time the first record
of the species was published.

In some respects these plants resemble more closely those of
Peziza polytrichi Schum. The plants especially when young are
quite hairy often with a distinct white fringe around the margin
but older specimens are more nearly smooth or only slghtly
downy. The stem-like base is also a prominent character.

GALACTINIA (Cooke) Sace., Syll. Fung., 8: 106. 1889.
Galactinia Cooke (as subgenus), Mycogr., 253.

Receptacle sessile, cup-shaped, entire, fleshy, when wounded

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 79

exuding a milky, colored juice; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores
elliptical hyaline.
One species common in Iowa.

GALACTINIA succosa (Berk.) Sace., Syll. Fung., 8: 106. 1889.
Plate 16, f. 1.

Peziza succosa Berk., Not. Brit. Fungi. No. 156 (reprint from
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1841).

The plants of this species are not striking in external appear-
ance but are easily distinguished by the bright yellow, milky
juice which exudes when the fiesh is broken. There seems to be
two varieties of this species distinguished mainly by the differ-
ence in size. The one is small, scarcely reaching a size of 2 em.
in diameter and the cups very regular and almost perfectly
hemispherical in form. The other is much larger often reaching
a size of 4 to 5 em. and the cups are not perfectly hemispherical
but the sides are more nearly straight giving the plant more or
less of a funnel-shaped appearance. Whether the two forms are
entirely distinct is uncertain.

OTIDEA (Pers.) Fuckel, Symb. Mye., 329. 1869.

_Otidea (subgenus) Pers., Mye. Eu. 1: 220. 1822.

Receptacle large, elongated or split on one side nearly to the
base; cups more or less stipitate, scattered or densely crowded;
asel cylindrical, 8-spored; spores elliptical, smooth, hyaline with
one or two oil-drops; paraphyses clavate or bent in the form of
a hook at the apex.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plants large, hymenium brown, paraphyses, hooked. . . QO. leporina.
Plants comparatively small, yellowish, paraphyses
Wen 9 eS i ie at ae nn mer OQ. ochracea.

*OTIDEA LEPORINA (Batsch) Fuckel, Symb. Myc., 379. 1869.
Peziza leporina Batsch, Elench. Fung., 1: 118. 1783.

The large cups much elongated on one side are very good
characters by which the present species may be distinguished.

80 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

*OTIDEA ONOTICA OCHRACEA (Fries) Sacc., Syll. Fung. 8: 95.
1889.
Plate Tair,

Peziza onotica ochracea Fries, Syst. Myc., 2: 48. 1822.

The plants examined occur in dense clusters and the cups are
split entirely to the base. The paraphyses are nearly straight,
not hooked as in the preceding.

FAMILY 6. ASCOBOLACE A.

~ Receptacle generally sessile on the substratum, at -first closed,
later more or less expanded, nearly always found on dung; peri-
dium thin or wanting; hypothecium for the most part well de-
veloped, consisting of roundish cells; asci at maturity protruding
beyond the surface of the hymenium, generally operculate ; spores
hyaline or purple, globose to elliptical, smooth or marked with
wart-like projections or reticulations.

This is one of the most interesting families of all the dis-
comycetes. The plants are usually very small in size but ocecur-
ring, as they do, on the dung of various animals may be de-
tected by the guidance of the substrata on which they occur.
The plants of the family seem to have the ability to endure
long periods of extreme dryness and to spring into life again
with the return of moisture. The group is of unusual interest
on account of the ease with which the plants may be cultivated
in the laboratory.

About twenty species of the family have been studied in Iowa
most of which were first studied from material cultivated in
artificial cultures. Later many of the same species were collected
in the field.

In addition to the forms described here one species has been
observed and studied by the writer in New York which is of
some interest. This species was Streptotheca boudiert Vaill.
which is the only representative of the genus, having been col-
lected on (rabbit?) dung.

ASCOPHANUS Boud., Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 10: 241. 1869.
Receptacle at first closed then expanded, fleshy or fleshy-gela-

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 81

tinous, externally smooth or minutely granulated (not hairy) ;
hymenium at maturity plane or convex; asci cylindrical or cla-
vate, operculate, 8-spored, protruding beyond the surface of the
hymenium at maturity; spores elliptical, hyaline, smooth or
sometimes slightly rough, in one or two rows in the ascus.

The plants of the genus usually occur on dung of different
animals. Five species are here described.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plants very small, scarcely visible with lens.
Spores 7 to 8u long, paraphyses globose. . . A. microsporus.
Spores 10 to 13u long, paraphyses pyriform. . A. granuliformis.
Plants 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, easily visible.

Receptacle cinereous to blackish. . : - . A. cinereus.
Receptacle flesh-colored to red.
Plants commonly on old hemp, paper, ete. . A. testaceus.
Plants commonly on dung. .. : : . A. carneus.

*ASCOPHANUS MICROSPORUS (Berk & Br.) Phil., Brit. Discom.
307. 1887.
Piste nase. ah,

Ascobolus microsporus Berk & Br., Not. Brit. Fungi. No. 1087.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1865.

Common in the field both at Iowa City and Mt. Pleasant.

ASCOPHANUS GRANULIFORMIS (Crouan) Boud., Ann. Sci. Nat.
V. 10: 245. 1869 (reprint p. 55).

Ascobolus granuliformis Crouan, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 10: 195.
1858.

Plants minute, globose or hemispherical, pale yellowish, trans-
lucent, smooth; asci small, very wide, oblong, narrowed at the
base, 8-spored; spores hyaline, smooth, elliptical, 10 to 13 by Ty;
paraphyses simple or branched, pear-shaped at the apices.

On cow-dung Decorah, Iowa. E. W. D. Holway.

The only specimen of this species seen is the one in the Hol-
way collection, at Ames, Iowa. Probably not uncommon but
easily overlooked.

The species derives its name from the fact that the plants ap-
pear like minute grains on the substratum.

82 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN
*ASCOPHANUS CINEREUS (Crouan) Boud., Ann. Sci. Nat. V-
10: 249. 1869.
Plate 28.5.1.

Ascobolus cinereus Crouan, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 10: 194. 1858.

Grown on horse-dung in culture in the laboratory, also since:
collected in the field.

The species is quite easily distinguished from any of the
other forms described here by the cinereous or blackish color of
the plants.

During the fall of 1906 a fine collection of this species was:
made on horse-dung in a wet swampy place in North Dakota.

*ASCOPHANUS TESTACEUS (Moug.) Phill., Brit. Discom. 310-
1887.
Plate 27, f. 1.

Peziza testacea Moug.; Fries, Elench. Fung. 2:11. 1827.
Ascobolus testaceus Berk. & Br., Not. Brit. Fungi, No. 1082.

Ascobolus testaceus Berk. & Br., Not. Brit. Fungi, No. 1980.
(Reprint from Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1865).

Abundant collections were made on old sacking, building pa-
per and cloth.

The color of these plants varies according to conditions; they
are generally bright red but often pale. The color becomes
brighter as the plants dry. A piece of old sacking found near
the experiment station at Lafayette, Indiana, was almost entire-
ly covered with the plants of this species. It was also found on
heavy building paper in a damp place.

During the fall of 1905 this species was collected in good
quantity on old building paper and sacking at Mt. Pleasant,
Towa, and during the autumn of 1906 the same species was
again collected on a similar habitat in North Dakota.

ASCOPHANUS CARNEUS (Pers.) Boud., Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 10:
250. 1869. (Reprint p. 59).
Ascobolus carneus Pers., Syn. Fung., 676. 1801.

Scattered or rarely crowded, minute, sessile, flesh-red, smooth,

IOWA DISCOMYCETES gz

at first globose then flattened; hymenium convex, papillate, im-
marginate; asci broad, clavate, attenuated below, 8-spored;
spores elliptical, smooth or very minutely roughened, hyaline.
about 18 by 104; paraphyses enlarged upwards, septate.

On cow-dung, Iowa City and Mt. Pleasant.

The species was found to be very common about Mt. Pleasant.
The plants when moist are pale reddish but when dry become
bright red and easily seen. The species is quite similar to the
preceding but differs in the habitat with slight differences in
morphological characters.

LASIOBOLUS Sacee., Bot. Cent. 18: 220. 1884.

Reeeptacle similar to that of Ascophanus but externally
clothed with sharp-pointed hairs.
Two species collected in the state, one of which is very com-
mon.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Hairs long, numerous and conspicuous. . . . . «. CL. equinus.
Hairs obscure, few and inconspicuous. . . . . . JZ. raripilus.

*LASIOBOLUS EQUINUS (Muell.) Karst., Act. Soc. Fauna Fl.
Fenn. 2: 122. 1885.
Plate 32, £.-1.

Elvela equina Mueller, Fl. Dan. pl. 779. 1782.
Ascobolus pilosus Fries, Syst. Mye. 2: 164. 1822.
Peziza papillata Pers., Syn. Fung. 650. 1801.

Ascobolus ciliatus Kunze & Schm., Mye. Heft 90. 1817.

These plants have been collected in large quantities on the
usual (dung) substratum during the entire season. The plants
vary much in color so that this seems unreliable as a specific
character. They often occur densely crowded on the substratum
or more or less scattered. The paraphyses also vary much often
being branched several times and in other cases entirely un-
branched.

*LASIOBOLUS RARIPILUS (Phill.) Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 537.
1889.
Plate 32, f. 11.

Ascobolus raripilus Phill., Grevillea 7: 23. 1878.

84 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

THECOTHEUS Boud., Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 10: 235. 1869.

Receptacle waxy, sessile, at first conical in form and almost
pointed above, later expanding, becoming cylindrical and about
as broad as high; hymenium erumpent, immarginate, subprui-
nose, at first plane, then convex, rough with crystalline points,
which are the emergent asci; asci large, elongated and broad,
32-spored, becoming much exserted; spores hyaline, each sur-
rounded by a mucilaginous membrane.

The genus is represented by a single species which oceurs
commonly in Iowa. The genus is distinguished from Ryparo-
bius by the larger size of the plants and their peculiar conical
form when young, also by the erumpent hymenium.

THECOTHEUS PELLETIERI (Crouan) Boud., Ann. Sci. Nat., V.
10-236: 1869:
Plate.33,/1-1.

Ascobolus pelletiert Crouan, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 7: 173. 1857.
Ryparobius pelletiert Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 542. 1889.

Gregarious or scattered, conical, then cylindrical, dirty whit-
ish to gray, externally pruinose; hymenium at first slightly con-
cave, then plane or convex; asci few, very large, cylindrical,
operculate, stipitate, 300 to 320 by 50 to 60; spores 32 in each
ascus, arranged three to four abreast in irregular rows, large,
attenuated at each end, often filled with large guttule, or granu-
lar, 23 to 24 by 35 to 38u, paraphyses slender, branched.

Grown on cow-dung in the laboratory, Iowa City, also col-
lected on horse-dung Mt. Pleasant; rather common.

The plants of this species were grown several times under glass
in the laboratory at Iowa City previous to the publication of the
Discomycetes of Eastern Iowa. They are at first white or nearly
so and taper to a point at the apex which gradually spreads out
until the plant becomes cylindrical with the hymenium convex.
When mature the whole plant is from 2 to 3 mm. in diameter
and about the same in height.

RYPAROBIUS Boud., Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 10: 237. 1869.

Receptacle, minute (usually less than 1 mm.) at first globose,

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 85

then expanded or depressed, white or whitish, externally smooth
or downy; asci cylindrical, or very broad and elliptical, present
in small numbers, generally operculate, 16 to many-spored;
spores elliptical or fusiform, hyaline, smooth; paraphyses slen-
der, colorless.

Three species of the genus have been studied in Iowa.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.
Asci 16-spored. . awties: Sits, oe. oe oe hates ay ep Bee NMSDONtE.
Asci more than 16-spored.

Asci 64-spored. 4 : R. pachyascus.
Asci many-spored, number indefinite. . . . £&. crustaceus.

*RYPAROBIUS SEXDECIMSPORUS (Crouan) Sace., Syll. Fung. 8:
541. 1889.

Plate 34, f. 1.

Ascobolus sexdecimsporus Crouan, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 10: 195.
1858.

Ascophanus sexdecimsporus Phill., Brit. Discom. 311. 1887.

*RYPAROBIUS CRUSTACEUS (Fuckel) Rehm, Ber. Naturh. Ver.
Augsburg 26: 17. 1881.
Plate 33, f. 1.

Ascobolus crustaceus Fuckel, Hedwigia 5: 4. 1866.

RYPAROBIUS PACHYASCUS Zukal; Rehm, Hedwigia 27: 167.
1888.

Plate 34, f. 1.

Gregarious or scattered, very minute, scarcely visible with the
lens, 70 to 90u in diameter, partly immersed, yellowish-brown;
asci few in each plant, 3 to 5, broad, acute at the base, not stipi-
tate, 70 to 76 by 32 to 35u, many-spored; spores minute, ellip-
tical, 5 to 7 by 3; paraphyses not distinct.

Grown on cow-dung in the laboratory, Iowa City.

Plants very small and could not be distinguished except as
they were collected with other species.. The number of asci in
each plant is small varying from three to five. The entire ascus
is filled with the spores which seem to be arranged radially
around the outside of the ascus. The exact number of spores in

86 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

each ascus could not be made out but there are more than 64.
The paraphyses if present were indistinct.

ASCOBOLUS Pers., Obs. Mye., 1: 33. 1796.

Receptacle fleshy-gelatinous, at first closed, globose, later more
or less cup-shaped or plane, externally smooth, furfuraceous or
clothed with soft hairs; asci cylindrical or clavate, operculate,
protruding at maturity, spores elliptical, smooth reticulate or
verrucose, at first hyaline then purple and at last brown; para-
physes scarcely enlarged upwards; plants generally found on
dung but often occuring on decaying plant materials; hymenium
dotted with the end of the asci containing dark colored spores.

KEY TO 'tHE SPECIES.

Plants very minute about 1 mm. or less in diameter,
smooth. . : , : : ’ , A ; A. glaber
Plants externally fart uedeaden or pilose.
Plants minute vee hairy, spores very large
to 50u. : - ‘ 2 A. immersus.
Plants furfuraceous, spores not to exoged 30.
Spores rough, verrucose or reticulate.
Spores verrucose, plants on burnt ground. . A. carbonarius.
Spores delicately reticulate.
Plants light colored, yellowish-green, on

dung. “ A, stercorarius.
Plants dark colored, paceman ie eon
ish, on soil, : nit toes A. viridis.
Spores smooth, plants on horse- jee - « « A, lenerties

* ASCOBOLUS GLABER Pers., Obs. Mye. 1: 34. 1796.
Plate sb tar.

The plants of this species which are from .5 to 1 mm. in diame-
ter were found growing sparingly on the material described
above. When growing they appear as small globose, shining
dots but removed from the substratum they are found to be pyri-
form, the lower part of the plant being immersed. The spores
of this species are similar to those of Ascobolus stercorarius
(Bull.) Schroet. but are easily distinguished by the surface
markings. The spores of the former are marked by a few
branching reticulations which are for the most part longitudinal

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 87

while in the latter they extend in any direction and are much
more numerous, giving the spore a decidedly roughened appear-
ance.

* ASCOBOLUS IMMERSUS Pers., Obs. Mye., 1: 35. 1796.
Plate 31, f. 1.

Ascobolus macrosporus Crouan, Ann, Ann. Sci. Nat., IV. 7:
173. 1857.

Ascobolus gigasporus De Notaris, Comm. Critt. It.. 1: 360.
1863.

ASCOBOLUS CARBONARINS Karst., Not. Fauna Fl. Tenn. 11:
202. 1870.
*Ascobolus atro-fuscus Phill. & Plow., Grevillea 2: 186. 1873.
Plate 29, f. 1.

Plants found growing on the banks of the Iowa River near
Iowa City, where a brush pile had been burned, also later col-
lections made where fires had been in various localities. The
plants are usually densely crowded on or surrounding the
pieces of charcoal with which the soil is mixed. They are very
dark brown in color and rough on the outside.

A note was added by Phillips and Plowright in their original
description cited above as follows: ‘‘We have little doubt of
this being the same plant referred to by Mr. Boudier (1. ¢.) as
Ascobolus viridis Curr.; it differs so much in sporidia, colour
and habitat from Mr. Currey’s species that we venture to con-
sider it distinct.’’

Later Ascobolus viridis Curr., or what was suspected to be
this, was collected by the writer on clay soil in other localities
along the Iowa River in moist places and it was never suspected
that this might be identical with A. atro-fuscus Phill. & Plow.
until this note was read. In addition to the differences men-
tioned by Phillips and Plowright the spores of A. viridis are
reticulate and in A. atro-fuscus we have seen no signs of reticula-
tions but the spores are beautifully verrucose. It would seem
that the two forms are distinct, but the illustration of Boudier
conforms more closely to the description of Ascobolus atro-fuscus
Phill. & Plow. than to that of Ascobolus viridis Curr.

88 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

ASCOBOLUS virIDIS Curr., Trans. Linn. Soc., 24: 154. 1864.
Plate 30, £, 1.

Plants sessile, plane or very slightly concave, nearly flat, 1 to
5 mm. in diameter, yellowish or greenish-yellow, becoming brown;
externally furfuraceous and darker, brownish; asci clavate, 125
to 150 by 20 to 22n, tapering into a rather long stem, 8-spored;
spores elliptical or slightly accuminate, at first hyaline and
granular within, becoming purple, then brown, when mature
marked with net-like reticulations, 21 to 27 by 12y, 1- to 2-ser-
late, when mature crowded together; paraphyses slender, simple
or branched, granular within, surrounded by greenish-yellow
mucus.

On the damp, clay soil, on the banks of the Iowa River, from
June until late autumn, Iowa City, common.

The following is the original description of this species: ‘‘On
clay ground; sessile, one-third of an inch wide, plane or very
slightly concave, of a dark dingy yellowish green colour, exter-
nally very furfuraceous, almost tomentose; spores elliptical-ac-
cuminate, rugose-striate, amethyst purple.’’

Our plants conform very closely to this description but are a
little smaller.

ASCOBOLUS STERCORARIUS (Bull.) Schroeter, E & P. Nat. Pfl.
12.5198; > 1897.
Plate 29, f. 1.

Peziza stercoraria Bull. Herb. France, pl. 376, f. 1. 1787.
Ascobolus furfuraceus Pers., Obs. Mye. 1: 33. 1796.

Plants sessile, globose, then expanded, 1 to 5 mm. in diameter,
externally pale yellow, covered with bran-like particles, espe-
cially near the margin; hymenium concave, sometimes plane or
slightly convex, same color when young, becoming dark with
age on account of the dark colored spores; flesh very brittle;
asci clavate, emergent; spores elliptical, reticulate, violet, then
brown, 20 to 25 by 10 to 12”; paraphyses filiform, septate, im-
bedded in sulphur-yellow gelatine.

On old cow-dung in pastures and woods, also grown in culture.

A very common species and easily recognized by the yellowish:

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 89

plants which are covered with dark dots, the ends of the emergent
asei filled with dark purple spores. The plants occur scattered
or densely crowded and vary much in size.

ASCOBOLUS LEVEILLEI Boud., Ann. Sci. Nat., V. 10: 225. 1869.
Plate 30, f. m.

Plants thickly gregarious, small about 1 mm. in diameter or
less, globose or expanded, externally brown, very rough almost
pilose; hymenium dark with the emergent asci; asci 100 to 125
by 25y, clavate, 8-spored; spores elliptical, smooth, at first hya-
line, then purple and at last brown, 24 to 25 by 12u paraphyses
filiform, simple or branched, granular within.

On horse-dung, June, 1904, Iowa City.

These plants were referred to Ascobolus brunneus Cooke in An
Annotated List of Iowa Discomycetes but they seem to con-
form more closely to the above. The general appearance of the
plants as well as the spore characters conform very well to the
illustration given with the original description cited above. The
plants were collected in considerable mass on horse-dung.

Sacecardo describes the spores of this species as being deli-
cately reticulated. Neither the original description nor the il-
lustrations accompanying it show this character, but the spores
are represented as being entirely smooth as they are in our
plants.

Our specimens were collected, described and the illustration
drawn before the original description of this species was seen
but in all points the descriptions conform unusually well.

SACCOBOLUS Boud., Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 10: 228. 1869.

Receptacle similar to Ascobolus, externally smooth; asci emer-
gent, operculate, clavate, often stipitate, 8-spored; spores ellip-
tical to fusiform, at first hyaline, then purple, at last brown,
smooth, united into one globular mass in the ascus; plants gen-
erally occurring on dung.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Planig. golden-yellow, 92.) S-ies ks a S eermernt.
Plants violet. . Sy «Bd : : reves - : . .8. violacens.

VOL. vi—l. 7

90 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

*SACCOBOLUS KERVERNI (Crouan) Boud., Ann. Sci. Nat., V.
10292295" 1869:
Plate 28, f. 1.

Ascobolus kerverni Crouan, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 10: 193. 1858.

SACCOBOLUS VIOLACEUS Boud., Ann. Sci. Nat., V. 10: 230. 1869.
Ascobolus violascens Gill., Champ. France, 141. 1888.

Plants scattered or gregarious, minute, 1 to 2 mm. in diameter,
smooth, soft, violet; hymenium convex of the same color as the
exterior; asci broad more slender near the base, operculate, 8-
spored; spores elliptical, subacute, at first hyaline, becoming
violet to blackish, smooth, 15 by 9», enclosed in a common hya-
line membrane; paraphyses violet, pyriform at the apex.

On cow-dung, Iowa City and Mt. Pleasant, rather common.

This species is very distinct from the preceding in the gen-
eral color of the plants which are violet instead of golden-yellow,
also the spores are a little smaller and darker. Several collec-
tions of the plants of this species have been made in Iowa by
the writer.

FAMILY 7. HELOTIACE2.

Plants for the most part superficial, more rarely erumpent or
produced from a sclerotium, sessile or stipitate, smooth or hairy;
substance waxy or membranous or stout, composed of thin-
walled, bright colored cells which form a pseudoparenchyma;
cups at first closed, gradually becoming expanded; asci 8-spored.
opening with a pore; spores globose to filiform, 1-8-celled.

SARCOSYPHA Fries, Sace. Syll, Fung. 8: 153. 1889.
Sarcoscypha Fries (as tribe), Syst: Mye. 2: 78. 1822.
Sarcoscypha Cooke (as subgenus), Mycogr. 258.

Plants generally gregarious or tufted, more or less long-stipi-
tate, receptacle generally cup-shaped becoming nearly plane in
some cases, externally hairy; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores
elliptical, usually smooth, hyaline, 1 to 2-guttulate; paraphyses

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 91

slender, branched, enlarged above; plants usually bright colored,
growing on decaying wood.
Three species common in Iowa.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Externally clothed with long rigid hairs. . . . . 8S. floccosa.
Externally clothed with soft flexuose hairs, or nearly
naked.
Cups large, 3 to 4 em.; stem short, thick. . . . S. coccinea.
Cups medium sized, 1 to 2 em.; stem slender,
usually long. : ‘ oh - : : . S. occidentalis.

*SARCOSYPHA FLOCCOSA (Schw.) Sacec., Syll. Fung. 8. 156.
1889.
Plate 22, f. 1.

Peziza floccosa Schw., Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 4: 172. 1832.
*SARCOSCYPHA COCCINEA (Scop.) Saec., Syll. Fung. 8: 154.
1889.
Plate 21, f. m.
Elvela coccinea Scop., Fl. Car. 2: 479. 1772.
Peziza coccinea Jacq., Fl. Austr. 2, pl. 163. 1774.
Lachnea coccinea Gill., Discom. 66. 1879.
Geopyxis coccinea Massee, Fung. Fl. York. 252. 1905.

On partially buried sticks in the woods, fall and spring, Iowa
City and Mt. Pleasant. Also observed in North Dakota.

*SARCOSYPHA OCCIDENTALIS (Schw.) Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 154.
1889.
Plate 22, f. m1.

Peziza occidentalis Schw., Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 4: 171
1832.

On decaying sticks in woods, spring and summer, Iowa City,
Mt. Pleasant, and Des Moines, Iowa. Also observed in North
Dakota. :

CHLOROSPLENIUM Fries, Summa Veg. Scand. 356. 1849.

Plants sessile or shortly stipitate, concave or plane, bright yel-
low to olivaceous or aeruginous-green, often staining the sub-

92 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN
stratum green; asci clavate, 8-spored; spores ovoid to fusoid,
simple, hyaline.

Three species of the genus not uncommon in Iowa.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plants entirely sessile, bright to olivaceous. . . C. chlora.
Plants stipitate or substipitate, wruginous or oliva-
ceous-green.
Plants bright wruginous-green. : : - . C. eruginosum.
Plants dull olivaceous-green. : : : - C. versiforme.

CHLOROSPENIUM CHLORA (Schw.) Massee, Jour. Linn. Soe. 35:
16. A901
Plate 23, f. m1.

Peziza chlora Schw., Schr. Nat. Ges. Leipzig. 1: 122. 1818.

Chlorosplenium schweinitzti Fries, Summa Veg. Scand. 356.
1849.

Peziza crocitincta Berk. & Curtis; Berkeley, Grevillea 3: 160.
1875.

Plants thickly gregarious, soft, rather fleshy, at first closed and
globose in form, then expanded but remaining concave with the
margin incurved, bright yellow externally or often more or
less faded; hymenium becoming greenish; cups appearing rough
on the exterior but not hairy, 1 to 2 mm. in diameter; asci stipi-
tate, 8-spored; spores 1-seriate, hyaline, simple, straight or
curved, 5 to 6 by 1.54; paraphyses slender, slightly enlarged at
their apices.

On old stumps especially oak, Iowa City and Mt. Pleasant.
common.

Although this species is the type of the genus Chlorosplenium
as founded by Fries the general appearance of the plants would
seareely suggest that genus as it is understood at the present
time. The plants are usually very bright yellow, often orange-
yellow with perhaps a slight tinge of green displayed especially
by the hymenium. The species differs from the other members
of the genus described here not only in color but in the entire
absence of stem.

This species which has been collected often by the writer has

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 93

always been associated with the genus Helotium rather than with
the one to which it belongs.

CHLOROSPLENIUM ZRUGINOSUM (Oeder) De Notaris, Comm.
Critt. It. 1: 376. 1864.
Plate 24, f. 1.

Helvella aeruginosa Oeder, Fl]. Dan. pl. 534. 1770.
Peziza aeruginosa Vahl. Fl. Dan. pl. 1200. 1797.
Helotium aeruginosum Fries, Summa Veg. Seand. 355. 1849.

Plants gregarious with a short stem or nearly sessile, concave
or nearly plane, bright wruginous-green externally, staining the
substratum to some depth the same color; hymenium paler often
yellowish ; entire plant from 5 to 8 mm. in diameter and the same
in height; stem stout, tapering below; asci cylindrical to clavate,
8-spored ; spores fusiform or fusoid, 10 to 14 by 3 to 4y, hyaline;
paraphyses slender.

On old wood especially oak, Iowa City, Macbride and Shimek,
Mt. Pleasant, Seaver, not uncommon.

The plants of the species are distinguished by the bright
wruginous-green color of the exterior of the cups as well as that
of the substratum on which they grow. The wood thus stained
is made use of in the manufacture of various articles.

CHLOROSPLENIUM VERSIFORME (Pers.) De Notaris, Comm. Critt.
It. 1: 376. 1864.
Plate 24, f. m.

Peziza versiforme Pers., Ie. Dese. 25. 1798.

Plants gregarious, stipitate or subsessile, concave or plane, of-
ten very irregular in outline, elongated on one side or variously
contorted; externally brownish to olivaceous-green; hymenium
dull olivaceous-green ; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores elliptical
or subelliptical, 12 to 14 by 3 to 4u; paraphyses filiform, slender.

On old wood. Decorah, Iowa, E. W. D. Holway.

The only specimens of this species examined from Iowa are
those collected by Holway at Decorah.

The color in this form is not nearly so bright as in the preced-
ing and the plants are much more irregular in form. From the

94. NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

original description and illustration the color appears to be quite
variable ranging from olivaceous-green to brownish or purplish
but never so decidedly green as in Chlorosplenium aeruginosum
(Oeder) DeNot.

CIBORIA Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 311. 1869.

Cups scattered, firm, often with a long stem, of medium size,
waxy, externally smooth, or furfuraceous, hymenium concave or
plane; color variable; asci elongated, 8-spored; spores oblong-
oval, cylindrical or lanceolate, simple, hyaline; paraphyses pre-
sent variable. .

Plants larger and stem stronger than in the genus Phialea.
One species reported from the state.

CrBORIA SULPHURELLA (Ellis & Everh.) Rehm; Durand, Bull.
Torrey Cl. 29: 461. 1902.

Helotium sulphurellum Ellis & Everh., Bull. Torrey Cl. 10:
98. 1883.

Plants gregarious, stipitate; stem variable in length, sometimes
as long as 2 em. and slender, but often very short; cups 2 to 5
mm. in diameter, a little concave or nearly plane; plants very
variable in color often sulphur-yellow when fresh with a tinge of
green; hymenium darker becoming reddish or reddish-brown,
when dry entire plant almost black; asci clavate, 8-spored, 75 by
8u; spores 1-seriate with the ends overlapped, elliptical, nar-
rowed at the ends, 10 to 12 by 3 to 4u.

On petioles of ash (Fraxinus) Mt. Pleasant, common, Iowa
City, Macbride.

The plants of this species were found to be abundant and quite
attractive from their variable color. The species has been ecol-
lected by the writer in New York and North Dakota and prob-
ably oceurs coextensive with the host.

SCLEROTINIA Fuckel, Symb. Myc., 1: 330. 1869.

Plants for the most part medium large, single or in clusters
springing from a sclerotium formed in the stems, leaves or fruits
of plants; sclerotium resting over winter; cups at first closed,

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 95

and globose, becoming expanded and cup-shaped or plane; asci
cylindrical to clavate, 8-spored; spores elongated or elliptical,
straight or curved, simple, hyaline, 1-seriate.

The genus is distinguished by the sclerotium from which the
plants grow. Three species found in Iowa, two of which have
their type locality in this state.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Selerotium formed in acorns. - : ‘ : S. pseudotuberosa.
Sclerotium formed in seeds of bass es : : ea Pag
Sclerotinum formed in seeds of wild cherry. . . SS. seaveri.

SCLEROTINA PSEUDOTUBEROSA Rehm, Rabenh. Krypt. Fl. 1°:
809. 1896.

Ciboria pseudotuberosa Rehm, Ber. Naturh. Ver. Augsburg 26:
28. 1881.

Stromatinia pseudotuberosa Boud., Bull. Soc. Myc. France, 1:
115. 1885.

Hymenoscypha pseudotuberosa Phill., Brit. Diseom. 119. 1887.

Plants gregarious, stipitate; stem often 2 em. long. subfiex-
uose, when dry longitudinally striated, olivaceous to olivaceous-
brown ; cups at first closed and globose, becoming expanded when
moist, 5 to 7 mm. in diameter; hymenium brownish; asci clavate,
8-spored, 120 by 6; spores elliptical to ovate, smooth, simple;
paraphyses filiform, 34 in diameter at their apices, hyaline.

On acorns, Decorah.

The only specimens of this species seen were those collected
by Mr. E. W. D. Holway in the northeast part of the state.

ScLeroTIna (Stromatinia) TIL1= Reade, Ann. Mye. 6: 114.
1908.

Apothecia mostly solitary, cyathoid. long stipitate, 0.5-1 em.
high, Isabelline color (R), stipe smooth, slender, cylindrical, 0.5
mm. or less thick; dise at first closed then expanded. saucer-
shaped, 1 to 3 mm. across, excipulum with pseudoparenchymatous
outer layer and a prosenchymatous medulla; asci cylindrical-
clavate, 140 to 170 by 8 to 10u, apex round-truneate, spores blue
with iodine, continuous, 9 to 11 by 4 - Du; paraphyses scatter-
ing, filiform, hyaline.

96 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

From sclerotium in seeds of Tilia americana L. lying on the
ground, Mt. Pleasant, Iowa, April 16, 1906. F. J. Seaver.

The above description is taken from the original without
material change, the description having been drawn from Iowa
material sent by the writer. The plants in external appearance
are very much like those occuring on the seeds of wild cherry
described below.

SCLEROTINIA (Stromatina) SEAVERI Rehm, Ann. Mye. 3: 519.
1905.

Apothecia 1 or 2 from a single mummy, about 1 em. high,
long stipitate, cyathoid, fawn to Isabella color (R) ; stipe smooth,
slender, cylindrical, more or less tapering and frequently tomen-
tose below, 5 to 20 by 11 mm. without rhizoid-like organs; dise
at first closed then expanding saucer shaped, to convex and
umbilicate; excipulum with a pseudoparenchymatous outer layer
and a prosenchymatous medulla; asci cylindrical-clavate, 155 to,
180 by 8 to 11u, apex round, spores blue with iodine; spores 8,
obliquely 1-seriate, ellipsoid, ends rounded, hyaline, continuous,
11 to 17 by 5 to 8; paraphyses scattering, filiform, slightly
wider at the tips, mostly simple, septate, hyaline.

Chlamydospores (Monilia seavert Reade n. f.) effuse, ash-
gray; epiphyllous sometimes later on twigs also, still later in
minute cespitule on immature fruits citron-shaped, continuous.
hyaline, 7 to 15 mostly 8 to 10u, in. long di- and trichotomously
branched chains with slender, fusiform disjunctors 3 or 4 long.

Sclerotia formed in mummified fruits. _

Parasitic on leaves, twigs and fruits of Prunus serotina Ehrh.
growing by roadsides and along fences, Ithaca, N. Y., and Mal-
loryville, N. Y. Apothecia were collected in the latter part of
April and the first of May. Chlamydospores were abundant on
the leaves during the first part of June and on the frmt in July.

The attention of the writer was first directed to this species by
Prof. B. Shimek who collected a number of plants on the seeds
of the wild cherry, in March, 1905, in woods near Iowa City.
As this was the first occurence of any of the plants of this
genus, to my knowledge, in the state it was of more than usual
interest. A search was made for more of the material and it

IOWA DISCOMYCETES OT

was found to be quite common in the early spring so that suf-
ficient material was collected to be issued in exsiceati. Nearly
a year later the material was sent to Dr. Rehm of Germany for
determination who described it as new.

DASYSCYPHA (Fries) Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 304. 1869.

Dasyscyphea (as tribe) Fries, Syst. Myce. 2: 89. 1822.

Cups gregarious, small, distinctly stipitate, expanded, when
dry closed, externally clothed with hairs; hymenium concave;
asci elongated, 8-spored ; spores variable in form, simple, hyaline.

Distinguished from Trichopeziza by the stipitate cups.

Two species collected in Iowa.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plants small 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, white. . : : D. nivea.
Plants comparatively large 2 to 5 mm., yellowish, .. D. pygmea.

DASYSCYPHA NIVEA (Hedw.) Sacc., Syll. Fung. 8: 437. 1889.
Plate 25, f. m.

Octospora nivea Hedw. Obs. Bot. 13. 1802.
Peziza nivea Fries, Syst, Mye. 2: 90. 1822.
Lachnella nivea Phill., Brit. Discom. 245. 1887.

Plants small about 1 mm. in diameter, tapering below into a
distinct stem which is sometimes very short or 1 to 2 mm. long,
clothed externally with a dense covering of hyaline (white)
hairs; hairs enlarged, clavate smooth or minutely roughened;
hymenium coneave or nearly plane; asci clavate, 8-spored ; spores
small, simple, hyaline, 7 to 9 by 2”; paraphyses present.

On decaying wood and herbaceous stems, Iowa City and Mt.
Pleasant, common.

In the specimens from which the description is drawn the
hairs are decidedly enlarged upwards so as to appear club-
shaped and nearly smooth or a little roughened.

DASYSCYPHA PYGMZA (Fries) Saee., Syll. Fung. 8: 436. 1889.
Plate 24, f. m1.

Peziza pygmea Fries, Syst. Mye. 2: 79. 1822.

Helotium pygmeum Karst., Mye. Fenn. 1: 153. 1871.

98 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Lachnea pygmea Gill. Discom. 71. 1879.
Lachnella pygmea Phill., Brit. Discom. 242. 1887.

Plants thickly gregarious, 2 to 3 mm. in diameter with a dis-
tinct stem which varies much in length, externally hairy, pale
yellowish; stem often branched; hairs not so numerous as in the
preceding; asci clavate, 8-spored; spores elliptical or subclavate,
hyaline, about 7 to 10 by 2» paraphyses filiform.

On roots and twigs partially exposed, Iowa City.

The plants were numerous and grew with the stems often to-
fully pilose; hymenium coneave; asci, 8-spored; spores cylin-
drical or oblong, simple, hyaline; paraphyses present.

TRICHOPEZIZA Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 195. 1869.

Cups fleshy-coriaceous, for the most part small, only a few mm.
in diameter, sessile or subsessile, when dry becoming closed and
globose, when moist more or less expanded, externally beauti-
fully pilose; hymenium concave; asci, 8-spored; spores eylindri-
eal or oblong, simple, hyaline; paraphyses present.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.
Hairs hyaline, appearing white to the naked eye.

On ‘branches ‘of basswood, .% = “Gs dsr - + T. tilie.
On decaying oak leaves. . -- «. « Wl. comata:
Hairs sulphur-yellow becoming prowel Sipe dry.
Plants occuring on wood, spores 6 to 84 long. . . T. albo-lutea.
Plants on herbaceous stems, spores 16 to 20u
long. = ; : ‘ : : . . I. sulphurea.

TRICHOPEZIZA TILIZ (Peck) Sacce., Syll. Fung. 8: 428. 1889.

Pezza tiliae Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. 24: 96. 1872.
Plate 25, f. 1.

Plants gregarious, minute, 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, sessile, con-
cave, closed when dry, expanding when moist, externally dense-
ly clothed with hyaline (white) hairs; hairs delicately rough-
ened externally; hymenium pale yellowish or white; asci pres-
ent but spores not seen.

On dead branches of basswood (Tilia americana), Dies
Towa.

One collection of the plants of this species has been made in

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 99

Iowa by the writer and the plants were found to occur in great
abundance in the locality named above. During the season of
1907 the same species was found in abundance on dead branches
of basswood along the Red River in North Dakota. It is prob-
ably not uncommon where the host occurs.

TRICHOPEZIZA COMATA (Schw.) Sacc., Syll. Fung. 8: 431. 1889.
Plate 25,.f. 1.

Peziza comata Schw., Trans. Am. Phil. Soe. IT. 4: 173. 1832.

Plants similar in external appearance to the preceding but
smaller scarcely reaching 1 mm. in diameter; hairs tapering to
a rather sharp point and covered externally with irregular gran-
ules, consisting of elongated interrupted ridges, very different
from those of the preceding; asci and spores indistinct.

On decaying oak leaves Iowa City, common.

Well distinguished by the habitat, size of the plants and the
peculiar markings of the hairs. In the specimens examined the
asci and spores could not be made out and it may be that the
plants are immature.

TRICHOPEZIZA SULPHUREA (Pers.) Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 401.
1889.

Peziza sulphurea Pers., Tent. Disp. Meth. Fung. 33. 1797.
Lachnum sulphureum Karst., Mye. Fenn. 1: 176. 1871.

Plants small, about 1 mm. in diameter, gregarious, sessile,
hemispherical, when dry closed, when moist expanded, clothed
externally with a dense covering of delicate hairs which are filled
with yellow coloring matter so that the whole plant when fresh
has a beautiful sulphur-yellow color, when dry becoming chest-
nut-brown; hairs variable in length as long as 75u, smooth below
and delicately rough near their apices; asci 65 to 75 by 6yn, 8-
spored; spores fusiform, nearly straight or curved, with several
oil-drops, 16 to 20 by 24; paraphyses 2 to 4 broad at their
apices.

On dead herbaceous stems, Mt. Pleasant, Iowa.

Two collections of this species were made in Mt. Pleasant.
The sulphur-yellow color and the habitat are sufficient charac-

100 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

ters by which the species may be recognized. On microscopic
examination the long fusiform spores are characteristic.

TRICHOPEZIZA ALBO-LUTEA (Pers.) Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 412.
1889.

Peziza sulphurea albo-lutea Pers., Syn. Fung. 649. 1801.
Helotium albo-luteum Karst, Mye. Fenn. 1: 160. 1871.
Peziza flavo-fuliginea A. & S., Consp. Fung. 319. 1805.
Pezza variecolor Fries, Syst. Mye. 2: 100. 1822.

Plants similar in general appearance to the preceding but
larger often 2 mm. in diameter and expanded, when dry becom-
ing closed or partially closed; hymenium smooth, whitish or
slightly yellowish, externally clothed with sulphur-yellow hairs:
which become brown when dry (to the naked eye) slightly rough
on the exterior, often a little enlarged at their apices; asci cylin-
drical to clavate, 8-spored; spores elliptical or slightly clavate,
straight or curved, 7 to 8 by 24; paraphyses present.

On old wood, Mt. Pleasant, Iowa.

This species was originally described as a variety of the pre-
ceding which it resembles in external characters but is very dis-
tinct in the size and form of the spores. The plants occur gre-
garious on old but rather hard wood and this habitat with the
generally large size of the plants would enable one to distinguish
it from 7. sulphurea (Pers.) Saece. which always occurs on her-
baceous stems. The color is a very prominent character in both
species but the plants when dry change their external appear-
ance from sulphur-yellow to chestnut brown. On microscopic
examination the hairs are found to show their original color
when moist.

PHIALEA (Pers.) Gill. Discom. 93. 1879.

Phialea (as subgenus) Pers., Mye. Eu. 1: 276. 1822.

Apothecia waxy-membranaceous, at first closed, then spread-
ing, concave or convex, smooth or pruinose, with rather long,
slender stem, and even margin (not dentate); asci cylindrical

éii

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 101

to clavate, 8-spored; spores ovoid, oblong or clavate, simple, hya-
line.
Distinguished from Helotium by the more slender stem. Two
species described from Iowa but probably many more occur.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plants occurring on acorns, hickory-nut husks, etc.,

stem often long. . : a - : : . P. fructigena.
Plants on stems of Polygonum, stem usually short
1 mm. : a ‘ J . = a E - LP. seutula fucata.

PHIALEA FRUCTIGENA (Bull.) Gill., Discom. 99. 1879.
Plate 23, f. 1.

Peziza fructigena Bull. Champ. France. 1: 236. 1809.
Helotium fructigenum Karst., Mye. Fenn. 1: 113. 1871.
Hymenoscypha fructigena Phill. Brit. Diseom. 135. 1887.

Hymenoscypha virgultorum fructigenum Rehm, Rabenh.
Krypt. Fl. 1°: 783. 1896.

Plants small, usually 1 to 3 mm. in diameter, at first closed.
then opening dise becoming concave or nearly plane, rather pale
yellowish, smooth; asci clavate, 8-spored; spores clavate, nearly
pointed at the smaller end, guttulate, 14 to 18 by 4 to 5u; para-
physes filiform, enlarged upwards.

On decaying acorns and husks from hickory-nuts, Iowa City.

Plants found to be abundant at times. The stems of the plants
-of this species are quite variable in length sometimes being nearly
1 em. while at other times the cups are almost sessile, the length
of the stem depending on the conditions as in other stipitate
forms.

PHIALEA SCUTULA FUCATA (Phill.) Saee., Syll. Fung. 8: 266.
1889.

Hymenoscypha scutula fucata Phill., Brit. Discom. 137. 1887.

Plants similar in general appearance to the preceding but
‘smaller scarcely exceeding 1 mm. in diameter with the stem of
about the same length; asci clavate, 8-spored; spores clavate,
nearly pointed at the narrow end, 18 to 22 by 3 to 4u; 2- to 3-
-guttulate, often appearing to be 1-septate.

On dead stems of Polygonum, Mt. Pleasant.

102 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Plants are gregarious and occur in large numbers. Similar
forms occur on various kinds of herbaceous stems in wet places.

HELOTIUM Fries, Summa Veg. Seand, 354. 1849.

Plants generally gregarious, stipitate or sessile; stem when
present short, stout; substance waxy, bright colored; hymenium
concave or convex; asci 8-spored; spores elliptical or fusiform,
ends blunt or sharp-pointed, simple or occasionally pseudo-sep-
tate; paraphyses slender; for the most part small plants growing
on wood, stems and leaves.

Several species occur in Iowa, three of which have been studied.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plants more or less stipitate.
Plants deep lemon ee stem very stout, on

old wood. . : . « 4. cttrinwm.
Plants pale yellow, stem more patcades or want-
ing, on decaying leaves. . ee Oe
Plants entirely sessile, on dead stems of Carex. _.H. citrinulum seaveri.

*HELOTIUM CITRINUM (Hedw.) Fries, Summa Veg. Scand. 355.
1849.
Plate 20, 4. 1.
Octospora citrina Hedw., Laub-Moose 2: 33. 1789.

HeELoTIUM FRIESIT (Weinm.) Sace., Syll. Fungi 8: 228. 1889.
Plate 23, f. 1.

Peziza friesii Weinm., Hymeno-Gastero-Mycetes 469. 1836.

Plants 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, usually with a short stem but
often nearly sessile; hymenium plane or convex, pale yellow,
when dry rather deep yellow, color resembling that of the pre-
ceding but much paler; asci clavate, 65 to 70 by 5 to 6p, 8-spored ;
spores slightly clavate, 8 to 9 by 3 to 4; paraphyses filiform,
slender.

On decaying leaves of Populus sp. in damp place in woods,
Towa City.

The plants described here under this name were abundant on
the substratum named above, and while the microscopic charac-
ters of the species under which this is here described are not
mentioned in the original description, the plants correspond well
in external characters.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 103

HELOTIUM CITRINULUM SEAVERI Rehm, Ann. Myce. 4: 67. 1906.

Apothecia scattered, sessile, at first globose, becoming spread
out and patellate in form, disc orbicular; hymenium lemon-yel-
low, .5 to 4 mm. in diameter, externally smooth, whitish; excipu-
lum prosenchymatous; margin undulate, when dry, hymenium
orange-yellow; asci clavate, apex rotundate, 40 to 45 by 5 to Tu,
8-spored; spores fusiform, straight or slightly curved, simple,
hyaline, 7 to 10 by 1.5, 2-seriate ; paraphyses filiform, hyaline, lz
in diameter.

On dead stems of Carex sp., hillsides, Iowa City, Iowa, May,
1905.

Two collections of this material were made at Iowa City in
localities about two miles apart. The material was collected in
quantity sufficient for distribution in exsiccati. In color the
plants resemble those of Helotium citrinum but the plants are
very different in other characters. The stem is entirely wanting
and the discs are spread out so that the hymenium is entirely
plane. Compare H. fleruosum Massee.

GORGONICEPS Karst., Mye. Fenn. 1: 15. 1871.

Apothecia sessile or substipitate, obconie or elongated, finally
expanded, soft, almost gelatinous, excipulum composed of brown
filaments ; asci clavate; spores crowded together, fasciculate, rod-
like, or filiform, hyaline, many-septate or guttulate; paraphyses
filiform.

At least one species rather common on rotten wood.

GORGONICEPS IOWENSIS Rehm, Ann. Mye. 4: 338. 1906.
Plate 26, f. m1.

Apothecia scattered, sessile, subglobose, tapering below into a
stem-like base; margin becoming convex and immarginate, whit-
ish, externally smooth, slightly greenish or bluish-green, .2 to .5
mm. in diameter and high, when dry brownish; asci clavate, apex
rotundate, 80 to 100 by 10 to 12u, 8-spored; spores subeylindriec-
al, a little curved or almost straight, about 7-septate, scarcely
constricted, hyaline, 30 to 33 by 3 to 4u; paraphyses filiform, 3u
thick, apices 2.5 to 3u, hyaline.

On decaying wood, Mt. Pleasant.

104. NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

One collection of this material was made in which the bluish-
green color of the plants seemed to be a conspicuous character.
Whether this is constant or not we cannot say.

The specimen described in the Discomyeetes of Eastern Iowa
and doubtfully referred to Patellaria melaxantha (Fries) Phil-
lips is a Gorgoniceps the genus differing from Patellaria in the
soft, waxy consistency of the plants. This specimen differs from
the above mainly in the color of the plants which is yellowish to
brown, and the plants were often found to be confluent. There
also seems to be a difference in the size of the spores but as the
original material is not at hand a more careful comparison can-
not be made at present. Unless field study shows these differences
to be constant it is thought best to refer this material all to the
above name. The following is the description which was drawn
from fresh material.

Plants minute, not more than 1 mm. in diameter, generally
less, gregarious, or often confluent, depressed, yellowish-brown,
darker externally near the base; hymenium coneave, plane or
slightly convex, more or less papillate or rough; asci clavate, 12
to 14 by 100 to 110, very slender at the base, apex rounded, at-
tenuated; spores 8, fusiform, generally curved, 5- to 7-septate.
hyaline, 35 to 40 by 3 to 4u, obliquely arranged in the asecus, more
or less twisted around each other; paraphyses filiform, branched.

On decaying wood, Iowa City.

The plants described here have been collected several times in
the summer and fall. They are minute in size but always gre-
garious and often form a confluent yellowish mass. The inter-
nal characters are quite distinct. Spores are fusiform, generally
eurved or double-curved, becoming very slightly S-shaped, from
5- to 7-septate, (generally 7) and often apparently constricted
at the septa. Paraphyses are less distinct but filiform and
branched.

Also a third collection of Gorgoniceps was made at Mt. Pleas-
ant on old wood of Platanus occidentalis. This species is un-
doubtedly the same as the one collected at Iowa City although
the plants are rather smaller and do not show the same tendency
to become confiuent. The plants are very numerous but small
and on account of their dull color not easily seen. In spite of

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 105

the slight differences we feel safe in saying that this is the same
species collected at Iowa City but whether these are both the
same as that describd as Gorgoniceps iowensis Rehm we are un-
certain.

These specimens are close to Gorgoniceps pumilionis Rehm.

CORYNE Tul., Carp. 3: 190. 1865.

Plants tufted, with a short, thick stem, externally smooth; sub-
stance gelatinous, hard when dry; hymenium at first concave,
becoming nearly plane, generally dark-colored; asci cylindrical,
8-spored ; spores fusiform, at last 2- to 8-celled, generally in two
rows; paraphyses slender, enlarged upwards; plants usually oc-
curring on decaying wood.

Two forms occur in the state.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plants small, usually not to exceed 1 cm. in diame-
ter, spores 20u. : : : : . - C. sarcoides.
Plants large often 2 to 3 em., spores large, 25 to 30x. Cc. urnalis.

*CORYNE SARCOIDES (Jaceq.) Tul., Carpol. 3: 190. 1865.
Plate 26, f 1.

Tichen sarcoides Jacq., Mise. Aust., 2: 378. 1781.

Peziza sarcoides Pers., Syn. Fung., 633. 1801.

Bulgaria sarcoides Fries, Syst. Mye., 2: 168. 1822.

Ombrophila sarcoides Karst., Myce. Fenn., 1: 86. 1871.

CoRYNE URNALIS (Nyl.) Sace., Fungi Ven., IV., 31.

Bulgaria urnalis Nyl., Obs. Pez. Fenn. 73. 1868.

Sarcoidea sarcoides urnalis Karst., Myce. Fenn., 1: 87. 1871.

Coryne purpurea Fuckel, Symb. Myc., 284. 1869.

Ombrophila purpurea Phill., Brit. Discom., 324. 1887.

The characters of this species are identical with those of the
preceding except the size of the plants and spores. The spores
are mostly 25 to 30» long, and the plants are often 2 to 3 cm. in
diameter.

Plants collected at Mt. Pleasant in woods along the Skunk
River.

VOL. vi—l. 8

106 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

. In the study of the preceding species no trace could be made
out of the septa of the spores notwithstanding the fact that this
is one of the characteristics of this genus. But in the last named
species the septa could be quite easily seen although they are
very narrow and delicate and for this reason may be overlooked.
The septa are more or less irregular not always extending
straight across the spore.

FAMILY 8. MOLLISIACEZ.

Plants either superficial or erumpent-superficial, mostly ses-
sile on the substratum; substance fleshy, soft, composed of round-
ish dark cells; cups at first closed gradually spreading; .asci 8-
spored, opening with a pore; spores hyaline, 1- to many-septate.

MOLLISIA (Fries) Karsten, Mye. Fenn. 1: 187. 1871.
Mollisia Fries (as subgenus) Syst. Myce. 2: 137. 1822.

Plants small, sessile, at first globose, becoming expanded;
apothecium soft, waxy; asci cylindrical, 8-spored; spores ellip-
tical to fusiform, simple, straight or curved.

The genus is distinguished by the small size of the plants and
the soft consistency of the apothecium as well as by the micro-
scopic characters of its component cells. Four species collected
but others probably oceur.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plants parasitic on leaves and stems of Potentilla. . . M. dehnit.
Plants saprophytic on wood and stems of herbaceous
plants.
Plants occurring on dead wood, cinereous. . . . UM. cinerea.

Plants occurring on herbaceous stems.
On stems of Polygonum. ; : M. polygon.
On dead stems of Ambrosia ete. ‘ : z . UM. atrata.

*MOLLISIA DEHNI (Rabenh.) Karst., Mye. Fenn. 1: 206. 1871.
Plate: 350 2, 1.

Peziza dehnii Rabenh., Bot. Zeit. 1: 11-12. 1843.

This is a common species and known by its parasitic habits.
The species appears to have a wide distribution, specimens hav-

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 107

ing been collected by the writer in New York, North Dakota as
well as in Iowa. The plants grow in such numbers as to almost
completely cover the stems and leaves of the host.

Mo.uuisiA CINEREA (Batsch) Karst., Myce. Fenn. 1: 189. 1871.

Peziza cinerea Batsch, Elench. Fung. 2: 198. 1786.
Niptera cinerea Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 292. 1869.

Plants gregarious or scattered, at first globose becoming ex-
panded, cinereous or sublivid, margin often elevated, whitish,
undulated or wavy, .5 to 2 mm. in diameter; asci cylindrical to
clavate, 45 to 70 by 5 to 6; paraphyses filiform scarcely en-
larged at their apices.

On decaying wood of various kinds, common.

*\[oLLISIA POLYGONI (Lasch.) Gill., Discom. 120. 1879.
Plate 35, f. 1.

Peziza polygoni Lasch., Rabenh. Herb. Myc. 1127.

Niptera polygoni Rehm, Ber. Naturh. Ver. Augsburg 26: 21.
1881.

Peziza luctuosa Cooke, Hedwigia 14: 83. 1875.

Mo.uista ATRATA (Pers.) Karst., Mye. Fenn. 1: 200. 1871.

Peziza atrata Pers. Syn. Fung. 669. 1801.
Pyrenopeziza atrata Fuckel, Symb. Mye. 294. 1869.

Plants gregarious, at first globose, becoming expanded, .5 to
1 mm. in diameter, externally blackish, hymenium concave, yel-
lowish to cinereous or quite black; asci cylindrical to clavate, 25
by 5 to 6; spores elongated elliptical 5 to 6 by 24; paraphyses
very slender.

On dead stems of Ambrosia trifida.

As stated in previous reports the plants referred to this name
here are larger than is usually indicated for this species but in
other respects seem to conform well.

There seems to be some difference of opinion as to what the
real Peziza atrata Persoon was, the species having been originally
reported on wood, which at the present time is known only on
herbaceous stems. While the same species do often occur on

108 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

wood and herbaceous stems this difference here suggests a pos-
sibility that the species has been misinterpreted.

ORBILIA Fries, Summa Veg. Scand. 357. 1849.

Plants orbicular, waxy-membranaceous, patellate, margin of-
ten undulated, when dry horny; asci clavate, 8-spored; spores
minute, straight or curved, slender.

The plants of this genus occur commonly on rotten wood and
bark and are characterized by the small, delicate, membranaceous
discs which vary in color from nearly white to deep flesh-red.
Two forms reported here which are very distinct, probably many
others occur.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plantsedeepefiesh-red: =) 1). yee eee nr rn ee O. vinosa.
Plants pale yellowish, . . sag. pee, es tal ho) Ore eee

Orpiuia vinosa (A. & S.) Karst. Mye. Fenn. 1: 101. 1871.

Peziza vinosa (A. & S.) Consp., Fung. 308. 1805.
Calloria vinosa Fries, Summa. Veg. Seand. 359. 1849.

Plants thickly gregarious, often confiuent, patellate with the
hymenium nearly plane when occurring singly or very irregular
when confluent, thin membranaceous, becoming horny when dry,
bright flesh-red when fresh, fading somewhat when preserved
for long periods, 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, margin even when
young becoming undulate with age; asci clavate, 35 by 4 to 5p,
8-spored; spores very slender, straight or curved, about 10 to 15
by 1.5; paraphyses present.

On rotten wood, Mt. Pleasant.

Plants distinguished externally by the bright, flesh-red color
and microscopically by the character of the spores. The species
was collected in quantity.

ORBILIA CHRYSOCOMA (Bull.) Sacc., Syll. Fung. 8: 624. 1889.
Peziza chrysocoma Bull., Champ. France, 254. 1809.
Calloria chrysocoma Fries, Summa Veg. Scand. 359. 1849.

Plants sessile, at first closed becoming expanded, scattered or
crowded and often confluent, .5 to 1 mm. in diameter, golden-

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 109

yellow, thin and membranaceous; asci and spores as in the pre-
ceding.

The plants are very similar in every respect to the preceding
except that the color is golden-yellow instead of flesh-red as in
that species. The spores of the two species are so minute that
. they are studied with difficulty.

FAMILY 9. PATELLARIACEZ.

Plants either superficial on the surface of the substratum or at
first immersed becoming erumpent, for the most part leathery
or hard, dark colored, black, hemispherical or hysteriform, then
expanded becoming elliptical or circular in outline; asci 8- to
many-spored; spores globose, elliptical or elongated and filiform,
1- to many-septate, -hyaline or colored.

The plants of this family are dark in color resembling in this
respect those of the Pyrenomycetes. The family also grades into
the lichens so that it is difficult to draw any fast line between the
two groups.

PATELLARIA Fries, Syst. Orbis. Veg. 113. 1825.

Apothecia for the most part, sessile, and never immersed,
black, often bluish with transmitted light, rounded, or linear;
asci clavate, thick-walled, 4- to 8-spored; spores fusoid, often
larger at one end becoming clavate, straight or bent 3- to
many-septate, 2-seriate, hyaline; paraphyses branched, forming
an epithecium.

When the genus Patellaria was established by Fries Patellaria
-atrata (Hedw.) was designated as the type of the genus, the
species being a hyaline-spored form, but notwithstanding this
fact that species has been taken out of this genus and placed in
the genus Lecanidion by recent writers. The genus Patellaria
as treated by Saccardo in Syll. Fung. is represented by the col-
ored-spored forms. If the genus as founded by Fries is valid it
should contain the hyaline-spored species and the brown-spored
forms should be placed in the genus Mycolecidea founded by
Karst.

Two species; one very common in the state.

110 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Asci 8-spored. . ; 3 - c : c - A . WL. atrata.
Asci 4-spored. . . : , ‘ : : g . . SP. tétraspora.

PATELLARIA ATRATA (Hedw.) Fries, Syst. Orbis. Veg. 113. 1825.

Iichen atratus Hedw., Laub-Moose 2: 73. 1789.
Peziza patellaria Pers., Syn. Fung. 670. 1801.
Lecanidion atratum Rabenh., Krypt Fl. 1: 342. 1844.

Plants small, 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, sessile, patelliiform with
the margin elevated, black (bluish with transmitted lght) ; hy-
menium plane, of the same color; asci clavate, 8-spored; spores
fusoid to clavate, 5 to 7-septate, hyaline 35 to 50 by 6 to 7p;
paraphyses filiform, branched, ends enlarged forming an epithe-
cium.

On various kinds of dead wood, Carpinus, Celtis, Carya, Jug-
lans, Populus, Quercus, Salix, Viburnum, Vitis, Ulmus and on
herbaceous stems, common.

PATELLARIA TETRASPORA Massee & Morgan; Morgan, Jour. Mye.
Sras0 1902,
Plate 36, f. m1.

Lecanidion tetraspora Seaver, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sei. 12: 118.
1905.

This species is similar in every way to the preceding with the
exception of the asci and spores. The asci are 8-spored and nat-
urally a little narrow and the spores are somewhat larger.

This might seem to be only a variety of the preceding but ecare-
ful study of the plants of the species which have been collected
several times in Iowa seems to show the 4-spored character to be
constant. In none of the plants were both 4-spored and 8-spored
asci found but they were always either 4 or 8-spored. The plants
containing 8-spored asci show the asci to be broader and clavate
while those containing 4-spored asci show them to be more nearly
eylindrical and much narrower as would follow from the smaller
number of spores contained.

KARSCHIA Koerber, Parerga Lich. 459. 1865.

External characteristics the same as those of the genus Patel-

IOWA DISCOMYCETES +44

laria from which the plants can be distinguished only on micro-
scopic characters; asci clavate, 8-spored; spores elliptical to
fusoid, 1-septate, becoming brown.

One species of the genus found to be very common in Iowa.

KARSCHIA TAVELIANA Rehm, Rabenh. Krypt. FI. 1°: 1223. 1896.
Plate 36, f. 1.

Plants scattered or closely crowded, at first concave, becoming
plane with the margin often slightly elevated, black, rounded in
form or when crowded becoming irregular often in dense masses;
asci clavate, 8-spored; spores irregularly crowded, elliptical or
with ends slightly narrowed, 1-septate, brown, often a little
eurved; 14 to 18 by 4u; paraphyses a little enlarged upward and
forming an epithecium.

On old wood especially butternut (Juglans), Iowa City and
Mt. Pleasant.

This species has been listed in previous reports as Karschia
lignyota but according to Dr. Rehm it is distinct from that spe-
cies although apparently close to it. The plants have been found
to be very common in Iowa on partially decayed wood but seem
to show a decided preference for butternut.

MYCOLECIDEA Karst., Medd. Soc. Fauna Fl. Fenn. 16: 27.
1888.

External characteristics the same as those of the genus Patel-
laria; asci clavate, 8-spored; spores 3 to many-septate, brown;
paraphyses branched and enlarged upwards forming an epithe-
cium, brownish.

One species collected in Iowa which is the type of the genus as
founded by Karsten.

MYCOLECIDEA TRISEPTATA Karst., Medd. Soc. Fauna FI. Fenn.
16: 27. 1888.
Plate 40;-£. 1.

Patellaria triseptata Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 787. 1889.
Leciographa triseptata Morgan, Jour. Mye. 8: 180. 1902.

Plants scattered, superficial, patellate, .5 to 1 mm. in diameter ;

112 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

hymenium at first concave, becoming plane with the margin often
a little elevated; asci clavate, 8-spored; spores crowded in the
ascus, elliptical, a little curved, 3-septate, at first hyaline becom-
ing pale brown, 15 to 20 by 5y, slightly constricted at the septa;
paraphyses filiform, thickened above and forming a brown epi-
thecium.

On old wood of oak, Mt. Pleasant.

The plants are very similar in general appearance to those of
Patellaria atrata (Hedw.) Fries but appear brown with trans-
mitted light rather than bluish as in that species. Also the
spores are very different being much smaller and brown. One
collection of the species was made but in considerable quantity.

HYSTEROPATELLA Rehm, Rabenh. Krypt. Fl. 1°: 367. 1896.

Apothecia at first buried becoming erumpent, sessile, linear,
straight or bent, simple or branched, later elliptical or roundish,
often becoming patelliform, black; asci ovate or very broad, 8-
spored; spores elongated, straight or curved, usually 4-celled, at
first hyaline, becoming brownish.

The plants of this genus stand intermediate between those of
the Hysterinee on the one side and the Patellariacex on the other.
They are at first hysteriform the lps expanding until they be-
come boat-shaped and under favorable conditions of moisture
entirely patelliform at least in some of the species included here
with this genus.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.
Spores elliptical.

Spores about 15 by 4u. . : 2 4 : : . Ht. prosti.
Spores.about 23 by 8. “oo ysl) 20 oacs ve eel Seneca
Spores clavate. . . ae ee shee - «, »« \« clavtsnora,

FIYSTEROPATELLA PROSTII (Duby) Rehm, Rabenh. Krypt. FI.
122 301 A896:

Hysterium prostu. Duby, Bot. Gall. ed. 2. 719. 1830.

Plants gregarious or scattered, at first hysteriform, .5 to 1 mm.
in length, lips soon spreading becoming boat-shaped, especially
when moist; asci broad, ovate, 8-spored, about 50 by 10; spores
slightly curved, pale brownish when mature, 3-septate, elliptical,
15 by Au. |

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 113

On bark of Ulmus, Iowa City and Mt. Pleasant, rather common.
The species has also been observed and studied in North Da-
kota and probably has a wide distribution.

HYSTEROPATELLA ELLIPTICA (Fries) Rehm, Rabenh, Krypt. FI.
1°: 368. 1896.

Hysterium ellipticum Fries, Obs. Mye. 1: 195. 1815.

Plants gregarious or often crowded in little clusters bursting
through the epidermis, similar in general appearance to the pre-
ceeding but a little larger; asci clavate, 8-spored; spores elliptical,
at first hyaline, becoming pale brown, 3-septate, 23 by 8x.

On bark (Pyrus) Mt. Pleasant.

The plants are quite similar in external appearance to the
preceding but show a marked difference in the size of the spores.
The plants from which the description has been drawn have been
examined by Dr. Rehm and referred to this species.

HYSTEROPATELLA CLAVISPORA (Peck) comb. nov.
Plate 36; f£. 1.

Tryblidium clavisporum Peck, Ann Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. 35:
143. 1883.

Patellaria clavispora Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 787. 1889.
Leciographa clavispora Morgan, Jour. Mye. 8: 180. 1902.

Plants gregarious, at first immersed becoming erumpent, hys-
teriform with the lips gradually spreading becoming boat-shaped
and under favorable conditions of moisture the plants become
entirely rounded and patelliform, black; asci broad-clavate, con-
tinued below into a stem-like base, 75 by 15 to 18y, 8-spored;
spores 2-seriate or irregularly crowded, at first hyaline, becoming
yellowish finally pale brown, 3 to 5-septate (rarely 5), clavate
with the narrow end below, with an oil-drop in each cell, 25 to 30
by 8 to 94; paraphyses forming a black epithecium.

On bark of willow also on decorticated wood of willow (Salix)
and cottonwood (Populus), Iowa City and Mt. Pleasant, com-
mon.

’ The plants of this species have been collected and studied by
the writer for several years and so far have been found only on

114 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

the two hosts named above. They are most common on the in-
side of dead, loose bark of willow where they occur often in great
abundance. The inner bark of a dead willow in Mt. Pleasant
was found to be entirely covered with these plants. Specimens
which had fallen in a damp place showed the apothecia to be ex-
panded and entirely circular in form while younger specimens of
those in drier conditions were hysteriform with the lips more or
less spreading.

In the judgment of the writer, this would seem to be a typ-
ical representative of the genus Hysteropatella as established by
Rehm and for this reason I have ventured to make the combina-
tion.

Specimens from the herbarium of the writer have been exam-
ined by Mr. Peck and the identification reported to be correct.
This is a fine species very distinct in the decidedly clavate pale
brown spores, entirely different from Patellaria clavispora Berk
& Br.

BLITRYDIUM DeNotaris, Comm. Critt. It. 1: 374. 1863.

Apothecia fleshy-coriaceous, at first buried, becoming erum-
pent, opening irregularly finally becoming patelliform; asci cla-
vate, 4 to 8-spored; spores elliptical or elongated, becoming muri-
form, at first hyaline, becoming pale yellowish-brown.

One species found in Iowa.

BLITRYDIUM FENESTRATUM (Cooke & Peck) Sacc., Syll. Fung.
8: 805. 1889.
Plate 40, f. 1.

Patellaria fenestrata Cooke & Peck; Peck Ann. Rep. N. Y. St.
Mus. 28: 68. 1879.

Plants at first immersed springing through the outer bark
singly or in small groups, at first linear or triangular or more or
less star-shaped, lips expanding gradually becoming patellate
and at last entirely circular in outline; hymenium plane with the
margin elevated, black, appearing rough; asci very broad-clavate,
with a long stem-like base, 8-spored, 125 by 25u; spores very
large, clavate, at first hyaline, then yellowish-brown about 10 to

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 115

12-septate and muriform with an oil-drop in each eell, 45 to 50
by 15 to 184; paraphyses forming an epithecium.

On dead branches of Populus tremuloides, Decorah.

The only Jowa material of this species seen was that collected
by Mr. Holway but the species has been found by the writer to
be very common in North Dakota on dead branches of the above
host in aspen timber near Fargo.

FAMILY 10. CENANGIACEA.

Plants at first immersed, becoming erumpent for the most part
dark colored, at first closed later opening and concave to plane;
asci mostly 8-spored; spores elongated to filiform, 1 to many-
celled, often muriform, hyaline to brown; paraphyses branched
forming an epithecium.

CENANGIUM Fries, Syst. Mye. 2: 177. 1822.

Cups scattered or tufted at first immersed, then breaking
through the substratum, sessile, leathery or waxy, brown or
blackish; receptacle cup-shaped or nearly plane; asci clavate, 8-
spored, elongate, cylindrical or tapering at the ends; spores sim-
ple, hyaline; paraphyses enlarged at their apices, forming an
epithecium.

Two species collected in the state.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plants sessile, deep, cup-shaped. . . . . . = .C. populnewm.
Plants short stipitate, hymenium nearly plane. . . CC. rubiginosum.

*CENANGIUM POPULNEUM (Pers.) Rehm, Rabenh. Krypt. Fl.
13: 220. 1896.
Plate 39, f. 1.
Peziza populnea Pers., Tent. Disp. Meth. Fung. 35. 1797.
Peziza fascicularis A. & §., Conspect. Fung., 315. 1805.
Dermatea fascicularis Fries, Summa. Veg. Seand., 362. 1849.
Encoelia fascicularis Karst., Mye. Fenn. 1: 217. 1871.

Cenangium fascicularie Karst., Act. Soc. Fauna Fl. Fenn. 2:
145. 1885.

116 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

CENANGIUM RUBIGINOSUM (Fries) Sacc., Syll. Fung. 8: 569.
1889.
Plate 38, f. m1.

Peziza rubigimosa Fries, Elench. Fung 2: 7. 1828.

Plants springing singly or in clusters of 2 to 4 from beneath
the bark tapering below into a short stem-like base; hymenium
concave, becoming nearly plane; plants about 2 mm. in diameter,
externally reddish-brown and rough, more or less wrinkled; hy-
menium darker, nearly black or purplish; asci clavate, 8-spored,
125 by 15y, spores 1-seriate or slightly crowded near the apex of
the ascus, elliptical to fusoid, mostly narrower toward the lower
end, pyriform, and unsymmetrical, 17 by 7 to 8u; paraphyses
numerous, a little enlarged upwards.

On dead limbs of Carpinus caroliniana, Decorah, Iowa, E. W.
D. Holway, also reported from London, Canada, and South
Carolina.

The material collected in Iowa is distributed in Ellis, North
Am. Fungi, 992.

According to Sacecardo Cenangium rubiginosum Cooke in
Ravenel, Fungi. Am. Exsice 635 is different.

While this species seems to have been collected in several lo-
ealities there is little mention of it in the literature of N. Am.
Fungi.

DERMATEA Fries, Summa Veg. Seand. 362. 1849.

Apothecia erumpent-superficial, often cespitose at the base,
and with a more or less well developed stroma; hymenium con-
cave or plane; asci cylindrical to clavate, 8-spored; spores ellip-
tical or elongated, simple, hyaline.

The genus is close to Cenangium. One species which has been
described from Iowa material.

DERMATEA OLIVASCENS Rehm, Ann. Myce. 5: 80. 1907.
Plate 38, f. 1.

Apothecia scattered and occuring singly or in small clusters at
first immersed, becoming erumpent, subglobose becoming patel-
liform with the hymenium plane or convex, olive-brown, prui-

IOWA DISCOMYCETES iF

nose, .5 to 1.5 mm. in diameter with a short stem; asci clavate,
150 by 20 to 25y, 8-spored; spores elliptical, simple, 20 to 25 by
10 to 12u, 2-seriate with conspicuous oil drops; paraphyses 2p
in diameter.

On (dead?) branches of Crategus sp. Mt. Pleasant.

The plants from which this species was described were collect-
ed during the winter on branches of Crategus near Mt. Pleasant,
where they occurred in abundance.

According to Dr. Rehm the species is distinct from Dermatea
cratoegicola Durand in which the spores are 35 to 50 by 15 to 17n.
There is also some difference in the color of the plants in the
two species. The asci appear to be filled with large, irregular
oil drope, which are so conspicuous that it is with difficulty that
the outline of the spores may be seen, but a faint outline can be
detected. The spores when removed from the asci are often seen
to contain 1 or more of these drops.

TYMPANIS Tode, Fungi Meckl. 1: 24. 1790.

Plants erumpent, single or in dense clusters, at first globose,
closed, becoming expanded, for the most part with short, thick
stem; asci thick-walled, 8-spored, spores producing numerous
minute bodies which fill the ascus.

One species collected in the state.

TYMPANIS CONSPERSA Fries, Syst. Mye. 2: 175. 1822.

Plants springing in minute dense clusters through the outer
bark of the host, at first globose, becoming expanded, black; asci
clavate, thick-walled, filled with granular material; spores not
well developed; paraphyses branched, enlarged upwards.

On bark of Populus sp. Iowa City.

Dead branches of the host were thickly covered with the plants
of this species which resemble those of the genus Dermatea exter-
nally. The asci are well developed but the spores are indistinct
or not well developed.

SARCOSOMA Caspary; Rehm, Rabenh. Krypt. Fl 1°: 497. 1896,

Plants globose to ovate or cylindrical, sessile or stipitate, ex-

118 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

ternally dark colored, brown or blackish; tissue gelatinous; asci
cylindrical, 8-spored; spores hyaline, simple, elliptical.

Distinguished mainly by the hyaline spores. One species rath-
er common in Jowa.

*=SARCOSOMA RUFA (Schw.) Rehm, Rabenh. Krypt. Fl. 13: 497.
1896.
Plate 37,.4. 1.

Bulgaria rufa Schw., Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 4: 178. 1832.
BULGARIA Fries, Syst. Mye., 2: 166. 1821.

Cups gregarious with a short, thick stem; forming at first un-
der the bark, later breaking through; externally dark colored,
rough, often with short hairs, gelatinous, shrinking much when
dried; asci cylindrical, generally 8-spored; spores elliptical, or
unequal-sided, simple, hyaline, then brown; paraphyses forming
a colored epithecium; plants large, growing on wood.

One species common about Iowa City.

*BULGARIA INQUINANS (Pers.) Fries, Syst. Mye. 2: 167. 1828.
Plate 37, f. 11.

Peziza polymorpha Oeder, Fl. Dan. pl. 464. 1769.

Peziza nigra Bull., Herb. France, pl. 116. 1782.

Peziza inquinans Pers., Syn. Fung. 631. 1801.

HOLWAYA Sacce., Syll. Fung. 8: 646. 1889.

Plants stipitate; stem more or less tomentose; entire plant
dark brown; hymenium plane or convex; asci clavate, 8-spored;
spores elongated approaching filiform, many-septate.

One species occurs in Iowa, which is the only representative
of the genus.

HOLWAYA GIGANTEA (Peck) Durand, Bull. Torrey Cl. 28: 354.
1901.
Plate 38, f. 1m.
Stilbum giganteum Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. 24: 93.
1871.
Bulgaria ophiobolus Ellis, Am. Nat. 17: 193. 1883.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 119

° Graphium giganteum Sacc., Syll. Fung. 4: 611. 1886.
Holwaya ophiobolus Sace., Syll. Fung. 8: 646. 1889.

Plants occurring singly or in cespitose clusters, stipitate; hy-
Mmenium coneave, becoming plane or convex about 1 em. in
diameter, dark-colored, brownish-black; asci clavate, 8-spored;
spores in a fascicle in the ascus, very long, more or less tapering
toward the end, many-septate, about 65 by 3 to 4, paraphyses
filiform, slender and enlarged at their apices. .

- On partially decayed wood, Decorah.

The only specimens of this species examined are those col-
lected by Mr. Holway in the northeast. part of the state. The
plants are very distinct in the long filiform, many-septate spores.

URNULA Fries, Summa Veg. Seand. 364. 1849.

- Cups stipitate, urn-shaped, at first closed, then opening by a
circular or stellate aperture, externally dark colored, furfura-
ceous or clothed with dark colored, minute hairs; asci cylindrical,
$-spored; spores oblong-elliptical.

One species is common in woods in the early spring.

URNULA CRATERIUM (Schw.) Fries, Summa Veg. Seand. 364.
1849.
Plate 39, f. 1.
Peziza craterium Schw., Schr. Nat. Ges. Leipzig 1: 117. 1822.
Cenangium craterium (Schw.) Fries, Elench. Fung. 2: 21.

1828.

Dermea craterium Schw., Trans. Am. Phil. Soe. II. 4: 237.
1832.

Geopyzis craterium (Schw.) Rehm, Rabenh. Krypt. Fl. 1°:
974. 1896.

Cups large, long stipitate, subcespitose, dark brownish-black.
‘at first closed, hollow within, opening at the top by an irregular
rupture, leaving the margin notched, involute, clothed exter-
nally with minute black hairs; asci very long, cylindrical, 8-
‘spored ; spores oblong, hyaline, granular within, 25 to 30 by 10u;
-paraphyses slender, septate.

120 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

On half-buried branches and sticks in woods, Iowa City and
Mt. Pleasant.

A large species very common on decaying sticks in woods in
the spring. A number of the plants may often be found attached
to a small stick standing upright in a row. They are at first
club-shaped, black structures, hollow in the center, finally open-
ing by a star-shaped aperture at the apex, when mature leaving
the margin notched. In Engler-Prantl Natiilichen Pflanzenfam-
ilien this species is included with the subgenus Geopyzis and —
there seems to be some difference of opinion as to whether this
plant should be included with that subgenus, which is now treat-
ed as a genus, or allowed to remain where it is.*

ORDER III. PHACIDIINEZ.

Apothecia free on the substratum or forming a stroma, at
first immersed, becoming erumpent, roundish or elongated.

FAMILY 11. STICTIDACEA.

Apothecia bright-colored, never black, surrounded by the rough
edges of the broken epidermis.

PROPOLIS Fries, Syst. Myc. 2: 198. 1822.

Apothecia at first immersed, becoming erumpent, surrounded
by the rough edges of the broken epidermis; asci 8-spored;
spores elliptical, simple, hyaline, usually with 2 oil-drops, 2-
seriate, straight or curved.

But one species of the genus and order can he reported on at
this time.

PROPOLIS FAGINEA (Schrad.) Karst., Myc. Fenn. 1: 244. 1871.
Plate 40, f. 11.

Hysterium fagineum Schrad., Jour. Bot. 2: 68. 1799.
Stictis versicolor Fries., Syst. Mye. 2: 198. 1822.
Propolis versicolor Fries, Summa Veg. Scand. 372. 1849.

Plants at first immersed, becoming erumpent, usually elon-
gated but often rounded; margin laciniate; hymenium farinose,

‘Bull; Dorrey, Cl. 29.13.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES peat

white or whitish, plane or a little convex especially when moist;
asci broadly clavate, 8-spored; spores oblong, rounded at the
ends, slightly curved with (usually) 2 oil-drops, large, 24 to 30
by 7 to 9u; paraphyses present, slender.

On wood of various kinds, Mt. Pleasant, common.

The plants are quite easily recognized by the elongated white
patches on the surface of old pieces of wood and logs, the white
patches which are often several millimeters in length being sur-
rounded by the rough torn edges of the broken epidermis. This
is a variable species and a long list of synonyms might be given.
It has been collected by the writer at Mt. Pleasant on the follow-
ing kinds of wood; Platanus occidentalis, Vitis vulpina, and Car-
pinus caroliniana.

The species has also been collected by the writer in New York
and North Dakota and probably has a wide distribution.

ORDER IV. HYSTERIINE.

Apothecia at first immersed or always free on the substratum,
more or less elongated, simple or occasionally branched, opening
with a longitudinal cleft; asci 8-spored; paraphyses present,
slender.

FAMILY 12. HYSTERIACEA.

Apothecia free on the substratum, elongated, straight or bent,
oceasionally branched, opening with a longitudinal cleft; asci 8-
spored, spores variable.

HYSTERIUM Tode, Fungi. Meckl. 2: 3. 1791.

Apothecia superficial or erumpent becoming superficial, ob-
long or elliptical, carbonaceous or subearbonaceous, opening with
a longitudinal cleft; asci clavate or cylindrical, mostly 8-spored ;
spores elliptical, straight or curved, 2 to many-septate, brown.

One species of the genus reported here.

HYSTERIUM PULICARE Pers., Syn. Fung. 98. 1801.

Hysterographium pulicare Corda, Ie. Fung. 5: 77. 1842.
Apothecia scattered or gregarious, superficial, variable in form,

VOL. vI—1. 9

192 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

oblong or elliptical, longitudinally striated, black, lips slightly
opening, about 1 mm. long and half as broad; asci clavate, 8-
spored; spores partially 2-seriate, straight or shghtly curved.
3-septate, scarcely constricted, 20 to 25 by 8u.

On bark of wild cherry (Prunus sp.)

The spores of this genus are similar to those of the genus
Hysteropatella but the plants differ in that the lips do not ex-
pand as in that genus or, if at all, only slightly.

GLONIUM Muehl; Schw. Schr. Nat. Ges. Leipzig 1: 50. 1822.

Plants erumpent, linear, elongated, sometimes radiately ar-
ranged, carbonaceous or tough-membranaceous, opening by a
longitudinal cleft; asci cylindrical to clavate, 8-spored; spores
1-septate, hyaline.

Distinguished by the hyaline, 1-septate spores. Two species
common.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Plants radiately arranged. : : ‘ : - : . G. stellatum.
Plants lying parallel with each other. . 2 : . G. parvulum.

GLONIUM STELLATUM Schw., Schr. Nat. Ges. Leipzig 1: 50.
1822.

Subiculum effused, brownish-black, often covering consider-
able area. (2 or more em.) composed of slender, branching, inter-
woven hyphe; apothecia seated on the subiculum, radiately ar-
ranged forming patches 2 to 4 em. in diameter, entirely cover-
ing the subiculum, opening by narrow clefts; asci cylindrical, 8-
spored; spores more or less crowded, fusoid, hyaline, 1-septate
and constricted at the septum, 20 to 22 by 5 to 6p.

On rotten wood of various kinds.

A species very distinct from any of the other forms here de-
seribed in the presence of the black subiculum and the stellately
arranged apothecia. The species was wound in great quantity
at Mt. Pleasant on decaying logs of butternut. It has also been
observed in North Dakota and probably has a wide distribution.

GLONIUM PARVULUM (Ger.) Sacc., Syll. Fung. 2: 735. 1883.

Hysterium parvulum Ger., Bull. Torrey Cl. 5: 40. 1874.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 123

Apothecia densely gregarious, or occasionally scattered, small,
.5 to 1 mm. long, roundish, mostly lying parallel with each other,
opening with a longitudinal cleft; asci cylindrical, 8-spored;
spores very small, hyaline, 1-septate, and constricted at the sep-
tum, 7 by 3x.

On old wood, common.

Quite distinct. in the small roundish apothecia and the very
small much constricted spores. Ellis makes G. microsporium Sace.
identical with this species. Probably common and widely dis-
tributed.

GLONIELLA Sacce., Syll. Fung. 2: 765. 1883.

Apothecia erumpent, oblong or linear, carbonaceous, black.
with a longitudinal cleft; asci 4 to 8-spored; spores elongated,
fusoid, 2 to many-septate, usually 3-septate, hyaline.

One species of the genus collected in the state.

GLONIELLA OVATE (Cooke) Sacc., Syll. Fung. 2: 765. 1883.
Hysterium ovatum Cooke, Grevillea 11: 107. 1883.

Plants gregarious, becoming superficial, ovate, obtuse, black, .5
to 1 mm. in length, longitudinally striated, lips for the most part
closed; asci cylindrical to clavate, 8-spored; spores 15 to 18 by
8u, hyaline, becoming 3-septate.

On oak wood, Mt. Pleasant.

The species was collected in considerable quantity on old wood
near Mt. Pleasant. The 3-septate character of the spores was at
first overlooked but close examination shows them to be 3-sep-
tate at maturity, the middle septum being formed first.

HYSTEROGRAPHIUM Corda, Ic. Fung. 5: 34. 1842.

Plants erumpent, sessile, elongated or elliptical, obtuse or
subacute, mostly simple, opening with a narrow, elongated cleft,
black, carbonaceous; asci clavate, 8-spored; spores 1 to 2-seriate,
elliptical or ovate, obtuse, becoming muriform, brown.

Only three species of this genus collected which seem a
but others doubtless occur in the state.

124. NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

Spores large, more than 25 long.

Spores 25 to 30 by 8 to 10u, on bark of oak... . H. kansense.
Spores 30 to 40 by 15 to 28u, on branches of ash. H. fraxim.
Spores small, less than 254 in length. . : eee . H. mort.

HYSTEROGRAPHIUM KANSENSE Ellis & Everhart, Erythea 2: 22.
1894.
Plate 41, f. 1.

Perithecia scattered, oblong, ends subacute, 1 to 1.25 by .5n,
black, subconchiform, longitudinally striated, lps closed or
slightly open so as to leave a narrow cleft; asci clavate, 80 to
110 by 12 to 14y, 8-spored; spores 2-seriate or ‘partially so, ovate
or fusoid, 7 to 9-septate, with most of the cells finally divided
by a longitudinal septum, brown, 25 to 30 by 8 to 10u.

On bark of various species of Quercus.

This species has been collected several times by the writer
and on the bark of several different species of oak. It was at
first taken to be H. stygium Cooke, but comparison with an au-
thentic specimen of this species shows the spores to be much too
narrow. This difference is also mentioned in the original de-
scription of the species. Iowa material conforms well with the
type of the species to which it is referred.

HYSTEROGRAPHIUM FRAXINI (Pers.) De Not., Giorn. Bot. It. 2:
22. 1847.
Plate 41, f. m1.

Hysterium fraxini Pers., Syn. Fung. 100. 1801.

Plants scattered or gregarious, erumpent, elliptical, black, ob-
tuse, 1 to 1.5 mm. long, .5 to .75 mm. wide; lips swollen, smooth,
partially open so as to expose the elongated hymenium; asci
clavate, rounded above, 150 to 200 by 30 to 40u, 8-spored; spores
2-seriate, oblong-elliptical, scarcely constricted in the middle, 7
to 9-septate and muriform, dark brownish, 30 to 40 by 15 to 18u.

On dead branches of FPraxinus.

This species occurs in abundance on the dead branches and
twigs of various species of Fraxinus before or after the bark is
removed. The species appears to be common in localities where

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 125

the ash is native and its distribution is probably coéxtensive
with that of the host.

In North Dakota this species has been observed in great quan-
tities. One collection on branches of Yanthorylum americanum
seems identical both in internal and external characters.

HYSTEROGRAPHIUM MORI (Schw.) Rehm,, Ber. Natuhr. Ver.
Augsburg 26: 90. 1881.
Plate 41, f. 1.

Hysterium mori Schw., Trans. Am. Phil. Soe. IT. 4: 244. 1832.

Plants erumpent-superficial, elliptical to linear or cylindrical,
1 to 3 mm. long, and .5 to 1 mm. wide, mostly straight or lying
parallel with the grain of the wood, gregarious or crowded, often
covering the substratum more or less longitudinally striated;
lips mostly closed at first, finally more or less spreading; asci
cylindrical, about 100 by 12», 8-spored; spores 1-seriate or more
or less crowded together above, ovate, smaller below, 3 to 5-
septate, a little constricted at the middle septum, cells divided
by a longitudinal septum, brown, 15 to 25 by 7 to 8x.

On decorticated wood of various kinds.

This is a very common, abundant and variable species, oceur-
ring on nearly every kind of wood. Specimens found commonly
on old wood of butternut conform well with the description of
H. cinerascens Schw., but I can find no reliable character by
which it can be distinguished from the present species.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Auerswald, B., Sarcosphaera Awd. novum genus Discomycetum. Hed-
wigia 8: 82-83. 1869.

*Afzelius, A. De vegetabilius Suecanis observationes et experimenta.
Vet. Acad. Hand]. 1785.

De Albertini, J. B. & Schweinitz, L. D. Conspectus Fungorum in Lusa-
tie superioris agro Niskiensi crescentium, e methodo Persooniana.

1805.

*Literature not accessible to the writer, citations given on other
authority than our own.

126 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

DeBary, H. A. Comparative Morphology and Biology of the fungi, myce-
tozoa and bacteria. 1887. :

Berkeley, Rev. M. J. Outlines of British Fungology; containing charac-
ters of above a thousand species of fungi, and a complete list of all
that have been described as natives of the British Isles. London.
1860.

————Notices of Brtish Fungi. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1838-1848.

Notices of North American Fungi. Grevillea 3: 145-160.
1875.

& Broome, C. E. Notices of British Fungi. Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. 1848-1883.

Bosc, M. Mémoire sur quelques espéces de Champignons des parties méri-
dionales de 1’Amérique Septentrionali. Berl. Mag. 5: 83-89. 1811.

Boudier, M. E. Mémoire sur les Ascobolés. Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 10: 191-
268, pl. 5-12. 1869.

Nouvelle classification naturelle des discomycétes charnus.
Bull. Soe. Myce. 1: 91-120. 1885.

On the importance that should be attached to the dehis-
cence of asci in the classification of the Discomycétes. Grevillea 8:
45-48. 1879. (A translation by W. Phillips).

Nouvelles espéces de Champignons de France. Bull. Soe.
Mye. France. 10: 59-68, pl. 1, 2. 1894.

Bulliard, P. Herbier de la France, ou collection complette des plantes
indigénes de ce royaume, avee leurs détails anatomiques, leurs pro-
priétés et leurs usages en medecine. 12 vols. Paris. 1780-1795.

Histoire des champignons de la France, ou traité élémen-
taire renfermant dans un ordre méthodique les descriptiones et les
figures des champignons qui croissent naturellement en France. 1791-
1812.

*Carus, F. W. In Nov. Act. Ac. Nat. Cur. 17: 370-375, pl. 10-31.

1864.

Caspary, R. Sarcosoma in Rabenh. Krypt. Fl. 13: 497. 1896.

Cooke, M. C. Pezize Americane a M. C. Cooke descriptae. Hedwigia
14: 81-85. 1875.

-Mycographia, seu Icones Fungorum; figures of fungi from
all parts of the world drawn and illustrated by M. ©. Cooke, M. A.,
A. L. §., ete., vol. 1 Discomycetes. 1875-1879.

North American Fungi. Grevillea 11: 106-111. 1883.

Corda, A. C. I. Icones fungorum hucusque cognitorum. 6 vols. 1837-
1854.

Crouan, M. M. Note sur quelques Ascobolus nouveaux et sur une espéce
nouvelle de Vibrissea. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 7: 173-178, pl. 4. 1857.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 127

Crouan, M. M. Note sur neuf Ascobolus nouveaux. Ann Sci. Nat. IV.
10: 193-199. 1858.

Currey, Frederick. Notes on British Fungi. Trans. Linn. Soc. 24: 151-
160, pl. 25 and 24: 491-496, pl. 51. 1864.

Desmaziéres, J. B. H. J. Notice sur quelques cryptogames nouvelles qui
ont ete publiées, en nature, dans les fascicules 14-17 des plantes cryp-
togames de France (1). Ann. Sci. Nat. IT. 6: 242-247. 1836.

Dillenius, J. J. Appendix ad catalogum sponte circa Giessam nascentium,
#719.

Duby, J. E. De Candolle, Botanicon Gallicum seu synopsis plantarum in
flora Gallica descriptarum. 1830.

Durand, E. J. The classification of the fleshy Pezizinee with reference
to the structural characters illustrating the basis of their division
into families. Bull. Torrey Cl. 27: 463-495. 1900.

Studies in North American Discomyectes I. The genus
Holwaya Sace. Bull. Torrey Cl. 28:348-355, pl. 26. 1901.

Studies in North American Discomycetes II. Some new or
noteworthy species from central and western New York. Bull. Tor-
rey. Cl. 29: 458-465. 1902.

Peziza fusicarpa Ger. and Peziza semitosta B. & C. Jour
Mye. 12: 28-32. 1906.

Ellis, J. B. New species of North American Fungi. Am. Nat. 17: 192-
196. 1883. oy

New North American Fungi. Bull. Torrey Cl. 9: 18-20.

1882.

& Everhart, B. M. New West American Fungi. Erythea

2: 17-26. 1894.

New Species of Fungi. Bull. Torrey Cl. 10: 97-98. 1883.

& Holway, E. W. D. New Fungi from Iowa. Jour. Mye. 1:
4-6. 1885.

Fries, Elias. Systema Orbis Vegetabilis. Primas lineas nove construc-
tionis periclitatur. 1825.

, Elenchus Fungorum, sistens commentarium in systema my-
ecologicum. 2 vols. 1828.

, Systema mycologicum sistens fungorum ordines, genera et
species hue usque cognitas, quas normam methodi naturalis deter-
minavit, disposuit atque descripsit. 3 vols. 1821, 1822, and 1829.

Summa vegetabilium Scandinavie, seu enumeratio, syste-
matica et critica, plantarum tum cotyledonarum quum nemearum
inter mare occidentale et album, inter Eidoram et Nordkap, hae-
tenus lectarum, una cum singule distributione geographica. 1845-
1849.

128 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Fuckel, L. Ueber rheinische Ascobolus-arten. Hedwigia 5: 1-5. pl. 1.

1866.
Symbole mycologice; beitrage zur kenntiss der rheinischen
pilze. Jahr. Nass. Vereins Nat. 23, 24, 25, and 26. 1869-1871.
Gerard, W. R. New species of Fungi. Bull. Torrey Cl. 4: 64. 18738.
New Fungi. Bull. Torrey Cl. 5: 39-40. 1874.

Gillet, C. C. Champignons de France. Les Discomycétes. 1879-1888.

Greville, R. K. Flora Edinensis; or A description of plants growing near
Edinburg, arranged according to the Linnean system with a concise
introduction to the natural orders of the class Cryptogamia, and il-
lustrative plates. 1824.

Hedwig, D. R. A. Microscopisch-analytische Beschreibungen und Ab-
bildungen neuer und zweifelhartter Laub-moose wie auch anderer zu
der cryptogamischen Classe des Linné gehoriger Gewichse. vol. 2.
1789.

Observationum Botanicarum, fase. 1. 1802.

Hoffman, G. F. Vegetabilia cryptogamica, fase. 2. 1790.

Jacquin, N. J. Miscellanea austriaca ad botanicam, chemiam, et histo-
riam naturalem spectantia cum figuris. vol. 2. 1781.

Karsten, P. A. Monograph Pezizarum fennicarum. Not. Sall| Fauna FI.
Fenn. «‘orch. 10: 101-206. 1869.

Revisio monographica atque synopsis Ascomycetum in Fen-
nia hucusque detectorum. Act. Soc. Fauna Fl. Fenn 2: 1-174. 1885.

Symbollb ad mycologiam Fennicam. Medd. Soc. Fauna FI.
Fenn various volumes.

Koerber, G. W. Parerga lichenologica erginzungen zum systema lichen-
um Germanie. 1865.

Kunze, G. und Schmidt, J. C. Mykologische Heft, nebst einem allgemein-
botanischen Anzeiger. 1817.

Leveille, M. J. H. Fragments Mycologiques. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 9: 119-
144. 1848.

Linnaeus, C. Flora Suecica exhibens plantas per regnum Suecilb cres-
centes, systematice cum differentiis specierum, synonymis autorum,
nominibus incolarum solo locorum usu pharmacopiborum. 1755.

Species Plantarum, exhibentes plantas rite cognitas, ad gen-
era relatas, cum differentiis specificis, nominibus trivialibus, synony-
mis selectis, locis natalibus, secundum systema sexuale digestas. 2
vols. 1753.

Massee, G. Redescription of Berkeley’s types of fungi. Part II. Jour.
Linn. Soe. 35: 90-118, pl. 4, 5. 1901.

Peziza rutilans Fr., and Peziza polytrichi, Schum. Grevil
lea 22: 107-111, pl. 1894.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 129

Massee, G. & Crossland, C. The fungous-flora of Yorkshire: a complete
account of the known fungi of the county. Trans. York. Nat. Un-
ion 4, 1905.

Morgan, A. P. The Discomycetes of the Miami valley, Ohio. Jour. Myc.
8: 179-192. 1902. :

Mueller, O. F. Icones plantarum sponte nasoentium in regnis Danice et
Norvegie et in ducatibus Slesvici, Holsatie et Oldenburg: ad illus-
trandum opus de iisdem plantis, regio jussu exarandum, Flore Dani-
ce. 5. 1782.

Nees, C. G. Das System der Pilze und Schwimme. 1817.

*de Notaris G. Osservazioni sul genere Patellaria, Parlatore. Gziorn.
Bot. It. 1: 224-232. 1846.

Proposte di aleune rettificazioni al profilo dei discomiceti.
Comm. Soe. Critt. It. 1: 357-388. 1864.

+Nylander, W. Observationes circa Pezizas fennie. Not. Saell. Fauna
Fl. Fenn. 1868.

Oeder, G. C. Icones plantarum sponte nascentium in regnis Danie et
Norvegixw, ducatibus Slesvici et Holsatie, et in comiatibus Olden-
burg et Delmenhorstiae Florae Danicae inscriptum 3, pl. 464, 534,

regio jussu exarandum Florae Danicae inscriptum 3, pl. 464, 534,
and 169. 1770.

Persoon, C. H. Observationes mycologicae seu descriptiones tam novor-
um, quam notabilium fungorum exhibitae. 1. 1796.

Tentamen dispositionis methodicae fungorum in classes,
ordines, genera et familias cum supplemento adjecto. 1797.

Icones et descriptiones fungorum minus cognitorum. Fase.
1. 1798, Fase. 2. 1800.

Synopsis methodica fungorum, sistens, Enumerationem om-
nium hue usque detectarum specierum, cum brevibus descriptionibus
nee non synonymis et observationibus selectis. 1801.

Iecones pictae rariorum fungorum. 1803-1806.

Mycologia Europaea seu complete omnium fungorum in
variis Europaeae regionibus detectorum enumeratio, methodo natur-
ali disposita: descriptione succincta, synonymia selecta et observa-
tionibus ecriticis additis. 3 vols. 1822, 1825, and 1828.

Peck, C. H. Annual Report on the New York State Museum of Natural
History 24: 83 and 97. 1871, 28: 69. 1879 and 35: 143. 1882.

Phillips, W. Fungi of California (Collected by Dr. H. W. Harkness and
Mr. J. P. Moor). Grevillea 7: 20-23. 1878.

7A synopsis of this paper is contained in Bull. Soc. Bot. France. 16: 23
The original has not been seen.

130 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Phillips, W. A manual of the British disecomycetes with descriptions of
all the species of fungi hitherto found in Britain, included in the
family and illustrations of the genera. 1887.

—————_-& Plowright, C. B. New and rare British fungi. Grevillea
2: 186-189. 1874.

Quelet, L. Some new species of fungi from Jura and the Vosges. Gre-
villea 8: 115-117. 1880.

Quelques espéces critiques ou nouvelles de la flora myeolo-
gique de France. Assoc. Frane. 1’Advane. Sci. 142: 444-454. 1886.

Enchiridion fungorum in Europa media et presertim in
Gallia vigentium. 1886.

Rabenhorst, L. Peziza Dehnii eine neue Pilzform. Bot. Zeitung 1: 11-
12. 1843.

Krypt. Fl. (see Rehm)

Reade, J. M. Preliminary notes on some species of Sclerotinia. Ann.
Mye. 6: 109-115. 1908.

Rehm, H. Ascomyceten. Fase 1-11. Ber. Naturh. Ver. Augsburg 26:
1-132. 1881.

Die Pilze Deutschlands, Oesterreichs und der Schweiz. As-
comyceten: Hysteriaceen und Discomyceten. Rabenh. Krypt. Fl. 18:
1896.

Ascomycetes Americae borealis. Ann. Mye. 3: 516-520. 1905.

Ascomycetes exs. Fase. 36. Ann. Mye. 4: 64-71. 1906.

Ascomycetes novi. 1. Ascomycetes Americae borealis. Ann.
Mye. 4: 336-338. 1906.

Ascomycetes exs. Fase. 38. Ann. Myce. 5: 78-85. 1907.

Rouppert, C. Revision du genre Sphaerosoma. Bull. Acad. Sci. Cracavie
for 1909: 75-95. 1909.

Saccardo, P. A. Fungi Veneti novi vel ecritici vel mycologiae venetae
addendi. Michelia 1: 1-72. 1879.

Conspectus generum Discomycetum hucusque cognitorum.
Bot. Cent. 18: 213-220. 1884.

Sylloge Fungorum. 8. 1889.

Schaeffer, J. C. Fungorum qui in Bavaria et Palatinatu cirea Ratisbon-
am nascuntur icones nativis coloribus expressae. 3 vols. 1762,
1767, and 1770.

Schrader, H. A. Plantae cryptogamicae novae, rariores aut minus cog-

nitae. Jour. fur die Bot. 2: 55-70. 1799.
Schroeter, J.; E. & P. Nat. Pfl. 11. 1897.

Schumacher, C. F. Enumeratio plantarum in partibus Saellandiae sep-
tentrionalis et orientalis. 2 vols. 1801 and 1803.

IOWA DISCOMYCETES 131

de Schweinitz, L. D. Synopsis fungorum Carolinae superioris secundum
observationes. Schr. Nat. Ges. Leipzig 1: 26-131, pl. 1, 2. 1818.
——————Synopsis fungorum in America boreali media degentium
secundum observationes. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 4: 141-316. 1832.
Scopoli, J. A. Flora Carnolica exhibens plantas Carnioliae indigenas et
distributas in classes, genera, species, varietates, ordine Linnaeano.
vol 2: 1772.
Seaver, F. J. Discomycetes of eastern Iowa. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. St.
Univ. Iowa. 5: 335-407, pl. 1-25. 1904.
A new species of Sphaerosoma. Jour. Myc. 11: 2-5, pl. 1905.
An annotated list of Iowa discomycetes. Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sei. 12: 105-120. 1905.
Notes on the discomycete flora of Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad.
of Sci. 13: 71-74. 1906.
Discomycetes of North Dakota. Mycologia 1: 104-114. 1909.
—————Studies pyrophylous fungi—I. Occurrence and cultivation
of Pyronema. Mycologia 1: 131-139. 1909.
Sowerby, J. Coloured figures of English fungi or mushrooms. 3 vols.
1797, 1799, and 1803.
Tulasne, L. R. Selecta fungorum carpologia, et documenta et icones
potissimum exhibens quae varia fructuum et seminum genera in
Weinmann, J. A. Hymeno-et gastero-mycetes hucusque in imperio ros-
triei, Phacidiei, Pezizei. 1865.
Tode, H. I. Fungi Mecklenburgenses selecti. Fase. 1 and 2. 1790 and
vce
Vahl, M. Florae Danicae (1. c.) pl. 1200. 1797.
Weinmann, J. A. Hymeno-et gastero mycétes hucusque in imperio ros-
sico observatos. 1836.

- 13

10

JOU,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2

LEOTIA LUBRICA (Scop.) Pers.

a. Cluster of plants natural size.

b. Ascus with paraphysis and spores X 500.
ce. One spore X 1500.

MORCHELLA DELICIOSA Fries,

a. One plant natural size.

b. Ascus with paraphysis and spores < 500.
ce. One spore X 1200.

MOoRCHELLA ESCULENTA (L.) Pers.

a. One plant natural size.

b. Ascus with paraphysis and spores X 500.
ce. One spore X 1200.

CSE

(oH ay

— iS) , ,
("A

P
L
ATE 2

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 4

I. GYROMITRA ESCULENTA (Pers.) Fries.
a. Plants natural size.
b. Ascus with paraphysis and spores < 700.
ce. One spore X 1500.

II. HEtvELLA LAcuNosA Afzel.
a. Plants natural size. sae
b. Ascus with paraphysis and spores < -70():
e. One spore X 1500.

134

Pate 4

th TE

mtn Pyparerent ha
cc eee A NL IO? ro TTT
Rae re —

Dy.

QYBBDIO'D

ag rae ‘

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 6

SPHZROSOMA ECHINULATUM Seaver.
a. Several plants natural size.

Plants of different ages x 5.

Section of a plant showing position of Hymenium X 30.

Ascus with spores before maturity x 500.

Young spore showing surrounding membrane X 1000.

Spore showing the early stages in the roughening of the outer sur-
face < 1000.

g. Ascus with paraphysis and spores at maturity xX 600.

ho as

Pate 6

i

‘

--

- 2

137

vi--l. 10

VOL

138

IDL

II.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 11

LACHNEA PALUDOSA (Boud.) Sace.

ho ao op

Plants natural size.

Several plants x 5.

Ascus with spores < 600.

One hair from exterior of cup X 300.

Spore showing internal characters X 1500
Mature spore showing external markings X 1500.

LACHNEA AURANTIOPSIS Ellis from type material.

a.
b.
C.

One plant about natural size.
Hair from exterior of cup x 500.
Aseus with spores x 500.

LACHNEA ABUNDANS (Karst.) Sace.

a.
b.
Cc.
d.
es

Plants natural size.

Several plants x 5.

Hair from exterior of cup x 600.
Ascus with spores and paraphyses < 800.
One spore X 2500.

PuatTE 11

PRD

Pal ~
ia: an ahi: > Sy FE
Ly one JF >

139

10,

He

ave

140

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 12

BARLHZA MINIATA (Crouan) Sace.
a. Plants natural size.
b. One spore X 1500.

BARL#A CINNABARINA (Fuckel) Sace.
a. Plants natural size.
b. Two spores X 1200.

BARLZA AMETHYSTINA (Quel.) Sace.

a. Asecus with spores and paraphyses < 600.

b. One spore showing internal markings X 1500.
ce. One spore showing external markings X 1500.

BARLZA CREC’HQUERAULTIT (Crouan) Sace.

a. Plants natural size.

b. One plant X 5.

ce. Immature spore X 1500.

d. Mature spore showing external characters X 1500.
e. Ascus with spores x 600.

12

7
“a

Puat

141

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 14

I. DETONIA TRACHYCARPA (Curr.) Sace.
a. Plants natural size.
b. Ascus with spores X 700.
ce. Ascus showing operculum xX 1000.
d. One spore showing external markings < 1500,

II. PEzizA BADIA Pers.
a. Plants natural size.
b. Ascus with spores and paraphysis < 600.

III. PEzIzA BRUNNEO-ATRA Desm.
a. Plants natural size.
b. Ascus with spores < 500.
e. One spore showing markings X 1500.

142

PuatEe 14

148

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 15

I. PEzIzA BADIA Pers. (form collected in deep woods).
a. Plants natural size,
b. Ascus with spores and paraphysis x 800.
ec. One spore showing markings < 1500.

II. PEzIZA REPANDA Pers.
a. Plants of several ages natural size.
b. Ascus with spores and paraphysis & 700.
ce. One spore X 1500.

144

146

We

BOE

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 19

MACROPODIA MACROPUS (Pers.) Fuckel.

a. Plants of different ages natural size.
b. Ascus with paraphyses and spores X 300.
ec. One spore X 800.

ACETABULA SULCATA (Pers.) Fuckel.

a. One plant natural size.

b. Ascus with paraphysis and spores X 400.
ce. One spore X 1200.

ACETABULUM ACETABULUM (L.) comb, nov.
a. Two plants natural size.

b. Ascus with paraphysis and spores X 500.
¢. One spore X 1200.

Piate 19

{

!

vs Nod .

het Sih |

Ree ' HH
ote a ) g

Fe i ‘ aie Vi

Saaea se ay Hh
Er Pe i ~—
a eles | 1 =

ae

SNIDOO

———————

147

148

IDE:

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 23

PHIALEA FRUCTIGENA (Bull.) Gill.

a. Plants natural size showing substrata.

b. Several plants “x 5.

ce. Ascus with spores and paraphysis X 1000.
d. Spores xX 2000.

HELOTIUM FRIESII (Weim.) Sace.

a. Plants natural size.

b. One plant X 10.

ce. Ascus with spores and paraphysis 1500.
d. One spore X 3000.

CHLOROSPLENIUM CHLORA (Schw.) Massee.

a. Plants natural size.

b. Two plants < 10.

e. Ascus with paraphysis and spores & 2000.
d. Two spores X 4000.

PLATE 23

9

14

ie

iEiTe

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 24

CHLOROSPLENIUM RUGINOSUM (Cider) DeNotaris.
a. Plants natural size.

b. Two plants xX 5.

ce. Ascus with paraphysis and spores X 1500.

d. Spores <X 3000.

CHLOROSPLENIUM VERSIFORME (Pers.) DeNotaris..
a. Plants about natural size.

b. Ascus with paraphysis and spores < 2000.

e. Spores x 4000.

DASYSCYPHA PYGM#HA (Fries) Sace.

a. Plants natural size.

b. Several plants x 3.

e. Ascus with paraphysis and spores < 1000.
d. One spore X< 3000.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 25

TRICHOPEZIZA TILI® (Peck) Sace.

Ie

ane

a.

Plants natural size.

b. Plants of different ages 10.

Cc.

Hairs from exterior of cups showing markings.

TRICHOPEZIZA COMATA (Schw.) Sace.

a.
b.
@

Plants natural size.
Two plants < 10.
Hairs from exterior of cup.

DASYSCYPHA NIVEA (Hedw.) Sace.

a.
b.
¢.
d.
e.

Plants natural size.

Several plants x 10.

Hairs from exterior of cups.

Ascus with paraphyses and spores < 1000.
Spores X 3000.

PLatr 209

Foy FO Es teenten Amey eT tite Tn

Se ang pas af

; .
REALL ROS Pe %

paneretmere aa rer ara

b 5 er ee OLAS Hike DS ek Pe
br eC EEN cal rs)

Fer sarersr pee a > SCOT .
“s Cah os TIT | CaS Ait

y
~ ~ PSF So
“eazZ Pik te at a = oN ee ceed tet.
ee Soe 5 pede ve

11

vou vi—l.

i

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 30

ASCOBOLUS VIRIDIS Curr.

d.
e.

Plants natural size,

Plants X 5.

Ascus with spores and paraphyses xX 800.
One spore not fully mature X 1200. .
Mature spores X 1200.

ASCOBOLUS LEVEILLEIL Boud.

d.

Plants natural size.

Several plants * 10. “
Ascus with spores and paraphyses xX 800.
Two spores X 1500.

PiatE 30

155

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 36

I. KARSCHIA TAVELIANA Rehm.
a. Plants natural size.
b. Plants a little enlarged.
ce. Ascus with paraphyses and spores X 800.
d. Portion of an empty ascus < 1000.
e. Two spores X 1800.

II. HYSTEROPATELLA CLAVISPORA (Peck) comb. nov.
Plants natural size.

Plants a little enlarged.

Several plants showing different forms xX 5.
Ascus with paraphyses and spores X 800.
Two spores X 1500.

Pas op

III. PATELLARIA TETRASPORA Massee & Morgan.
a. Plants natural size.
b. Ascus with spores & 1000.
c. Plants) >< 3:

156

(
(

i >
———_ 1)

a

meseaan eter se

157

Ocs ae

2S eae Yootias ———

Puate 36

1

AT

CENANGIUM RUBIGINOSUM (Fries) Sace.

“b. ‘Pwo clusters of plants x 3.

EXPLANATION oF PLATE 38
DERMATEA OLIVASCENS Rehm. : oe
a. Clusters of plants natural size.

b. Several clusters xX 4.

e. Ascus with spores < 600.

d. One spore X 1200.

a. Clusters of plants natural size,

e. One plant x 5.
d. Ascus with spores X 700.
e. One spore x 1500. “«

HoLwWavA GIGANTEA (Peck) Durand.

a. Plants natural size.

b. One plant x 5.

ce. Ascus with spores and See x 500.
d. Two spores < 1000.

——

<—qcttoe
SSE II OSS

Crim
Ms —

PLaTE 388

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 40

I. MyYcOLECIDEA TRISEPTATA Karst.
a. Several plants natural size.
b. One plant < 10.
d. Aseus with spores X 1000.
e. One spore X 1200.

II. BLirRyDIUM FENESTRATUM (Cooke & Peck) Sace.
a. Several plants natural size.
b. Two plants X 10. —
ce. Ascus with spores X 600.
d. One spore * 1000.

III. PRopouis FAGINEA (Schrad.) Karst.
a. Several plants natural size.
b. One plant X 5.
ce. Ascus with spores < 600.
d. Two spores X 800.

160

Prate 40

aT.

iene

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 41
HYSTEROGRAPHIUM KANSENSE Ellis & Everhart.
a. Plants natural size on bark.

b. One plant x<-.10.

ce. Ascus with spores and paraphyses x 800,

d. Two spores X 1500.

HYSTEROGRAPHIUM MORI (Schw.) Rehm.

a. Plants natural size. ;

b. One plant X 10.

ce. Ascus with paraphyses and ee x 700.
d. One spore X 1500.

HYSTEROGRAPHIUM FRAXINI (Pers.) DeNotaris.
a. Plants natural size.

b. Ascus with paraphyses and spores < 800.
ce. One spore X 1500.

Prats 41

A FOSSIL BURROWING SPONGE FROM THE IOWA
DEVONIAN

BY A. 0. THOMAS.

Cliona hackberryensis, nov. sp.
Plate

Burrows tubular and of uniform size being from two to three
tenths of a millimeter in diameter; usually found penetrating the
shells of brachipods especially those of Orthis striatula Schloth.
and of Strophonella hybrida H. & W.

The ramifying burrows extend parallel to the surface as well as
obliquely and vertically to it and are generally filled with some
foreign substance which, if softer than its surrounding walls,
crumbles out leaving them open; as the outside of the brachiopod
shell weathers away the underlying borings appear on the new
surface as delicate intersecting grooves. This labyrinthine maze
of passages often weakens the shell causing it to disintegrate.
A single valve containing many borings was cut and polished
but none of the tubes were found to perforate the inner surface.
showing that in case the sponge inhabited the shell of a living
brachiopod it did not disturb the occupant in the least.

This genus of sponges lives in our modern seas and ‘‘‘ burrows
in the shells of oysters and other bivalves, but for protection not
food.’’ (Parker and Haswell, Textbook of Zoology, Vol. 1, p.
116.)

It is not known how the process of boring is effected, ‘‘the
presence of an acid in the tissue was suspected, but has been
searched for in vain’’. (Hartog, Sollas, Hickson, Macbride.
Protozoa, Coelenterates, and Echinoderms, p. 218.) Zittel says
that they ‘‘secrete pin-shaped siliceous elements . . . . by means
of which they bore labyrinthie passages in the shells of mol-
luses’’. (Zittel, Textbook of Paleontology, Vol. 1, p. 46.) “<The
characteristic borings of Cliona are known from the Tertiary,

165

166 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Cretaceous, and Jurassic, and are even present in the Silurian.’’
(Zittel, Handbuch der Paldoneologie, Vol. 1, part 1, p. 143.)

The presence of the borings of this little sponge in the brachio-
pod shells was first pointed out-by Dr. Calvin, and whatever of
merit this original description may have is greatly due to his
valuable suggestions and kind assistance.

Locality and position: Collected by the writer in the Lime
Creek shales, Upper Devonian series at Hackberry Grove, Iowa.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE

Cliona hackberryensis, Thomas.

The plate illustrates the characteristic borings of the species as seen on
valves of Strophonella hybrida H. & W.

In the two upper specimens figured the passages still contain more or
less of the original filling; in the lower right hand specimen the filling
has been nearly all removed leaving the passages open.

The test of the lower left hand specimen, near the anterior margin, has
begun to crumble away due to being undermined by the numerous tunnels
beneath.

The figures are nine-fifths natural size.

168

THE PRAIRIES

B. SHIMEK

Few phenomena have attracted as much attention from layman,
amateur and scientific observer alike as the absence of trees
from the prairies of the Mississippi valley, and for that reason
the literature of few subjects presents as great a variety in
quality and value. Prairies and ‘“‘barrens’’ were encountered
by the first settlers of the great valley, and some of the earliest
discussions of the problem are concerned with the prairies of
Ohio.*

But it was not until the white man crossed the Wabash river
in his westward advance that he beheld the prairies in all their
splendor, and all their monotonous magnitude.

These prairies presented varying aspects. The early settler
avoided them at first in part for the reason that he thought them
not fertile because treeless, and in part because they did not fur-
nish the much needed building materials, fuel and water; but as
his experience increased, there were added to these reasons the
menace of the prairie fires and the terror of winter storms.

Both of these dangers have practically disappeared with the
settlement of the prairies and the development of shelter-belts,
but neither will be forgotten by those who witnessed their mad
fury.

The old-time blinding, bewildering blizzard of the prairies has
lost its horror, and though it may still cause personal discom-
fort, it no longer menaces the safety of its hapless victims.

But even in winter the prairie was often attractive, for the
storms subsided. and by day the sun-lit sea of snow sparkled with
countless ice-crystals which covered its surface, or formed filmy
festoons on every projecting culm and blade, and by night it
rested in impressive silence under the star-spangled sky.

1Atwater, Caleb, Am. Jour. Sci. and Arts, lst Series, 1818, p. 116.

vot. vi—1. _ 12

170 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

But the horrors and the charms of winter finally passed, and
with opening spring the ponds and lakes were soon gilded with
the water crowfoot, and the hills and higher prairies were dot-
ted with the early pasque-flower, the prairie violet and a variety
of rapidly succeeding spring flowers. The broad prairies were
swept by great whirl-wind clouds of golden plovers, the long-
billed curlew hovered between earth and space in marvelous man-
ner, an easy mark for every pot-hunter in the land; the bobolink
and the marsh blackbird made the welkin ring with their songs;
the mournful “‘boom’’ of the prairie chicken resounded every-
where; and soon countless nests were occupied by wild geese,
ducks and prairie hens on all sides, giving promise of new gener-
ations in untold numbers to enliven these prairies in a fashion
which will never again be known to this or coming generations.
Soon the grasses covered the surface with a great carpet of
green painted with puccoons, prairie phlox and other flowers of
late spring.

But the real rich beauty of the prairie was developed only
after mid-summer when myriads of flowers of most varied hues
were everywhere massed into one great painting, limited only
by the frame of the horizon, uniform in splendid beauty, but
endlessly varied in delicate detail.

In the fall this in turn was followed by the rusty-red or brown
expanse of drying grasses which portended the coming of the
terror and the splendor of that scourge of the early prairie set-
tlers, the prairie fires, whose fascinating fury can be appreciated
only by those who in earlier years had the privilege of looking
upon them in hopeless helplessness. ;

And again winter, with its brilliant monotony and its dreary
desolation followed, and the cycle was complete.

Such were the prairies as we knew them in Iowa. But the
native prairie is fast disappearing before the army of home-
builders, whose invasion is everywhere followed by the disap-
pearance of the native prairie flora, and the appearance, in its
stead, of artificial groves, cultivated crops and introduced weeds.

In Iowa the prairie formerly covered the greater part of the
surface of the state. The area has been variously estimated at
from sixteen-seventeenths to four-fifths,? but a careful compila-

THE PRAIRIES 171

tion of available records and observations in the field indicates
that a little more than seven-eighths of the surface was prairie,
leaving less than one-eighth for the forest area, which, however.
included the thickets bordering streams, and the serub-oak thick-
ets in various parts of the state, which should scarcely be digni-
fied by being called forests.

The prairie was very variable in topography, for it occurred
in alluvial valleys, upon fiat drift plains, on abrupt slopes,—
indeed upon all types of topography in the state from the flat-
test to the most broken.* Neither was it restricted to particular
geologic formations, for it was found, and still exists to a limited
extent in its primitive condition, upon every kind of formation
which reaches the surface, not only in Jowa but in the entire
Mississippi valley.

In the upper Mississippi valley typical prairie is found lying
over all the older rocks from the Algonquin to the Cretaceous;
on all the drift areas from the Nebraskan to the Wisconsin; on
loess of every horizon; on alluvial flats; on sand-dune areas; and
on the limited areas in which geest forms the immediate subsoil.

On Murray hill northeast of Little Sioux, Iowa, Aftonian sand
and gravel are exposed along the basal third, Kansan till and
Loveland joint clay occupy the middle of the slope, and loess
forms the surfaces of the uppermost two-fifths, yet the flora is
essentially the same from base to summit so far as the species
are concerned, upon the portions of the surface having the same
exposure. The only noticeable difference appears in the vigor
and size of the plants, those on the Aftonian surfaces being
stunted and less densely crowded.

Among scientific observers the problem of the prairie has
usually been assigned to, or assumed by, the geologists, and Dana,
Whitney, White, Alexander Winchell, N. H. Winchell, Foster,

2The latter was published by Baker, Native and Planted Timber in
Towa, Forest Service Circular, 154, U. S. Dept. Agr., Sept. 15, 1908, p. 8.

3It included territory which varied from the comparatively moist bor-
ders of swamps, lakes and streams, to the highest, dryest ridges of loess
or drift. Indeed, drainage or absence of water had little to do in deter-
mining its distribution, for it frequently extends to the very border of
swamp, or stream, or lake, extending alike over areas of very unequal
drainage.

72 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Newberry, D. D. Owen, Shaler, Upham, Worthen, and other well-
known geologists wrestled with it with varying success. White
specially states* that the ‘‘‘question of the origin of the prairie
has become more hackneyed perhaps, than any other of the specu-
lative questions which North American geology affords,’’ and
Willard says’ that ‘‘their explanation belongs to the science of
Landscape Geology.’’

Yet the problem is one which belongs in its most striking as-
pects to plant ecology and falls properly within the province of
the botanist, for no matter what may be the variation in the sur-
face characteristics of the prairies there is comparative unifor-
mity in the nature of their floral covering. Not only are prai-
ries striking because of the absence of trees, but they are marked’
none the less definitely by the presence of a flora which is wholly
distinct from the smaller (chiefly herbaceous) flora of the forest.

The areas which were originally covered with a prairie flora
in Iowa are of six more or less distinct types:

1. The broad flat plains which characterized the Wisconsin
(see plate I, figure 1) and Iowan drift areas and a part of the
un-eroded Kansan drift area such as may be observed in Osceola
county and southward. These plains contained large undrained
areas, the swamps, ponds and lakes of which possessed a rich
hydrophytie fiora the discussion of which does not fall within
the limits of this paper.

2. The more rolling drift surfaces such as are presented by
the greater part of the Kansan area and the more or less distinct
moraines bordering the Wisconsin and Iowan areas.° <A part of
the Kansan area is covered with a rather thin veneer of loess.

3. The very rough loess ridges which border the Missouri val-
ley and which present the most extreme xerophytic conditions
in Iowa. Similar conditions are found in the rough Wisconsin
morainie (?) region in southwestern Lyon county, and the floras
of the two areas are practically identical. (See plate III; plate
TV, fie. 2; plate V, tig: 1; and plate Vili ie. 1):

4Report on the Geological Survey of Iowa, Vol. I, 1870, p. 132.
5 Willard, Daniel E., The Story of the Prairies, 1903, p. 21.

6For the distribution of the drift areas in Iowa see map, plate III,
Report of Iowa Geological Survey, Vol. XIV, 1904.

THE PRAIRIES 173

4. The well-drained alluvial plains such as are shown at their
best along the Missouri, but which are more or less developed
along all the larger streams. The undrained portions of these
plains develop, of course, a hydrophytie flora.

5. The prairie ridges which appear in all the forested rougher
parts of the state, but are most striking in the more heavily
timbered eastern parts where they have been known as ‘‘oak
openings’’ because the surrounding forest, consisting largely of
oaks, encroached upon them. These prairie openings are some-
times mere tongues of greater prairie areas which extend into the
forest, but they are frequently surrounded by forest and may be
several miles from larger prairie tracts. They vary in area down
to a few square rods and are developed independently of geolog-
ical formations except in so far as these determine topography.
Detached areas of this kind are shown in plate II.

6. The sand-dune areas (see plate XI, fig. 2). These are usu-
ally considered distinct from the prairie but a comparison of
the floras shows that they differ but little.

In the following table a comparison is made between the floras
of these several types of prairie areas and the abundance and
relative distribution of the species is roughly indicated by letters :
a) indicating a dominant type or species; b) principal species
which are common and widespread; ¢) rather common species,
also widely distributed, and sometimes locally common in fami-
lies, but on the whole less abundant than (b); d) species which
are locally common in families, but these often widely separated ;
e) species represented by but few scattered individuals, but al-
most always present on the prairie; and f) rare species, often
absent.

In addition to the letters symbolizing distribution other let-
ters are sometimes added to indicate that the species listed was
found at but one of the localities which represent a given type
area. The additional letter in each case is the initial of the
name of the county. Thus in the sand-dune column cM means
that the species so marked is quite common but was obtained
only from the Muscatine county locality. The following locali-
ties were selected to represent the several type areas:

1. The flat prairie: Emmet county, chiefly the northeastern

174 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

and western parts,’ and the vicinity of Roland in Story county,
both in the Wisconsin area.

2. The rolling prairie: Johnson county, near Iowa City, and.
the northwestern part of Lyon county north and northeast of
Granite. Both are loess-Kansan and the latter is somewhat:
rougher.

3. The western ridges: the loess ridges of Harrison county and
the Wisconsin hills of southwestern Lyon county. While they
are unlike geologically they are very similar in their rough topog-
raphy and their flora.

4. The alluvial prairie: Harrison county, in the Missouri val-
ley, and the valley of the Iowa river in Johnson county, and the
adjoining part of Iowa county.

5. The prairie openings: Johnson county, north of Iowa City,
and Winneshiek county along the Upper Iowa river.

6. The sand-dunes: Muscatine county, south of Muscatine,
and the western part of Harrison county.

It should be noted that too much emphasis should not be placed
upon relative abundance of individuals of species as this varies
in different localities and in different seasons.

The following list contains the typical prairie plants of
Towa:

a zg es 3 2p

ce ae % HO <a nA

I II Ill IV V VI

Acerates floridana (lLam.) Hitch....... eH eJ ~ eH — — —

Acerates viridifiora (Raf.) Eaton...... — ed) =e eH — eM
Acerates viridiflora lanceolata (Ives)

Gray. Beier eerste oe —— e e — eJ eM
Acerates viridiflora linearis Gray.....— — f- — «= |_—- =
Achillea millefolium L...........:... c e cL c GCM
Agoseris cuspidata (Pursh) Steud...... c — ch = ea
Agropyron Smithii Ryd............... qd dL — as d dM
Agrostis alba vulgaris (With.) Thurb....— — — c Cie

7The Emmet county list is made up in large part of plants collected by
the writer but additional information was secured from Mr. R. I. Cratty’s
collection.

THE PRAIRIES

I

peasereHit CANAGONSG Us: 2. 65 de. 5 os ins ws c
Allium cernuum Roth................. dE
panam Steliatam Ker: 3. 52 .c2 <2... e
Ambrosia artemisiaefolia L. .......... b
Ambrosia psilostachya DC............. e
Ambrosia trifida integrifolia (Muhl.)

Ge Go spe ae oe aes ease eae ——
Amorpha canescens Pursh............. ¢c
Andropogon furcatus Muhl............ a
Andropogon scoparius Michx........... a
Anemone canadensis L................ d
Anemone cylindrica A. Gray........... c
Anemone patens Wolfgangiana (Bess.)

GEN ere weak om mete oe ae e
Antennaria neodioica Greene.......... d

Antennaria plantaginifolia (L.) Rich.. d
Aplopappus spinulosus (Pursh.) DC....—\
Apocynum androsaemifolium L......... —
Apocynum cannabinum L............. cE
Apocynum cannabinum hypericifolium

CetE) Gea oo oe Slee a he —
Apocynum cannabinum pubescens

CE PG ie oS are ra ao yarn —
Aristida basiramea Engelm............ ds
Artemisia caudata Michx.............. c
Artemisia dracunculoides Pursh........ cE
Artemisia frigida Willd............... —
Artemisia ludoviciana Nutt............ ec
Asclepias ovalifolia Dec............... eE
Asclepias purpurascens L.............. eS
Asclepias speciosa Torr................ eE
Asclepias Sullivantii Engelm.......... eE
PScipmMas wyTInew Pe oo. ects ee alee ¢c
Asrlemias tuberosa Ts.. .2..i...2---285-< e

Asdienias vertiellata Tie... S52 26k e

| | MS Rolling
o °
oo | |

cL

cmt RO

& Oo

Ridges

a!
Lal
=

“— Openings

me Prairie

“| Alluvial

oO

ao 2 0

jaa
~]
(

me Dunes

4 Sand

176 NATURAL HISTORY
E
me
I

Asterplaevis Mule cite tee eaten cE

Aster multiflorus exiguus Fernald..... ec

Aster-novae-ancliae 4-55 ee ee ee c

Aster oblongifolius Nutt............... -—

Aster ptarmicoides (Nees) T. & G...... cE

Aster ‘sericeus; Vents)... 2.45.5 20-nes c

Astragalus canadensis L............... ©

Astragalus caryocarpus Ker............ e

Astragalus distortus T. & G............ ---

Astragalus lotifiorus Hook............. -—

Astragalus plattensis Nutt............. —_—

Baptisia bractedta Mil e304. a. e
Bouteloua curtipendula (Michx.) Torr.. cS
Bouteloua hirsuta Lag................ ds
Brauneria angustifolia (DC.) Heller.... c¢
Brauneria pallida (Nutt.) Britt........ -—
Cacalia tuberosa Nutt................. e
Carex ‘Bicknellii Britt. 2)... $2,225. cE
Carex cephalophora Muhl —

Carex festucacea Schk................
Carex ‘gravida Bailey...520....0. cee se cS
Carex pennsylvanica Lam............. _—

Cassia ichamaecristanl poate eee cs
Castilleja coccinea (L.) Spren

(25 cide che -—
Castilleja sessiliflora Pursh............ c
Ceanothus americanus L............... c
Ceanothus ovatus pubescens T. & G.... .—-—

Cenchrus carolinianus Walt -——

*Chenopodium album L
Chenopodium leptophyllum Nutt.......——
Chrysopsis villosa (Pursh) Nutt........ -—
Cirsiumealtissimum eee eae eee cS
Cirsium discolor (Muhl.) Spreng....... cs

* Introduced.

BULLETIN
tet wn
a o
= aL
() KS}
o ia]
I IIL
ed eH

e c

c eH
cL c
cL cL
Cc c
a ele
cL c
= e
ee cH

— Prairie
< Openings

fae}

QO

< Alluvial

Sand
4 Dunes

THE PRAIRIES 177
B x @ 2 =
2 2 2 32 2 £
& fe ea We) < 2S
I 1I ul Iv Vv VI
Cirsium iowense (Pam.) Fern.......... cE eL c eW eH cH
Clematis Simsii Sweet................ — cI —— c cJ eM
Comandra umbellata (L.) Nutt........ cE cd c c eJ dM
Convolvulus sepium L................. e ec —— —— c cM
Coreopsis palmata Nuit................ e ¢c e c cJ cM
Corydalis aurea occidentalis Engelm...._—_ -— -— -—— eH dM
Crotalaria sagittalis L................ —_- -— - —— eJ — c
Cuscuta arvensis Beyrich.............. cE -— -— — — eM
Dalea alopecuroides Willd.............. a cH
Dalea enneandra Nouitt................ — dL d — dH dH
Delphinium Penardi Huth............. e eL eh on
Desmodium canadense (L.) DC......... € c cL cJ ec c
Desmodium illinoense A. Gray......... es a cJ eM
Hadeeatheon Meadia. Ib... ..-.....<.- — a c oS (ee
Draba caroliniana Walt............... —_— — - - - — -— —— eM
Dyssodia papposa (Vent.) Hitch....... —_—= = cH ee
DSSS Ce oo eee a ee e ae dJ dM
PERMITE CAS AMOCTIEES S8 goo SS o sos ca ale m eermc — ec e cd cJ e
+hagisetum arvense l................. c ed cL — c eM
Equisetum hyemale L.................. c — cH — c ¢
Equisetum laevigatum A. Br........... ec c ec — c c
Erigeron canadense L................ b ec b ec c e
Erigeron divaricatum Michx........... cE cM
Erigeron pulchellus Michx............. — ————— a
Erigeron ramosus (Walt.) B.S. P...... b b b c c ¢
Eryngium yuccifolium Michx.......... e ea. — cd cJ cM
Eupatorium altissimum L.............. —_ ~— d e — ——
Euphorbia corollata L................. ec c ¢ e c cM
Euphorbia glyptosperma Engelm....... cE cL PR Se ee
Euphorbia maculata L................. — c eL cI — eM
Euphorbia marginata Pursh............ ——_ —— ro
Euphorbia Preslii Guss................ — c e cJ e cH
Euphorbia serpens H. B. K............ ee ey it
Euphorbia serpyllifolia Pers........... a Cyt

* Introduced.

VoL. vi—1. 13

178 . NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Es

<I

I
Festuca octoflora Walt................ —
Fragaria virginiana Duchesne.......... c
Gallium boreale sea. sae oe eee cE
Gentiana puberula Michx.............. cE
Geranium carolinianum L.............—
Gerardia aspera Dougl................ cK
Glycyrrhiza lepidota Pursh............ cE
Gnaphalium polycephalum Michx....... —
Grindelia squarrosa (Pursh) Dunal.....—
Hedeoma hispida Pursh................ —
Hedeoma pulegioides (L.) Pers......... —
Helianthemum canadense (L.) Michx.. —
Helianthemum majus (L.) B.S. P...... —
Helianthus annus Ute ose. = ee se c
Helianthus hirsutus Raf.............. —
Helianthus Maximiliani Schrad........ cE
Helianthus occidentalis Rid............ =
Helianthus scaberrimus L.............. c
Heliopsis scabra Dunal................ c
Heuchera hispida Pursh............... cH
Hordeum jubatumelre ee mse ce cciee ioe seers —
Houstonia angustifolia Michx.......... —
Hypericum cistifolium Lam............ cJ
Hypoxis hirsuta (L.) Coville........... c
Isanthus brachiatus (L.) B.S. P....... —
Iva xanthiifolia (Fresen.) Nutt........ —_—-
JUNCUS CENWIS Willd otc eres siereioies ete c

Koeleria cristata (L.) Pers............ ——
Krigia amplexicaulis Nutt............. —
Kuhnia eupatoroides corymbulosa T.&G c

Lactuca sagittifolia Ell................ —
‘Lactucauscariola isn. poe seen ee ——

* Introduced.

| Rolling

a

Pane

Ridges

onl
lon

4+ Prairie
< Openings

aQ
Be ain

ew

Gel
cJ

aw
cd

<Alluvial

rv
e

THE PRAIRIES 179

= £ an = Pa
& = = &O < na
I ll Ill IV Vv VI
Lappula Redowskii occidentalis ( Wats.)

Lid ee ee pee er eee ee — — eH e —_- —
Lathyrus ochroleuca Hook............. eE ==
Bechea stricta Legg..........-......-- d — dM
Lechea tenuifolia Michx.............. qd —_ —
Lepachys pinnata (Vent.) T. & G..... b b eL ¢c ec —
Lepidium apetalum Willd.............. c e e e ec cM
Lespedeza capitata Michx............. c eL — ¢c c e
Liatris cylindracea (Michx.) Kuntze....dS — — eW — cM
Liatris punctata (Hk.) Kuntze......... cE cL e
Liatris pycnostachya (Michx.) Kuntze.. cE c — eJ cJ cM
PREP Ee SIAC. WNIT in cw win oc wane oa cE c ec ew — eM
Liatris squarrosa Willd............... ers
Lilium philadelphicum L.............. cE el —_— — eI —
Linum sulcatum Riddell............... — e € ¢c cJ = —
Lithospermum angustifolium Michx.... e eL ec eW eH —
Lithospermum canescens (Michx.)

PRT eer See 6 eaie-cae See the e € cH c e eH
Lithospermum Gmelini (Michx.) A. S. H.— e eL — cJ cM
Bebeba spicata lam. ~. ..< <2. 23. +2. -<- e e — e eJ eM
Lygodesmia juncea (Pursh.) D. Don....cE eL c
*Melilotus alba Desv.................-. — c cH — ec c
PR AEN ANOMHS OB: So cpa o.2 owas crac, sees e c cH c cJ cM
Muhlenbergia racemosa (Michx.)B.S.P—— cL eH — -— _ cH
ne oo pe OD ee _— e © ec — —
OEnothera biennis L................. e c ¢ c cJ e
OEnothera rhombipetala Nuitt......... — cJ
OEnothera serrulata Nutt.............. c cL c ec —_— —
Onosmodium occidentale Macken....... eE eL e — — dM
Ee ORG ae 2S A ee e e ¢c e c cM
Seats -WiOiACees Pie Sew ca cima, case 5's oe d e c eJ c cM
Oxybaphus hirsutus (Pursh.) Sweet.....eE — eL
Oxybaphus nyctagineus (Michx.) Sweet c¢ ec — eJ c . cM
Oxytropis Lamberti Pursh............. — eL e
Se PAMCHIN (Gaitiare Bs oo oe on. 2 oie sie ae eS e ec ed ceJ cH

* Introduced.

180 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

3

i<j

I
Panicum Scribnerianum Nash.......... c
PANICUNT AVITSALNI eee eerie ee cS
Parthenium integrifolium L............ —
Pedicularis canadensis L............... d
Pentstemon gracilis Nutt..............
Pentstemon grandiflorus Nutt.........
Pentstemon laevigatus digitalis

(Sweet: INGra yee cusses cite atone -

Petalostemum candidum Michx........ c

Petalostemum purpureum (Vent.) Ryd.. c
PHIOK pilosa lr: Skreet ease dea en no tens c
Physalis pubescens L..................
Plantago aristata Michx..............
Plantaco Rugelit Decl se. car. -ctereyeens ee
Poa sconipressa ela. os ee. sale enes cS
Poaipratensis Mie ock era se suciehateme secrets a
Polygala sanguinea Wi.) sa2.4. semis be
Polygala ssenera Tike eis sa cree sos
Polygala verticillata ih... ............- eE
*Polygonum convolvulus L............ —-
Polygonum ramosissimum Michx....... eK
Polygonum tenue Michx...............
Potentilla arguta Pursh............... c
Potentilla canadensis L................

Potentilla monspeliensis L.............

Prenanthes aspera Michx............. eK
Prenanthes racemosa Michx............ eK
Psoralea argophylla Pursh............. ce
Psoralea esculenta Pursh.............. eE

Pycnanthemum flexuosum ( Walt.)

[BS be 1 Pee re acres cach ecreut NOM EC OSG c
Pycnanthemum pilosum Nutt.......... —
Quercus macrocarpa olivaeformis

IRE GTAY He ores) eee eres eE
Ranunculus fascicularis Muhl.......... c

* Introduecd.

of 3

We) < na
IV Vv Vi
© cd Cc
cd Cc c

= cJ
Cc dJ —
— -— cM
- — cM
eJ eJ —
c c cM
c Cc c
c cJ cM
cJ cI cM
_—- dM
(7
b b cM
eW cJ eM
cJ —
d — eM
c cJ cM
e eM
— ali!
eJ cI eM
c es
e e eM
ie cd eM
eJ — CJ
c cor ea

THE PRAIRIES 181
ne a? ome a
= = = =o < 2a
I It I lv v VI
Ranunculus rhomboideus Goldie....__.. fo = a= SSS SE
ES PANE Br St) Oe Le ————— c c c eM
Ehus toxicodendron L................. c a ec C c
ee lmathis Marsh... 5... afew 2 —— ——————— eJ — dM
Rosa pratincola Greene................ ec ¢c ——— ec e
Bosa Woodsii Lindl.. AAO ON ICEL: —_ ss —— cH - e —
Rubus occidentalis L.................. -_— e eH ~ e eH
Pemipoenen ees Wx. os. Sy. 2c Sot cE ————— cJ cJ eM
Ruellia ciliosa Pursh.................. —_ —--——--— —— —— cJ eJ eM
eis) el FO) ds a ew dJ dM
Bumex altissimus Wood............... ¢ —
ULSTER gy SS CR, = cJ eH. = — e eM
eee: Mumntet Marsh. ... 22222 eS Sees c ec cH c d.J c
*Salsola Kali tenuifolia G. F. W. Mey... e e ae c
Scrophularia leporella Bickn......... . eE dJ fH e eJ cM
Scutellaria parvula ambigua (Nuit.)

Laan oe <. Rp Sy ee Saree dE dJ iL —
Senecio plattensis Nutt............... d dJ dH d d dM
*Setaria viridis (L.) Beauv............ — b c i ec
OUST pea she a PUT) ee eee en — Fe ee - e] eL eJ -—— cM
1 (CE ES St @ 9 | — e eJ cM
Silphium integrifolium Michx.......... — My Ss. Se eJ cM
Silphium laciniatum L................ c b c eJ cJ —
Sisymbrium canescens brachycarpon

CAB A ES eee ee ee d dq — c d c
Sisyrinchium campestre Bickn.......... ec cJ cH c c cM
Smilacina stellata (L.) Desf........... — a d — —
Solanum carolinense L................ — eI —

Sodaro: canatensis Fi. o.oo. 2... -- =: ec ec cH — — cH
Solidago graminifolia (L.) Salisb...... ee dJ eM
Solidago missouriensis Nutt............ ec ec c c — eM
Solidago nemoralis Ait...............-. c c e ec — —-
SORRMAPNOFAP CS, Bec oe ee. a 3 cs om ec c a c — cw
SMIAPORSCTORING ANG... ~ 2 cc e5 os. 2 22's c c cH cJ — cH

* Introduced.

189 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

i o =

i % oe

‘ I II III

Solidago speciosa angustata T. & G.... ¢ c c

Sorghastrum nutans (L.) Nash.........-— bbl c

Specularia perfoliata (L.) A: DC. {..—— —-—— —=—

Stipayuspartea APrInes. o,f es cc cee ele — b c
Strophostyles pauciflora (Benth.)

SiaWiats eee eee eee eee ek
Symphoricarpos occidentalis Hook...... d cL e
Symphoricarpos orbiculatus Moench....-— — -—
Taenidia integerrima (L.) Drude..... —— cJ = —
*Taraxacum officinale Weber.......... d c ec
Tephrosia virginiana Ws... .25..--:2.6: —_—- Ss ——--— — —
Teucrium canadense Jb.........2--.-.ss- — eI —
Thalictrum dasycarpum Fisch. & Lall... ¢ cI = =—
Tradescantia bracteata Small.......... —_— ~— d
Tradescantia reflexa Raf.......:...... —- ——
POTit OMIM ATEDENS set tae c oe eee ote — cI 2 =—
Trifolium stoloniferum Muhl..........
=Werbascum: thapsus £52 ..056. «cma — eJ c
Verbena angustifolia Michx........... a eL
Verbena bracteosa Michx.............. ds cd eH
Verbena hastata: dh... “22 cas. 2205055 c ec ==
WerbenaStricta: V GMnitac : sccys crate ere loeucle one b b b
Vernonia noveboracensis (L.) Willd....— — _ eH
Weronica aviToinica i. ae ae eee eo e 2
Vicia americana Muh... 202-22. -55 c — eL
Vicia americana linearis Nees......... a ¢
Viola; fimbriatula;Sms. 265-2. e5sc- oe =: -—- dJ ——
Wiolaspalmataslinn or cence reese roo — — eH
Violaapapilionacea, Pursh:.-- ce) oe c eJ eH
WViolaispedata: Tiit.csee a cha come one aS —. —
ViolaapedatiiidasDonesse sae eee c — eH
Witisvulpina. deri. | ete eine e —_- —
Xanthium commune Britt.............. —_ —§- —— cL
Aizia aurea :(l.) Keeh..c fs.. ce < wsn ee ee c Cc —

* Introduced.

+ Prairie
Ss = < Openings

a

@

< Alluvial

°
iso)

ed

THE PRAIRIES 183

In addition to the species included in the table there are
several which belong to dry prairies, but they are local and quite
rare, and were not collected at the localities specifically included
in the table. They are given in the following supplementary list:

Agropyron tenerum Vasey.
Amorpha microphylla Pursh.
Artemisia canadensis Michx.

Aster amethystinus Nutt.

Aster ericoides L.

Bouteloua oligostachya (Nutt.) Torr.
Cirsium Hillii (Canby) Fern.
Euphorbia dictyosperma F. & M.
Gaura parviflora Doug].

Oxybaphus floribundus Chois.
Oxybaphus linearis (Pursh) Rob.
Sphenopholis obtusata var. lobata (Trin.) Serib.
Synthyris Bullii (Eaton) Haller.
Tradescantia brevicaulis Raf.

These species are found in the driest parts of the state, with
the exception of the last two but one chiefly in the western part of
the state and they are frequently associated with those included
in the special list of the species belonging more distinctly to the
dry plains which have invaded the prairie.

A second supplementary list contains species which frequently
occur on the prairie, but usually near the border of groves or in
somewhat sheltered localities. They are sometimes associated
with the invaders from the groves and bogs. The list follows:

Agastache scrophulariaefolia (Willd.) Ktze.
Amphicarpa Pitcheri T. & G.

Clematis virginiana L.

Coreopsis tripteris L.

Lobelia leptostachys A. DC.

In preparing the foregoing table and accompanying lists the
writer studied the flora of about sixty localities, chiefly in Iowa,
and the studies have extended over a period of twenty years.

As only twelve of these localities are represented in the table
of plants, and as only those species are included of which speci-
mens were collected and deposited in the herbarium of the State
University of Iowa, a number of blanks appear in the table.

184 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

More frequent visits to the several localities selected for the
table, and an examination of larger areas in each locality, would
no doubt have filled many of the vacant places, for there are
variations in the abundance of many of the species from year to
year some apparently disappearing for a time, and different
(even closely contiguous) parts of the same prairie show varia-
tions which may result in part from differences in topography
or which may be due to the accident of distribution.

But with the exception of the species appearing as invaders, a
more complete discussion of which follows, the flora of any of the
types of prairie here discussed will be practically contained with-
in the limits of the foregoing table. The exact lists are not al-
ways the same, but such variation as exists is not due to differ-
ences in the types of prairies, but may occur within any one of
the areas. The variation is well illustrated in the table.

The invasion of additional species which do not properly be-
long to the flora of the prairie takes place chiefly from four dis-
tinet sources:

1. From wooded areas. This may usually be observed only in
a narrow belt along the border between forest and prairie and
is of little significance, as forest plants seldom extend beyond the
scrubby border and that only during moist years. It would
probably be better to say that here the prairie invades the for-
est, as none of the mesophytes of the forest extend to the open
prairie while along the drier borders of groves there is a distinet
scattered invasion of prairie plants.

An illustration of the mixing of species in these border belts
is given in the list of plants from the border between evapora-
tion stations (1) and (2) at Missouri Valley.

2. From prairie bogs. The plants which invade the prairie
from this source occur on dry prairies only occasionally, and
then in places which at least during some part of the season, or
during some seasons, are comparatively moist. Thus Habenaria
blephariglottis seemed to have disappeared in large part from
some sections of the state during the dry years of the middle
nineties, occurring only here and there in what seemed to be
dry places, yet the restoration of the prairie bogs which oe-
curred in the wetter years which followed caused a reappear-

THE PRAIRIES . 185

ance of the species in old-time abundance in the limited areas of
undisturbed prairie chiefly along railways.
The most common species of this group of invaders are the
following:
Cicuta maculata L.
Galium tinctorium L.
Gerardia tenuifolia Vahl.
Habenaria blephariglottis (Willd.) Torr.
Lilium canadense L.
Lythrum alatum Pursh.
Potentilla paradoxa Nutt. (usually from sandy areas).
Prenanthes racemosa Michx.
Salix longifolia Muhl.
Spiraea salicifolia L.
Spiranthes cernua (L.) Rich.
Stachys palustris L.

Several sedges also appear in similar situations, the most com-
mon perhaps being the following:
Carex Sartwellii Dew.
Carex scoparia Schk.-
Carex tetanica var. Meadii (Dew.) Bail.

With these species Anemone canadensis and Thalictrum dasy-
carpum, which are included in the table, are also frequently as-
sociated.

3. From the western plains. The more xerophytic sections
of the western part of the state, chiefly the loess ridges border-
ing the Missouri valley on the east and the Kansan ridges
bordering the Big Sioux in Iowa, yield a noticeable scattering
of species belonging more properly to the dry western plains.

In addition to the more common species of this group, which
are included in the table, such as Acerates viridiflora var. liz-
earis, Aplopappus spinulosus, Artemisia frigida, Astragalus
lotiflorus, Astragalus platiensis, Euphorbia marginata, Lygodes-

mia juncea and Oxytropis Lamberti, the following species oc-
curring locally in the western part of the state should be classed

here:

Buchloe dactyloides (Nutt.) Engelm. Once probably quite common.
Carex stenophylla Wahlenb.

Cerastium brachypodum (Engelm.) Rob.

Comandra Richardsoniana Fern.

VOL. vi—1. 14

186 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Euphorbia hexagona Nutt.

Gilia linearis (Nutt.) Gray.
Hosackia americana (Nutt.) Piper.
Lepachys columnaris (Sims.) T. & G.
Malvastrum coccineum (Pursh) Gray.
Mentzelia oligosperma Nutt.

Opuntia fragilis (Nutt.) Haw.
Oxybaphus linearis (Pursh) Rob.
Pentstemon hirsutus (L.) Willd.
Solanum rostratum Dunal.

Yucca glauca Nutt.

Several of these species are gradually being carried eastward
along the railways.

4. Introduced weeds. These are chiefly European and have
been incidentally introduced by man. Quite a number of these
weeds have become established on the prairie and even invade
unbroken areas. Some of the species are included in the table
and are marked with an asterisk. The following may be added:

Asparagus officinalis L.

Brassica arvensis (L.) Ktze.
Brassica nigra (L.) Koch.

Bromus racemosus L.

Cannabis sativa L.

Capsella bursa-pastoris (L.) Medic.
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L.
Digitaria sanguinalis (L.) Scop.
Echinochloa crus-galli (L.) Beauv.
Melilotus officinalis (L.) Lam.
Trifolium hybridum Muhl.
Trifolium pratense L.

Verbena urticifolia L.

These species occur most frequently on or near lands which
have been cultivated, and their abundance is probably deter-
mined in large part by the accident of seed-dispersal.

The list does not include the numerous species of weeds which
have everywhere invaded cultivated lands, but is confined to the
species which seem to be able to establish themselves even in
competition with the native prairie flora.

The table of plants brings out the fact that neither topog-
raphy nor geological formation determines the character of the

THE PRAIRIES 187

flora, for in the localities represented we find various types of
topography and geological formations, yet the flora is prac-
tically the same, and this flora is the best ear-mark of the
prairie.

Some of the species reported herein as belonging to the prairie
are occasionally found in the woods, but so far as the writer’s
observation goes, almost uniformly in more or less open places
where there is exposure to the sun and wind, and where topogra-
phy and soil permit of rapid run-off or evaporation of water,—
hence where the conditions are at least in part xerophytic. Places
of this kind are simply a step toward the ‘‘oak-barrens’’ or
*‘oak-openings’’, whose edges they exactly simulate. Otherwise
individuals only of these prairie plants find their way into
forested areas. and that rarely.

Likewise not only forest trees but also herbs of the forest fail
to appear on the open prairie. There is indeed very little ming-
ling of these two fioras except in the narrow border belts already
mentioned, and few species are found in both situations. The
latter are foreign and native herbs and shrubs several of which
have become well-established weeds. The most common of these
are the following:

Chenopodium album L. Silene stellata (L.) Ait. f.
Nepeta cataria L. Taraxacum officinale Weber
Oxalis stricta L. Veronica virginica L.

Rhus glabra L. Vitis vulpina L.

Rhus toxicodendron L. Zanthoxylum americanum Mill.

Taken as a whole the floras of the forest and prairie are strik-
ingly different.’

As noted, some variations may be observed in the prairie flora.
but this occurs practically within the limits of the prarie list
and is of equal extent on each of the types or kinds of prairie
areas. The major part of the flora of all these types is the same,
and constitutes one of the most distinctive characteristics of all
prairie.

S’For a more detailed comparison of the prairie flora and the floras of

other habitats see the botanical report on Harrison and Monona counties
in the Report of the Iowa Geological Survey, vol. XX, 1910.

188 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

EXPOSURE OF PRAIRIE TO EVAPORATION

One other characteristic is also possessed by all types of
prairies,—namely, all are exposed at least at times to excessive
evaporation. The factors chiefly concerned in evaporation are
temperature, relative humidity of the air controlled in large
part by temperature, and the wind.

The maximum heat of the day is reached at about two o’clock
in the afternoon. The ‘‘two-o’clock sun’’ beats down upon the
southerly and southwesterly slopes of rough areas, and equally
affects uniformly flat areas; the prevailing winds of summer to
which the prairie flora is exposed are from the south or south-
west, and the sun-scorched southwesterly slopes are also most ex-
posed to these winds, the flat prairie again suffering almost equal-
ly ; hence southwesterly slopes and large flat areas suffer from the
combined influence of the afternoon sun and the prevailing sum-
mer winds.

Countless illustrations of the effect of this exposure may be
observed throughout Iowa and the neighboring states. They are
most strikingly shown in the rougher parts of the state, and no
where more strikingly than in the loess bluffs which border the
Missouri valley in Iowa. From Sioux City to Hamburg these
bluffs present bare surfaces to the west, their somewhat north-
westerly direction along the east side of a broad valley exposing
them to both sun and summer winds. These surfaces are wholly
treeless excepting where by a bending of the line of bluffs a por-
tion of the latter is protected, and they are covered with a typical
dry-prairie flora. It is only on the east side of ridges which form
the bluffs, and in pockets and valleys which are protected on the
south and west by ridges, that groves appear, and in these groves
the prairie flora is in part or wholly displaced by a mesophytie
flora, the extent of this displacement being determined by the de-
gree of exposure and the consequent density of the grove.

Very striking illustrations of the effect produced by a bend
in the line of bluffs may be found in a number of localities on the
Towa side of the Missouri. Thus in Lyons township, Mills county,
in Lewis and Crescent townships in Pottawattamie county, in St.
Johns and Little Sioux townships, Harrison county and Belvidere

THE PRAIRIES 189

and Kennebec townships in Monona county, where there are ab-
rupt bends in the line of bluffs, or where the latter turns to follow
a tributary valley, groves are well developed on the south side of
the crescent or valley, where the bluffs face the northwest or
north. A similar effect is produced by a more gentle swerving
of the line from the prevailing northwesterly direction, as in
St. Mary’s township in Mills county, in Raglan township, Harri-
son county, and at various other points along the Missouri bluffs.

Local illustrations of the effect of topography upon the fiora
are abundant along the bluffs in Missouri, and several are shown
in the figures. Thus plate ITI, figure 2 shows a loess ridge at Ham-
burg, Iowa. Its western portion (the left side as shown in the
figure) forms the bluffs of the Missouri valley, and is covered with
a typical prairie flora. The eastern slopes, sheltered from the
southwesterly summer winds and to some extent from the after-
noon sun, are more or less densely covered with a forest growth.
This is typical of innumerable ridges in the western part of the
state.

Plate IV, figure 2 represents the bluffs north of Missouri Val-
ley, Iowa, looking west of north. The more remote bluff shelters
the forested valley to the right, while the bluff itself is covered
with a prairie flora.

Plate V, figure 1 represents a series of loess ridges jutting into
a short tributary valley south of Murray hill near Little
Sioux, Iowa. The view was taken looking almost east. This val-
ley is almost continually wind-swept in the summer, and every
ridge which projects into it is a treeless prairie, while every shel-
tered ravine has developed a grove.

Plate IX, figure 1, shows a sheltered valley just north of Mis-
souri Valley, Iowa, looking east. The bare ridges at 1 and 3
form the bluffs of the Missouri valley and are covered with a
typical prairie flora which is listed in the third column of the
table. The sheltered valley shows a small grove, and the edge of
another grove may be seen just beyond the top of ridge 1.

Other illustrations on a much larger scale are also shown in
other figures. Thus plate IV illustrates the opposite bluffs of the
Missouri valley above Omaha, looking north. Figure 1 shows the
sheltered bluffs extending north from Florence, Nebraska.

190 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

They extend in a northeasterly direction. They were formerly
well forested and still show more or less timber on their rounded
slopes, Figure 2 shows the much more rugged and abrupt bluffs
on the Iowa side above Missouri Valley, looking north, almost
opposite those shown in figure 1. They are fully exposed to the
southwest and are covered with a typical prairie flora.

The two views on plate VI show opposite sides of a valley which
branches off from the main Missouri valley in a northeasterly di-
rection north of Turin, Iowa. The views were taken from the
same point, figure 1 looking southeast at the exposed prairie side,
and figure 2 looking southwest at the sheltered forested side.

Plate VII presents two views taken just north of Missouri
Valley. Figure 1 shows the bluffs of the main valley, looking
north. They are here exposed to the southwest, and are covered
with a typical prairie flora. The Harrison county plants in-
cluded in column III of the table of plants were collected here.
Evaporation station 3 was located on the prominent point at the
north end of the bluffs. The view in figure 2 was taken from the
top of the same ridge, looking northeast, and shows the strongly
contrasting interior wooded valley known as Snyder’s Hollow.
This valley has a narrow entrance and is well sheltered by the
ridge shown in figure 1. The area shown in plate IX, figure 2
is a part of this sheltered tract.

The foregoing illustrations were all taken from the loess region
of western Iowa, but abundant illustrations may be found on
other formations.

Thus plate III, figure 1, shows a portion of the rough Kansan
drift surface in the southwestern part of Lyon county, Iowa,
looking almost due east. To the right the valley is sheltered by a
great ridge of Kansan extending almost east and west, and caus-
ing a deflection of the Big Sioux river almost due west. A forest
has developed in the shelter of this great ridge, on its northern
slope, and the border of this forested area is shown in the figure.
In the lower part of the sheltered valley the trees, belonging to
twenty or thirty species, are well-developed, but as they ascend
the species become fewer and the individuals more stunted, until
the uppermost, or border portions contain only the dwarf bur-
oak, Quercus macrocarpa var. oliveformis, which here often

THE PRAIRIES 191

fruits before it has reached the height of one foot. But even this
hardy xerophyte cannot resist the southwesterly winds and sun
and it runs out before reaching the exposed top of the great ridge
which is likewise covered with a typical prairie flora. The effect
is exactly the same as on the loess ridges.

Another interesting illustration is shown in plate II, figure 1.
This view was taken looking northeast near Reno, Minnesota, and
shows the treeless exposed rock and geest-covered southwesterly
surfaces. These exposed surfaces were covered with a prairie
fiora, while the sheltered forested areas showed a typical forest
fiora.

Similar illustrations may be observed on all the geological form-
ations which form the surface soil in the rougher parts of the
prairie states. In Iowa, as already noted, the distribution of
forest and prairie is independent of geological formations except-
ing in so far as the latter determine topography. This is illus-
trated by the forest map® (plate XIV) which shows the distri-
bution of the original forest and prairie areas in Iowa, the former
being represented in black.

It will be noticed that the forests were found chiefly in the
northeastern, southeastern and south-central parts of the state,
and usually adjacent to the larger streams. The latter fact gives
color to the view that the proximity of the stream is directly re-
sponsible for the forest, but not only were groves found at points
remote from streams, as in the extreme northeastern part of the
state and elsewhere, but many streams were entirely destitute of
the forest border. This was and is especially true of the upper
courses of the streams in the north-central part of the state, and
of practically all the streams which empty into the Missouri river.

The explanation of the absence of forests from the vicinity
of these streams is again evidently to be found in peculiarities of
topography. The north-central part of the state is occupied by
the Wisconsin drift area the limits of which are indicated on the
map by the heavy line drawn from Osceola through Dallas to
Worth counties. This is a flat plain into which the larger streams
have cut narrow valleys which form the only variation in the to-

° Originally published in the Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of Sci-
ences, vol. VII, 1899.

192 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

pographic monotony of the plain. The forest areas within the
Wisconsin plain are almost restricted to these valleys, the outlying
groves being mere thickets confined to the borders of swamps
and lakes, or small groves developed on kame-like knobs or ridges.
It is a striking fact that where in the upper courses of streams no
valleys were cut into the plain no forest-border appears.

Kast of the Wisconsin area the Iowan drift, with a surface only
slightly undulating, presents similar conditions and the river val-
leys again offer the only shelter to groves.

East of the Iowan area a belt of Kansan drift extends from
Howard and western Winneshiek counties to Dubuque county.
This is typical rolling Kansan cut by streams and presents a
topography sufficiently varied to give opportunity for the de-
velopment of numerous groves.

East of this Kansan strip, extending from eastern Winne-
shiek and Allamakee counties to Dubuque county, lies the go-
called driftless area. This is the oldest topography in the state,
and presents a very rough surface cut by deep and narrow val-
leys. This was one of the most heavily forested regions in the
state.

The southeastern part of the state is occupied by the Illinoian
which is limited by a line drawn from Scott through Museatine
and Henry counties to the southeastern corner of the state. The
western part of this area is morainie and sufficiently rough to
shelter numerous groves. The eastern part is cut by the Missis-
sippi and the bluffs on the west side afford a similar protection to
forests which developed both on the bluffs and on portions of the
adjacent alluvial plain.

Westward, extending across the state and northward to its
northwest corner, lies the great Kansan drift area. This is also
an old surface, and is for the most part undulating, becoming
very rough in the south-central part of the state where the heavi-
est forest-growth also appeared. Locally and over larger areas in
the northwestern part of the state, the Kansan has been but little
eroded and presents flat surfaces, which were treeless.

In the western part of the state the Kansan topography blends
with that of the Missouri valley bluffs. The latter extend from
Sioux City to Hamburg and portions of them are illustrated in

THE PRAIRIES 193

plate IV, figure 2, and plate VII, figure 1. This bluff region is
very rough, but as already noted, the exposed western faces are
treeless, while the groves appear in sheltered places only.

The fiat alluvial plain of the Missouri, varying from two to
eighteen miles in width, also shows fringes of trees along the
tributary streams, and groves of the more or less xerophytic cot-
tonwood on the sand-dunes and sandy flats.

The absence of trees from the upper courses of many of the
streams and from the valleys of the western streams, and, indeed,
the distribution of forest and prairie in Iowa, is entirely consist-
‘ent with the argument that prairies are due to exposure to the
chief evaporating agents. The more extended fiat areas are all
treeless. Along the upper courses of the streams in the Wiscon-
sin and Iowan areas, and others similar to them, no deep valleys
have been cut, and no shelter is offered to groves. The drainage
of the state suggests an explanation of the comparative abund-
ance of trees in the eastern and southern parts of the state, and
their absence from the river valleys in the western part. The
streams in the eastern and southern areas flow toward the south-
east, or their valleys are so short and tortuous that they are not
exposed to the prevailing summer southwestern winds. Their
valleys are therefore more or less sheltered, and trees thrive in
their less-disturbed and hence here more moist atmosphere, for
the wind quarters the valleys.

But in the western part of the state the principal valleys extend
toward the southwest and as they are comparatively straight the
wind sweeps their entire length without hindrance, and as a re-
sult of this, combined with exposure to the sun, no forests appear
on the flat bottom lands, but such groves as do occur are in the
sheltered ravines and pockets, often at a considerable altitude
above the plain.

In many places there are northern and eastern slopes which are
almost devoid of groves. Sometimes this is due to the fact that
local topography causes a lateral defiection of the prevailing
winds in such a manner that these slopes are more frequently
swept by them. The deflection is sometimes downward, as along
surfaces which slope downward gradually toward the north. In
such cases the currents of air follow the sloping surface in accord-

194 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

ance with the well-known tendency of moving gases to follow
somewhat irregular surfaces,'? whereas when the northern slope
is more abrupt the prevailing southwesterly winds often pass over
without following it.

In the latter case, however, there is sometimes a division of the
current in which case a part of the current sweeps back up the lee-
ward slope. This occurs in rough territory where ridge after
ridge intercepts the air-currents and causes disturbances in their
lower strata, and was observed only where a ridge in front caused
this deflection. The writer has frequently tested this by releasing
bits of paper, the pappus of composites and other hght objects
from the summit of such ridges, and invariably when strong
winds were blowing most of these objects were swept upward
again, often to the feet of the experimenter. In such eases the
leeward slope is almost as much exposed to the dry winds as the
windward side, and it is then wholly or largely prairie.

In all cases where the topography of the prairie is rough the
rapid run-off of the rains precipitated upon the steep slopes as-
sists in more rapidly making the surfaces xerophytie. That this
is not the prime cause, however, is evident from the fact that
steep slopes (especially those facing the north or northeast) are
densely covered with a mesophytie forest-growth where sheltered
from the winds. Excellent illustrations are furnished by practi-
eally every timbered hollow or valley in the Missouri river terri-
tory, for all are similarly situated. The fact that the groves are
practically restricted in this and similar territory to the rough-
est areas is also worthy of consideration.“

_ The striking distribution of the groves on rougher lands in the
western part of Iowa and elsewhere suggested a series of sbser-
vations on the relative rate of evaporation from the sheltered and
protected slopes. The bluffs and ridges bordering the Missouri

* Plate V, figure 2 illustrates such prairie areas on gradual northern
slopes.

“The clumps and narrow belts of trees along the larger streams on the
broad alluvial plain of the Missouri river form an exception to the rule.
The diffusion of moisture from the stream in both soil and air evidently
makes this possible as the plants in these belts are practically all meso-
phytie.

THE PRAIRIES 195

valley on the east side are exceptionally well-suited for such ob-
servations as the exposure of the faces of the bluffs is extreme,
and as the ridges are often very sharp so that the transition from
prairie to forest is very rapid. For that reason a portion of this
bluff region was selected for the observations on the relative rate
of evaporation and its relation to the native flora.

EVAPORATION.

In order that all the conditions affecting evaporation might
be properly taken into account a series of meteorological observa-
tions was undertaken at Missouri Valley in the summer of 1908.
This work included observations on evaporation, temperature and
relative humidity, velocity and direction of wind, clearness of
sky, barometric pressure, and in a general way on rain-fall.

Evaporation. An effort was made to employ three kinds of
evaporimeters. An open tin pan, one foot in diameter, and with
upright sides, was buried to the rim at each- of the four stations
described below.

At two of the stations Piche evaporimeters, graduated to hun-
dredths of a cubic inch, were suspended eight inches above the
surface of the soil on iron rods driven into the ground. These
evaporimeters were frequently tested and worked together per-
fectly.

An effort was also made to employ porous cup-evaporimeters
at these two stations,** but owing to various accidents they failed
several times.

Temperature and Relative Humidity. For this purpose a
Marvin Sling Psychrometer with the Fahrenheit scale (the U. S.
standard) was employed, rain-water being used for the wet-bulb.
Readings were also taken from two Centigrade psychrometers
as an additional check.

Wind Velocity. The velocity of the wind was measured at one
of the stations (number 1) by a Green’s cup anemometer
which was set up at this station throughout each of the obser-
vation days. A small mill anemometer (air-meter) was also em-
ployed for short periods at various intervals at all the stations. |

These were kindly furnished for the purpose by Dr. Forrest Shreve of
the Carnegie Desert Botanical Laboratory.

196 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Barometric Pressure. This was measured by an aneroid bar-
ometer.

Rain-fall. No effort was made to measure the rainfall, but
during August and September, 1908, when these observations
were made, Mr. Glenn H. Stern reported the rainfall at Logan,
eight miles away, as follows:

August 2.03 inches.

September .79 inches.

This also probably approximately measured the rainfall at
Missouri Valley, and by far the greater part of this was precipi-
tated during the first half of August, which was decidedly rainy.
The latter half of August and the first half of September were
very dry. By the middle of September the hills were dry and
brown, and in the more exposed places only a few of the more
pronounced xerophytes were in flower. The following were ob-
served in flower at that time near stations 1 and 3:

Aster oblongifolius

Aster sericeus

Chrysopsis villosa

Grindelia squarrosa

Helianthus scaberrimus

Kuhnia eupatoroides var. corymbulosa
Liatris punctata

Solidago rigida

Solidago speciosa var. angustata

By this time even the leaves on the buroaks curled, and during
the day most plants which still retained leaves were wilted.

THE STATIONS.

Four stations were selected for the observations :

Station 1 was located at an elevation of 140 feet above the al-
luvial plain on the west side of the ridge forming the bluffs of
the Missouri valley just above Missouri Valley. It was fully ex-
posed to the southwest and west, but was somewhat sheltered by
the ridge to the south and southeast. Its vicinity was covered
with a typical prairie flora. This station, with some of the ap-
paratus in place is shown in the foreground in plate VIII, figure
1, looking south, and at the point marked 1 in plate IX, figure 1,
looking east.

THE PRAIRIES 197

Station 2 was located in the grove on the leeward side of the
same ridge at the same altitude as station 1, and ninety-five feet
east of it. It was stationed fifty feet east of the west edge of the
grove shown to the left in plate LX, figure 1, and also in plate
VIII, figure 2. The latter figure also shows in the foreground
the border strip, about twenty-five feet wide, which separates the
grove in which this station is located from the typical prairie sur-
rounding station 1. The latter station is located about twenty
feet west of the west side of this border strip. The border strip
follows the very top of the ridge between stations 1 and 2, and the
latter station is sheltered partly by this intervening low ridge and
to a greater extent by the higher ridge to the south, besides being
under cover of the forest.

The observations at stations 1 and 2 should be compared to
show the combined influence of the protecting ridge and grove
on evaporation.

The fioras of the two stations were very distinct. That of the
prairie at stations 1 and 3, which is essentially one, is recorded in
the first (or loess) column of the table of prairie plants. In the
immediate vicinity of station 2 the following plants were col-
lected, practically all, excepting the introduced weeds, belonging
to the flora of the forest :7°

Aquilegia canadensis Psedera quinquefolia

Arabis canadensis Quercus macrocarpa
Campanula americana Ranunculus abortivus
Chenopodium album (introduced) Rhus glabra (large)

Corylus americana Ribes gracile

Crataegus mollis Silene stellata

Cystopteris fragilis Smilax hispida

Dicentra cucullaria Solanum nigrum (introduced)
Ellisia nyctelea Symphoricarpos orbiculatus
Elymus striatus Taraxacum officinale (introduced)
Eupatorium urticaefolium Tilia americana

Festuca nutans Ulmus americana

Fraxinus pennsylvanica Ulmus fulva

Hydrophyllum virginianum Viola sororia

Ostrya virginiana Vitis vulpina

Polygonatum commutatum Zanthoxylum americanum

Prunus virginiana

* The nomenclature used throughout this paper is that of Gray’s Man-
ual, 7th edition.

198 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

The following plants were collected on the border strip be-
tween stations 1 and 2. They present a mixture of species of
both forest and prairie, the latter predominating:

Amorpha canescens Monarda mollis

Anemone cylindrica Onosmodium occidentale
Aster sericeus Poa pratensis

Ceanothus ovatus var. pubescens Quercus macrocarpa var.
Eupatorium altissimum olivaeformis

Fragaria virginiana Rhus glabra (small)
Fraxinus pennsylvanica (small) Sanicula marilandica
Gerardia aspera Symphoricarpos occidentalis

Helianthus scaberrimus

Station 3 was located at an elevation of 175 feet above the val-
ley on the most prominent point on this side of the bluffs, and
fully exposed to the south and west. It was about 350 feet almost
due south of station 1, and like the latter was surrounded by a
distinct prairie flora. Its position is shown at the point marked
(3) in plate VIII, figure 1, and plate IX, figure 1. See also plate
VII, figure 1. This is the most exposed station of the series.

Station 4 was located on the east side of the same ridge at a
point 375 feet east and 220 feet south of station 3 and at the same
altitude as that station. The ridge between stations 3 and 4 rises
about twenty-five feet above them and its slope on the east side is
sufficiently steep to afford protection from excessive evaporation
on that side. The eastern slope was formerly covered with forest,
but this had been removed and a young orchard has been set out
on a part of the slope. Station 4 was in an open place sheltered
only by the ridge but in an area which had been but recently for-
ested. This station is shown at the point marked (4) in plate IX,
figure 2, looking south along the cleared slope.

The observations at stations 3 and 4 should be compared to
bring out the protective influence of the ridge alone.

Care was exercised in placing the pieces of apparatus required
for these observations in such manner that they did not interfere
with each other.

The observations were continued for a whole day at intervals
of about a week from the 13th of August to the 12th of Septem-
ber. Each observation day was given wholly to this work and
hourly readings (excepting those of the evaporating pans) were

THE PRAIRIES 199

made from 7 o’clock A. M. to 7 o’clock P. M. Earlier and later
readings were also at first taken but they could not be continued
as the days grew shorter, and they are not here included. So far
as made they did not in any way modify the results obtained.

Notwithstanding the care which was exercised in making these
readings it is probable that occasional errors were made, the pos-
sibility of which will be appreciated by those who have ventured
to face the tedium of such work in mid-summer in a rough ter-
ritory. The results which were obtained however are so generally
consistent, and they agree so well with observations made at other
points, notably at Ute by Superintendent D. H. Boot under the
writer’s direction, and at Omaha and Council Bluffs and in the
vicinity of Lake Okoboji, Iowa, by the writer himself, that they
are here offered with the confident conviction that such errors as
may have occurred are rare or insignificant and would not ma-
terially affect the general results.

RATE OF EVAPORATION.

The several types of evaporimeters did not show the same rela-
tive rate of evaporation at the several stations, but this was evi-
dently due largely to the difference in position and altitude above
the surface. In all cases, however, evaporation was shown to be
much greater at the exposed stations 1 and 3 than at the more
or less sheltered stations 2 and 4.

Evaporating Pans. The evaporating pans were filled to the
index (a pointed wire) at 7 o’clock A. M. Readings were then
taken at 2 and 7 o’clock P. M. During the nights of the 13th and
14th days of August and the 28th and 29th of August, the pans
were also left in the field and readings were taken at 7 0’clock
A.M. On the 28th of August observations were also made from
4 to 7 o’clock P. M. and were continued on the following day.

The total amount of diurnal evaporation increased as the dry
season advanced, excepting that on September 5th it was checked,
evidently because of the shifting wind and abrupt lowering of
temperature late in the day.

Evaporating pans were located at each of the four stations,
and the total amount of evaporation from each for the periods
indicated is given in the following table:

200 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Rate of Evaporation from Evaporating Pans.

1908

Date Hours

Aug.13 6 A.M—7 P.M.

7 P.M—6 A.M.
Aug. 21 7 A.M.—7 P.M.
Aug. 28 4 P.M.—7 P.M.

7 P.M.—7 A.M.
Aug. 29 7 A.M.—7 P.M.
Sep. 5 7A4.M.—7 P.M.
Sep. 12 7 a.M.—7 P.M.

1-Prair

ie

Stations.

2-Grove | 3-Prairie 4-Cleared
98 ec. 360 ee. 296 ce.
57 ec. 144 ee. IBGE qe.
46 ee. 283 ce. 181 ee.

9 ce. 118 ee. 58 ce.
20 ec. 89 ee. 36 ee.
66 ee. 456 ce. 227 ec.
47 ce. ate: Ces 139 ce.
116 ee. 500 ee. 213 ce.

Cup Evaporimeters.

times through accidents, and the record is not complete.
inating the manifest errors the record for stations 1 and 2, where
these evaporimeters were used, shows the following losses:

The cup evaporimeters failed several

Elim-

Date Hours
Aug. 13 6G At Ma—7 P.
Aug. 21 7 A. M—7 P.
Aug. 28 4 P. M—7 P.
Aug. 29 7 P. M.—7 A.
7 A. M.—2 P.
Sep. 5 7 A. M.—. P.
Sep. 12 7 A. M—2 P.

Piche Evaporimeters.

SEESSSES

Station 1
BY EGS
Alfos EG
Ges
2.5 Ce.
23° 6C.
35.5 ee.
13.5 ee.

1 and 2 gave the following total results: ©

Station 2

24.5 ee.
10

Date

Aug. 13 GAr

if 12:
Aug. 21 (Roe
Aug. 28 4 P.

fee
Aug. 29 if fv
Sep. 5 7 A.

Sep. 12 7A.

Hours
M.—7 P.
. M—6 A.
M.—7 P.
M.—7 P.
. M.—7 A.
M.—7 P.
M.—7 P.
M.—7 P.

SESSEEES

Station 1

= ste
, in.
a alti.
Aan
Saha
5 Titi,
5 its
ine

ee.

The Piche evaporimeters at stations

Station 2

14
04
135
.025
.015
22
.22
ol

cu.
cu.
eu.
cu.
cu.
eu.
cu.
cu.

in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.

THE PRAIRIES 901

The relative humidity of the air varied at the several stations
as indicated in the following table:

August 21 August 29 September 5 | September 12
Station Station Station | Station Station

Hour es B= St ae hehe 1B 44 tf 2) 3 <4 fe eee 1 GE Se
7 79 .82 .80 .80 | .86 .88 .84 .88 88 .90 .88 .88
8 75 .78 79 | .83 .83 .80 .82 86 .88 .90 .82 | .68 .70 .63 .59
9 et tS 2 Ao 82 .84 .75 .78 | .54 .56 .55 .63
10 | .62 .66 .59 .58 CO) tee oh OM ute ato tO hO 90) oO cok coll!
abil 58 258" 07 209 64 .61 48 .53 45 45
12 06 .62 .51 .57 | 50 .54 .50 47 59 .63 .58 .58 | A8 51 42 .44
af OT .60 47 46 .49 .52 55 .b2 49 52 | 32 .36 .40
2 | 57 56 .61 .64 52 .52..53. .53 AD AG 4S ole oslo con
3 | 66 .67 .61 .67 | .49 .54 .52 .58 44 .46 .38 48 | .382 .38 .35 .38
4 62 .66 58 .68 | .54 .58 55 .59 | 45 46 46 .51 | .35 .36 .37 .40
5 eat ges 2 2 .08 .58 .64 | .47 52 46 57 | 39 .39 .40 .50
6 Maucha- 208 aioe) .09 (65. .66).73 || 542.57 64 = 41 AT 43 «47
7 Ob (+ Ose Ol rl fey O) she oho ete. Olio 5 | 43 .45 .43 .53

The psychrometer record for August 13th is incomplete, and is
omitted.

The foregoing results show clearly that evaporation is much
more rapid in the exposed prairie areas than from areas protected
by topography or forest.

The relation which meteorological conditions, influenced by to-
pography, bear to evaporation is well illustrated by the results
which were obtained at station 1 and represented in part graph-
ically in plates XII and XIII. Each of the figures on these
plates presents three curves: The full line (A) represents the
amount of evaporation from a Piche evaporimeter, measured in
tenths of a cubic inch, the latter forming the ordinates of the
curve; the broken line (B) represents the velocity of the wind in
miles per hour, the latter forming the ordinates of the curve;
and the dotted line (C) represents the temperature in Fahren-
heit degrees, the latter also forming the ordinates of the curve.

In all cases the hours of the day between 7 o’clock A. M. and
7 o’clock P. M. form the abscissas of the curves, each space rep-
resenting one hour.

VOL. vi—1. 15

202 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

The numbers 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, and 14 on the left hand side
of each figure represent wind-velocity in miles per hour; the cor-
responding decimals represent evaporation from the Piche evap-
orimeter measured in tenths of a cubic inch; and the degrees Fah-
renheit are indicated on the right hand side of each figure.

A striking relation between evaporation and wind velocity is
shown by these figures. While the temperature is in most cases
comparatively regular the curves representing wind velocity and
amount of evaporation are more or less irregular, but correspond
closely to each other in their irregularities. This is especially no-
ticeable in the afternoon when both wind and sun are most effec-
tive. The close relation between wind velocity and evaporation
is more pronounced as the day advances, and it also became more
striking as the dry season advanced and the relative humidity of
the air diminished.

An inspection of the relative humidity table for station 1
shows the following variation:

Minimum Maximum Average

August 21 57 19 65
August 29 AT .86 62
September 5 44 88 62
September 12 32 68 44

Rains were frequent during the first half of August, but very
little rain fell between the foregoing dates.

The curve for September 5th also shows that both wind and
temperature must operate together to cause the maximum eyvap-
oration, for on this day the wind was quite brisk early in the
morning, yet evaporation was slow until the temperature had in-
creased sufficiently to induce great evaporation, the function of
the wind evidently being the removal of the vapors as they are
formed, — thus making room for more. In the same connection
it is interesting to compare the amount of evaporation at night
and in the daytime. It will be observed that at night evaporation
at the several stations was more nearly the same than in the day-
time, for the exposure of the several stations was then more nearly
equal, the sun having disappeared and the wind having died
down.

The foregoing facts suggest an explanation of the presence of

THE PRAIRIES 203

dry prairies on the southwesterly slopes, for these slopes are not
only exposed to the prevailing southwesterly winds of summer
but also to the ‘‘two-o’clock sun’’ which produces the maximum
temperature and the minimum humidity of the air.

The clearness of the sky did not vary sufficiently to bring out
any striking results. The record for the several observation days
is briefly summarized as follows:

August 13 Hazy.

August 21 Hazy A. M.; cloudy P. M.
August 29 Cloudy A. M.; hazy P. M.
September 5 Clear but quite hazy.
September 12 Clear but somewhat hazy.

The direction of the wind for the same days varied as follows:

August 13 Northwest.

August 21 Mostly southwest.

August 29 Southeast A. M.; south P. M.

September 5 Southeast, then south, then southwest; at 3 o’clock P. M.,
west; at 5 o’clock, southwest; at 6 o’clock, southeast; and at 7 o’clock
northwest.

September 12 Southeast, then southwest, then southeast.

The barometric pressure at station 1 varied as follows (meas-
ured in inches) :

August 13 28.97 to 28.88 A slight rise and then a gradual fall.
August 21 28.79 to 28.75 A gradual fall.

August 28 28.70 to 28.75 Somewhat irregular.

September 5 28.72 to 28.68 Somewhat irregular.

September 12 28.96 to 28.84 Somewhat irregular.

Relative humidity curves were not included in the figures on
plates XII and XIII for fear of causing confusion. These curves
may be easily constructed by using the relative humidities re-
corded in the table as ordinates and the hours of the day as ab-
scissas. For this purpose the lowest line in each figure should
be marked respectively .56, .47, .43 and .31 and each vertical space
should represent .06. Curves so constructed will correspond quite
closely with the evaporation curves, being of course their reverse.

The conclusions reached from these observations may be briefly
stated as follows: That evaporation is most rapid from surfaces
exposed to the prevailing summer winds and to the afternoon

904. NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

sun, and that both are necessary to cause maximum evaporation ;
that in rough territory these surfaces are chiefly southwesterly
and hence exposed as stated, and this at the time of the day when
the relative humidity of the air is the lowest; that the effect of
wind upon evaporation is best brought out and is greatest when
the temperature is sufficiently high to produce rapid evaporation ;
that evaporation varies with the direction of the wind and the po-
sition of protective barriers such as ridges; and finally that upon
all the areas exposed to maximum evaporation a prairie flora,
largely xerophytic, is developed, while the mesophytes of the
grove and forest develop in our territory only in places shel-
tered from the chief evaporating agencies.

Similar observations which were made during the same period
at Council Bluffs and Omaha confirm these conclusions. <A sta-
tion was established at Council Bluffs, Iowa, (on the east side
of the Missouri valley) on a dry prairie ridge northeast of the
Ninth Avenue entrance to Fairmount Park, at an altitude of
about 140 feet above the bottoms. This station was fully exposed
to the south, southwest, west and northwest.

Another station was located at the same elevation near the in-
tersection of Woolworth Avenue and Sixth Street in Omaha,
Nebraska. This station was located on the rounded western
bluffs on a slope looking northeast, and was well exposed to the
north, northeast and southeast. This slope was formerly tim-
bered but is now almost bare. This station was in charge of Mr.
Lumir Buresh of the Omaha High School whose patient care and
perseverance made the double observations possible, the writer
taking the east bluff.

On the 17th of August the observations on the west side were
made at another station located in a clearing on the timbered
bluffs above Florence, Nebraska, all the readings for that date
being made at this station. The Florence station was also about
140 feet above the river valley. All the other west side obser-
vations were made at the Woolworth Avenue station.

The work was conducted in the same manner as at Missouri
Valley, excepting that no evaporating pans were used.

THE PRAIRIES 205

The relative rate of evaporation on the opposite sides of the
valley is shown in the following summary:

Piche Cup
Evaporimeter Evaporimeter
} ! ]
| Council Council
Date Time Bluffs Omaha | Bluffs | Omaha

| | |
August 17| 7 A.M.to7 P.M.|.36 cu. in.|.10 cu. in.| 43 ee. | 24 ee.
August 30/12 M.to7 P.M.|.41 cu. in.|.24 eu. in.
September 6|10 A.M.to7 P.M.|.39 cu. in.].37 eu. in.| 38 ee.
September 13/12 M.to7 P.M.|.32 cu. in.|.27 eu. _

10 ee.

The direction of the wind on the same dates was as follows:

August 17 North and northeast.

August 30 South and southeast.

September 6 North, northeast and northwest.
September 13 Southeast.

The greater relative evaporation on the west side on Septem-
ber 13th was evidently due to the fact that the station was ex-
posed to the southeast wind during the entire day, whereas the
Council Bluffs station was sheltered.

The apparent great discrepancy between the Piche and cup
evaporimeters on September 6th was evidently due to the cir-
cumstance that at the Omaha station the Piche evaporimeter was
exposed to the sun while the cup evaporimeter was in the shade
during most of the afternoon.

The observations already noted which were made at Ute by Mr
David H. Boot, and those made by the writer in the vicinity of
the Lakeside Laboratory at Lake Okoboji in the summer of 1909,
also confirm the general conclusions based on the observations
made at Missouri Valley.

It is now necessary to consider the application of these results
to our problem. The prairie areas are uniformly so situated that
they are fully exposed to the factors which cause rapid evapora-
tion, namely the sun and the wind. During much of the year
they may present conditions quite favorable to plant growth, but
there are seasons and there are portions of the year, especially in
mid-summer, when evaporation and consequent dessication be-
come so extreme that only those plants which are especially

206 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

adapted to dry regions can survive. The more or less frequent
recurrence of such periods which are fatal to the mesophytes of
the forest is sufficient to wipe out or rather prevent the develop-
ment of a forest flora on those surfaces which are most exposed
to evaporation. Forest trees are perennial and must exist
through all the varying conditions of succeeding seasons. Any
period, no matter how short, which is fatal to trees is sufficient
to prevent the development of a forest even though the greater
part of each season be favorable to tree-growth, and the failure of
the trees of course results in the failure of the minor forest flora
which in our territory is essentially mesophytic.

Moreover it should be remembered that trees are tall and lift
the transpiring leaf surfaces to a considerable height. In this
position the leaves are not only more exposed to the direct rays
of the sun, but they are much more exposed to strong winds.

The well-known fact that wind-velocity increases with height
above the ground which was demonstrated by Stevenson**
and has been frequently verified since, increases the danger to
taller plants and makes more difficult the development of forest
trees. This increased exposure to evaporation at greater heights
should also be kept in mind when comparing the results of the
observations at Missouri Valley, for evaporation was there de-
termined at, or near the surface of the ground, therefore in posi-
tions most favorable to dry areas.

It should not be assumed however that increased evaporation
necessarily means greater loss of water by the plant. Experi-
ments which are now being conducted in the plant physiology
laboratory in the State University of Iowa indicate that trans-
piration is stimulated and increased by somewhat greater wind
velocity, but that when the velocity is increased beyond a cer-
tain maximum, which is variable for different plants, transpira-
tion is diminished, the activity of the plant being evidently
checked by the violence of the wind. The increased loss of water
at the optimum velocity must not be set down as disadvantageous
to the plant, for it merely indicates greater vigor and activity on
the part of the plant.

# Journal of the Scot. Meteorological Society, New Series, Vol. V, 1880,
p. 348. Also cited in Schimper’s Plant Geography (English edition),
1903, p. 76.

THE PRAIRIES 207

However a limit must be reached, and moreover where hot, dry
winds blow almost constantly, as they do in summer during the =
daytime in our territory, the loss of water from the unprotected
younger structures and the interference with the stomatal ap-
paratus which to some extent controls transpiration, must ulti-
mately result in the elimination of all plants which cannot well
resist these conditions.

This limits the flora of these exposed areas largely to xero-
phytes, and it is a fact especially worthy of note, and one which
will be set out in detail in the near future, that the flora of the
prairies, especially that of the usually dry mid-summer period, is
decidedly xerophytic. This is further emphasized by the similar-
ity of the floras of the prairie and the xerophytic sand-dune areas,
the plants of the latter being with very few exceptions identical
with those of the dry prairie. That they are xerophytic is re-
vealed in the tufted habit, as illustrated in plate XI, figure 1, the
development of large root-systems and the stunting of the exposed
tops; the development of thick cutin, deep-seated stomata and
strong protective tissues ; the production of hairs and scales on the
exposed surfaces; and various other adaptations which are recog-
nized as adding to the protection of plants growing on dry sur-
faces. Hence the structurally protected xerophytes of the prairie
persist in exposed places while the mesophytes of the forest fail,
and any cause or combination of causes tending to bring about
xerophytie conditions will eliminate mesophytes and give the
field to the xerophytes of the prairie.

Rainfall should receive attention in connection with evapora-
tion, but it is here given but little prominence as a factor in de-
termining the treelessness of the prairies for the reasons that it is
entirely sufficient for forest growth within our territory, as shown
by Mr. Stern’s table, and indeed it is sufficient throughout the
prairie sections of the Mississippi valley, if only properly dis-
tributed, and that it cannot be a determining cause because fre-
quently, as illustrated by several of the figures, prairie and for-
est are in close proximity, upon opposite sides of the same ridge,
where they evidently receive the same amount of rain.

The conclusion is therefore inevitable that the question is one
of conservation rather than precipitation of moisture, and the

208 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

claim usually made by meteorologists that forests have no effect
on precipitation has no significance in connection with our prob-
lem, nor has it any application to the question of the influence of
the forest on moisture, for the forest must be considered as a
conservator of moisture rather than a rain-maker.

It must be remembered that a tree or any other ordinary
plant is quite as much dependent for the possibility of carrying
on its functions on the moisture of the air as it is on the
moisture of the soil, and any conditions which serve to dissipate
the moisture of the air will be fatal to many plants, especially
those which are mesophytic, even though sufficient moisture falls
upon the soil.

Both the moisture of the air and of the soil will be conserved
by protection against evaporation, and this may be accomplished
by topography or groves.

The influence of these factors upon the melting of snow should
also be considered in this connection, for the retarding of melting
by either factor (see plate I, figure 2) results in more complete
absorption of the resulting water by the soil and the water is
made available for plants during a longer period.

Previous Work

The climatic and topographic factors here especially empha-
sized as causing the treelessness of the prairies, have received
previous attention, both individually and in combination, but
the references have been largely general or incidental. For the
most part these factors have been given a secondary place, or
have been treated as of minor importance, as was done by Whit-
ney (1858, 1876 and 1882), who argued against their effective-
ness, declaring (1876) in his comparison of prairie and forest
floras, that ‘‘by no amount of ingenuity can the peculiarities of
the isothermal and isohyetal lines be made to play in with the
marked differences of the vegetation.’’

In a few cases only were these factors held to be collectively
the chief cause of the prairie. Dana (1875) concluded (p. 45)
‘“‘that prairies, forest-regions, and deserts are located by the
winds and temperature in connection with the general config-
uration of the land’’, and Todd presented a more elaborate ar-

THE PRAIRIES 209

gument in a much neglected paper (1878) in which he not only
accurately described the striking distribution of the forest areas
in western Iowa, but considered forest and prairie in their rela-
tion to moisture as influenced by prevailing winds, temperature
and topography. He reached the conclusion that “‘the funda-
mental condition of forest-growth is a constant medium humidity
of air and soil,’’ the prairie of course developing where this
condition does not exist. He placed greater stress on the value
of moisture retained in the air and soil than on rainfall and
closed the paper with this significant suggestion: ‘‘Let us there-
fore, while not neglecting our pluviometers look more carefully
to our hygrometers in our study of this subject.”’

But in the great majority of the papers cited in which climatic
factors are considered they are given prominence individually, or
are represented as merely accessory. It will be most convenient
to consider these factors separately though by several authors
they were variously combined with other factors.

RAINFALL

Of all the climatic factors rainfall has been given the greatest
prominence in discussions of the causes of the distribution of
forest and prairie.

Cooper (1859) fixed upon a precipitation of 15 inches during
the growing season as determining the limit of tree-growth;
Shaler (1891) concluded that an annual rainfall of less than 20
inches was fatal to trees; and Powell (1896) fixed the limit at
20 to 40 inches. But Dana (1866) had noted that prairies occur
even where the annual rainfall reaches 45 inches, and Whitney
(1876, 1882) showed that forests may persist even where the
rainfall falls below 20 to 25 inches.

Other authors, while less specific, ascribed the cause of the
prairie wholly or chiefly to insufficient rainfall. Among these
were Vaughn (1856, 1860), Newberry (1860), Hinrichs (1876)
and Hitcheock (1898). Dana (1849) considered dry summers
the cause; Schimper (1903) ascribed it to moderate rainfall, dry
winters and an early moist summer; Warming (1909) sought it
in long winters and hot and dry summers; Marsh (1898) in
a want of spring and summer rains; and Gleason (1909) in a

910 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

low winter rainfall. Several authors recognized drouth as an
accessory factor, chiefly in connection with prairie fires. A few
writers ventured to deny the importance of this factor, or to
give it a secondary place. Among these are Whitney (1876,
1882), Tarr (1896) and the writer (1900).

Rainfall is naturally an important factor in determining the
amount of moisture available for the use of plants, and it also
influences the rate of evaporation, but it does not explain the
characteristic intermingling of prairie and forest in the Missis-
sippi valley, nor the ocurrence of prairie and forest on opposite
sides of a sharp ridge, nor the presence of small prairie tracts
(barrens or oak-openings) in the heart of wooded areas, for in
all these cases the amount of rain falling upon contiguous prairie
and forest is the same, and the very unequal amount of available
moisture upon the two kinds of surfaces cannot possibly there-
fore be determined by the amount of precipitation.

Moreover the annual amount of rainfall within the state of
Towa, more than seven-eighths of the surface of which was prairie,
is quite sufficient to sustain a forest growth. This is amply
demonstrated by the remarkable record of meteorological obser-
vations made at Logan in the relatively drier western part of
the state by Mr. Glenn H. Stern and his grandparents, which
extends over a period of 43 years, from 1867 to 1909 inclusive.
A summary of this record’® is here presented, the rainfall being
given in inches for each year.

Annual precipitation of moisture, at Logan, Iowa
from 1866 to 1909.

1867 — 27.81 1878 — 46.31 1889 — 29.87 1900 — 31.39
1868 — 29.85 1879 — 33.10 1890 — 34.95 1901 — 30.56
1869 — 44.95 1880 — 27.30 1891 — 35.39 1902 — 40.74
1870 — 25.30 1881 — 56.60 1892 — 35.25 1903 — 30.25
1871 — 28.95 1882 — 37.30 1893 — 22.40 1904 — 24.14
1872 — 32.10 1883 — 39.90 1894 — 16.63 1905 — 30.35
1873 — 43.20 1884 — 36.60 1895 — 26.12 1906 — 38.05
1874 — 28.40 1885 — 40.20 1896 — 43.82 1907 — 22.73
1875 — 42.00 1886 — 23.10 1897 — 26.00 1908 — 28.12
1876 — 28.20 1887 — 23.60 1898 — 24.96 1909 — 43.39
1877 — 45.10 1888 — 34.02 1899 — 31.95

16The record was published in detail by the writer in the report on Harri-
son and Monona counties, Iowa Geological Survey, vol. XX, 1910.

THE PRAIRIES 211

It will be observed that the maximum annual rainfall (56.60
inches) occurred in 1881, and the minimum (16.63 inches) in
1894, while the average was 33.05 inches. The annual rainfall
dropped below 22 inches but once during the 43 years,— in
1894. During that year some of the trees in artificial groves
perished, but many more survived together with most of the
trees in the native groves of that part of the state. During the
remaining years the rainfall was on the whole sufficient and trees
suffered, especially in the drier years, only in the exposed situa-
tions which are discussed in the preceding part of this paper.

TEMPERATURE

While the influence of temperature upon plants is marked,
it has not been regarded as the direct cause of the floral peculiar-
ities of the prairie. Dana (1849) early attached some impor-
tance to it, and later (1875) considered it in general terms, to-
gether with topography and winds. The writer (1900) con-
sidered it briefly in relation to injury to trees, and Warming
(1909) aseribes the treelessness of the prairie to long winters
and hot, dry summers, and to cold nights during the earlier
growing season.

Whitney (1876) regarded the factor as of little importance,
indeed he says (p. 581) that he is ‘‘not aware that this has
ever been suggested as having anything to do with the phenom-
enon in question.’’ We must not forget, however, that while the
direct influence of temperature is not great because of its varia-
tion within comparatively safe limits during the growing season,
the great importance attaching to it in its relation to evaporation
makes it one of the most potent of the causes which influence the
welfare of plants.

WIND

Wind has been discussed in various relations to this subject.
Nutt (1833) seems to have been the only writer who considered
the mechanical influence of tornadoes sufficient to cause treeless-
ness on the southern prairies. Phillips (1844) considered wind
in conjunction with prairie fires. Dana (1849) refers to ocean
winds as a factor, and again (1875) to winds in connection with

242 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

temperature and topography. McAfee (1876), Fernow (1892),
and Baker (1908) placed emphasis upon dry winds and Geikie
(1898) referred to the influence of wind-action in general terms.
Todd (1878 and 1880) called attention to the exposure of tree-
less areas to prevailing winds and considered this factor espe-
cially in its relation to the relative humidity of air and soil. The
writer (1900) also placed especial emphasis upon this factor in
its relation to the absence of trees on exposed surfaces. Whit-
ney (1876) however did not consider this factor important, but
declared (p. 582) that ‘‘if the foree of the wind were essentially
inimical to the growth of trees we should find them thriving,
if anywhere, in the sheltered nooks, and to the leeward of the
northwesters, that being the quarter from which the heaviest
blasts come.’’ He evidently considered only the mechanical force
of winds and did not view the question of wind-influence in its
broader aspects. But even the mechanical force of the wind
should cause greater damage during the summer when the
broader foliage-surfaces are exposed than in winter when most
of our trees are stripped of their leaves and hence expose neither
their greatest surfaces nor their most tender tissues. :

EVAPORATION

Evaporation has also received some attention in connection
with the prairie problem. Engelmann (1862) thought that it
chilled the soil and thus prevented the development of a forest
flora. More frequently it has been discussed in its relation to
the humidity of the air, as by Anders (1882), Whitney (1882),
and others. Todd (1878) considered the variable humidity of
air and soil of greatest importance, and the writer (1911) has
recently discussed the influence of unequal evaporation from
exposed and sheltered surfaces in its relation to prairie and
forest.

When we consider the influence which evaporation exerts
upon the transpiration of plants we can scarcely over-estimate
its importance as a factor in our problem. Around it we must
group the great climatic factors: rainfall which determines the
amount of available moisture, and temperature and wind, which
cause or facilitate evaporation together with such local or acces-

THE PRAIRIES | 213

sory factors as topography, large bodies of water, character of
plant covering, ete., which may influence its rate.

ACCESSORY OR SECONDARY FACTORS.
TOPOGRAPHY

Among the accessory factors none is of greater importance
than topography because of its influence upon the conservation
of moisture, as has been shown in this paper. Its importance,
however, has been variously estimated. Dana (1849 and 1875)
considered it together with winds and temperature. Foster
(1869) noted its effect upon moisture. Worthen (1866) found
prairie on both high and low ground, and Williams (1904) called
attention to the fact that in southern Missouri prairies occur at
an elevation of 600 to 800 feet, whereas in the northern part
they reach an elevation of 1200 feet. White (1870), MacMillan
(1892) and Baker (1908) found forests on the south sides of the
valleys of streams, but only where the region south of the
stream is rough. Macbride (1894 and 1899) reported and illus-
trated the interesting fact that even in the more heavily forested
portions of northeastern Iowa the forests are found chiefly on
northern and eastern slopes. Cameron (1897) also noted the
abundance of forests on rougher areas, and Todd (1878) dis-
cussed the distribution of prairie and forest with reference to
topography, and noted the effect of topography on the humidity
of the air. The writer (1900) also discussed the effect of topog-
raphy on winds in their relation to forest growth, and more
recently (1911) its influence on evaporation. Local variations
in flora are determined in large part by this factor because of
its influence upon both evaporation and drainage.

INSUFFICIENT DRAINAGE

Standing water in marshes and ponds has frequently been re-
garded as a cause of the treelessness of prairie. Atwater (1818)
and Bourne (1820) early offered this in explanation of the phe-
nomenon, and McGuire (?) (1838) also advocated a swamp
origin. Lesquereaux (1857, 1860 and 1866) advanced the opin-
ion that prairies originated in post-glacial lakes and swamps, and
Richard Owen (1862) and Worthen (1882) expressed similar

214 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

views. Engelmann (1862) regarded imperfect drainage as the
cause because standing water prevented oxygen from reaching
the roots of plants, and Alexander Winchell (1864, 1876) con-
sidered the origin lacustrine and the absence of trees due to
sourness of the soil. Shaler (1891) objected to the lacustrine
origin. Geikie (1898) ascribed it to sediment and wind action.

It is a well-known fact that ordinary trees will not grow on
undrained areas, but unfortunately for the application of this as
a general cause of the prairie, the latter is frequently found upon
old, well-drained surfaces,— indeed typical prairie does not de-
velop upon undrained areas, the plant-formations of the latter
being entirely distinct.

THE SEA.

The prairie has also been regarded as a plain left by the waters
of the receding ocean. This was offered chiefly in explanation
of the southern prairies by McGuire (1834) and Desor (1856,
1865). The fact that in the prairie region of the upper Missis-
sippi valley several glacial drift sheets, the fresh-water Aftonian
and several terrestrial loesses have been formed since the ocean
withdrew is sufficient proof of the inadequacy of this theory.

GEOLOGICAL FORMATIONS.

Geological formations were formerly held of great importance
in determining the character of a flora, and D. D. Owen ex-
pressed this opinion as early as 1852. Whitney (1858) said that
prairie was confined to regions underlain by soft sedimentary
strata, but we find prairie over the Sioux Quartzite. McGee
(1878) in northeastern Iowa found forests restricted to the loess,
and (1883) the drift plains. timberless, while Howell (1883),
more familiar perhaps with the western loess, declared that the
loess will not sustain a forest. Pammel (1895) and the writer
(1900) also attached importance to geological formations in rela-
tion to flora, and later Willard (1902), Upham (1902) and
Gleason (1909) connected the origin of the prairies with glacial
action. Quite recently (1911), and again in this paper the writer
was able to give specific illustrations of the fact that prairie
occurs irrespective of geological formations, and the latter can

THE PRAIRIES 215

have influence only where they determine topography (as the
drift-sheets, ete.) or the physical composition of soils.

SoILs

Soil would generally be regarded as the most important factor
in determining the distribution of plants, but plant ecologists
assign to it a rather subordinate place,— at least within such a
territory as the upper Mississippi valley, where the differences
in the chemical composition of the mineral constituents are not
sufficient to be of material consequence. Within such a territory
as that the physical composition of the soil is of greater impor-
tance, but even that is likely to determine the quality of indi-
vidual plants rather than the kinds.

Soil has also received its full share of attention as a cause of
the prairie. Jones (1838) considered sand responsible for the
barrens, and the soil for the prairie. Newberry (1873) con-
sidered the character of soil for holding water as of great im-
portance, and Campbell (1885) placed the adaptation of soils
to seeds of trees foremost. Whitney (1862, 1876 and 1882) pre-
sented the most elaborate arguments to show that the very fine
soil of the prairie caused the failure of trees, and Worthen
(1882) agreed with this in part. The American Encyclopedia
(1883) presents Whitney’s view, while various degrees of impor-
tance were attached to the soil by Shaw (1873), Upham (1895),
Pammel (1895), Macbride (1896), Davis (1900) and the writer
(1900 and 1911). Objections to the fineness of soil as an impor-
tant factor were made by White (1870), Shaler (1892 and 1896),
Tarr (1896) and Marsh (1898), all of whom advocated some
other theory. (See Bibliography.)

- Attention has already been called to the fact that prairie occurs
on all kinds of soils in the upper Mississippi valley, whether allu-
vial, drift, loess or geest, and therefore the soil-factor is not
universal, and does not satisfactorily explain the presence of
prairie upon any particular one of its types.

SEED DISPERSAL

Seed-dispersal has been urged in a few cases as determining
the relation of prairie to forest, and Campbell (1886) considered

216 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

the limits of the latter determined by the accident of seed-dis-
persal. Alexander Winchell (1864) considered the seeds of
plants throughout the region preglacial,1* and that when the gla-
cier receded the seeds on higher grounds germinated, and the
flats, flooded and covered with sediment, remained barren until
the lighter seeds of herbs were introduced, and herbs, especially
grasses, took possession of these areas forming prairies. Harvey
(1908) noted (p. 86) the difficulty of seed germination on the
prairie ‘‘either because of a dense sod or a lack of soil moisture’’,
and concluded that ‘‘the question of non-invasion upon the
prairie proper is primarily and initially one of pre-occupation
and the inability of seedlings successfully to withstand the ex-
tremely severe conditions of the first winter’s exposure.’’ Un-
fortunately for this view many seeds do germinate even on the
prairie, broken prairie when allowed to le fallow usually goes
back to the normal prairie condition excepting where the blue-
grass invasion has succeeded, and there are in the sections in
which prairie predominates many groves in places protected
from the dry winds of summer but fully exposed to the cold
northwesterly winds of winter. Moreover where shelter would
favor the densest sod we find groves most frequently. Pre-
occupation cannot explain the consistent relative distribution of
prairie and forest in the western part of Iowa.

The accident of seed-dispersal no doubt largely determines the
grouping of plants in both forest and prairie, but it cannot ac-
count for the complete change which takes place in the flora as
we pass from the prairie to the forest.

THE BISON

The bison, or American buffalo, formerly roamed over the
western prairies and plains in countless numbers, and has been
regarded as an important cause of the treelessness of the prairie.
Aughey (1880) thought that the hardness of the surface, which
prevented tree-growth, was due to these millions of buffaloes,
and Mayr (1890), Marsh (1898), Gilbert and Brigham (1902)
and Channing (1908) expressed the opinion that Indians set fire

17 On p. 338 he stated: ‘‘The drift deposits became the vast granary in

which nature preserved her store of seeds through the long rigors of a
geological winter’’,— an utter impossibility!

THE PRAIRIES 217

to the prairie for the purpose of furnishing pasture for the
buffalo, but the view is considered not proven by Schimper
(1903). Over-grazing by the buffalo has also been offered to
the writer privately by several speculators as a cause of the
prairie on the well-known ground that overgrazing destroys for-
ests and groves. However, cause and effect are here reversed,
for the prairie in all probability made the bison possible.

PRAIRIE FIRES

Fire has been considered the cause of the treelessness of
prairies more frequently than any other factor. It was so con-
sidered in some of the earliest known references, and has re-
ceived a varying degree of attention to the present time. To
those who have seen a prairie fire in all its fury this does not
even now seem wholly without reason, for surely no seedlings,
and few large trees could withstand the furious onslaught of
the flames. Some writers'® assumed that the prairies had been
tree-covered, and that the forests were destroyed by fire, but
there is no warrant for this statement. We have in the loess’®
some evidence that there were forests where we now find prairie,
but this evidence merely suggests that there were local groves
which became exterminated probably through exposure due to
change in topography incident to the unequal piling up of loess.
There is certainly no evidence that such forests were of wide ex-
tent, or that they extended over the flatter prairies.

The probability is that prairie fires were possible because of
the condition of the prairie, and that when they consumed the
grass and herbs of the prairie they encountered no tree seedlings,
except perhaps at the very edges of the groves.

The fire-theory seemed to be supported by the presence of
prairie on the drier areas, where it was assumed that fires would
be more readily kindled, but such places often have a vegetation
so scant that it would furnish but little fuel for the flames, and
in the fall and early spring the denser vegetation of the more
protected slopes is always sufficiently dry to burn, and hence
should have suffered more from fires.

18Gleason (1909).

19See Journal of Geology, 1899, p. 133, and Proceedings of the Iowa
Academy of Sciences, vol. VI, 1899, p. 108.

VoL. vi—1, 16

918 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

The following writers gave expression to more or less pro-
nounced views favoring fire as the great cause of the prairie:
Wells (1818), Ellsworth (1837), Fendler (1866), White (1868,
1870, 1871), Sternberg (1869), Allen (1870, 1871), Winchell
(1880), Redway (1894), Gaskill (1905) and Hopkins (1910),
while the following at least mentioned it, or regarded is as an
accessory or secondary cause: Nutt (1833) with tornadoes, West-
ern Monthly Magazine (1836), reprint (1838), Phillips (1844)
with wind, Swallow (1879), Aughey (1880), Alexander Winch-
ell (1886, 1890, 1894), McGee (1891), Shaler (1892, 1896),
Macbride (1894, 1896, 1899, 1900), conditioned on moisture,
Upham (1895), Powell (1896), Gow (1899), Davis (1900),
Condra (1906), Cook (1908), Baker (1908), and the writer
(1900, 1911). The references to burning of prairies for pasture
for the bison were mentioned under the preceding head.

A few authors opposed the fire-theory as a fundamental cause,
usually in connection with the advocacy of some other cause.
Among these may be mentioned: Whitney (1858, 1876), Alex-
ander Winchell (1876), Tarr (1896) and Harvey (1908).
Bourne (1820) considered fire as the cause of the barrens but
not the general prairies.

The facts which have been regarded as supporting the fire-
theory may be briefly summarized as follows:

1. Prairie fires were once extensive, and destructive to aerial
parts of plants.

2. Prairies appeared chiefly in drier situations where vege-
tation would burn more readily, and forests were found mostly
along streams.

3. The small, stunted bur-oak shrubs common in the western
part of the state have large bench-roots. It was assumed that
the tops were periodically burned away and that the large root
sent up new shoots, thus forming low shrubs.

While there can be no question as to the extent and destruc-
tiveness of prairie fires, they must be looked upon, as stated,
rather as an effect than a cause, for nowhere in Iowa or adja-
cent territory has there been any marked general encroachment
of the forest on the prairie when the fires ceased. In much of
the territory the rapid settlement and extensive. cultivation of

THE PRAIRIES 219

the prairies would have prevented any such encroachment, but
in the hilly western part of the state, where the surface remained
practically undisturbed, there has been only a slight extension
of the borders of the grooves. The oldest settlers in that part
of the state agree that since the cessation of prairie fires no new
groves have appeared except where set out by man, and that the
native groves have expanded very little, though they have become
denser and where not pastured have developed a dense under-
growth. This latter fact shows that the groves were also period-
ically swept by fires, and that the fires were not sufficient to
destroy the groves.

That prairies appear in drier places has been shown in this
paper, but this very fact has often so depauperated the vege-
tation that it would offer secant fuel for fires. The distribution
of native groves along streams is by no means consistent with the
view that the streams checked great conflagrations, for some-
times the groves are on one side of a stream, sometimes on the
other, and where the stream has not cut a deep channel neither
shore is wooded. The distribution of these groves is much more
consistent with the causes presented in this paper.

The small bur-oaks have not increased in size in those places
where they have remained undisturbed since the cessation of fires,
in some cases more than thirty years, and it is evident that fires
were not responsible for their condition. These stunted oaks are
found invariably in dry, exposed places, and they produce large
roots and small tops now just as they did when the fires swept
the prairies.

It is evident that fires constituted no more than a local second-
ary cause, but one of the most conclusive evidences that annual
fires were not the prime cause of the prairie is furnished by the
prairie openings which are still found in the forested sections
_of this region, and which were formerly a very striking feature
of our upland forests.

These openings differ from the forest not only in the absence
of trees, but also in the fact that the minor mesophytic forest
flora is also absent and the surface is covered with a typical
prairie vegetation. This is especially noteworthy in the smaller
areas which are often far remote from the broader prairies and
yet develop a typical prairie flora.

290) NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

These prairie openings differ much in size. Some are mere
tongues or extensions of the greater prairie (see plate III, fig. 1),
while others are small areas, entirely detached, and often quite
remote from the greater prairies. (See plate II, figs. 1 and 2).

They differ also in the character of the soil. They may occur
on geest, or drift, or loess, or sand. But whatever differences
they may present in these respects they agree in appearing uni-
formly in rough areas and they have the same flora, a flora
identical with that of the drier prairie as is shown in column IV
of the table of plants.

The forested areas of this region are located in the rougher
sections and these prairie openings are so situated on the tops
of the ridges or on the slopes that they are exposed to the two
great agents of evaporation herein discussed, namely the ‘‘two-
o’clock sun’’ and the prevailing southwesterly summer winds.
The character of the topography therefore determines whether
the line between the prairie opening and the forest is sharp
or whether there is a mingling of the flora of the two types show-
ing a seattering of trees over an area in which prairie plants
are also abundant, resulting in the so-called ‘‘oak-openings’’, or
‘*oak-barrens’’.

The sharpness with which the prairie openings are sometimes
defined is illustrated in plate II, figure 2. This is only one
of several openings of this kind which cap the narrow ridges
which extend to the west and southwest on the convex side of a
great bend of the Iowa river six miles above Iowa City. These
openings are removed several miles from open prairies yet their
flora is that of the dry prairie. Excepting where otherwise
stated the plants listed in column IV of the plant lst were col-
lected in this locality. In the locality represented in figure
2 the open area, here scarcely more than a rod wide, is
covered with a typical unmixed prairie flora. On either side,
but especially to the north (the right in the picture) the writer
year after year, found an abundance of deep-woods species, such
as Osmunda Claytoniana, Adiantum pedatum, Cypripedium pu-
bescens, Orchis spectabilis, and others, beginning within a dis-
tance of not more than ten or fifteen feet from the margin of the
prairie opening. Beyond points from one to four rods from

THE PRAIRIES 221

the margin in this direction not a single prairie species could be
found.

The absence of trees and the presence of a prairie flora on these
areas which are in every way typical prairie areas, cannot be
explained on the ground of any other factors thus far considered

excepting that of exposure to evaporation. Rainfall is the same

upon them and the adjoining slopes; frequently the slopes are
the same and affect run-off equally; the underlying formations
are the same; excepting for a rather thin veneer of leaf mould
formed in the forest the soils are the same, and moreover are as
variable in different openings as they are on the general prairies;
and general climatic conditions cannot be materially different in
such contiguous forest and prairie areas. Furthermore it is in-
conceivable that fires could have cleared these small areas and
kept them cleared year after year without destroying the nearby
forest, nor can the tramping of bisons be here considered as a
cause.

As stated, these prairie openings are alike in exposure and in
flora, and in these particulars they agree also with the general
prairie areas. Exposure here periodically produces xerophytic
conditions, and the prairie flora, which is more or less xerophytic
in its structural adaptions, is alone able to persist.

SAND-DUNES

Further confirmation of the conclusion that the floral con-
ditions of the prairie are not due to fires, soil, ete., is furnished
by the sand-dune areas of Iowa and surrounding territory.

While the flora of the sandy areas presents certain special
features, by far the greater part of it consists of typical prairie
plants, as shown in column VI of the prairie plant list. In this
list are included several species which appear as occurring only
on sand-dunes, but they are also found on other dry surfaces in
other areas than those considered specifically in connection with
the list. They are the following, and all but the last show a
decided preference for sandy areas:

Apocynum cannabinum var. pubescens (R. Br.) DC.
Astragalus distortus T. & G.

Draba caroliniana Walt.
Euphorbia serpens HBK

29 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

bo

Certain other species are listed as appearing both on the sand-
dunes and on some of the dry prairie areas, but they also show
a more or less decided preference for sandy areas. They are
the following:

Carex cephalophora Muell.

Cenchrus carolinianus Walt.

Crotalaria sagittalis L.

Oenothera rhombipetala Nutt.

Polygonum tenue Michx.

Strophostyles pauciflora (Benth.) S. Wats.
Tephrosia virginiana L.

Tradescantia reflexa Raf.

Viola pedata L.

To the foregoing list should be added Amaranthus blitoides
Wats., and Cycloloma atriplicifolium (Spreng.) Coult. The for-
mer species occurs in dry places, but in our region appears to be
most common in sandy places. The latter species is usually
found in sandy places and occurs on both the dune areas, but in
the western part of Iowa and the adjacent territory it is found, in
common with most of the other species of the last list, on the dry
prairie loess ridges. This apparent variation in the habitat of
species of this list is not as great as it appears at first sight, for
not only are these loess-covered areas xerophytic, but the loess is
porous and consists in large part, sometimes more than-70 per
cent, of (quartz) sand-dust.

Helianthus petiolaris Nutt. is also common at Muscatine, and
is also found in the dry, western part of the state.

Still other species of our general territory,. which habitually
appear upon sandy areas and only exceptionally upon other dry
areas (thorgh none have been found in the particular prairie
areas other than dune areas considered in the table), and which
are not included in the table of plants, should be added. They
are the following:

On the Harrison county dunes:

Desmodium canescens (L) DC.
On the Muscatine and Louisa county dunes:

Androsace occidentalis Pursh.

Aster linariifolius L.

Aster oblongifolius var. rigidulus Gray
Commelina virginica L.

THE PRAIRIES 293

Croton capitatus Michx.

Geranium carolinianum L.

' Houstonia minima Beck.

Hypericum gentianoides (L.) BSP.

Opuntia Rafinesquei Engelm.

Sphenopholis obtusata var. lobata (Trin.) Serib.
Sporobolus neglectus Nash.

Finally the list of plants which seem to be practically restricted
to the sandy areas should be presented to complete the record.
These plants are not included in the table.

On both the sand-dune areas:

Cyperus Schweinitzii Torr.
Eragrostis pilosa (L.) Beauv.
Paspalum setaceum Michx.
Strophostyles helvola (L.) Britt.

On sand-dunes in Harrison county:

Lespedeza capitata var. longifolia (DC.) T. & G.
Lygodesmia rostrata Gray

On sand-dunes in Muscatine and Louisa counties:

Agrostis hyemalis (Walt.) B. S. P.

Aristida tuberculosa Nutt.

Asclepias amplexicaulis J. E. Smith.
Cristatella Jamesii T. & G.

Croton glandulosus var. septentrionalis Muell. Arg.
Eragrostis pectinacea var. spectabile Gray.
Froelichia floridana (Nutt.) Mog.

Mollugo verticillata L.

Monarda punctata L.

Physostegia virginiana var. arenaria n. var.20
Polanisia graveolens Raf.

Polanisia trachysperma T. & G.

Rhus canadensis var. trilobata (Nutt.) Gray.
Sporobolus asper (Michx.) Kunth.

»Physostegia virginiana var. arenaria n. var.

This form of this more or less variable species is evidently an ecological
variety, differing from the type, which inhabits low grounds, by the
narrow linear or lance-oblong very coriaceous pale-green leaves, the thick
coriaceous, lance-ovate bracts which are terminated by a short hard
cusp, by the very puberulent calyx, bracts and upper part of the flowering
stem. This variety is locally common on the sand mound in Muscatine
and Louisa counties south of Muscatine, and exhibits its response to the
xerophytic surroundings by its more rigid, harsher and more or less re-
duced leaf and stem structures.

294 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Sporobolus cryptandrus (Torr.) Gray.
Triplasis purpurea (Walt.) Chapm.
Tribulus terrestris L. (Introduced).

The plants in the last list are not always sufficiently abundant
to form a conspicuous part of the flora, and are always more
or less freely mingled with species which were formerly widely
distributed over all types of prairies.

A summary of the flora native to the two Iowa sand-dune
areas brings out this relationship in a striking manner, as shown
in the following:

Species common to both the sand-dune areas, and also

OCCUFMNE (ON. “Prairie” 35 Jo pein cs so soe See eee 31
Species found on the Muscatine sand-dunes and also oc-

CULLING ON PTAINIC! ssi sttss shove clas chev tokas ees ook velehster ee 134
Species found on the Harrison county sand-dunes and also

OCCUIITINE ON, PTAITIC™ A. KS to 6 oe ate eee 18
Total number growing on both prairie and sand-dunes.... 183

Of this number 19 species are more frequent on sandy areas
than on ordinary dry prairie.

The species which seem to be restricted to sandy areas in the
Iowa sand-dune sections may be grouped as follows:

Species: common fo both dumevarease cose dels lil 4
Species found only on the Muscatine dunes.............. ali
Species found only on the Harrison county dunes......... 1
Totalnumber of dune species. ae = ee eet entreteiaee 22

It will thus be seen that in our territory only 22 species seem
to be restricted to sandy areas and 27 additional species prefer
sand but may occur on ordinary prairie, while 163 species are
quite likely to occur equally on either sand or ordinary prairie.

Other sandy areas show a similar preponderance of typical
prairie plants on those surfaces which have become more or less
stable but where there has been no development of a cementing
and binding soil. At Dune Park, Indiana, the writer found 55
such species in one day’s search, and other sandy areas show
the same result.

Thus Rydberg, in the Flora of the Sand Hills of Nebraska,?1
reports a long list of plants from areas representing various

21 Contributions from the U. 8. National Herbarium, Vol. IIT, 1895, pp.
133-194.

THE PRAIRIES 995

degrees of fixation and topography, and among those growing in
more exposed places 123 species are also more or less common on
the prairies of western Jowa. Of the 12 ‘‘dry-valley’’ species
(p. 140) 9 are common prairie plants, and 8 of the 27 “‘blowout’’
species (p. 139) are of the same type.??

In these eases the prairie flora cannot be due to fineness of soil,
for it grows here in sand of varying coarseness; rainfall and
other general meteorological conditions cannot be responsible, for
adjoining surfaces are frequently covered with a mesophytic for--
est; and fires and earlier grazing or tramping of bisons are out of
question as the dunes frequently present a flora too scant for
either cause.

These sandy areas are xerophytic, and the inevitable conclusion
is that the prairie flora largely takes possession of them only
because it is xerophytic and can exist here as well as on the xero-
phytic surfaces of ordinary prairie.”

22 That a large part of the flora of sandy areas consists of prairie
plants is also confirmed by Gleason’s paper on ‘‘The Vegetation of the
Inland Sand Deposits of Illinois’’, Bulletin of the Illinois State Labora-
tory of Natural History, vol. IX, 1910, pp. 23-174, which was received
after this paper was written and the greater part of it had been printed.
The author lists Acerates viridiflora and its varieties, and Lithospermum
Gmelini, Euphorbia corollata, and Lespedeza capitata as characteristic of
the blowout basins. All are common prairie plants in Iowa. Of the 31
species listed in the blowsand association (pp. 93-94) those belolnging to
the genera Ambrosia, Cassia, Oenothera (2 sp.), Euphorbia (2 sp.),
Hedeoma, Lepidium, Lespedeza, and Scutellaria, ten in all, are common
prairie types, and those belonging to Commelina, Cenchrus, Tephrosia,
Cycloloma, and Festuca also occur on prairies, though more frequently
on sandy areas. The transect across a blowout (p. 101) shows 14 species,
of which Bouteloua hirsuta, Lespedeza capitata, Ambrosia psilostachya,
Panicum virgatum, Equisetum laevigatum and Koeleria cristata are typ-
ical prairie plants, and Festuca octoflora is sometimes found on the prairie.
Most of these plants are more common on dry prairies, but extend to
prairies of all types.

23 In order that there may be no misunderstanding as to the scope of
this statement attention is called to the fact that in the region here un-
der discussion even the most fertile prairie becomes xerophytic during the
prevailing average late-summer conditions, and that frequently areas.
which are quite wet during a part of the year may be reduced to the same
condition at this time. Often the dryness of the air produces a marked
effect before the lack of free soil-water has reached the danger point. It

296 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

ond

A further confirmation of this fact is furnished by the dis-
tribution of the introduced xerophytic weeds which are marked
with an asterisk in the list of plants. These plants have become
almost equally well-established on both sandy areas and ordinary
prairie, and demonstrate that conditions in these two kinds of
areas are not dissimilar.

Much emphasis has been placed recently on the succession of
floras in sand-dune areas, and a careful study of any such region
shows that there is a striking change in the flora as the dune be-
comes more and more fixed. But a comparison of different areas
shows that the emphasis which is usually placed upon certain
species in connection with local studies is misleading if any ap-
plication of the results is extended to wider areas. This is il-
lustrated by a comparative study of the dune areas of Muscatine
and Harrison counties at opposite extremities of the state of
Iowa. In Harrison county the first plants to appear in blowouts
or on new dunes are Cassia chamaecrista and Dalea enneandra,
which are followed very quickly by Crotalaria sagittalis, Stropho-
styles helvola, S. Uauciflora, and such well-marked xerophytes
as Cenchrus caroliniana, Cyperus Schweinitzvi, Lygodesmia ros-
trata, and Salsola kali var. tenwifolia, and later by species of
Desmanthus, Desmodium, Lespedeza, Melilotus, and other xero-
phytie genera.

In Muscatine and Louisa counties, on the other hand, the
pioneer and most effective hold-fast in blowouts and on new dunes
is Tephrosia virginiana, accompanied or followed by both the
common species of Strophostyles, Cenchrus, Carex cephalophora,
Cyperus Schweinitzti, Lithospermum Gmelini, Pentstemon
grantliflorus, Polanisia trachysperma, and finally a long list of
other prairie xerophytes.

In the earlier stages the preponderance of individuals of
leguminose species is striking, and in such situations they freely
develop nitrifying root-tubereules. This is especially true of
the Harrison county area where the leguminose plants greatly
predominate, and produce great numbers of root-tubercles.
should also be remembered in this connection that the general character
of a flora of any region is determined by the least favorable rather than

the most favorable periods of the year, especially during the growing
season.

THE PRAIRIES 227

Even where the same species occur their relative abundance in
different parts of the same larger area, is exceedingly variable,
and this is true of both sand-dunes and true prairie. For that rea-
son no effort is made in this paper to indicate associations and
other groups of plants, as the same species frequently appear in
very different numbers and relative grouping, and different spe-
cies appear under what seem to be exactly the same circumstances
in different areas. The writer ventures to suggest that when
our classification of minor ecological groups is perfected we will
base them not on individual species, but on ecological types the
definition of which will call for much more than the determination
of relative numbers of individual species, for these relative
numbers do not necessarily indicate fundamental differences in
environment or adaptation, but may be fixed by the accident of
seed-dispersal. Local detailed studies are of course desirable,
but it is not safe to use them as a basis for generalizations in
wider areas.

As previously noted the prairie flora of our region varies
locally, but within certain very well-marked limits. A large part
of that flora is found also upon the sandy areas of the same re-
gion. Both the prairies and the sandy areas are exposed to
excessive evaporation, and both consequently suffer periodically
a lack of available moisture, and this seems to be about all that
they have in common excepting the flora, which is xerophytie and
hence adapted to these areas, and which represents a consequence
of this environment.

PRAIRIE GROVES

Still further evidence that the prairie owes its lack of trees to
exposure to meterological factors is found in prairie groves,
though the fact that trees when planted will grow upon the
prairies is generally considered sufficient evidence that the fac-
tors which caused the treelessness of the prairies were mainly
such as have been eliminated since the advent of the white man.

We have no evidence that the climate of this region has
changed materially in recent times. There are fluctuations and
variations, but our cycles of dry and wet seasons follow one
another much as they probably did long before the white man

298 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

wrought his changes. The topography of our region has not
changed to any marked extent within the same time. Exposure
to evaporation,—to sun and wind,—is therefore much the same
as when prairie and forest appeared in their normal relation.
Why then do trees grow on the prairies of today?

As a matter of fact trees do not always grow well on the
prairies. With the exception of the cottonwood individual trees
or single rows of trees do not im the long run prosper on the
prairies. Larger groves made up of greater numbers of trees
set out at one time in a manner which would be impossible by
natural seed-dispersal, often thrive well, but even they suffer on
their exposed sides, as is illustrated in plate X. Figure 1 illus-
trates a walnut grove on the south side of a road at Mr. Patrick
MecGuire’s house near George, Iowa. This is the interior of the
grove protected from excessive evaporation by the portions of
the grove to the south and west. The trees here are prosperous
and promise well for the future. Figure 2 illustrates the ex-
posed southwest corner of the same grove, the trees being of the
same age throughout. So far as could be determined soil, drain-
age, topography, ete., were the same, but the interior trees were
sheltered by their less-fortunate companions.

Such a grove, if left to its own resources, would in time die
out, and during cycles of dry seasons, such as those of 1893,
1894 and 1895, thousands of trees did perish not only where
planted singly or in single rows, but also in larger groves, and
a large part of the trees set out during such dry years fail com-
pletely. :

The writer is convinced from observations made during a
period of many years that on the prairies man, by his care of
artificially planted trees, by cultivation, re-planting and pro-
tection, is just able to throw the balance in favor of the trees,
and that but for his efforts the trees would again disappear
from the greater part of the area which was once prairie.

It is interesting to note that where a grove becomes estab-
lished, and thus provides the shelter which elsewhere is fur-
nished by topography, the original prairie flora disappears
entirely, and its place is taken by a typical mesophytic flora.
An excellent illustration of this change is given by the Whiting

THE PRAIRIES 229

grove, located near Whiting, Iowa, in the northeast corner of
section 25, township 85 north, range 46 west. This grove con-
sists chiefly of soft maple, and was planted in 1865 on the
‘* Whiting ridge,’’ a slight, well-drained swell on the great
alluvial plain bordering the Missouri river. This area was cov-
ered with a typical prairie fiora, evidence of which is still abund-
ant in the vicinity. Within the grove itself the prairie flora has
entirely disappeared, cultivation and the light factor probably
being in large part responsible, and in its place there appears a
typical forest flora consisting of the following plants:

1. Species with fruits and seeds fleshy or edible.

Amphicarpa monoica (L.) Ell. Rare.
Evonymus atropurpureus Jacq.
Fragaria virginiana Duches.
Menispermum canadense L.
Morus rubra L.

Psedera quinquefolia (L.) Greene.
Rhus toxicodendron L.

Ribes gracile Michx.

Rubus occidentalis L.

Vitis vulpina L.

Zanthoxylum americanum Mill.

2. Species with fruits bur-like.
Arctium minus Bernh. (not native.)
Galium aparine L.

Lappula virginiana (L.) Ell.
Sanicula marilandica Michx.

3. Species with fruits provided with wings or pappus.
Acer negundo L. L
Eupatorium purpureum L.

Eupatorium urticaefolium L.

Fraxinus pennsylvanica var. lanceolata (Bookh.) Sarg.
Lactuca floridana (L.) Gaertn.

Ulmus americana L.

4. Species with small light seeds or fruits.
Cryptotaenia canadensis L.

(Occurring in our territory both

SS 1 on prairie and in.open woods.)

Urtica gracilis Ait.
As the grove was originally planted from seed the possibility
of the introduction of other forest plants at the time of plant-

230 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

ing was reduced to a minimum. Moreover the species are of
such character that we can easily account for their later intro-
duction by birds, and other animals, and by wind. The nearest
native groves containing these species are several miles away,
along the Missouri and Little Sioux rivers. This case, with many
others like it, illustrates the effect of shelter on the light-loving,
drouth-resisting prairie flora.

SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS

The conclusions for our region may be briefly summarized as
follows:

1. Exposure to evaporation as determined by temperature,
wind, and topography is the primary cause of the treelessness
of the prairies.

2. The prairie flora persists on the exposed areas because it
is xerophytie.

3. Rainfall and drainage, while of importance because deter-
mining the available supply of water in both soil and air, are not
a general, determining cause, both frequently being equal on
contiguous forested and prairie areas.

4. Soils and geological formations are of value only in so far
as they affect conservation of water; the porosity of the former
determining its power of holding moisture, and the latter often
determining topography.

5. Prairie fires were an effect rather than a cause, and where
acting as a cause were local.

6. Seed-dispersal probably largely accounts for the grouping
of plant societies on the prairies, but does not aceount for the
presence of the prairie flora as a whole.

7. Other assumed causes, such as the bison, the sea, etc., are
of remote interest and not to be taken into account in any
attempt at the explanation of the prairie as a whole.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS.

The work on evaporation at Missouri Valley was done in con-
nection with field-work for the Iowa Geological Survey, and is
here reported with the consent of the Director, Professor Samuel
Calvin.

THE PRAIRIES 231

The Iowa Academy of Sciences generously loaned plates III,
IV and XI.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

The bibliography of the origin of the prairies is very varied
both in character and quality. The extent of the discussions also
varies greatly. In some cases a mere direct statement of cause
is given, in others a more elaborate argument is presented, and
between these extremes various intermediate grades occur.

The list here presented is by no means complete, but it will
serve as a fair index of the varied treatment which the subject
has received.

In order that historic sequence and relation may be better pre-
sented the references are arranged chronologically, and in con-
nection with each one a brief statement suggesting the author’s
conclusion is presented. It should not be inferred however that
these suggestions always fully and clearly set forth the views
of the respective authors, and the papers themselves should be
consulted.

1818—Atwater, Caleb——On the Prairies and Barrens of the West.—Am.
Journal of Science and Arts, Ist series, vol. I, pp. 116-125. Lakes
and undrained places, not fires.
—Wells, R. W.—On the Origin of the Prairies—Am. Journal of
Science and Arts, vol. I, Ist series, pp. 331-337. Fire.
1820—Bourne, A.—On the Prairies and Barrens of the West—Am. Jour-
nal or Science and Arts, Ist series, vol. II, pp. 30-34. Prairies
by water, barrens by fire.

1833—Nutt, Dr. Rush.—On the Origin, Extension and Continuance of
Prairies—Am. Journal of Science and Arts, Ist series, vol.
XXIII, pp. 40-45. (See also pp. 58 and 59.) Prairies arise from
‘the influence of a cane-brake; and secondly from wind and
fire.’’ Tornadoes.

1834—McGuire, W. W.—On the Prairies of Alabama—Am. Journal of
Science and Arts, 1st series, vol. XX VI, pp. 93-98. Formed by sea.

1836—Western Monthly Magazine. See McGuire (?) (1838).

1837—Ellisworth, H. L.—TIllinois in 1837. Prairies, pp. 11-15; barrens,
pp. i5-16. Chiefly fires.

1838—Jones, George——Some observations in Holland, connected with our
Prairie region—Am. Journal of Science and Arts, Ist series,
vol. XXXITI, pp. 226-230. Soil cause of prairies, sand of barrens. -

—No author, (McGuire, W. W. ?) Prairies of Ohio—Am. Journal

of Science and Arts, Ist series, vol. XX XIII, pp. 230-236. (Re-

939 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

print from Western Monthly Magazine, February, 1836.) In
Swamps. Fires assisted.

1839—Carpenter, W. M.—Miscellaneous Notices in Opelousas, ete.—Am.
Journal of Science and Arts, 1st series, vol. XXXV, pp. 344-6.
Extremes of moisture.

1844—-Phillips, E.—Report on the timber, soil, and productiveness of the
Mineral District—In Owen’s Report of a Geological Explora-
tion of part of Iowa, Wisconsin, and Illinois——Wind and fires,
p. 190.

1847—Dawson, John W.—On the Destruction and Partial Reproduction
of Forests in British North America—Am. Journal of Science
and Arts, 2nd series, vol. IV, pp. 161-170. Effects of fires, and
restoration of forest.

1849—Dana, James D.—Observations on some points in the Physical
Geography of Oregon and Upper California—Am. Journal of
Science and Arts, 2nd series, vol. VII. Dry summers, tempera-
ture, ocean winds, topography. pp. 385-389.

1852—Owen, D. D.—Report of a Geological Survey of Wisconsin, Iowa
and Minnesota. Geological, pp. xxxv and xxxvii.

1856—Desor, E.— Bulletin, de la Societe Sciences Naturelle de Neuchatel,
December, 1856.—Deep water, (Quoted by Lesquereaux in Geol-
ogical Survey of Illinois, vol. I, p. 244.)

—Vaughn, Daniel.—On the Origin of Prairies. Cincinnatus, June,
1856. (Quoted by Newberry, Geological Survey of Ohio, vol. I,
p. 31). Mainly rainfall.

1857—Lesquereaux, Leo.—Bulletin de la Societe des Sciences Naturelle
de Neuchatel, for 1856. (Quoted by Lesquereaux in the Illinois
and Arkansas Geological Reports cited in this list.) Water.

—Gray, Asa.—Statisties of the Flora of the Northern United States.
—Am. Journal of Science and Arts, 2nd series, vol. XXIII.
Prairie plants, p. 397.

1858—Whitney, J. D.—Hall’s Geological Survey of Iowa, vol. I, part 1.
Prairies, pp. 14-34. Fine soil, not fire.
—Foster, J. W.—Report to the Illinois Central Railroad Company.
This was later (1869) expanded in ‘‘The Mississippi Valley.’’
1859—Cooper, Dr. J. G.—On the Distribution of the Forests and Trees of
North America. An. Report’ Smithsonian Institution for 1858.
Rainfall, pp. 275-280.
1860—Lesquereaux, Leo.—Prairies of Arkansas.—In Owen’s Second Re-
port of a Geological Reconnoissance of Arkansas, pp. 323-326.
Marshes. Causes various.

—Newberry, J. S.— Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of
Ohio.—Ohio Agricultural Report for 1859. Footnote, pp. 8, 9.
Deficiency of moisture.

Vaughn, Daniel.—On the Growth of Trees in Continental and Insular
Climates.—Report of the British Association for 1860. Quoted

THE PRAIRIES 233

by Newberry, Geological Survey of Ohio, vol, I, p. 31. Synopsis
in Annual of Scientific Discovery for 1860. Mainly rainfall.
1862—Whitney, J. D.—Report of the Geological Survey of the State of
Wisconsin, vol. I—Not absence of moisture, but physical con-
dition of the soil, p. 114.
—Owen, Richard.—Report of a Geological Reconnoissance of Indiana.
Water, pp. 228, 229.
—Englemann, Henry.—Remarks upon the causes producing - - - -
Prairies, Flats and Barrens in Southern [linois—Am. Journal
of Science and Arts, 2nd series, vol. XXXVI. Imperfect drain-
age, chilling of soil by evaporation. Water prevents oxygen
from reaching roots, p. 387. Fineness of soil accessory cause,
p. 388. Western prairies due to the deficiency of moisture, and
in places to excess of salts, p. 389. Fires, p. 389. Closely
packed soil, pp. 391-392.
1863—Dana, James D.—Manual of Geology, 1st edition, p. 46. Winds,
temperature and topography.
1864—Winchell, Alexander.—On the Origin of Prairies of the Valley of
the Mississippi—Am. Journal of Science and Arts, 2nd series,
vol. XXXVIII, pp. 332-344. Origin lacustrine. Humidity and
sourness of soil.
—Marsh, George P.—Man and Nature. (See Marsh, 1898).
1865—Desor, E.—Correspondence, in Lesquereaux’s ‘‘On the Origin and
Formation of Prairies.’’—Am. Journal of Science and Arts, 2nd
series, vol. XXXIX. Deep waters,—sea. p. 322.
1865-6—Lesquereaux, Leo.—On the Origin and Formation of Prairies.—
Am. Journal of Science and Arts, 2nd series, vol. XXXIX, 1865,
pp. 317-327; and vol. XL, 1866, pp. 23-31. Prairies formed by
gradual draining of swamps, ponds and lakes.
1866—Worthen, A. H.—Geological Survey of Illinois, vol. I, pp. 9-10.—
(Reprinted in Economic Geology of Illinois, vol. I, 1882, pp.
7-8.) Topography of the prairie.
—Lesquereaux, Leo.—On the Origin and Formation of Prairies.
Geological Survey of Illinois, vol. I, pp. 238-254. Lake beds.
—Dana, James D.—On the Origin of the Prairies—Am. Journal of
Science and Arts, 2nd series, vol. XL, pp. 293-304. Prevalence
of moisture.
—Fendler, A—On Prairies—Am. Journal of Science and Arts, 2nd
series, vol. XLI, pp. 154 et seq. Fires.
1868—White, C. A.—The Lakes of Iowa.—Past and Present.—American
Naturalist, vol. II, pp. 143-155. Not great lakes, but fire.
1869—Foster, J. W.—The Mississippi Valley: its Physical Geography.
The origin of prairies, pp. 71-140. Moisture, pp. 71, 109. Not
peat growth, p. 73. Not texture of soil, p. 76. Not annual burn-—
ings, p. 76.
—Sternberg, Dr. G. M.—The Plains of Kansas.—American Naturalist,
vol. III, p. 162. Fire.

VOL. vi—1, 17

234 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

1870—White, C. A.—Geological Survey of Iowa, vol. I, pp. 131-133, and
p-. 363. Not soils, but fire.

—White, C. A.—Geological Survey of Iowa, vol. II. Timber on south
side of east and west streams, p. 80. Fires, p. 161.

—Allen, J. A.—The Flora of the Prairies—American Naturalist,
vol. IV, Fires, p. 584.

1871—Allen, J. A.—The Fauna of the Prairies—American Naturalist,
vol. V, pp. 4-9. Fires.

—White, C. A.—Prairie Fires—American Naturalist, vol. V, 1871,
pp. 68-70. Describes prairie fires.

1873—Newberry, J. S—Origin of the Prairies—Geological Survey of
Ohio, vol. I, part 1, pp. 26-31. Alternately too wet and too dry.
Deficiency of precipitated moisture. Rainfall and soil.

—Shaw, James.—Geological Survey of Illinois, vol. V. Origin of the
prairies, pp. 10-14. Discusses various causes, but concludes that
soils are most potent. Also topography and flora of prairie in
reports on Jo Daviess (p. 26), Ogle (p. 106), Bureau (p. 172) and
Henry (p. 192) counties. These are reprinted in Worthen’s
Economie Geology of Illinois, vol. III, 1882, on pp. 21, 106, 167
and 185, respectively.

—Winchell, Alexander. Spe raitics and Their Treelessness. Sketches
of Creation, pp. 264-2 Lacustrine.

1874—Marsh, George ae ao Nature, 2nd ed. (See Marsh, 1898).
1875—Andreas’ Atlas of Iowa.—Fire, pp. 344, 388, 410. Chiefly based on
White’s report (1870).

—Broadhead, G. C.—Geological Survey of Illinois, vol.. VI. Topogra-
phy and flora of the prairie discussed in reports on Fayette
(p. 477), Montgomery (p. 490), Effingham (p. 520), Moultrie
(p. 530), Macon (pp. 534, 536), and Piatt (p. 541) counties.
Reprints in Worthen’s Economie Geology of Illinois, vol. III,
1882, on pp. 137, 149, 175-176, 185, 190 and 194-195, respectively.

—Dana, James D.—Manual of Geology, 2nd edition, p. 45. Same as
1st edition, 1863, p. 46.

1876—Winchell, Alexander.—Treelessness of Prairies—In Cochrane’s
Centennial History of Mason County (Illinois). Origin lacus-
trine, p. 70.

—Whitney, J. D.—Plain, Prairie and Forest.—American Naturalist,
vol. X, pp. 577-588, and 656-667.—Not rainfall, nor fires, nor
wind, but fineness of soil.

—McAfee, H. H.—Proceedings of the American Forestry Association.
Southwest drying winds, p. 555.

—Hinrichs, Gustavus.—First Annual Report of Iowa Weather Sta-
tion. Report of the Iowa State Agricultural Society, Le 286.
Greatest forest surface where most rain.

1878—McGee, W. J.—Proceedings of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science, ist series, vol. XXVITI. Loess usually
covered with timber, drift with grasses, p. 198 (reprint p. 5.)

THE PRAIRIES 935

—Todd, James E.—Notes on the Distribution of Timber in South-
western Iowa, with inferences concerning the Origin of Prairies.
—American Naturalist, vol. XII, pp. 91-96. Variable humidity
of air and soil.

1879—Swallow, G. C.—Prairie and Timber.—In Switzler’s History of
Missouri, pp. 528-529. Prairie when surface emerged from
water. Fire checked forest.

1880—Winchell, N. H.—Highth Annual Report of the Geological and
Natural History Survey of Minnesota. Fires, p. 96. List of
prairie plants, p. 97.

—Todd, J. E— Notes on the Distribution of Timber in Southwestern
Iowa, with Inferences concerning the Origin of Prairies.—Brief
abstract, Proceedings of the lowa Academy of Sciences for 1875-
1880, p. 14. Variation in humidity of air and soil. Published
in full in American Naturalist, 1878.

—Aughey, Samuel.—The Physical Geography and Geology of Ne-
braska. Fires, p. 42. Hard surface due to tramping of ‘‘mil-
lions of buffalo and other wild animals.’’

1881—Hilton, H. R. —The Rainfall in its Relation to Kansas Farming.—
Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science for 1879 and ’80,
vol. VII. Buffaloes, prairie fires, hot winds, p. 42.

1882—Anders, J. M.—Forests—Their Influence Upon Climate and Rain-
fall. American Naturalist, vol. XVI, pp. 19-30. (Review in
Popular Science Monthly, vol. 21, p. 562). Discusses relation
of forest and moisture.

—Whitney, J. D.—The Climatic Changes of Later Geological Times.
—Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, vol. VII,
part Il. Rainfall, fine soil, ete., pp. 166-183.

—Worthen, A. H.—Economic Geology of Illinois, vol. III, pp. 9-11.
Excessive moisture in part. Fine soil. Topography and plants
are also discussed in county reports, reprinted from Shaw (1873)
and Broadhead (1875).

1883—American Encyclopedia.—Prairie, vol. XIII, p. 802. Finely com-
minuted soil. .

—Howell, Thomas J.—The Geological Distribution of North Ameri-
can Forests—Popular Science Monthly, vol. 23, pp. 517-524.
‘*Loess is not capable of sustaining forest-growths for any length
of time.’’ Geological.

—McGee, W. J.—The Geological Distribution of Forests—Popular
Science Monthly, vol. 24, p. 115. Drift plains timberless, loess
covered with trees.

1886—Campbell, John T.—Causes of Forest Rotation—American Natur-
alist, vol. XX, pp. 521-527, and 851-856. Fires.

—Winchell, Alexander—Walks and Talks in the Geological Field.
Ist ed. Prairies of lacustrine origin and kept treeless by fires.

1890—Mayr, H.—Die Waldungen von Nordamerika—(Quoted by Schim-

936 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

per (1903), p. 593). Prairies at first forested, but forests de-
stroyed by Indians for buffalo pastures.

—Tarr, Ralph S. and McMurry, Frank M.—Geographies, Second
Book. Probably once wooded, but forest destroyed by fires
set to frighten bison, ete.

—Winchell, Alexander—Walks and Talks in the Geological Field,—
2nd ed. Same as first (1886).

1891—Call. R. E.—Annual Reports of the Geological Survey of Arkan-
sas, vol. II. Not difference in drainage, pp. 72, 73. Forest en-
croaching on prairie, p. 149.

—McGee, W. J.—Pleistocene History of Northeastern Iowa.—United
States Geological Survey, vol. XI. Fires pp. 208, 297. Geological
(prairie on drift). Inequality in rainfall, p. 297.

1892—Shaler, N. S.—The Origin and Nature of Soils. Report U. 8S.
Geological Survey for 1891. Neither fineness of soil nor great
lakes (p. 323), but dry seasons, and then fires.

—Fernow, B. E.—Report of the Chief of the Division of Forestry
for 1891. Dry hot and cold winds are bane of trees, p. 207.

—MacMillan, Conway—The Metaspermae of the Minnesota Valley.—
Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota, Botanical
Series, vol. I. Along Minnesota valley trees are scant or ab-
sent on north bluffs.

1894—Macbride, Thomas H.—Trees of Allamakee County (Iowa)—Iowa
Geological Survey, vol. IV, pp. 115-116. Fires only one of the
factors, conditioned on moisture.

—Redway, J. W.—The Treeless Plains of the United States.—
Geographical Journal, vol. III. Quoted by Warming (1909), p.
353. Fires.

—Winchell, Alexander—Walks and Talks in the Geological Field.
3rd edition, revised by Frederick Starr—Same as second edition
(1890).

1895—Pammel, L. H.—Trees of Boone County (Iowa).—lIowa Geological
Survey, vol. V. Soil and geological formations, p. 233.

—Upham, Warren—The Glacial Lake Agassiz. Monographs of the
U.S. Geological Survey, vol. XXV. Fires, pp. 46, 604. Rainfall,
p. 605. Prairie plants, pp. 606-610. is

—Bush, B. F.—Notes on the Mound Flora of Atchison County,
Missouri. Sixth Annual Report of the Missouri Botanical Gar-
den, pp. 121-134. Prairie flora of the loess hills.

1896—Moore, Willis L.—Some Climatie Features of the Arid Regions.
U. S. Department of Agriculture, Weather Bureau. Relative
humidity for U. S. Maximum winds for plains region.

—Shaler, N. S.—Aspects of the Earth. Not fineness of soil, p. 286.
Partly drouth and partly fire, p. 288.

—Macbride, Thomas H.—Notes on Forest Distribution in Towa.—
Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of Sciences, vol. III, pp. 96-101.
Fires and nature of soil.

THE PRAIRIES 937

—Powell, J. W.—The Physiography of the United States. Rainfall,
pp. 70; 7L-

—Tarr, Ralph S.—Elementary Physical Geography.—Neither com-
pactness of soil nor fires proven sufficient, p. 257. Not dryness,
p. dol.

1897—Cameron, John E.—Forest Trees of Delaware County (lowa)—Iowa
Geological Survey, vol. VIII. Timber on rougher areas, p. 193.

1897-8—Shimek, B.—The Flora of the Sioux Quartzite in Iowa. Pro-
ceedings of the Iowa Academy of Science, part I, vol. IV, 1897,
pp. 72-81; part II, vol. V,.1898, pp. 28, 31. Lists of prairie
plants.

1898—Geikie, James—Earth Sculpture, p. 337. Aqueous sedimentation,
or wind action, or both.

—Marsh, George P.—The Earth as Modified by Human Action. Not
fineness of soil, p. 339. Climatic conditions, especially want of
spring and summer rains. Eastward, fires. Pasturage of the
buffalo. In Wisconsin and Ohio cleared by primitive people and
forest renewal prevented by fires and grazing. This is a revised
edition of Man and Nature, published in 1863 and 1874.

—Hitchcock, A. S.—Hcological Plant Geography of Kansas.—
Transactions of the St. Louis Academy of Science, vol. VIII, pp.
55-69.— Rainfall, p. 56.—Plant lists.

1899—Macbride, Thomas H.—Forestry Notes for Humboldt County
(Iowa).—Iowa Geological Survey, vol. IX, pp. 148-149.—Fires
rather than soil. Influenced by moisture.

—Gow, James E.—Forest trees of Adair County (Iowa).—Proceed-
ings of Iowa Academy of Sciences vol. VI, pp. 56-63.—Fires,
py Gl:

1900—Macbride, Thomas H.—Forestry Notes for Dickinson and Osceola
Counties (Iowa),—Iowa Geological Survey, vol. X, pp. 228-239.
Fires, ete., p. 230.

—Macbride, Thomas H.—Forestry Notes for Dubuque County (Iowa).
—Iowa Geological Survey, vol. X. Fires, p. 624.

—Davis, William M.—In Mill’s International Geography, p. 739.
Prairie fires, fineness of soil, lack of rainfall. Not due to com-
mon cause.

—Pound, Roscoe and Clements, Frederic E.—The Phytogeography
of Nebraska. The Prairie-grass formation, pp. 348-350. Char-
acteristic plants.

—Shimek, B.—The Distribution of Forest Trees—Proceedings of
the Iowa Academy of Sciences, vol. VII, pp. 47-59. Chief cause
exposure to wind. Accessory causes, fire, excess of moisture,
lack of moisture, temperature, geological formations and soils.

—Shimek, B.—The Flora of Lyon County (lowa).—lIowa Geological
Survey, vol. X, pp. 157-184.. Exposure, pp. 160 and 163. Lists
of prairie plants.

238 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

1901—Haddock, William J.—The Prairies of Iowa. Fires, p. 56.

—Thornber, John J.—The Prairie-Grass Formation in Region I.—
Botanical Survey of Nebraska, no. V, pp. 29-143. Ecological
factors and plant lists.

1902—Adams, Charles C.—Postglacial origin and Migration of the Life
of the Northeastern United States.—Journal of Geography, vol.
I. Life of the prairie, p. 35, ete.

—Pammel, L. H.—Preliminary Notes on the Flora of Western Iowa,
etc.—Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of Sciences, vol IX. pp.
152-180. Ecologic conditions of prairies. Lists of prairie plants.

—Willard, Daniel E.—The Story of the Prairies, or the Landscape
Geology of North Dakota. Portions from lakes, ete.

—Upham, Warren.—Review of Willard’s Story of the Prairies. Am.
Geologist, vol. XXX. Suggests geologic origin of prairies.

—Williams, Walter.—The State of Missouri—Prairie in southern
part of state 600-800 feet above the sea; in northwestern part
1200 feet.

—Gilbert, Grove K., and Brigham, Albert P.—An Introduction to
Physical Geography.—Fires by Indians to maintain pasturage
for buffaloes, pp. 163 and 324.

—Gaskill, Alfredi—Why Prairies are Treeless—Read before the
Society of American Foresters, February 23, 1905. Review in
Science, vol. XXII, N. S., pp. 55-56, 1905. Fires.

1906—Squires, Walter S.—The passing of the Prairie Flora—Plant
World, vol. 9, pp. 162-164.
—Condra, George E.—Georgraphy of Nebraska.—Overgrazing, fires
and occasional drouths, p. 92.
1907—Parrish, Randall_—The Great Plains——Prairie fauna, pp. 25-27.
1908—Baker, H. P.—Native and Planted Timber in Iowa.—Forest Ser-
vice Cireular 154, U. 8. Department of Agriculture. Drying
winds, p. 7. Prairie fires, dry winds and less rainfall in western
Iowa, p. 8.

—Cook, O. F.—Change of Vegetation on the South Texas Prairies.—
Bureau of Plant Industry, circular no. 14, U. S. Department of
Agriculture. Fires chiefly, also overgrazing and early Indian
agriculture, pp. 1-5.

—Harvey, L. H.—Floral Succession in the Prairie-grass Formation
of Southeastern South Dakota.—The Botanical Gazette, vol.
XLVI. Geological pp. 84 and 297. Climatic, p. 297. Prairie
plant lists.

—Channing, Edward.—Students’ History of the United States —
Indians burned grass to provide fields for buffaloes or bisons,
p. 13.

1909—Gleason, Henry A.—Some Unsolved Problems of the Prairies.—
Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, vol. 36, pp. 265-271.
Low winter rainfall, p. 267. Geological causes, p. 268.

THE PRAIRIES 239

—Warming, Eugen.—Oecology of Plants, English translation. Long
severe winters; hot and dry summers; low atmospheric humidity;

p. 285.
1910—Hopkins, Cyril I—Soil Fertility and Permanent Agriculture.
Fires, p. 78.

1911—Shimek, B.—Botanical Report (on Harrison and Monona counties,
Towa).—Iowa Geological Survey, vol. XX, 1910 (issued February,
1911), pp. 426-474. The present paper is an elaboration of this.

The following ecological papers are also of interest in this con-
nection :

1898—Pound, Roscoe and Clements, Frederic E.—The Vegetation Re-
gions of the Prairie Province.—Botanical Gazette, vol. XXV,
pp. 381-394.
1899—Cowles, Henry C.—The Ecological Relations of the Vegetation on
the Sand Dunes of Lake Michigan.—Botanical Gazette, vol.
XXVIII, pp. 95-202 and 281-391.
1900—Pound, Roscoe and Clements, Frederic E.—The Phytogeography of
Nebraska.
1901—Thornber, John J.—The Prairie-Grass Formation in Region I.—
University of Nebraska Botanical Survey of Nebraska, pp.
29-143.
—Cowles, Henry C.—The Physiographic Ecology of Chicago and
Vicinity —Botanical Gazette, vol. XXXI, pp. 73-108; 145-182.
1903—MacDougal, Daniel T.—Some Aspects of Desert Vegetation.—
Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden, no. 46.
—Transeau, Edgar N.—On the Geographic Distribution and Ecol-
ogical relations of the Bog Plant Societies of Northern America.
—Botanical Gazette, vol. XXXVI, pp. 401-420.
—Schimper, 8S. W.—Plant Geography upon a Physiological Basis.—
pp. 593-598, ete.
1904—Clements, Frederic E—The Development and Structure of Vegeta-
tion.—University of Nebraska, Botanical Survey of Nebraska,
VII.
1905—Transeau, E. N.—Forests of Eastern America.—Am, Naturalist,
vol. 39, pp. 875-898.
1906—Bray, William L.—Distribution and Adaptation of the Vegetation
of Texas.—Bulletin of the University of Texas, no. 82.
—Livingston, B. E.—The Relation of Desert Plants to Soil Moisture
and to Evaporation. No. 50, Carnegie Institution.
1907—Daniels, Francis P.—The Flora of Columbia, Missouri, and Vi-
cinity—The University of Missouri Studies, vol I.
—Hart, C. A. and Gleason, Henry A.—On the Biology of the Sand
Areas of Illinois.—Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of
Natural History, vol. VII, pp. 135-273.

IAD NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

—Livingston, B. E.—Evaporation and Plant Development.—The

Plant World, vol. 10.

1908—Harvey, L. H.—Floral Succession in Prairie-Grass Formation of
Southeastern South Dakota.—Botanical Gazette, vol. XLVI, pp.
81-108; 277-298.

—Livingston, B. E.—Evaporation and Plant Habitats—The Plant
World, vol. 11.

—Livingston, B. E.—Evaporation and Centers of Plant Distribution.
—The Plant World, vol. 11, pp. 106-112.

1909—Gleason, Henry A.—The Vegetational History of a River Dune.—
Trans. of the Illinois State Academy of Science, vol. II, pp.
19-26.

—Olsson-Seffer, Pehr.—Hydrodynamie Factors Influencing Plant-
Life on Sandy Sea-Shores.—The New Phytologist, vol. VIII,
pp. 37-51.

—Yapp, R. H.—On Stratification in the Vegetation of a Marsh, and
its Relations to Evaporation and Temperature——Annals of
Botany, vol. XXIII, pp. 275-319.

—Shaw, Charles H.—Present Problems in Plant Eeology.—The Ameri-
can Naturalist, vol. XLIII, pp. 420-431.

—Gleason, Henry A.—Some Unsolved Problems of the Prairies.—
Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, vol. XXXVI, pp. 265-271.

—Olsson-Seffer, Pehr.—Relation of Soil and Vegetation on Sandy Sea
Shores.—Botanical Gazette, vol. XLVII, pp. 85-126.

—Warming, E.—Oecology of Plants. Pp. 270-271, 285-286, ete.

1910—Dachnowski, Alfred.—Physiologically Arid Habitats and Drought
Resistance in Plants.—Botanical Gazette, vol. XLIX, pp. 325-339.

—Gleason, Henry A.—The Vegetation of the Inland Sand Deposits
of Illinois.—Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural
History, vol. IX, pp. 23-174.

PLATE I—1 Prairie west of Lake Okoboji. 2 Snow between loess prairie
ridges, Council Bluffs.

lid |

PLATE I1—Prairie openings in wooded regions. 1 Near Reno, Minn. 2 North

of Iowa City.

1 LL. o-
Th a eh at "
4 a) , ‘ ‘
. ae ’ ‘
; '
;
~" '
\
%
,
‘
o
or
ms y
. ra
x
{
‘
‘
\
’

PLATE II—Prairie and wooded areas. 1 Lyon county, looking east. 2 Ham-
burg, Iowa, looking north.

<i

PLATE IV—Opposite bluffs of the Missouri. 1 Wooded bluffs above Florenéé,
Neb., looking north. 2 Prairie bluffs above Missouri Valley, Iowa, looking
north.

PLATE V—Prairie ridges. 1 Sheltered ravines with buroaks, looking south
from Murray Hill. 2 Looking southeast, in Sec. 15, T. 84 N. R. XLIV W.

PLATE ViI—Opposite sides of valley north of Turin. 1 Looking southeast at
exposed prairie side. 2 Looking southwest from same point toward shel-

tered wooded side.

a

rea e¢

ph ONS) ABD
eS ry

bt
. >

, =

a

+

oe

.
oe

PLATE VIilI—Missouri Valley, Iowa. 1 Looking north along exposed loess
bluffs. 2 Looking northeast from the top of (1) into Snyders Hollow.

PLATE VIII—Meteorological stations, Missouri Valley. (1 Looking south
across stations (1) and (3). 2 Looking east toward station (2) in grove

in line with buroak marked (2).

—

PLATE IX—Meteorological stations, Missouri Valley. 1 Looking

east toward
Stations (1) and (3). 2 Looking east of south toward station (4).

PLATE X—McGuire’s walnut grove near George, Lyon county, Iowa. 1 Look-
ing east. Thriving trees to right, sheltered. 2 Looking east at exposed
southwest corner of same grove.

er ‘ . :

ty '
cD a ; i Dae
aa .

1 hd i -
= ¢ ¥
aay -

JT
RA 1
if x } ay

; -*
i 1
’ A" Mi
‘ a -
' ,
i‘. pari
.
z

vy, . r i Md
2 =
Fy rvs, & ’

y
y 1 ! “
i
A
a
. . »
- ‘
1
' . <A
~- f vs
v +
1
. i
ae
‘
g
.
A ‘
‘
=
.
U ,
‘
bj
1
i

PLATE XI—Xerophytic areas. 1 Prairie loess bluff, Council Bluffs.
dune near Blair bridge, Harrison county, Iowa.

A vs.2/,7908.

%. ee B pane

Pee LEELA
ey | me

0

a)

meee
Ai Ti [2 abe eS : :

|
ead . U i] 72 7 p. Zz 3 J 6
PLATE XII—Meteorological curves showing: a Evaporation from Piche
evaporimiter in tenths of a cubic inch; b Wind velocity in miles per hour;
and ¢ Temperature Fahrenheit. For every hour of the day from 7 A. M.

to 7 P. M. 1 For August 21, 1908. 2 For August 29, 1908.

ee te

Set ee
Be VR
“SBR ae 2a?
see

“PLATE XIil_Same as plate XII. 1 For September 5, 1908. 2 For September
12, 1908.

PLATES XtIviit.

ginal Forest Area and the border of the lobe of the Wisconsin Drift.

PLATE XIV—Map of Iowa, Showing Ori

CORRECTIONS AND ADDITIONS.

P. 172.—Substitute ‘‘rough Kansan’’ for ‘‘Wisconsin moraine’’ in 8th
line from bottom.

P. 174.—Substitute ‘‘Kansan’’ for ‘‘Wisconsin’’ in 8th line from top.

P. 223—In 5th line from bottom, in footnote, insert ‘‘and’’ after
pecusp” ”.

P. 226.—In 19th line from top write ‘‘pauciflora’’ instead of ‘‘Uauci-
flora’’.

Omit the following letters from the table of plants, pp. 174-184:

H in column III opposite Ambrosia trifida integrifolia, Anemone
patens Wolfgangiana, Artemisia dracunculoides, Aster laevis,
and Ceanothus ovatus pubescens.

J in column II opposite Aster laevis and Chenopodium leptophyllum.

L in column II opposite Prenanthes racemosa.

Substitute M for J in column VI opposite Pycnanthemum pilosum.
Insert the following letters in the table:

cL in column II opposite Artemisia dracunculoides, Bouteloua hir-
suta, and Cirsium altissimum.

e in column II opposite Astragalus canadensis, and in column III
opposite Cirsium discolor.

eJ in column V, and cM in column VI opposite OEnothera rhombi-
petala.

Insert the following in table:

OEnothera fruticosa hirsuta Nutt., dJ in column II and dM in col.

umn VI.

}

>) NEW SERIES NO. 44. ne | 2 MAY 18, 1912 © >

- BULLETIN OF THE STATE

- UNIVERSITY OF Iowa

:

Bulletin from the Laboratories —
of Natural History

VOLUME VI | NUMBER 3

CONTENTS

1. A report on some recent collections of fossil Coleoptera

‘from the Miocene Shales of Florissant.
' H. F. WickaAM

bo

Notes on New Engiand Hydroids.
C. McLEAN. FRASER

Notes on Cleridae from North and Central America.
H, F. WicKHaM AnD A, B Woxicorr

w

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY
Towa, Ciry, Iowa

ee ——————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
ISSUED TWENTY-ONE TIMES DURING THE ACADEMIC YEAR; MONTHLY FROM
OCTOBER TO JANUARY, WEEKLY FROM FEBRUARY TO JUNE.. ENTERED
AT THE POST OFFICE IN. IOWA: CITY AS SECOND CLASS MAIL MATTER

IN THE SERIES OF RESEARCH BULLETINS OF THE UNIVERSITY

BULLESIN

FROM THE

LABORATORIES OF NatTuRAL History

OF THE STATE

UNIVERSITY OF IOWA

EDITORIAL STAFF

ARTEVOTN NSIS) B10 B ACO) E1- S001 77 i Behe Gee ca Se ns Re a Botany
RSE MER Wea OV ENIDEN Giyeg waits cig Px xiaraye iacais efile’ a. wsigheye haar Zoology
aie ACR ote la arate n te lw 0S ans Se aie omg 62 iRw as Geology
VOLUME VI NUMBER 3
LIB :
rc NEW
CONTENTS BOTAN
GARD

1. A report on some recent collections of fossil Coleoptera

from the Miocene Shales of Florissant.
H. F. WIcKHAM

2. Notes on New England Hydroids.
C. McLEAN FRASER

3. Notes on Cleridae from North and Central America.
H. F. WICKHAM AND A. B WOo.Lcotr

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY
Iowa Ciry, Iowa

pee ae anny

ak

a)
j
7 Lae
‘
ray
;
©
A
", % i
‘ ;
,
AF
‘oe ae
b WAS Be
ha ft
eI
; |
; | | }
oe
re
.
| y
j
‘
:
r
i
. : Ded am
~
p
5
a
| ;
| :
A Sty.
4
;
we ty | |
5
’
~
;
; ?

MAY 23 1912

A REPORT ON SOME RECENT COLLECTIONS OF FOSSIL
COLEOPTERA FROM THE MIOCENE SHALES
OF FLORISSANT.

H. F. WickHAaM

Within the past five or six years, the historic locality of Floris-
sant, Colorado, has been revisited several times by parties under
the direction of Professor T. D. A. Cockerell, of the University of
Colorado, for the purpose of making fresh collections of the
fossil insects abounding in the shales of the ancient lake bed.
These expeditions have been successful in bringing to light a
great number of hitherto unknown species, and in securing ad-
ditional specimens of many forms already known. Some of the
material has been worked up by Professor Cockerell himself,
other portions by Professor Brues and Mr.. Beutenmueller, while
most of the Coleoptera have at length come into my hands for
study. A good share of these were transmitted directly by Pro-
fessor Cockerell, others came through the American Museum of
Natural History. I have also had some specimens from the
Peabody Museum and am now engaged in finishing a report on
the collection of Florissant Coleoptera belonging to the United
States National Museum. The new species from the last named
source will be published elsewhere, but I have made an occasional
note upon them in the present paper and have also referred to a
few of the names which are still in manuscript. It is my hope to
publish tables of some of the genera when all of the collections
are finished, and the intention is to get out a list in which the
Florissant beetle fauna will be shown as nearly in its entirety as
possible. This seems the more desirable since Dr. Seudder was
interrupted in his work by ill health and had only begun the
non-Rhynchophorous series.

Until the remainder of the collections in hand are studied, it
is scarcely worth while to make any extended remarks on the pe-
culiarities of this Miocene fauna. Dr. Scudder has already called
attention to some of the most striking characteristics of beetle

4 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

life on the old lake shore, but it will probably be necessary to:
modify his conclusions regarding relative prevalence of certain
families. The remarkable preponderance of Rhynchophora which
he noted seems well sustained in recent collections, and the de-
velopment of the Rhynchitide, a family of this series, is even
more pronounced than he had judged. The Rhynchophora were
undoubtedly a dominant type of beetle during the Miocene times,
None of the other groups approach them in richness of species
or individuals. They had already developed specialized rostral
and scale structures, as shown by the remains from Florissant.
It is interesting to note that the so-called seed weevils, the
Bruchidex, had also a strikingly strong representation in this re-
gion, seven species being described in the present paper, and an-:
other, of a more specialized type, being figured and described in
manuscript. These seven species show varying modifications of
the antenne and indicate that the femoral dentation so well de-
veloped in recent forms had already made some progress in the
Tertiary. The wood boring Bostrychids, Protapate and Xylo-
biops are also well along in development of the peculiar sculpture
of the group to which they belong.

I must confess that I have not been able to find the affinities.
with the Central American fauna that Dr. Scudder seemed to
suspect. Time after time, I have compared the species of certain
genera with their Mexican or Central American representatives,
but have nearly always found them more closely related to those
of the United States. Even the European fauna does not seem
to have been any more closely approximated than our own, and
when I have been unable to assign a beetle to one of our native
senera it has almost always been necessary to erect a new genus
for its accommodation. The case of Paussopsis, as showing a pos--
sible striking affinity to the African or European fauna is not so
convineing as it might be. I am not at all sure that this beetle
belongs to the Paussidw, though for the present I follow Pro-
fessor Cockerell in the assumption that it does.

Such characters as the expanded tarsi of the males in Cara-
bide, Staphylinide and water beetles had already made their
appearance in the Tertiary forms. Bizarre structures of any
description are somewhat conspicuously lacking. I do not see
that there is any well marked difference in the average size of

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 5

the recent beetles of given genera when compared with their pre-
sumed relatives of the Miocene rocks, though an occasional speci-
men has been assigned to one genus or another as a large or small
exponent thereof. No really large family or series of families
seems to be entirely wanting, unless it be the Pselaphide or the
Histeride, of which latter Dr. Scudder mentions seeing a speci-
men though none is described in any of his papers. I have seen
nothing that can possibly belong there, in spite of the fact that
the genus Saprinus is today a common inhabitant of lake shores
and the texture of the exoskeleton is such that there would be no
doubt of its preservation as a fossil if deposited in the mud at
one of the periods of shale formation. Small coleoptera of all
families are extremely few in the collections though this may per-
haps mean that they have been overlooked by field investigators,
Thus, no Trichopterygide, Pselaphide or Scydmenide have
been described, nor have I seen any. In the Clavicorn families
now well represented along the forested shores of inland waters
nearly all of the smaller forms seem to have been undeveloped
or to have been lost after their entombment.

All of the drawings are from camera lucida figures by the
author, except those of Protapate and Macrodactylus which are
free hand. No structures have been ‘‘restored’’ but in case of
such sculpturing as lines of fine punctures the courses of these
lines have been indicated without attempting to reproduce each
individual point. Attention has been called in the text to all
such diagramatic representation and it is always accompanied by
a detail figure on a larger scale or by a definite verbal descrip-
tion.

Arranged by families, the species herein reported upon are as
follows:

CARABIDAL.
Trechus fractus n. sp.
Amara cockerelli n. sp.
Amara dane Scudd.

DYTISCIDA.
Celambus miocenus n. sp.
Agabus charon n. sp.

SILPHID2.

Miosilpha necrophiloides n. sp.

PAUSSIDZ.

Paussopsis secunda n. sp.

STAPHYLINIDA.
Quedius mortuus n. sp.
Quedius chamberlini Scudd.
Staphylinus lesleyi Scudd.
Leptacinus leidyi Scudd.
Tachinus sommatus Scudd.
Tachyporus nigripennis Secudd.

6 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Boletobius funditus Scudd.
Mycetoporus demersus Scudd.
Bledius osborni Scudd.
Deleaster grandiceps n. sp.
COCCINELLID.
Adalia subversa Scudd.
EROTYLIDA.
Tritoma submersa n. sp.
Tritoma materna n. sp.
COLYDIIDA.
Phleonemites miocenus n. sp.
DERMESTID.
Dermestes tertiarius n. sp.
Orphilus dubius n. sp.
NITIDULIDA.
Amartus petrefactus n. sp.
BYRRHIDZ.

Nosotetocus vespertinus Scudd.

PARNIDA.
Dryops tenuior n. sp.
Lutrochites lecontei n. sp.
BUPRESTID.
Anthaxia exhumata Wickh.
Melanophila cockerelle n. sp.
Melanophila handlirschi n. sp.
Acmeodera schaefferi n. sp.
Acmeodera abyssa n. sp.
LAMPYRIDA.
Pyropyga prima n. sp.
MALACHIDZ.
Eudasytites listriformis n. sp.
Trichochrous miocenus n. sp.
BOSTRYCHIDA.
Protapate contorta n. sp.
Xylobiops lacustre n. sp.

SCARABAIDA.
Atenius patescens Scudd.
Aphodius aboriginalis n. sp.
Aphodius restructus n. sp.
Aphodius shoshonis n. sp.
Aphodius laminicola Wickh.
Serica antediluviana n. sp.
Macrodactylus pluto n. sp.
Macrodactylus propheticus n. sp.
Diplotaxis simplicipes n. sp.
Diplotaxis aurora Wickh.
CERAMBYCIDA.
Leptura petrorum n. sp.
CHRYSOMELIDZ.
Donacia primeva n. sp.
Crioceridea dubia n. sp.
Metachroma florissantensis n. sp.
BRUCHIDA.
Bruchus henshawi n. sp.
Bruchus exhumatus n. sp.
Bruchus bowditchi n. sp.
Bruchus florissantensis n. sp.
Bruchus scudderi n. sp.
Bruchus haywardi n. sp.
Bruchus osborni n. sp.
TENEBRIONIDA.
Platydema antiquorum n. sp.
MORDELLID2.
Mordellistena florissantensis n. sp.
MELOIDA.
Nemognatha exsecta n. sp.
RHYNCHITIDA.
Docirhynchus ibis n. sp.
CURCULIONID.
Pachybaris rudis n. sp.

TrecHUS Clairv.

T. FRACTUS n. sp. (Plate IIT, Fig. 1.) Form moderately elongate. Head
rather large, not constricted posteriorly, mandibles strong, about as long
as the rest of the head. Antenne broken, but the few remaining joints
rather stout. Prothorax trapeziform, much broader at apex and strongly
narrowed to the base, sides almost straight, front coxe narrowly separated
by the prosternum. Elytra without humeral angles, broadest a little in front
of the middle, apices broken, strie, as shown through the abdomen, fine.

Length, 7.00 mm.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 7

Station number and collector not specified. The type and only known
specimen was received directly from Professor Cockerell and is in the
Museum of the University of Colorado.

This insect has given me a good deal of trouble to place. It
reminds one of the slender Platyni of the 7arvalis group, and is
_ also similar to some of the European Anophthalmi. The lack of
a strongly defined neck has led me to prefer Trechus as a final
disposition, in preference to Platynus, but I cannot say that I am
very well satisfied with the assignment.

AMARA Bonelli.

A. COCKERELLI n. sp. (Plate I, Fig. 1.) Intermediate in size between
A. powellii, and A. dane, from these shales, but in form more like 4A. re-
vocata, A species is indicated in which the prothorax was narrower behind
as in the recent subgenus Cyrtonotus, this segment being broadest well in
front of the middle, whence the sides are arcuate to the anterior angles,
which are not prominent, posteriorly they are nearly straight and only
slightly sinuate to the base, thoracic disk without distinct sculpture except
a strong median line. Head as broad at base as the prothoracie apex.
Eyes rather small and anterior as in all of the specjes described by Dr.
Scudder. Elytra with finely impressed narrow striz, apparently impunc-
tate and about equally distinct to the lateral margins, scutellar stria free
at tip and moderately long. Legs and antenne wanting. Length, 9.25
mm.; of elytron, 5.50 mm. Width of elytra, 3.75 mm.

Station number 11 or 12. One specimen, showing obverse and reverse,
with the collection numbers 70 and 191. The type is in the Museum of the
University of Colorado. It was collected by Professor Cockerell, for whom
it is named.

This fossil seems undoubtedly distinct from any of Dr. Seud-
der’s species and like them is doubtfully a true representative of
the genus. Except for the great difference in size, I should have
referred it to A. revocata, the figure of which it fairly closely
resembles, especially in the form of the prothorax.

A. DAN Scupp. Station number 13. A fine paired specimen from this
place was collected by S. A. Rohwer.

Ca@LamBus Thoms.

C. MIOCENUS n. sp. (Plate II, Figs. 1 to 6.) Form scarcely elongate for
this genus, tapering towards both ends. Head large, antenne not well pre-
served but sufficiently well shown to indicate that they were rather stout.
Prothorax possibly not complete at the sides but in general tapering from

8 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

about the base to the apex. Elytra broadest a little in front of the middle,
the length of each a little more than twice the breadth. Entire upper
surface with a fine alutaceous sculpture, visible only under high magnifica-
tion. Under side better preserved than the upper and much more roughly
sculptured, the punctuation being strongly pronounced and coarse, the
punctures circular and separated generally by much less than their own
diameters. In front of the middle coxe, these punctures are compara-
tively fine but behind them, on the sternal pieces and especially on the
coxal plates they are large, taking into account the size of the insect. The
abdomen is about equally coarsely but somewhat less strongly punctured,
toward the base, but much more finely on the last two segments. Legs
rather slender, the anterior and middle tarsi somewhat dilated. Length,
3.75 mm. Width across both elytra at broadest point, 2.40 mm.

Station number 14. One beautiful paired specimen, collected by Geo.
N. Rohwer, The type is in the American Museum of Natural History.

I refer this insect to Celambus without the least hesitation, the
shape, sculpture, and structural features all point to the same
conclusion, It seems to have had more lkeness to C. medialis
than to any other of our recent North American species, but was
more finely punctured above.

Acasus Leach.

A. CHARON n. sp. (Plate IV, Fig. 1.) Form almost regularly elliptical,
broadest about the middle of the body length. Head large, and, as pre-
served, longer than the prothorax when viewed from beneath, about equal to
it when seen from above, no distinct sculpture aside from a fine alutaceous
roughening which also covers the upper surfaces of the prothorax and
elytra. Prothorax short, about three times as broad as long in dorsal view,
sides nearly straight or slightly arcuate, convergent from base to apex.
Elytra at base not quite continuing the prothoracic outline, conjointly near-
ly one and one-fourth times as long as broad, without striation or evidence
of coarse punctures. Legs rather short. Length from front of head to
elytral apex, 8.25 mm.; of elytra, 6.00 mm. Width across both elytra at
widest point, about 4.75 mm.

Station number 14. One paired specimen, collected by Mrs. W. P. Cock-
erell or S. A. Rohwer. The type is in the Museum of the University of
Colorado.

This insect probably belongs with Agabus, judging from the
form, size, short legs, and such of the ventral sclerites as can be
made out. It is, of course, possible that it should form a separate
genus, but no characters are apparent upon which to base a di-
vision. It is readily distinguished from the fossil A. florissan-

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 9

tensis by the much smaller size, which is only about three-fourths
that of the latter species.

MIOSILPHA n. gen.

Form of Silpha, for example S. lapponica, but differs in having the
middle cox quite closely approximate or possibly contiguous. The front
cox are transverse, the cavities confluent, hind cox also transverse and
contiguous. The flanks of the prothorax are inflexed and the elytra have
a wide infiexed margin. Antenne apparently ten jointed, with a four
jointed club, but it is possible that there were eleven joints. The type and
only known species is described below.

M. NECROPHILOIDES n. sp. (Plate I, Figs. 4, 5, 6.) Moderately elongate
in form. Head short, distinctly and strongly but not especially coarsely
punctured above and beneath, closely on the vertex, less so on the occiput,
and sparsely on the front. Eye rounded, small as seen from above. Anten-
na apparently ten jointed, the first joint long and stout, second small,
third as long as the next two, fourth, fifth and sixth subequal, seventh,
eighth, ninth, and tenth forming a moderately strong club which is some-
what shorter than all the joints from the second to the sixth inclusive.
Prothorax distorted but approximately twice as wide as long, upper sur-
face distinctly but sparsely punctured, a little more coarsely and closely
towards the sides. Scutellum finely punctured, triangular. Elytra nearly
parallel sided, not notably differing, in conjoint width, from the pro-
thorax, the surface of each with nine sharp, fine, nearly equidistant strie,
which nearly attain the elytral apices, their bottoms apparently finely in-
distinctly punctate, interstitial spaces broad, a little convex, probably each
with a few coarse punctures, though this appearance may perhaps be due
to the structure of the stone. Front tibia carinate, the others not distinct.
Underside of prothorax moderately finely, quite sparsely punctured, that of
the meso and metathorax still more finely; on all of these, and on the ab-
domen, the punctuation is coarser at the sides, the middle abdominal region
being almost smooth. Length to apex of extended abdomen, 9.00 mm.; of
elytra, 3.50 mm.

Station number 14. There are two paired specimens, collected by Mrs.
W. P. Cockerell. The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado,
the cotype in the American Museum of Natural History.

This very interesting insect seems without doubt to be a Silphid.
I should place it in the tribe Silphini, with which it agrees in
having transverse anterior coxe, with trochantins, the cavities
confiuent and open behind, the hind cox simple and contiguous.
The exposed abdomen and ten jointed antenne ally it to
Necrophorus in which, however, the club is capitate while in
Miosilpha it is long and not very compact as in Silpha and

10 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Necrophilus. The contiguous or closely approximate middle coxe
separate it at once from Silpha, but in this respect it is similar
to Necrophilus, which genus it also closely resembles in sculpture
and in the carination of the tibie. It is, in fact, about like a
Necrophilus with ten jointed antenne, truncate elytra, and elon-
gate abdomen, the last character probably being exaggerated by
maceration. If we should attempt to incorporate it in the table
of genera in the LeConte and Horn ‘‘Classification’’ it might be
placed after Necrophorus from which it differs by the characters
already given. It may be worth while to call attention to the
fact that it seems an osculant form between Necrophorus and
Silpha, two genera which are readily distinguishable at the pres-
ent day, and that it combines the coxal structure of the forms
with long elytra (represented today by Necrophilus and Pelates)
with the short elytra of the two genera mentioned above.

Paussopsis Ckll.

P. SECUNDA n. sp. (Plate I, Figs. 8, 9.) Form moderately elongate,
subparallel. Head longer than the prothorax. Eye large, circular. Anten-
ne hardly clavate but thick, basal joint a little longer than the three suc-
ceeding, second smallest, those following are subequal among themselves
except the last which is larger and apparently rounded at the tip. The
vertex and occipital region are closely but finely punctured, the frontal
region more finely and less closely. Prothorax shown partly in side view,
and, as preserved, much wider than long, distinctly margined behind, the
outline regular, surface smooth and shining, (probably polished in life)
with extremely fine, microscopic, widely dispersed punctures. LElytra sub-
parallel at sides, bluntly pointed at tip, surface scarcely visibly sculptured
but with some indications of extremely fine lines of punctures. Length,
6.25 mm.

Station number 14. One specimen, collected by Geo. N. Rohwer, The
type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

This seems to be congenerie with P, nearctica Ckll., with which
it agrees in most of the specific details as well, but P. secunda is
a little larger, the antenne, judging from the figure, less clavate
and the head punctured. If Paussopsis really belongs to the
Pausside, it must be considered a very generalized form, since
neither the antennz, the head, nor the prothorax exhibit any
development of the peculiar distortions common among recent
species in that family.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 11

Quepius Steph.

Q. MORTUUS n. sp. (Plate I, Fig. 2.) Form elongate, parallel. Head
long, rather narrow, tapering behind the eyes which are large but not very
prominent. Antenne wanting. Prothorax wider than the head, but about
equal in length and breadth, apex narrower than the base which is rounded,
sides nearly regularly arcuate. Scutellum large, subtriangular. Elytra
conjointly but little wider than the prothorax, sinuately truncate at apices,
their combined width slightly exceeding their length. Abdomen nearly as
broad as the elytra, strongly margined, only the basal three segments re-
maining. Legs wanting. Length of fragment, 11.45 mm.; from front of
head to elytral apex, 7.60 mm.; of elytra, 2.80 mm. Width of prothorax,
2.80 mm.; of elytra, about 3.00 mm.

Station number 14. Collected by 8S. A. Rohwer. The type and only speci-
men is in the American Museum of Natural History.

This appears to be a Quedius of the explanatus type and is of
similar size. The sculpture of the entire upper surface is very
fine and seems scarcely more than an alutaceous roughening of
the-integuments. In life, the insect probably reached a length of
about 15 mm.

Q. CHAMBERLINI Scudd. Station number 17. One paired specimen, col-
lected by S..A. Rohwer.

STAPHYLINUS Linn.

§S. LESLEyI Scudd. Station number 13B. One paired specimen, collected
by Geo. N. Rohwer.

Leptacinus LFrichs.

L. LeEIDyI Scudd. One fine specimen, without citation of station or col-
lector.

TACHINUS Grav.

T. somMatTus Scudd. Station number 14. One specimen. Station num-
ber 17. One specimen, collected by Mrs. W. P. Cockerell.

TAacHYpPorusS Grav.

T. NIGRIPENNIS Scudd. Station number 17. One specimen, collected by
Mrs. W. P. Cockerell.

12 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Bouetosius Leach.

B. FuNpDiTus Scudd. Station number 17. One specimen, collected by
Mrs. W. P. Cockerell.

Mycetoporus Mann.

M. DEMERSUS Scudd. Station number 14. One specimen, collected by
Mrs. W. P. Cockerell.

Buepius Leach.

B. OSBORNI Scudd. Station number 14, One specimen, collected by
Mrs. W. P. Cockerell.

DELEASTER Frichs.

D. GRANDICEPS n. sp. (Plate I, Fig. 3.) Form similar to that of the
recent Colorado species, D. trimaculatus. Head larger than the prothorax,
eyes prominent, antenne incrassate distally but with the joints not dis-
tinct. Prothorax distorted, narrower than the head and somewhat con-
stricted in front of the base which is subequal to the apex, the sides pro-
tuberant. Elytra much broader at base than the prothorax, each apparently
with a large rounded light spot in front of the middle. The entire upper
surface is simply finely scabrous, but traces of punctures show that a
better preserved specimen might indicate another type of sculpture. Length
of fragment, 7.25 mm.

Station number 14. A single specimen, collected by Geo. N. Rohwer.
The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

This was a larger species than the one with which is has been
compared and was probably not strictly congeneric, though of
the same general type. In D. trimaculatus the elytra are darker
at the apex and in the scutellar region, but have no well defined
hght spots.

Avauia Mutis.

A. SUBVERSA Scudd. A specimen sent directly from Professor Cockerell
is referred here. It is of the same size and form as Dr. Seudder’s ex-
ample and of a similar light color, preserved in dorsal view, and shows
the insect to have been a member of the group Coccinelle to which Adalia
belongs. The coxal lines of the first ventral are well exhibited. The an-
tenna is moderately long and gradually clavate as in the recent A. bi-
punctata. Since Dr. Scudder made his identification practically upon fa-
cies alone, it is interesting to have it verified by the discovery of this
better specimen.

Station number 14. Collector not specified.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 13

‘Tritoma Fabr.

T. SUBMERSA n. sp. (Plate III, Figs. 2, 3.) Form rather short for this
genus. Head large, broader than long, eyes not discernible in their entire
outline, but enough shows to indicate that they were of good size. An-
tenne mutilated but fragments of both remain, showing the basal joints
to have been slender and the club to be composed of three broad joints,
Similar among themselves. Prothoracic width equal to double the median
length, hind angles a little rounded, anterior angles a little acute, sides
margined. The greatest width is slightly in front of the base, whence the
sides taper with slight arcuation to the apex. Scutellum small but distinct,
triangular. Elytra two and two-thirds times the length of the prothoracic
median line, conjointly noticeably broader than the prothorax, pointed at
the apex, exterior and sutural margins with a rather fine bead. Legs want-
ing. No distinct sculpture can be made out on the specimen, but the
elytra show faint signs of strie. Length, 2.50 mm.

Station number 14. One specimen, collector not specified. The type is
in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

Though rather small for this genus, the specimen seems to
belong to the Erotylide and appears more closely allied to
Tritoma than to any other genus that I know. At any rate
there is no basis for generic separation.

T. MATERNA n. sp. (Plate II, Figs. 7, 8.) Form rather short, resembling
that of the recent T. humeralis. Head comparatively a little larger than
that of the species cited, the sculpture, (except a few scattered fine punc-
tures), eye and articulations of the antenne effaced. Prothorax short, not
much arched in profile. Elytra cuneiform in side view, about three and
one-half times as long as the prothorax and a little more than twice as
long as high. Legs short, tibiz# expanded towards the tips and flattened.
Length, 4.85 mm.; of elytron, 3.55 mm.

‘Station number 14. One fine paired specimen, collected by S. A. Rohwer.
The type is in-the Museum of the University of Colorado.

This beetle is strikingly like the recent T. humeralis in outline
and has the same leg construction as far as can be seen, except
that the hind tarsi are perhaps a trifle longer in proportion to
their tibiz in the fossil. The sculpture seems to have been finer.
the prothorax with very sparse punctuation, the elytra with rows
of fine distant punctures.

PHLCONEMITES N. gen.

This name is proposed for a fossil similar to the recent Phleonemus
catenulatus in form, size and elytral sculpture, but differing in having the

t4 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

antennal club much more gradually formed and the prothorax without sharp
raised lines. The type and only known species is P. miocenus, described
below. Nees fa

P. MIOCENUS n. sp. (Plate II, Figs. 9, 10, 11.) Form somewhat obscured
through the breaking of the margins, but not much more elongate than
that of Phleonemus catenulatus. Head narrower than the prothorax, shape
destroyed through the obliteration of the margin, vertex strongly and closely
punctured. Eyes indistinguishable. Antenne showing only fragmentary
portions, the club of one is intact and is formed of two joints, the three
preceding joints successively narrower as the head is approached. Protho-
rax with the sides damaged, upper surface strongly sculptured with close
set circular punctures. Elytra a little over three times as long as the
prothorax and conjointly about two-thirds as wide as long, broadest about
the middle, not strongly tapering in either direction but becoming somewhat
suddenly conjointly rounded at the apex. Sculpture composed of a sutural
and submarginal and three deep, smooth, discal grooves, between which are
double series of elongate punctures, the punctures of each row separated by
a transverse raised line, the lines and punctures of each row of a double
series alternating with those of its fellows, as shown in the detail drawing.
Length, 4.25 mm.

Station number 13. One specimen, collected by Mrs. W. P. Cockerell.
The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

The specimen is one received directly from Professor Cocker-
ell, and I believe it is undoubtedly a reverse, in which case the
head and thorax are granulate (a common structure in the
Colydiide), the elytra with submarginal, sutural and three
discal coste, each elytron with four double series of elongate
tubercles as in Phl@onemus catenulatus. The elub of the an-
tenna is so gradually formed that it might about as well be
called three jointed as two jointed.

DERMESTES Linn.

D. TERTIARIUS n. sp. (Plate V, Figs. 1, 2.) Form moderately elongate.
Head wanting. Prothorax crushed, but the remains show it to have been
broader at base than at apex, the base slightly prominent at middle but
not lobed, the apex weakly arcuately emarginate. Elytra not striate, sub-
parallel to behind the middle, thence tapering to the apices which are
bluntly pointed. Abdominal segments subequal, except the first which is
longer. The entire surface of the prothorax and elytra is finely, regularly,
and rather closely punctured, the punctures bearing moderately long hairs.
Length, from front of pronotum to apex of abdomen, 7.50 mm.

Station number 14, One paired specimen collected by Mrs. W. P. Cock-
erell, The type is in the American Museum of Natural History.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 15

In the absence of head and legs, the generic assignment is
open to some doubt, but what can be seen of the form, sculpture,
and vestiture points to the above reference. This insect is much
larger than Attagenus sopitus Seudd., the only Dermestide thus
far known from the Florissant shales.

OrpHiLus Erichs.

O. puBIUS n. sp. (Plate I, Fig. 7.) Similar in form to the recent
O. ater, and of about the same size. The sculpture is either much finer or
else poorly preserved, and the surface of the prothorax and elytra is nearly
smooth. The head is not visible, presumably covered by the front margin
of the prothorax. Length, 3.00 mm. Width, 2.05 mm.

Stations number 14 and 14B. Two specimens, collected by Mrs. W. P.
Cockerell. The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado, the
cotype in the American Museum of Natural History.

The reference is based on the form and size of the specimen,
and must be considered provisional. The appearance is entirely
that of Orphilus, with the punctuation slightly developed.

Amartus Lec.

A. PETREFACTUS n. sp. (Plate II, Figs. 12, 13.) Form a little more
elongate than in the recent A. rufipes and A. tinctus. Head, exclusive of
the mandibles, as long as the prothorax but much less broad. Eyes not
definable. Antenne eleven jointed, first joint large and thick, third long,
club gradually formed as usual in the tribe Brachypterini. Prothorax dis-
torted but evidently narrowed anteriorly and with rounded sides, about
two and two-fifths times as broad as long. Elytra showing only along one
edge, not displaying any characters of interest. Abdomen somewhat dis-
placed but showing that the segments near the base are short. Length,
3.85 mm.

Station number 14. One specimen, collector not specified, which is con-
sidered the type and is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.
Another example, referred here with little doubt, comes from Station
number 17 and was collected by Mrs. Cockerell.

This insect goes very well with Amartus, which genus is now
represented on our Pacific coast. The formation of the antennal
club does not permit of its reference to the Carpophilini, to which
it has a superficial resemblance. About the only structural char-
acter of importance that can be made out on the underside is the
shape of the front coxe which are shown to be transverse and
narrowly separated by the prosternum.

16 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Nosotetocus Scudd,

N. VESPERTINUS Scudd. Station number 14. One specimen, collected by
S. A. Rohwer. This shows the upper surface and indicates that the elytra
were punctured in rows as suspected by Dr. Scudder.

‘DEYOrS Oliv.

D. TENUIOR n. sp. (Plate III, Fig. 4.) Resembles D. eruptus from the
Florissant shales but is smaller and more slender. Head with microscopic
scattered’ punctuation. Eye small. Prothorax nearly straight in front,
sinuate behind, rather broader proportionately than in the recent D.
lithophilus, front angle produced beneath and partly covering the eye as in
that species, surface finely, microscopically, sparsely punctured, a little
more coarsely than the head. Scutellum small. Elytra mutilated at the
tip, sides subparallel, surface marked with rows of indistinct moderate-sized
elongate punctures, Legs long, claw-joints swollen. Length, 4.15 mm.

Station number 14. One paired specimen, collected by Mrs. W. P. Cock-
erell. The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

This seems to be a good Dryops by all the visible characters and
in any event is closely related to that genus. The sketch shows
the outlne and the courses of the elytral rows of punctures as
far as they can readily be distinguished. —

LUTROCHITES n. gen.

This name is proposed for a fossil insect of nearly the shape and size
of the recent Lutrochus luteus and of a similar velutine appearance. It
differs in the strongly longitudinally striate head and somewhat in the
punctuation as well. It is impossible to be sure of the family affinities,
but I have placed it here provisionally. The type is L. lecontei, described
below. .

L, LECONTEI n. sp. (Plate V, Fig. 4.) Form short and broad. Head
with the outline somewhat broken and the exterior margins of the eyes
damaged, but these organs were large. The vertex has about thirteen
strong and nearly equidistant longitudinal strie. Prothorax distinctly
broader than long, widest at base, sides more or less arcuate to the apex,
surface distinctly punctured, the punctures well separated but not distant,
a little stronger near the sides. Elytra about two and two-thirds times-as
long as the median prothoracic line, sides subparallel anteriorly, posteriorly
arcuately narrowing to the apices which, separately, are acute, conjointly
they were perhaps sharply rounding. The elytral sculpture consists of a
fine, confused punctuation, but, like the whole upper surface of the body,
the wing covers have a velutine appearance. Length, 2.65 mm. Width,
1.75 mm.

Station number 14. One specimen, collected by Mrs. W. P. Cockerell.
The type is in the American Museum of Natural History.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 17

This species has been very troublesome to place. It seems best
assigned in the position here given and if it should oceur again in
collections from these shales will readily be known by the pe-
euliar sculpture.

ANTHAXIA Esch.

A. EXHUMATA Wickh. Station number 14. <A paired specimen in rather
poor condition and a little smaller than my type was collected by Geo. N.
Rohwer.

MeELANOPHILA Esch.

M. COCKERELLZ n. sp. (Plate III, Fig. 5.) Form only moderately
elongate, subparallel at sides. Head much broader than long, reticulately
sculptured, similarly to the prothorax but a little more finely. Prothorax
damaged in front but about one and three-quarters times as broad as long,
the apparently undamaged side straight, surface reticulate as in the re-
cent M. consputa, M. intrusa or M. eneola. Elytra ‘apparently finely
scabrously punctate not pointed nor truncate but moderately conjointly
rounded at the apex. Legs wanting. Length from front of head to ab-
dominal apex, 10.70 mm.; of elytra, 5.85 mm. Width across middle of
elytra, 3.90 mm.

Station number 14. Two specimens, the collector of the type not speci-
fied, of the co-type, Mrs. W. P. Cockerell. The type is in the Museum of
the University of Colorado, the co-type in the American Museum of Natural
History.

This insect resembles (by description) none of the known
Florissant Buprestide. It is much larger than Anthaxia ex-
humata and much smaller than Chrysobothris haydem. While of
about the same size as C. gahani, that species must be very dif-
ferently proportioned, since Professor Cockerell gives the length
of the elytra as about 8.00 mm., as against 5.85 mm. in the pres-
ent insect. Compared with recent forms, it was probably most
like WM. intrusa in general appearance. The generic reference is
based on the size, form and sculpture, all of which are matched
in recent species of Melanophila in my collection. The cotype is
slightly smaller than the type, but otherwise does not differ. It
shows the large eye with straight inner border common to recent
Melanophile and particularly noticeable in M. acuminata and
M. atropurpurea.

M. HANDLIRSCHI n. sp. (Plate III, Fig. 6.) Form elongate, subpar-
allel, but broadest behind the middle of the elytra. Head long, surface

18 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

extremely closely and quite finely punctured, the punctures crowded so much
as to have lost, in great part, their circular outline. Eyes moderate in
size, long, inner edges straight. Prothorax broader than the head, the
posterior edge indistinguishable so that no comparisons can be made with
the length, surface reticulately sculptured about as in WM. cockerelle.
Elytra long, tapering strongly from behind the middle to the apices which
are obliquely truncate from the suture and sharply acuminate, sculpture a
rather fine confused punctuation tending to form transverse rugosities as
in M. fulvoguttata. Front and middle femora and middle tibia rather
slender, remainder of legs wanting. Length, from front of head to elytral
apices, 14.25 mm.; of elytron, 9.25 mm. Greatest width across both elytra
in position as preserved, 5.50 mm.

Station number 13B. One fine paired specimen, collected by S. A.
Rohwer. The type is in the American Museum of Natural History.

This seems to be a good Melanophila. It is so different in the
form of the body and of the elytral apices as to separate at sight
from M. cockerelle. The size will distinguish it from all the
other known Florissant Buprestide except Chrysobothris hay-
deni, which is described by Scudder as having rounded eyes and
broad-tipped, impunctate elytra.

I name this species for Dr. Anton Handlirsch of Vienna, Aus-
tria,

ACMZODERA Esch.

A. SCHAEFFERI n, sp. (Plate III, Fig. 7.) Form moderately elongate.
Head not distinctly separable from the prothorax, the latter broadest near
the base, finely scabrous and hairy. Elytron strongly sinuate externally
and sharply pointed at the tip, surface scabrous and hairy, apparently a
little more coarsely than the prothorax. Legs wanting. Length, from front
of head to elytral apex, 8.00 mm.; of elytron, 5.90 mm. Width of elytron
at the postmedian bulge, 1.30 mm,

Station number 14. One specimen, collected by Mrs. W. P. Cockerell.
The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

This is well preserved as to the left elytron and has the charae-
teristic look of an Acmeodera. It differs from all of our species
with which I am acquainted in the finer sculpture and the lack
of serrations near the elytral apex. It may be that this species
and A. abyssa are congeneric but not strictly referable to the

genus in which I have placed them.

The beetle is named after Chas. Schaeffer, of the Museum of
the Brooklyn Institute.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 19

A. ABYSSA n. sp. (Plate IV, Fig. 2.) Form rather stout. Head and
prothorax not showing any details of sculpture other than a fine scabrosity.
But one elytron remains entire, which is strongly sinuate externally and
blunt at the tip, the surface scabrous, probably from the sculpture showing
through. Legs wanting. Length, from front of head to tip of abdomen,
7.75 mm.; of elytron, 5.50 mm. Width of elytron at postmedian bulge,
1.25 mm.

Station number 17. One specimen, collector not specified. The type is
in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

The specimen lies on its back, so as to present a ventral view.
It differs from A. schaefferi in the shape of the elytron and in
the generally stouter form, and I think is undoubtedly distinct.
The front of the prosternum shows at the middle and is rather
faintly arcuately prominent. On account of distortion, I have
not attempted to describe the thoracic outline.

PyropycGa Motsch.

P. PRIMA n. sp. (Plate V, Fig. 3.) Form about like that of the recent
P. decipiens, the prothorax covering the head in a similar manner but the
upper cephalic outline shows through the expanded front margin of the
pronotum, Antenne and eyes not definable, elytra about two and one-half
times the length of the prothorax. Sculpture of entire upper surface ob-
seure. Abdomen banded as shown in the figure. Length, from front mar-
gin of prothorax to the abdominal tip, 5.60 mm.; of elytra, 3.60 mm.

Station number 14. One specimen, collected by Mrs. W. P. Cockerell.
The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

This looks like the recent species of Pyropyga and I have no
doubt that it belongs in the near vicinity of the genus.

EUDASYTITES n. gen.

This name is proposed to accommodate a species belonging to the Mala-
chide and probably to the tribe Dasytini. Lacking antenne and legs, a
closer determination cannot be made at present. The genus may be con-
sidered a magazine for the reception of the type, E. listriformis, described
_ below, and such other fossil forms of the same general nature as show
affinities too obscure to be made out with certainty. It should be made
up of fossil Dasytini of a slender build and coarse sculpture, with vestiture
inconspicuous or wanting.

E. LISTRIFORMIS n. sp. (Plate II, Fig. 14.) Form elongate, probably
subparallel in life but by pressure the elytra are spread and the abdomen
is distended. Head small, rather narrow. Antenne wanting. Eyes not
definable. Prothorax nearly twice as wide as long, somewhat distorted so

90 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

that one side is about straight while the other is arcuate. Elytra broker
at tip but showing a good part of their surface which is strongly sculp-
tured with moderately large subconfluent punctures tending to form trans-
verse ruge. Abdomen with six visible segments, nearly smooth, sternal
thoracic pieces finely and sparsely punctured, a little more coarsely and
closely on the prothoracic flanks. Length, 3.50 mm.

Station number 14, One specimen, collected by S. A. Rohwer. The type
is in the American Museum of Natural History.

There seems to be no reason for doubt as to the family affinities:
of this beetle, but students of the Malachide will know the diffi--
culty of closer classification in the absence of all appendages.

TricHocHRous Motsch.

T. MIOCENUS n. sp. (Plate V, Fig. 5.) Form rather elongate. Head
and prothorax much distorted and with the sculpture obliterated. Elytra.
covered somewhat sparsely with slender short hairs and with well defined
regular series of longer stouter hairs, which, in their prostrate fossil con-
dition, give the appearance of striation, as shown in the figure. Length,.
5.00 mm. Width, 2.65 mm.

Station number 17. One specimen, collected by Mrs. W. P. Cockerell.
The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

The vestiture of this beetle is arranged about as in the recent:
T. seriellus, common in Wyoming and Utah.

PROTAPATE Nn. gen.

Related to Apatides Casey, but differs in the eyes being relatively much
larger when viewed from above, the intervening separating space being only
about equal to the transverse ocular diameter. Prothorax apparently with--
out recurved hooked processes and differently sculptured, as will be seen
from the following description of the typical and only known species.

P. CONTORTA n. sp. (Plate Il, Fig. 15.) Preserved in dorsal view, the
elytra somewhat twisted and partially overlapping, the prothorax also
distorted. The specimen is a reverse, but I describe the markings as shown
thereon, adding the interpretation at the close of the diagnosis. Head
transversely quadrate, eyes transversely elliptical, relatively large, separ-
ated by about one long diameter. Front finely granulate, vertex finely
longitudinally rugose for its entire width. Prothorax distorted, but longer ~
than high (or broad, it is not possible to tell from the condition of the
specimen whether we see the entire disk, but I believe it is in part profile), .
closely, strongly, and rather regularly granulate, the granules rounded,
replaced on an area occupying the anterior dorsal portion by a considerable -
group of deep, large punctures disposed in about five diagonal series. .

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA D1

Elytra obtuse at tip, other details of outline not definable, ornamented wit)
granules similar to those of the prothorax, arranged in about fifteen fairly
well-defined series, which, however, become confused near the apex. These
granules are separated in the series by much less than their own diameters,
but the interserial spaces are a little wider as a rule. Femora moderate,
the remaining parts of the legs wanting. Length, 14.50 mm.; of head,
2.25 mm.; of prothorax, near upper margin, 4.75 mm.; of elytron, 8.85 mm.
Width of head, 3.25 mm.; of flattened elytron, near middle, 3.50 mm.
Height of prothorax, 3.75 mm:

Florissant, Colorado, collected by Mrs. C. Hill. The holotype is in the
Peabody Museum of Yale University.

Since the specimen is a reverse, the granules, of course, repre-
sent punctures, and vice versa. We have indicated, then, an in-
sect of about the size of the recent Apatides fortis Lec., the an-
terior margin of the prothorax similarly strongly, sharply as-
perate, the head rugose in like manner and the elytra deeply,
strongly, seriately punctured in the same way, the little mam-
millz seen at the bottom of some of these punctures being repre-
sented in the fossil by small pits at the apices of the granules.
But in P. contorta the principal discal prothoracic area, with most
of the sides and posterior portions, are strongly punctate instead
of being granulate or asperate, reproducing on a larger scale and
with some difference of detail the sculpture of those parts in
Micrapate dinoderoides. What little can be seen of the legs,
agrees with the corresponding structures in A. fortis. , While the
generic characters set forth are not in themselves of any great
importance, it is probable that the insect was not a true Apa-
tides, and it has seemed better to separate it.

XYLOBIOPS Casey.

X. LACUSTRE n. sp. (Plate V, Fig. 6.) Form moderately elongate. Head
long, eyes and antenne not definable. Prothorax projecting over the head,
the front margin somewhat produced, surface roughened, anterior declivity
with about four transverse rows of asperities. Elytra declivous and pointed
at apex, a moderate sized sharp tooth near the top of the declivity, disk
punctate with close rows of circular somewhat approximate punctures.
Legs wanting. Length from front of prothoracic margin to elytral tip,
5.35 mm.

Station number 14. One specimen, collected by S. A. Rohwer. The type
is in the American Museum of Natural History.

There seems no reason to doubt that this insect is properly

DY NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

—_—

placed, although the prothoracic margin is a little more produced
anteriorly and the transverse rows of asperities are more regular
than in our recent species of Xylobiops, In the characters noted,
our insect comes nearer to Dinoderus, and this would be the al-
ternate reference. It looks like a Dinoderus with the elytra of a
Xylobiops. The genera are fairly closely related.

ATANIUS Harold.

A. PATESCENS Scudd. (Plate VI, Figs. 4, 5.) A specimen of an Apho-
diide agreeing with this species in size and what can be seen of the sculp-
ture, exhibits the tarsal and tibial structures of the middle and hind legs
very well. The opportunity of figuring the distal parts of these legs seems
worth improving and drawings to show the tibial spurs and the proportions
of the tarsal joints are offered herewith.

ApuHopius Illiger.

A. ABORIGINALIS n. sp. (Plate VI, Fig. 1.) Form stout, somewhat as in
the recent A. fimetarius but probably a little shorter. Head and prothorax
distorted, practically impunctate but the head is granulate or scabrous on
the clypeal region. Secutellum short. Elytra with moderately strong and
rather wide striz which are fairly distinctly and closely but not strongly
punctate. Length to tip of elytra which are broken at the apices, 5.75
mm.; when complete, probably 6.50 mm.

Station number 17. One paired specimen, collected by Mrs. W. P. Cock-
erell. The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

This is readily known from all the other Florissant species, ex-
eept A. laminicola which is nearly half as large again, by its
greater size and wider striw, in conjunction with the almost com-
plete lack of cephalic and thoracic sculpture.

A. RESTRUCTUS n. sp. (Plate VI, Fig. 2.) Form similar to that of the
recent A. granarius, as far as can be determined in the condition of the
specimen, Clypeus damaged anteriorly so that the shape of the front
margin is not determinable with certainty, the surface with shallow pune-
tures but probably not rugose. Top of head with a few scattered small
punctures. Prothorax narrowed anteriorly but the sides are too much dis-
torted to describe, the disk very sparsely and finely punctured along the
middle, somewhat more closely and coarsely towards the sides but without
any tendency to a transverse arrangement. Scutellum short. Elytra finely,
sharply, and not very deeply striate, the strie impunctate. Length, 3.50
mm.

Station number and collector are not cited, but the specimen was taken

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 93

by one of the parties under the direction of Professor Cockerell. The type
is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

This is smaller than Atenius patescens and has a different
punctuation, The simple elytral striz, with the size, will separ-
ate it immediately from Aphodius florissantensis and the impunc-
tate elytra will differentiate it from A. granarioides. I have
placed with the type, a second specimen collected at Station 17B
by Mrs. W. P. Cockerell.

A. SHOSHONIS n. sp. (Plate VI, Fig. 3.) Form stout, nearly parallel
sided. Head short, clypeus broadly rounded anteriorly, without emargina-
tion. Prothorax about one and three-fifths times as broad as long, sides
subparallel from the base to beyond the middle, thence arcuate to the apex.
Front angles obtuse but well defined, hind angles obtuse and not prominent.
Seutellum moderate. Elytra, separately, nearly twice as long as wide,
with strong, fine, sharp striz, which seem to be impunctate. Legs not in very
good preservation, the armature of the front tibie being indefinite and
all the spurs gone except those of the hind leg which seem to be slender
and equal. The hind tibia and tarsus are fairly well shown and are quite
slender. Length, 2.95 mm.

Station number 17. Collector not specified, but the insect was secured
by one of the parties under direction of Professor Cockerell. The type is
in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

I place this insect in Aphodius and feel sure that it belongs in
that genus in its broad sense at any rate. The clypeus is of a
type uncommon in Aphodius proper, but resembles that of some
species of Hgiaiia. The legs, however, seem too slender to permit
of association with this latter genus. I have not attempted to
describe the sculpture of the head and prothorax, since the speci-
men is too thoroughly carbonized to permit this character to be
made out.

A. LAMINICOLA Wickh, Station number 14. A good specimen was col-
lected here by Mrs. W. P. Cockerell. It offers no characters additional to
those given elsewhere.

Serica Mac Leay.

S. ANTEDILUVIANA n. sp. (Plate VI, Fig. 6.) Form, viewed in profile,
only moderately stout for this genus. Head fairly large. Prothorax short,
about one and a half times as high as long, no definite sculpture visible on
either of these parts. Elytra nearly smooth but with some evidence of ‘the
presence of shallow strie. Abdomen finely alutaceous. Legs stout, fore

94 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

tibia with three well marked teeth, the upper one the weakest. Hind tarsi
long. Length, 6.10 mm.

Station number 14, One paired specimen collected by Mrs. W. P. Cock-
erell; another single example from the same source is referred here with
some doubt. The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

The above short description sets forth the principal characters,
as far as they can be made out, of a beetle which I think may be
well placed with Serica. However, all of our native species of
Serica, so far as I know them, have but two teeth on the fore tib-
iz; the fossil agrees more closely with the allied genus Diazus
in having three. The body form is more like that of Serica, and
I prefer to so place the specimen. The present species is smaller
than the average in the genus, but is of almost exactly the same
size as the recent S. trociformis, and is also closely approximated
in this respect by a new form in my collection, from Buena Vista,
Colorado.

Macropactyuus Latr.

M. pluto n. sp. (Plate VI, Figs. 7, 8.) Preserved in dorsal view and
showing parts of the middle and hind legs, the front legs and antenne
lacking. Head, across the eyes, a little broader than long, closely and
roughly punctured over nearly the entire surface, the vertex more finely,
a narrow occipital space about smooth, clypeus truncate and barely emar-
ginate in front. Prothorax more finely and sparsely punctate than the
head, narrowed at base and apex, strongly angulate about the middle.
Elytra broader in front of the middle, not covering the tip of the abdomen,
with faint indications of longitudinal strie and apparently finely punc-
tured as well. Tibiw (middle and hind) about straight, broader at tip,
posterior tarsi long, the first joint about twice the length of the tibial spurs.
Length, total, about 12 mm.; of head, 2.00 mm.; of prothorax, 2.85 mm.;
of elytron, 6.75 mm.; of hind tibia, 3.00 mm.; of hind tarsus, about 4.50
mm. Width of head, 2.65 mm.; of prothorax, 4.10 mm.; of one elytron,.
2.85 mm.

Station number 13. One specimen, with reverse, collected by Walter
Reed, while a member of the expedition to Florissant, under the leadership
of Professor Cockerell, in March, 1911. The type is in the Museum of the
University of Colorado.

The generic reference is made on the strength of the shape of
the prothorax, the sculpture of the head and body, the small eyes,
and the long tarsi. In the broad pronotum, this specimen re-
sembles some of the Mexican species, but this part must undoubt-
edly have been flattened and spread out by pressure. A shred of

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 95

some foreign matter lying along the end of the right hind tibia
bears a deceptive resemblance to an extremely elongate spur, but
I believe the structure to be properly described above. Addi-
tional specimens of the insect have since been found in the colleec-
tion of the United States National Museum, one of them display-
ing the left antenna. This organ is figured, and will be seen to
differ in no important respect from the recent forms, as far as
can be made out from the rather indistinctly shown articulations.
This is the only fossil Secarabeid thus far known to me in which
the antenna can be seen.

M. PROPHETICUS n. sp. Form generally similar to that of M. pluto, but
a little more elongate. It is a considerably larger species with a relatively
smaller prothorax, widest about the middle, sides not at all angulate but
curving almost regularly to the apex and base which are subequal. The
elytra can barely be made out through the overlying abdomen (the specimen
being preserved in ventral view) which they do not cover, nearly the whole
of two segments being exposed beyond their apices. Middle and hind legs
spiny or with stout hairs. Length, 18.35 mm.; of head, 1.35 mm.; of pro-
thorax, 3.40 mm.; of hind femur, about 4.35 mm.; of hind tibia, the same;
of hind tarsus including the claws, 6.75 mm. Width of prothorax, 4.75
mm.; across elytra, about 7.25 mm. ;

Station number 14. Collector not specified. The type specimen comes
directly from Professor Cockerell, with the collection number 168, and is
in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

I see no reason for doubting that this is congenerie with M.
pluto, which it sufficiently resembles to obviate the need of a
figure. The two species differ in size and in the shape of the
prothorax. The sculpture does not show in M. propheticus, but
it was probably fine or it would be likely to leave some imprint
on the stone.

DrpLoraxis Kirby.

D.(?) SIMPLICIPES n. sp. (Plate VI, Fig. 9.) Form moderately robust.
Head short, anterior outline nearly semicircular. Eye small. Prothorax
about twice as broad as long (measured along the median line) sides strong-
ly and regularly arcuate. Elytra about three and three-fourths times as
long as the prothorax (the latter measured as before) with the strie of
fine but not at all closely placed punctures, these strie becoming confluent
towards the apex as shown in the figure. Legs short, the front one, as
drawn, not entirely free from the matrix so as to appear smaller than it
really is, the middle and hind tibizw roughened about as in Diplotazis, but
not ridged. Length, about 10.25 mm.; of elytron, 7.25 mm.; of middle

°6 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

tibia, 1.75 mm.; of middle femur, 1.80 mm. Width of prothorax about
3.70 mm.

Station number 13B. One specimen, received directly from Professor
Cockerell. The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

The specimen shows the underside, as far as the trunk is con-
cerned, but the elytron is twisted so as to exhibit the upper sur-
face, In the drawing, the punctures are a little too close together,
but answer the purpose intended, in showing the courses of the
strie.

D. AuRoRA Wickh. Station number 13. One paired specimen of a wing
cover in rather imperfect condition, was collected by Professor Cockerell.
A prothorax, with the front legs still attached, was taken at Station 17 by
Geo. N. Rohwer, and may represent the same species.

LEPTURA Serv.

L. PETRORUM n. sp. (Plate VIII, Fig. 2.) Form rather elongate but the
outlines of the body are partly obscured by the spread wings. Head long,
muzzle produced, eyes not defined, sculpture obliterated. Antenne long and
slender, the apices wanting but in their completeness they must have
reached nearly to the elytral tips. Prothorax, in side view, strongly tap-
ering to the apex, arched above and below, the sculpture indistinct but
there is some evidence of irregular punctuation. Elytron very strongly
tapering to the tip, which is excavate and pointed on one side. Legs mod-
erately slender. Length from front of head to elytral apex, 11.85 mm.;
of elytron, 9.65 mm. Height of prothorax at base, 3.00 mm.

Station number 14. One specimen collected by Mrs. W. P. Cockerell.
The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

The generic reference is to be understood in the broad sense,
since the recent genera of Lepture separate upon characters
which would only exceptionally be visible’in fossils. The present
species is easily separable from L. ponderosissima by its different
build and from L. antecurrens by having much longer antennz
and sharp elytral tips. I have given the two names last men-
tioned to Florissant fossils belonging to the collection of the
United States National Museum, and while they will presumably
appear in print shortly they are as yet unpublished.

DonaciA Fabr.

D. PRIMAVA n. sp. (Plate IV, Fig. 3.) Form rather slender. Head
wanting. Prothorax crushed and distorted, the visible sculpture consisting
of feathery or dendritic lines which I believe to be adventitious. Elytra

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA oF

tapering and not truncate at tip, marked with moderate sized punctures in
striae, the strie showing evidences of extensive confluence at their tips, as
in recent Donaciz. Scutellar stria strong and moderately long. The strial
punctures are finer towards the elytral apices, distinctly but not strongly
elongate and separated in each stria by spaces about equal to their own
long diameters. In some parts they are a little closer together. Legs of
moderate length, the fore and hind femora (the middle ones being wanting)
moderately swollen but without signs of dentation, front tarsus not pal-
mate. Length of fragment, from apex of prothorax to that of the elytra
8.00 mm.; of elytron, 6.30 mm.

Station number 14. One paired specimen, collected by S. A. Rohwer.
The type is in the American Museum of Natural History.

My idea of this Donacia is that it was of the general type of
the recent D. emarginata, that is to say a form of moderate
specialization as compared with the broad, flat, long-legged
proxima on one side and the convex, shortlegged rufa on the
other. I think there can be no doubt as to the correctness of the
generic reference. The front femur, described above, shows on
only one stone and is not figured in the drawing which is made
from the other slab.

CRIOCERIDEA Nn. gen,

This name is proposed for a Chrysomelid of doubtful affinities, appar-
ently related in build to Crioceris, but differing in several points, especially
in the finer sculpture and in the longer second antennal joint. It differs
from Lema in the same features and also in having a distinct scutellar
stria, sharing this last character with Crioceris.

C. puBIA n. sp. (Plate V, Figs. 7, 8.) Form hardly elongate. Head a
little shorter than the prothorax and without visible sculpture. Eye large,
circular. Antenne rather elongate, the two of apparently different thick-
ness, probably on account of one showing on the flat, the other on the
edge. In the wider one the breadth is about as in the recent Crioceris
asparagi (or a little less) the joints beyond the middle are shortened in
the same way. Prothorax distinctly broader than long, not sculptured.
Elytra a little more than three times the length of the prothoracic median
line, conjointly much wider than the prothorax, apices rounded, sculpture
of lines of fine, well-separated punctures which fade out posteriorly except
at the sides. The courses of some of these lines are indicated on the figure,
but as the markings are not preserved over the whole disk the drawing
shows them in fragmentary condition, Legs wanting, except one belonging
to the front or middle pair which is rather slender. Length to elytral tip,
5.50 mm.

98 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Station number 17. One specimen, collected by Geo. N. Rohwer. The
type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

This insect looks very much like Lema evanescens but is more
finely punctured and has a distinct scutellar stria.

Metacuroma Lec.

M. FLORISSANTENSIS n. sp. (Plate V, Fig. 9.) Form moderately el-
ongate, probably about as in the recent M. californicum. Head and pro-
thorax very poorly preserved, not showing the sculpture nor fully main-
taining the original shape. Antenne long and slender, reaching to near
the middle of the elytra. Elytra somewhat overlapping along the suture
but not sufficiently to seriously obscure the punctuation which is rather fine
and arranged in nearly regular striew, fading towards the apex as in recent
species of this genus. Length from front of prothorax, as preserved, to
abdominal apex, 5.25 mm. In life, with the head normally extended, it
probably reached a length of about 1 mm. more.

Station number 13B. One specimen, collector not specified. The type
was received directly from Professor Cockerell and is in the Museum of
the University of Colorado.

There is little doubt in my mind as to the correctness of the
identification. The first stria, outside of the scutellar, has been
partly obliterated by the overlap, otherwise the sculpture is
strikingly like that of MW. californicwm.

Brucuus Linn.

B. HENSHAWI n. sp. (Plate VII, Figs. 1, 14.) Form moderately robust
but less so than in B, dormescens. Head of normal size, finely and closely
punctured, somewhat more coarsely on the front. Eye a little smaller than
in most of the recent species with which I am acquainted. Antenna reach-
ing about to the prothoracic hind angle, incrassate towards the tip but
not strongly nor rapidly, the joints not serrate so that the outline is nearly
even. Prothorax rather finely punctured, the punctures circular, larger than
those of the head, rather distant except near the sides where they are con-
siderably closer together. Hind angles rounded, median lobe not well
marked. Elytra overlapping somewhat so that the exact shape is doubtful,
but each seems to have been marked with nine striew, the outer stria in-
curved at the humerus. The strie are not deep but are strongly uniseri-
ately punctate, the punctures rounded and rather closely approximate
though not confluent, wider than the strie#, as shown in the detail figure,
interspaces broad, flat, strongly and rather closely obliquely rugose. Ab-
domen poorly preserved, the sculpture not definable. Hind leg, the only
one visible, showing a moderate post-median femoral tooth, tibia slightly
curved and apparently carinate. Length, 4.15 mm. ;

Station number 14. A single specimen, collector not specified. The type
is in the American Museum of Natural History.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA I9

Easily distinguished from all of the other known Florissant
Bruchide, except Bruchus dormescens, by the form, and from
that species by having simple antenne, those of B. dormescens
being strongly pectinate. In punctuation, it is different from
any of the others. The specimen is in reverse, so that the punc-
tures and striw above described appear as granules and ridges.

Named for Dr. Samuel Henshaw of Cambridge, Massachusetts.

B. EXHUMATUS n. sp. (Plate VII, Figs. 2, 10.) Preserved as a reverse,
in dorsal view, lacking the legs, front of the head and antenne, but in
good condition as concerns the elytral sculpture and structure. Eyes large,
separated by less than their own width, emarginate anteriorly, the space
between them apparently finely alutaceous but without well defined pune-
tuation. Prothorax short, broader behind, the more perfect side about.
straight near the hind angle but broadly and regularly arcuate anteriorly,
front margin slightly projecting at middle, hind margin with fairly well
defined lobe, which, however, is split in the center so as to obscure the exact.
shape, the entire thoracic surface alutaceous like the head and in addition
with low scattered granulations which represent shallow punctures. Elytra.
subparallel but broadest near the humeri, broadly separately rounded at.
apices, each with ten fine sharp subequidistant carine (representing strie),
these carine somewhat catenate as if the strie had been marked with
elongate but not very well defined punctures. The fourth and fifth strie
are shorter than the others, much as in the recent B. discoideus, which,
however, was not resembled in form nor in general sculptural characters.
Interspaces flat and finely alutaceous. Tip of abdomen wanting, probably
owing to an imperfection in the stone. Length, from front of eyes to tip
of elytra, 4.35 mm.; of prothorax, 1.10 mm.; of elytron, 2.90 mm. Width
of prothorax, 1.50 mm.; of one elytron, behind humerus, 1.30 mm.

Florissant, Colorado, March, 1911, collected by Professor Cockerell. The
type and only known specimen is in the Museum of the University of
Colorado.

Aside from the characters given in the foregoing diagnosis, it
may be noted that a pronotal carina on the fossil indicates that
this part was marked with a distinct median groove in the living
insect. The seutellum is not defined. In form, B. erhumatus
probably approached the recent B. protractus Horn, from the
southwestern states. It was a considerably smaller insect than
Seudder’s Spermophagus vivificatus from the Florissant shales,
and if his figure is correct the elytra are differently striate. A
specimen in the collection of the United States National Museum
shows the antennz nicely, and indicates that these organs were
weakly serrate as in most of the recent North American species.
This has furnished the basis for the figure given.

30 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

B. BOWDITCHI n. sp. (Plate VII, Figs. 6, 13.) Form elongate, similar
to that of B. exhumatus from these shales. Head moderately large,
sculpture indistinct but apparently of moderate sized circular closely placed
shallow punctures. Eyes rather small. Antenna more slender than usual
in this genus, the apical joints wanting, the median ones about equal in
length and breadth, subserrate. Prothorax about three-fifths as long as
wide, broadest behind the middle, tapering with nearly straight sides to the
apex which is much narrower than the base, all the angles rounded or in-
distinct, surface with shallow but distinct close-set circular punctures which
are more crowded at the sides, no sign of median groove or carina, Elytra
long, about three times the length of the prothorax, finely striato-punctate,
the punctures elliptical, moderately strong, wider than the strie, those of
each series separated by less than their own long diameters, as a rule, though
in places they are more widely spaced. Both strie and punctures are
stronger near the elytral bases, becoming so weak near the apices that I have
not been able to trace them with certainty in that region. Legs wanting.
Length, about 6.00 mm.

Station number 17. One specimen collected by S. A. Rohwer. The type
is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

This is most like B. erhumatus but is distinguishable from it
by the more slender antenne and the stronger punctuation.

Named for Fred C, Bowditch of Brookline, Massachusetts.

B. FLORISSANTENSIS n. sp. (Plate VII, Fig. 3.) Form only moderately
elongate, less so than in B. bowditchi, from which species it is separated
chiefly by the body proportions, Head finely sculptured with small circular
shallow closely placed punctures. Eye large. Antenna rather long and
slender, similar to B. bowditchi. Prothorax with shallow but distinct small
circular punctures (but considerably larger than those of the head) mod-
erately closely placed on the disk, more crowded at the sides and much
sparser on the prothoracic flanks. Elytra distinctly less than three times
the length of the prothorax, surface with fine sharp strize with elongate
rather strong punctures separated in each series by a little less than their
own long diameters. The strive and punctures become weaker towards the
tip, as in B. bowditchi, so that I have not attempted to figure their termina-
tions. Hind femora large and swollen, tibie strongly arcuate. Length,
4.00 mm.

Station number 13. One paired specimen, in side view, collected by S.
A. Rohwer. The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

Resembles B. bowditchi very closely and I only separate it on
account of the relatively much shorter elytra, although the
punctuation, especially on the prothorax, is distinctly stronger.
The femoral region is not sufficiently well defined to enable me
to be sure of the absence of a tooth, but none can be made out.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 31

I might have referred either this species or B. bowditchi to
Spermophagus vivificatus Seudd., if it were not for the descrip-
tion of the antenne in the last named species, where the joints
beyond the fourth are said to be much longer than broad, and
are so represented in the figure. In the two species of Bruchus
the elytra are longer, in proportion to the prothorax, than in the
figure of the Spermophagus.

B. SCUDDERI n. sp. (Plate VII, Figs. 7, 8, 11.) Form moderately elongate
and more parallel than usual, Head mutilated, but showing signs of very
shallow inconspicuous punctuation. Antenna exhibiting the seven proximal
joints which are rather strongly serrate, the second joint shorter than the
third, the fourth and fifth successively a little longer. The width of all
the visible joints is nearly the same, and is about equal to the length of
the fourth. The prothorax is distorted to such an extent that I do not
care to describe the shape, but it seems to have had no distinct basal lobe
and the apex is truncate. The punctuation (relatively to the other fossil
Bruchids of Florissant) is strong and moderately coarse, the punctures
circular and closely crowded or even occasionally subconfluent towards the
sides, more widely spaced and finer along the middle, so as to give the
effect of a nearly smooth median line when viewed under a low power.
Elytra nearly three times as long as the prothorax, the strie deep but nar-
row, with nearly rounded or slightly elongate punctures which are separated
by about their transverse diameters. Under surface distinctly and rather
strongly punctate over the entire thoracic region, the abdomen much more
finely. Hind femur swollen but not visibly toothed, the tibia rather strong-
ly curved and carinate, or possibly bicarinate. Length, 3.90 mm.

Station number 14. One paired specimen, collected by S. A. Rohwer.
The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

Easily recognized, among the Florissant forms, by the elon-
gate elytra with strong, sharp, rather finely punctate strix, the
moderately strongly serrate antenne, and the strong prothoracic
punctuation.

It is named for the late Dr. Samuel Hubbard Scudder.

B. HAYWARDI n. sp. (Plate VII, Figs. 4, 5, 12.) Form only moderately
elongate. Head weakly, finely and sparsely punctured, the punctuation
visible only under high power. Eyes not definable. Antenne long, the
joints scarcely subserrate, those beyond the fourth distinctly longer than
broad, the whole antenna very slender for the genus. Prothorax broad just
in front of the base, sides narrowing rapidly to the apex which is truncate,
basal lobe rather strong. Pronotal disk with small irregular scattered
rather weak punctures, circular or slightly elongate, finer towards the sides,
no evidence of median line. Elytra about two and a half times as long as
the prothorax, tips rounded and not covering the abdomen, each with ten

39 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

fine, sharp, scarcely visibly punctate striae, the punctures longitudinal.
Middle coxe closely approximate, hind coxze more widely separated, inter-
coxal process triangular. Middle femur rather slender, hind femora strongly
swollen but not visibly toothed, their tibiz arcuate and carinate. Length,
4.65 mm,

Represented by three specimens, one paired and considered as the type
from Station number 14, collected by Geo. N. Rohwer; one dorsal view
(single) from Station number 17, collected by Mrs. Cockerell; and one.
single (side view) from the same source. The description and all the fig-
ures are made from the type, which is in the Museum of the University of
Colorado.

It is easily distinguished from all of the other Florissant spe-
cies of Bruchus, except B, osborni, by the slender antenne and
fine sculpture, and from that insect by the truneate thoracic
apex, stronger punctuation and more pronounced basal lobe.

The species is named after the late Roland Hayward of Milton,
Massachusetts.

B. OSBORNI n. sp. (Plate VII, Fig. 9.) Form moderately elongate.
Head not visible, covered by the thorax. Antenne long and slender, the
joints beyond the second much longer than broad. Prothorax rounded at
base and apex but without a strong basal lobe, surface with extremely fine
and widely spaced punctures, which, however, are fairly deep. Scutellum
rather large for this genus. Elytra about two and one-half times as long
as the prothorax, finely, sharply striate, the strial punctures scarcely visible
except at the base where they are very fine, slightly elongate and close
together. The interspaces are flat and show a well marked longitudinal
aciculation, probably due to the impress of a coating of hairs, Legs want-
ing. Length, from front of prothorax to the tip of the elytra, 4.45 mm.

Station number 17. Collected by Mrs. W. P. Cockerell. The type is in
the Museum of the University of Colorado.

- Represented by a single specimen in beautiful condition as
regards the characters of the upper surface. It is sufficiently
differentiated from all of the other Florissant species by the
shape and punctuation of the prothorax. The nearest ally seems
to be B. haywardi, and the description of that insect should be
consulted for additional differential features. The antenne are
represented as slightly too slender in the drawing.
Named for Dr. Henry Fairfield Osborn.

PLATYDEMA Lap.

P. ANTIQUORUM n. sp. (Plate IV, Fig. 4.) Form moderately robust.
Head much narrower than the prothorax, distinctly broader than long.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 33

Eyes transverse, moderate in size. Antenne slightly incrassate towards the
tips, eleven-jointed, first joint rather large, second small, third a little longer
than the fourth, the remaining joints more distinctly broadened, forming
the club. Prothorax arcuately emarginate anteriorly, basal margin sinuate,
sides arcuately tapering to apex but somewhat imperfectly preserved. As
near as can be judged from the condition of the specimen the pronotum
was about two and one-fourth times as wide as long. Elytra about three
times as long as the prothorax and rather broad, overlapping along the
suture in the specimen so that their conjoint width is not properly shown.
In places there are signs of striz marked with rows of very fine punctures
as shown in the figure. Legs wanting. Length, 8.00 mm. Width across
both elytra, 4.35 mm.

Station number 17. One paired specimen, collector not specified. The
type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

This insect must have been much like our recent P. ruficorne
in build and probably had a similar but finer sculpture. The
antenne are comparatively somewhat broader at base in the fos-
sil and the third joint is less distinctly elongate, but neither of
these characters have more than specific value. The genus is well
represented in the United States and Central America by species
of varying form, size and color. One other, P. bethunei, is known
from the Florissant shales, and is readily distinguished from P.
antiquorum by being much larger and of more elongate form.

MOoRDELLISTENA Costa.

M. FLORISSANTENSIS n. sp. (Plate II, Fig. 16.) Preserved in profile.
Head large. Prothorax as long as high, the dorsum slightly arched. Elytra
two and a half times as long as the prothorax and nearly four times as
long as wide, scarcely tapering to the tips which are blunt and rounded.
Abdomen, as preserved, projecting far beyond the elytral apices, the ex-
treme end pointed but without a distinct style. Length from front of head
to apex of abdomen, 3.35 mm.

Station number 13. Collected by S. A. Rohwer. The type and only
known specimen is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

Easily distinguished from Mordella lapidicola, the only Flor-
issant species of the family yet described, by the much smaller
size of the present insect. I place it in Mordellistena, rather than
in Mordella, partly because of its minuteness, since the tibiz and
tarsi are not well enough preserved for the exact demonstration
of the oblique ridges characterizing the former genus, in case of
their existence. There seems, however, to be two short ridges on

34 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

the face of the first joint of the hind tarsus. The entire body
and the elytra show traces of fine hairs like those of recent species
of Mordelhide.

NEMOGNATHA Illiger.

N. EXSECTA n. sp. (Plate V, Fig. 10.) Preserved in part profile. Form
rather slender. Head moderate in size, hind angles pronounced, but rounded,
surface finely punctulate, eye of normal size, elliptical in outline, antenne
long, only the median or ultramedian joints preserved, these distinctly
longer than wide. Maxillary processes longer than the head and prothorax
together. Prothorax tapering a little anteriorly, the surface moderately
coarsely cribrately punctured. Elytral punctuation shallow. Middle leg
slender, the others wanting. Length, 7.00 mm.

Station number 14. One paired specimen, collected by Mrs. W. P. Cock-
erell, The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

Only one Meloide, Gnathium etatis, has thus far been described
from the Florissant shales. It is a little smaller than N. exsecta
and has the prothorax sculptured only with very faint transverse
ruge. The present species had a thoracic punctuation similar to
that of our recent N. vittigera or N. cribricollis. In addition to
the type, cited above, a second specimen, from Station number
13B, collected by Geo. N. Rohwer, has been met with in the ma-
terial received directly from Professor Cockerell. This does not
show the sculpture as well as the type, and exhibits only the
bases of the maxillary processes, but is assigned here without
much doubt.

DoctrHYNCHUS Scudd,

D. iBIs n, sp. (Plate VIII, Fig. 1.) Form similar to that of D. culexr
from the Florissant shales. Head small and rather deeply sunken in the
prothorax. Eye transversely elliptical. Genal and gular regions with about
eight equidistant striz visible in side view. Beak very long, a little curved,
scarcely tapering and not dilated at the apex, a strong lateral stria
or carina extending nearly the whole length. Antenne not well enough
preserved to show the jointing in sufficient detail for description, but they
are inserted near the middle of the beak and have a slender, three jointed
club. Neither the head nor beak show more than a very faint punctuation
under the magnification of six or eight diameters. Prothorax about four-
fifths as long as high, subtriangular in profile, dorsal line regularly and
rather strongly arched, surface finely, sparsely punctured, and with a
coarser transverse verrucose sculpture in addition. Elytra incomplete at apex,
but more than twice as long as the prothorax, with longitudinal rows of

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 35

circular punctures, not very regularly spaced but those of each series are
ordinarily separated by about their own diameters or less. Legs long,
hairy, femora not toothed, the appearance of a denticle on the front femur
being due to an imperfection of the margin. Tarsi short, the front joint
of the hind ones nearly as long as the remaining three. Abdomen and
thoracic sternites nearly smooth, pygidium exposed. Length from front of
head to abdominal apex, 7.00 mm.; of beak, 6.75 mm.

Station number not specified. One specimen, collected by Geo. N. Roh-
wer. The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

This insect forms part of a sending received directly from Pro-
fessor Cockerell. It is undoubtedly a Docirhynchus and is near-
est D. culer, but is about two-thirds as long again and has a
rostrum of relatively greater length. It is like nothing else from
the Florissant shales and is interesting as adding another species
to the already large number of Rhynchitide from that region.

PACHYBARIS Lec.

P. RUDIS n. sp. (Plate II, Fig. 17.) Preserved as a reverse, in profile.
Form short, stout, the dorsal outline more convex than in the recent P.
porosus. Head with fine granules irregularly disposed above the eye but on
the beak arranged in longitudinal series with rather distinct intervening
earine. Eye distorted, squarish, in life probably nearly round. Antenne
wanting. Prothorax short, closely covered with rather large granules,
some of which show a faint median indentation which may be the mark
of a hair. Elytra displaying only a portion of the lateral disk, showing
four sharply elevated narrow carine, broken by shallow notches into a series
of elevations which are much longer than wide, the spaces between the
carine not less than three times as wide as the ridges, their bottoms broken
by rather distant transverse impressions into oblong spaces, but hair marks
are not certainly visible. Underside of meso and metathorax granulate
similarly to that of the prothorax, of abdomen much more sparsely so.
Abdominal ventral surface ascending, the first and second segments long,
the dividing suture indistinct, third and fourth short, subequal, fifth about
equal to the two preceding, the sutures of these last three segments sharp
and distinct. Legs wanting or obscured. Length, excluding beak, 3.45
mm. Height at middle, 2.20 mm.; the other body proportions may be ap
proximated by reference to the figure.

Collected at Florissant by a party in charge of Professor Cockerell,
in March, 1911. The type is in the Museum of the University of Colorado.

Remembering that the specimen is a reverse, we should have in
life an insect of the form and size of P. porosus, with irregularly
punctured head, the beak longitudinally striatopunctate in like
manner, the prothorax, with the sides of the meso and meta-

36 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

thorax marked with large crowded punctures, the abdomen
punctate somewhat more finely and sparsely. The elytral seulp-
ture would consist of deep narrow strixw, each with a row of wel!
marked longitudinally elongate punctures at bottom, the inter-
stitial spaces much wider than the striz and each with a row of
large oblong punctures. It does not closely approximate any of
the Barini described by Dr. Seudder, but seems to go well into
the genus to which I have referred it since it shows so many of
the features of P. porosus.

t

mo

SIs Su Be oe

Soa

SESS cei hon

ne

I ia ae

a let le

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA

Explanation of Plates.

Plate I,
Amara cockerelli n. sp.
Quedius mortuus n. sp.
Deleaster grandiceps n. sp.
Miosilpha necrophiloides n. sp.
Miosilpha necrophiloides.
Miosilpha necrophiloides, detail of antenna.
Orphilus dubius n. sp.
Paussopsis secunda n. sp.
Paussopsis secunda, detail of antenna,

Plate II.
Celambus miocenus n. sp.
Celambus miocenus.
Celambus miocenus, antenna, in part.
Celambus miocenus, front tarsus, in part.
Celambus miocenus, middle tarsus, in part.
Celambus miocenus, hind tibia and tarsus.
Tritoma materna n. sp.
Tritoma materna, hind leg.
Phleonemites miocenus n. sp.

. Phleonemites miocenus, apex of antenna,
. Phleonemites miocenus, elytral sculpture.
. Amartus petrefactus n. sp.

. Amartus petrefactus, antenna,

. Eudasytites listriformis n. sp.

. Protapate contorta n. sp.

. Mordellistena florissantensis n. sp.

. Pachybaris rudis n. sp.

Plates Pil:
Trechus fractus n. sp.
Tritoma submersa n. sp.
Tritoma submersa, apex of antenna.
Dryops tenuior n. sp.
Melanophila cockerelle n. sp.
Melanophila handlirschi n. sp.
Acmeodera schaefferi n. sp.

Plate IV.
Agabus charon n. sp.
Acmeodera abyssa n. sp.
Donacia primeva 0, sp.
Platydema antiquorum n. sp.

3

op BO PN Sw wpe

CS

Pcl DIU) ial aL Pe

pet fd
— oS

a
Hm OO bo

NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Plate V.
Dermestes tertiarius n. sp.
Dermestes tertiarius, detail of elytral vestiture.
Pyropyga prima n, sp.
Lutrochites lecontei n. sp.
Trichochrous miocenus n. sp.
Xylobiops lacustre n. sp.
Crioceridea dubia n. sp,
Crioceridea dubia, antenna, in part.
Metachroma florissantensis n. sp.

. Nemognatha exsecta n. sp.

Plate VI.
Aphodius aboriginalis n, sp.
Aphodius restructus n. sp.
Aphodius shoshonis n. sp.
Atenius patescens Scudd., middle leg.
Atenius patescens, hind leg.
Serica antediluviana n,. sp.
Macrodactylus pluto n. sp.
Macrodactylus pluto, antenna,
Diplotaxis (?) simplicipes n. sp,

Plate VII.
Bruchus henshawi n. sp.
Bruchus exhumatus n, sp.
Bruchus florissantensis n. sp.
Bruchus haywardi n. sp.
Bruchus haywardi.
Bruchus bowditchi n, sp.
Bruchus scudderi n. sp.
Bruchus seudderi.
Bruchus osborni n. sp.

. Bruchus exhumatus, antenna,

- Bruchus scudderi, antenna.

- Bruchus haywardi, antenna.

- Bruchus bowditchi, antenna.

- Bruchus henshawi, elytral punctuation.

Plate VIII.
Docirhynchus ibis n. sp.
Leptura petrorum n. sp.

PLATE 1

Fossit CoLEOPTERA FROM FLORISSANT

it i ae

aloes a a? i oo SE ,?

a. Prk

=, Aes,

7am. Se wb Po

: ‘ t Ie
( 5
> a ee -
;
+" 4 van
as Pa
es a - j
f 4 — “= z
. ® 7 . . » |
: \ ma a a
~ 7 _ PS —— \e
ie | ‘ - io
»~ {
7.
pea 7 be 5 eg,
il by, Oo wm
% . a c
d a f td ze 7 Q
¢ rT |
; , 4 i
os '
| ' {eet
a j
ye ' i4
| ) : %.
a j '
¥ 6

“ea “pees oe

+
+
~Z

* &
° .
\
‘
“4
i
*
.
.
a
a
+ | he

Puate II

SANT

Fossit COLEOPTERA FROM FLORIS

Métal

CP: ppm TART eS
a 7 — PORT,
is Lae ae Mie INE AaB ree

Fossi COLEOPTERA FROM FLORISSANT

PLATE IV

/

Fossiu COLEOPTERA FROM FLORISSANT

PLATE V

Foss COLEOPTERA FROM F'LORISSANT

y~

ee

”

~

tke
ie ie

a
“

PuaTe VIII

Fossiz COLEOPTERA FROM FLORISSANT

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND HYDROIDS.
C. McLEAN FRASER

The few notes I have to offer on the New England Hydroids
would searcely be worth publishing as a separate paper were it
not that the district is visited by so many zoologists every sum-
mer and any information concerning the fauna should hence
be made available for reference as soon as possible.

While taking advantage of the privileges offered by the U. S.
Bureau of Fisheries at the Woods Hole station, I had a chance
to get somewhat acquainted with the hydroid fauna. As the
‘‘Fishhawk’’ was not in commission during the summer, no
deep sea dredging was done and hence the collecting had to be
restricted to shore, pile and surface collecting, together with
some work with the dredge or tangle in shallow waters.

Only 47 species were obtained, but among these were five that
up to that time had not been reported from this region. These
five species were: Eudendrium vaginatum, Campanularia rari-
dentata, Lovenella clausa, Filetium expansum and Sertularia
stookeyt. One of these, Eudendrium vaginatum has not been
reported from the eastern coast of North America hitherto, the
other four have been reported from other points along the coast.
The gonosome of Filellum expansum, a widely-spread form, was
found for the first time. The gonosome of Clytia minuta, a
species reported only from Woods Hole, was found for the first
time also. The gonosome of Clytia edwardsi, which I found at
Departure Bay, Vancouver Island, had not been found at Woods
Hole, although the original description was made from specimens
obtained here; many colonies with the gonosome present were
obtained during the summer,

Later in the summer, I visited the laboratory at South Harps-
well, Me., for a week. Unfortunately, the weather was stormy
for a large portion of the time at my disposal there, so that I
had little chance to get acquainted with the region. From the
few observations I was able to make, it struck me that the col-
onies of the species I did find, appeared to be in such good con-

40 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

dition, and showed the particular characteristics of the species
so well. Almost all the colonies seemed to be equally serviceable
for examination; one did not have to look over much material
to find a specimen for diagnosis. This may be due to the fact
that the locality is so close to the deep waters of the ocean and
is not befouled as shallow water so often is. I obtained only 14
species, but of these three had not previously been reported from
the region. These were Bougainvillia carolinensis, Eudendrium
vaginatum and Campanularia calceoiifera. These have all been
obtained from the Woods Hole region, but one of them,
Eudendrium vaginatum, not until I had collected it a couple of
weeks previous.

A report on these species from Woods Hole and South Harps-
well, with observations on some other forms already reported,
make up the material for this paper. Many of the species are
described in full in a paper on ‘‘Some Beaufort Hydroids’’,
which is being published by the U. 8. Bureau of Fisheries, but
the work is not far enough advanced to be able to give any page
references.

The figures, the drawings for which were made by my wife,
show a magnification of about eighteen diameters.

I wish to express my obligation to the U. S. Bureau of Fish-
eries for the facilities it afforded at Woods Hole and to Pro-
fessors Kingsley and Neal for the benefit I derived from my
sojourn at the laboratory at South Harpswell. The facilities for
the study of hydroids afforded at the State University of Iowa,
have made it possible for me to attempt much work this year, but
these facilities would lose much of their value were it not for
the assistance that Professor C. C. Nutting is always ready and
willing to give. I cannot acknowledge too often my obligation
to him for the interest he has taken in all this systematic work.

JEMMARIA GEMMOSA McCrady.

Gemmaria gemmosa was found in abundance at several points, but the
most suitable place for collecting it was just outside the entrance to the
eel-pond, where masses of serpulid tubes could be picked up readily, over
a good sized area, These masses were coated with the brick-red Mem-
branipora; over much of this Membranipora, Gemmaria could be found.
Reference has been made in my Beaufort paper to the confusion there
has been in the synonymy of this species. It has occurred to me that pos-

NEW ENGLAND HYDROIDS 41

sibly the specimen referred to by Murbach,1 as being much like G. gemmosa
(Cornyitis agassizii), was G. costata Gegenbaur, as this species differs
from G. gemmosa in the points that he mentions, Since they are so
much alike in their structure and their habitat, it is quite possible that
G. costata has traveled north as well as G. gemmosa.

BOUGAINVILLIA CAROLINENSIS (MeCrady).

Verrill gives the range of this species from Charleston, S. C., to Vineyard
Sound and as far as I can make out, no record has since been made of
its appearance farther north than this. On the other hand, the range of
B. superciliaris is said to extend from Newport, R. L., to the Bay of Fundy
and possibly to Greenland. Unless specimens are in good condition, it is
difficult to distinguish the one from the other as the tentacles, and in
some cases the whole hydranths, disintegrate rapidly. Specimens of Bou-
gainvillia were found at Basin Cove, South Harpswell, in which the medusa
buds were not far enough developed to use for diagnosis, but all the other
characters agree with those given for B. carolinensis, as distinct from B.
superciliaris, hence I have little doubt that the specimens belong to the
former species. This would extend the range for B. carolinensis to the
north of Cape Cod. There is little evidence to show that Cape Cod is a
dividing point for hydroid fauna to such an extent as it is said to be in
some other groups of marine animals, but I hope to have more to say
on that matter at some later date.

CALYPTOSPADIX CERULEA Clarke.

In a paper written two years ago,2 C. W. Hargitt refers to this species
which at that time appeared to be rare. The first Woods Hole specimens
were observed on the piles of the U. S. B. F. wharf in 1908, and the
following year other specimens were obtained at Wareham by Mr. Vinal
Edwards.

Mr, Edwards kindly informed me exactly where the Wareham specimens
were obtained, and on August 7 I had an opportunity to visit the locality.
I had no trouble in finding specimens; in fact they were in such abundance
that no one who had ever collected hydroids could fail to observe them.
The colonies formed an encircling mass on almost every pile of the bridge
over the river where the main current was flowing, for several inches near
low tide mark. On that day the tide was particularly favorable, so that
in many cases the colonies were exposed.

If, as Dr. Hargitt supposes, this hydroid has been recently introduced,
the conditions at the Wareham bridge must be particularly favorable, to
produce such numerous colonies in such a short time. It may be, however,

1 Hydroids from Woods Hole, Mass. Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, Vol.
42, pt. 3. New Series, 1899, p. 355, footnote. se

? New and little known Hydroids of Woods Hole. Biol. Bull., Vol. XVII, No. 6,
p. 371.

42 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

that they are seasonal as many hydroids are, and that his previous col-
lecting had never been at a suitable time. The date in which I found these
fine colonies was practically the same as the date he mentions (Aug. 10),
two years previous.

EUDENDRIUM CARNEUM Clarke.

This species has been reported from the Woods Hole region several times
but all such reports agree in stating that it was rare. Apparently it has
now become well established in the region as last season it was quite plen-
tiful even on the piles of the U. 8. B. F. wharf, where it appeared in
close proximity to specimens of Hudendriwm ramosum, the species of Eu-
dendrium that has been predominant for some time. At Beaufort the two
species were found growing side by side in many localities in the same
way. It will be interesting to find out if they will continue to live side
by side, or if the one will crowd the other out. They are both rather lusty
species and would appear to have almost equal chances to survive. At
Woods Hole evidently EH. carneum is the invader. It remains to be seen
how extensive the invasion may he.

EUDENDRIUM VAGINATUM Allman.?

I believe this species has not been reported from the Atlantic Coast of
North America, though it is not unnatural that it should appear, as it
has been reported from Europe and from the west coast of North America.
Many species that have been so reported are found on the west side of
the Atlantic.

Fine specimens of male colonies were found at Basin Cove, South Harps-
well, at the old tide mill site. Other specimens without gonophores were
obtained in some material dredged in Quicks Hole at a depth of about
10 fathoms. The extensive annulation and the characteristic shape of the
hydranth were sufficient for identification.

TUBULARIA CROCEA (Agassiz).

Tubularia crocea is most plentiful at Woods Hole, at Vineyard Haven
and at other places in the vicinity, where at the end of June and early
in July it is in a flourishing condition, with the actinules still contained
in the bud attached to the hydranth body, or already liberated so that the
new colony is begun. Soon after this, the ‘‘heads’’ are all lost and nothing
remains but the twisted stalks of the colonies, with possibly many young
colonies, just starting to grow, attached to various points on the hydrorhiza
or even on the lower part of the stems.

When I reached South Harpswell, after the middle of August, no such
degeneration was apparent in the specimens in that locality. The colonies

3 Budendrium vaginatum Allman. Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., 3rd ser. XE 1863,
p: 20;

NEW ENGLAND HYDROIDS 43

were as fresh as the Woods Hole colonies were in June. I have heard it
stated that the Maine forms do not lose their ‘‘heads’’ during the year,
or at least that whole colonies do not appear to degenerate at the same
time. If this is true, it would be an interesting point to investigate the
cause of the difference.

CAMPANULARIA ANGULATA Hincks.

This species has been reported from Woods Hole and it appears to be
widely distributed in the region. No specimens were found that were not
attached to eelgrass, but some may be found almost anywhere in the vi-
cinity where eelgrass grows. The best specimens found last summer were
growing in Little Harbor. These bore gonophores on the stolon, corre-
sponding exactly with those described and figured by Hincks.4

Some specimens obtained at Wareham on Aug. 7 were provided with
long terminal tendrils, like those figured by Hincks. This is probably a
seasonal conditions, as many other species, e.g: Obelia commissuralis, become
attenuated and give out tendrils after the generative products have been
liberated. The tendrils of C. angulata are broader and more ribbon-like
than those of O. commissuralis and other campanularian forms.

CAMPANULARIA CALCEOLIFERA Hincks.

Specimens of this species were found at Basin Cove, South Harpswell,
at the old tide mill site. This is the first time this species has been ob-
served or recorded in the Casco Bay region, or at any point north of Cape
Cod on the west side of the Atlantic. As it was first described in Britain,
it probably came across the ocean by way of the Arctic regions; hence in
getting to Woods Hole, where the species is plentiful, it must have passed
Casco Bay, but up until this time it has been missed by collectors. The
colonies presented no features that are not found in typical forms.

2? CAMPANULARIA RARIDENTATA Alder.

Verrill, in his Checklist,5 gives this species with an interrogation mark,
but I have not seen any references to it in any other of his papers, or in
any other West Atlantic Coast papers, for that matter; at any rate, I
think it has not been reported from the Woods Hole region, Some excel-
lent specimens, the best I have seen, were obtained by dredging about half
way between Knobska Point and Falmouth Heights in five fathoms of
water. They were growing on a piece of dead twig. Though I have found
several of these specimens on the Pacifie Coast and at Beaufort on the
Atlantic Coast, I have not been able to find any gonosome, hence the gen-
eric name is still only provisional.

4 British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 170, pl. XXXIV, fig. 1.
5 Verrill, A. E. Preliminary checklist of the marine Invertebrates of the Kae
Coast, 1879, p. 16.

44 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

CrytTia EpWaRpst (Nutting).

In his Woods Hole hydroid paper, Nutting described this species,6 but
as he did not find the gonosome, he put it in the genus Campanularia. In
material obtained at Departure Bay, Vancouver Island, I found what I
took to be the same species with the gonosome present. This I figured and
described last year.7 The finding of the gonosome made it necessary to
change the species from the genus Campanularia, where it was placed
provisionally, to the genus Clytia. Last summer I was fortunate enough
to obtain specimens of this species, at Fay’s wharf and off Penzance, that
had gonophores perfectly agreeing with the gonophores of the Departure
Bay specimens. This corroborates very satisfactorily the diagnosis of the
Departure Bay specimens.

Cuytia MiInuTA (Nutting).

As Campanularia minuta, the trophosome of this species was described
by Nutting.s He did not find the gonosome. Many specimens were ob-
tained last summer, growing on Eudendrium stems on the piles of the
bridge at the entrance to Lagoon Pond, Vineyard Haven, and on Tubularia
at Fay’s Wharf, Woods Hole. The finding of the gonosome of the species
necessitates the placing of the species in the genus Clytia. |

The species has a very characteristic mode of growth. The stems and
pedicels are usually very long and slender and as the branches and pedicels
leave the stem they turn abruptly upwards side by side with the main stem.
Consequently, though the colony may reach a height of 2 em, or more,
the spread is insignificant, yet so many colonies grow close together that
at first glance one would not observe the extreme slenderness of the colony.
Annulation is carried to the extreme in many colonies as there is scarcely
any part of the stem, branch or pedicel that is not annulated or at least
wavy in outline. In other colonies this is not so marked but even here there
are few stretches of any length that are entirely uniform. The hydrotheca
reminds one somewhat of that of Clytia johnstoni Alder, or more especially
of such specimens as Agassiz has figured as Clytia bicophora,® and in some
stages of the growth of the colony it resembles the colony of that species.
The hydrotheca, however, is smaller in C. minuta and there are usually but
eight teeth present, while C. johnstoni has as many as twelve.

The gonangium bears a strong resemblance to the gonangium of C. john-
stoni. It grows either from stolon or from the main stem. It is oval or
obvate in shape and has corrugations similar to that of C. johnstoni.

© Hydroids of the Woods Hole region, 1901, p. 346, fig. 28.

7 Hydroids of the West Coast of North America, 1911, p. 34, pl. IIT, figs. 1, 2. |
8 Hydroids of the Woods Hole Region, 1901, p. 345, fig. 27.

* Contributions to the Natural History of U. S., vol. IV, pl. XXIX, fig. 6.

NEW ENGLAND HYDROIDS 45

CALYCELLA PYGM2A Hincks,

Under the name Calycella nuttingi,o Hargitt has described a small species
of Calycella, I have found specimens that answer to his description and
measurements but I see no reason for considering them different from
Hincks’ Calycella pygmea.11_ Verrill reported C. pygmea from Fishers
Island Sound, Conn., and from Casco Bay, Me. This is probably the same
species that I have obtained and also that Hargitt has collected. There
is a difference of opinion as to whether C. pygme@a can be considered as
specifically distinct from C. syringa and it will not help matters to intro-
duce into the question still another species that seem to agree in all respects
with at least one of these.

LOVENELLA CLAUSA (Loven).

Two species of Lovenella have been reported from the New England
Coast. Verrill reported Lovenella (Calycella) producta (Sars) from deep
water off the Maine Coast,12 Nutting reported Lovenella grandisi3 from
Newport Harbor, and this was later reported from Woods Hole by Har-
gitt.14

Last summer Mr. Vinal Edwards gave me some surface tow to look
over, and in some of this marked ‘‘Woods Hole, Feb. 21, 1902,’’ I
found a fragment of a colony of Lovenella clausa. I found specimens of
this species at Beaufort and in my Beaufort paper have shown that the
species which Clarke described as Lovenella gracilis from Chesapeake Bay,15
is the same species Lovenella clausa. The three species are easily dis-
tinguished. L. clausa has 8 pieces in the operculum, L. grandis has 10 and
L. producta 12 or more. There are other differences in mode of growth,
etc., but the opercular character is constant and is readily recognized.

FILELLUM EXPANSUM Levinsen.

The species, Filellum expansum, is a very cosmopolitan form, being found
in many waters of the Northern Hemisphere. Though it has not previously
been reported from Woods Hole, it is distributed all along the coast, as I
have found it from Canso, N. 8., to Beaufort, N. C. The hydrothece are
quite minute and when, as is often the case, they are distributed at rather
distant intervals along the stolon, they may easily be overlooked. When
one has once recognized them, they are so characteristic that they can

10 New and little known hydroids of Woods Hole. Biol. Bull., vol. XVII, no. 6,
1909, p. 378.

11ef. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser. XIII, 1874, p. 149, pl. VII, fig. 15.

12 Results of recent dredging expeditions on the Coast of New England. Amer. Jour.
of Science and Arts, Vol. VII, 1874, p. 413.

18 Hydroids of the Woods Hole Region, 1901, p. 354.

14 Biol. Bull., No. 2, 1908, p. 112.

18 Hydroids from Chesapeake Bay. Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. III, 1881, p.
139, pl. IX, figs. 25-39.

AG NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

never again be passed over unnoticed. Another point regarding the
hydrothece may help to account for their being overlooked. This is the
fact that instead of being of a colorless transparency as hydrothece usu-
ally are, they are of a delicate blue-green color, quite similar in tint to
many of the blue-green algae.

The gonosome of species of Lafwide is characterized by the massing to-
gether of the gonophores with many of the hydrotheew. This mass has
been called the ‘‘Coppinia’’ mass so often that the word ‘‘Coppinia’’ has
come to have a definite significance although it was first used in error. So
much is this the case that it seems as though we might use it regularly
now without the quotation marks. Bonnevie has found the coppinia mass
of several species and figured them; among them, the species, Filellwm
serpens, which is nearly allied to F. expansum, but I believe no one has
discovered the coppinia mass of the latter species. I was fortunate enough
to obtain some excellent specimens of this species, growing over Huden-
drium on the piles of the bridge at the entrance of Lagoon Pond at Vine-
yard Haven. Many of the colonies had the gonosome present. The num-
ber of the hydrothece in the mass varied from about 20 to 80, arranged
so closely that in most cases the stolon could not be seen. Intermingled
with these were the much less numerous gonophores of a regular spherical
sporosac type; the female with few ova present, four seeming to be the
usual number, and the male much smaller than the female. The largest
mass was 2 mm. long, and surrounded the Hudendriwm for the whole
length. These colonies with the gonosome were obtained on June 26.

In a recent paper Kramp has the following paragraph as a footnote:16

‘*Filellum? expansum Levinsen was set up under the reservation that ‘it
is quite possible that they (the tubes) will prove to belong to a species of
the genus Folliculina or of a nearly related genus.’ This species is found
in great numbers on leaves of Delesseria and such like from the Danmark
Expedition. I have often seen it with the two ciliated lobes characteristic
of Folliculina stretched out of the tubes, so that the reference to the genus
Folliculina is certain. Levinsen has asked me to communicate this here.’’

I cannot reconcile this statement with the facts as I have observed them.
It scarcely seems probable that the specimens I have found belong to a
different group to those that Levinsen described. The form is so charac-
teristic and shows perfect agreement. Yet I have found the coppinia mass,
both male and female, entirely agreeing with the nature of the coppinia
in the genus Filellwm. Moreover, though in the majority of cases the
zooid, if present, is withdrawn into the basal portion of the tube, in some
cases it is extended and shows the regular hydranth form. None were
extended enough to show plainly the exact number of tentacles. JI have
seen nothing of the ‘two ciliated lobes’ nor can I believe they are present
in any specimen I have. In fact, there is nothing to indicate that the
specimens are hydrozoan but everything to indicate that they are hydroid.

16 Kramp, P. Report on the Hydroids collected by the Danmark Expedition at North-
East Greenland, 1911, p. 374.

NEW ENGLAND HYDROIDS 47

If the specimens described by Levinsen were bryozoan there must be an
instance here of a greater resemblance in the two groups than any yet
found.

SERTULARIA STOOKEYI Nutting.

The species of the genus Sertularia, as this genus is defined by Nutting,
in his monograph,17 are confined largely to the tropical seas, The outstand-
ing exception along the American shore of the Atlantic is Sertularia
pumila Linneus, which is abundant along the New England Coast and the
Canadian coasts to the northward. Sertularia cornicina (MeCrady) has
been found quite commonly in the Woods Hole region but appears to be
more at home farther south. MHargitt has reported. Sertularia versluysi
Nutting,18 but it was found on sargassum that may have come in from
far south. The stolon-like outgrowths that he mentions were common
enough on specimens found at Beaufort, and are probably seasonal as the
terminal outgrowths of Obelia commissuralis and Campanularia angulata,
previously referred to in the note on C. angulata.

Sertularia stookeyi Nutting is a tropical or sub-tropical form and was
the commonest species of all the Sertularide in the material obtained at
Beaufort. Some specimens were obtained in Vineyard Sound outside of
Tarpaulin Cove at a depth of 7 or 8 fathoms. They were growing on
fucus and on old stems of Thuiaria argentea, in company with colonies of
Sertularia cornicina. Thuwiaria argentea is the common shallow water
Thuiaria of the New England coast and is not a Gulf weed form, conse-
quently it would appear that this species has become definitely located in
the region and is not a transient as Sertularia versluysi may have been.
It is the most delicate looking species in the North American waters but
it is possible that it has a greater degree of adaptability than some of the
more lusty species.

17 American Hydroids, Part II, The Sertularide, 1904, p. 49.
18 Biol. Bull., vol. XIV, no. 2, 1908, p. 112.

48 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Explanation of Plate.

Fig. 1. Clytia minuta. Full-grown colony.
Figs. 2-5. Young colonies,

Figs. 6, 7. Gonophores,

Fig. 8. Filellum expansum. <A coppinia mass.

Seal

Summ Dea Np dooce

“ oe ..
= = Bw

ee Lt
0

5

PLATE I

New ENGLAND HyproIps

NOTES ON CLERIDA FROM NORTH AND CENTRAL
AMERICA. :

H. F. WicKHAM AND A. B, Woucott

The following paper is, in effect, a catalogue of the species of
this family contained in the collection of the senior author and is
intended as a contribution to the exact knowledge of the distri-
bution of the Cleridw on the North American continent. A few
biological notes, based on field experience, are added, which may
be of service as indicating where these insects are to be sought
or expected, and the dates of occurrence should also be of some
value. Because of the numerous types contained in the colleec-
tion, it has been thought best to note their presence for the guid-
ance of systematists who, at some future time, may wish to locate
them for study.

All of the exact records, that is to say those referring to lo-
ealities by city or county, are taken directly from specimens in
this collection. Those referring to states alone are inserted to
show the general distribution of the species and are furnished
by the junior author from notes gathered from the lterature
and from the study of specimens in his own collections or those
- gent him for examination. It has not seemed advisable to take up
the space which would be required in the citation of the original
collector for every specimen catalogued in the body of the work,
but the following list of the principal contributors and the loeali-
ties noted for the Cleride coming from them will serve the pur-
_ pose.

Chas. Liebeck, Philadelphia, and the nearby parts of New Jer-
sey; George Ehrmann, Allegheny County, Pennsylvania; G. W.
Caffrey, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania; Chas. Dury, Cincinnati, Ohio;
Frederick Knab, Chicopee, West Springfield and Mt. Tom, Mas-
sachusetts ; Fred. C. Bowditch, Brookline and Marion, Massachus-
etts; Clarence M. Weed, Durham, New Hampshire; 8. A. Shaw,
Hampton, New Hampshire; Perey G. Bolster, Mt. Katahdin and
Old Orchard, Maine; W. H. Harrington, Ottawa, Ontario; R. J.
Crew, Toronto, Ontario; John D. Evans, Sudbury, Ontario; Wm.

50 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

S. Marshall, Dane County, Wisconsin; Dayton Stoner, Ada, Min-
nesota; C. W. Strumberg, Galesburg, Illinois; W. Knaus, Me-
Pherson, Kansas; F. F. Crevecceur, Onaga, Kansas; E. A. Pop-
enoe, Riley County, Kansas; F. H. Snow, Douglas County, Kan-
sas, Magdalena Mountains, New Mexico, San Bernardino Ranch
and Oak Creek, Arizona; Richard Oertel, Malcolm, Nebraska;
Moritz Schuster, St. Louis, Missouri; A. H. Manee, Southern
Pines, North Carolina; H, P. Loding, Mobile and adjacent dis-
trict, Alabama; E. P. VanDuzee, Muskoka, Ontario, and Crescent
City, Tampa and Estero, Florida; C. Schaeffer, two species from
Brownsville, Texas; G. Birkmann, Fedor, Texas; Frank B. Arm-
strong, Cameron County, Texas, August and September; T. D.
A. Cockerell, Mesilla and Las Cruces, New Mexico; B. Shimek,
Escondido, Highrolls and Tularosa, New Mexico; E. J. Oslar,
Poncha Springs and Durango, Colorado; C. P. Gillette, Fort
Collins, Lamar and Trinidad, Colorado; R. A. Cooley, Montana,
ell points listed except Kalispell; Norman Criddle, Aweme,
Manitoba; A. W. Hanham, Winnipeg, Manitoba, and Goldstream,
Vancouver Island; Geo. W. Taylor, Nanaimo, Vancouver Island;
E. P. Venables, Vernon, British Columbia; Everett R. Ryan,
Salem, Oregon; A. B. Cordley, Corvallis, Oregon; H. C, Fall,
Pomona, California; A. Fenyes, Pasadena; Palm Springs and
Ahwahnee, California; Max Albright, Soldiers Home, Califor-
nia; E. C. Van Dyke, Los Angeles County, California; Chas.
Fuchs, St. Helena, California, and San Jose del Cabo, Lower
California; Chas. L, Smith, Jalapa, Mexico. The junior author
has sent specimens from Heyworth and Bloomington, Illinois,
and from Brownsville, Texas. The senior author has made three
trips to Mexico, and, with the exception of the Jalapa material,
has himself secured all of the beetles herein listed from that
country. He has also worked for many years in various parts °
of the United States and Canada and is to be eredited as eol-
lector of all the species mentioned from Iowa City, Iowa; Bay-
field, Wisconsin; McCook, Nebraska; Devil’s Lake and Willis-
ton, North Dakota; Kalispell, Montana; Cour d’ Alene and
Priest River, Idaho; Huntington, Oregon; Spokane, Leaven-
worth and Tacoma, Washington; Victoria, Vancouver Island;
Sisson, Dunsmuir, Tehachapi, Truckee, Bodie, Bridgeport, Inde-
pendence, Colton, Yuma, Salton, and The Needles, California;

NOTES ON CLERIDAE 51

Carson City, Elko and Reno, Nevada; St. George, Chadburn’s
Ranch, Provo, Parowan, Marysvale, Milford, City Creek Canyon
and Salt Lake City, Utah; Winslow, Williams, Flagstaff, Bright
Angel Camp, Seligman, Peach Springs, Tucson, Pinal Moun-
tains, Santa Rita Mountains and Nogales, Arizona; Albuquerque,
Coolidge, Gallup, Clouderoft, and Deming, New Mexico; El
Paso, Marfa, Alpine, Del Rio, Alice, San Antonio, and Dallas,
Texas; Little Rock, Arkansas; Atoka and South McAlester, In-
dian Territory. He also took most of the species listed as com-
ing from Brownsville, though it will be noted that some of them
came from other sources.

The arrangement of the genera and species is in accordance
with the views of the junior author, who is responsible also for
some changes of name and synonymy. He has written the
descriptions of the new species and varieties which will be found
in their appropriate places. The biological notes, unless other-
wise credited, are contributed by the senior author.

Family CLERID®.
Subfamily CLERIN.
Tribe I. Tillini.
MonopHyLua Spinola.

M. SUBSTRIATA Wolc. St. George, Utah. (TYPE). Doubtfully distinct
from M. californica Fall, which occurs from southern Oregon through Cali-
fornia to Lower California, Arizona and Costa Rica.

M. PALLIPES Schaeff. Texas, Brownsville and Alice, June and July.

M. TERMINATA Say. Camden Co., New Jersey, July 6; Jeannette, Penn-
sylvania; Onaga, Kansas; Iowa City, Iowa, April 15; Brownsville and
Columbus, Texas, July. Known also from Georgia, Virginia, West Vir-
ginia, Maryland, District of Columbia, New York, New Jersey, Massa-
chusetts, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Louisiana and Arizona. Mr.
Frost writes that W. S. Fisher has bred it from Honey Locust.

CaLLoTILLus Wolcott.

C. EBURNEOCINCTUS Wolc. Key West, Florida, June. (TYPE).

52 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Tittus Olivier.

T. COLLARIS Spin. Mobile, Alabama, May 17, collected on Chinquapin

ty H. P. Loding. Also known from Georgia, Ohio, Texas, Mexico and
perhaps Guatemala.

T. ELEGANS Er. (occidentalis Gorh.) Brownsville, Texas, June; Mesilla,.
New Mexico, August 12. My two specimens are quite different in appear-
ance, the one from Brownsville being uniformly dark above excepting the
humeral spot and transverse band, while the Mesilla example is black only
behind the band, the whole upper surface anterior thereto being testaceous
with the exception of the spots and the band which are light colored as in.
the other and of a similar eburneous gloss. The insect occurs as well in
Arizona, Lower California, Mexico, Guatemala, Nicaragua and Peru.

CYMATODERA Gray.

The species of this genus are comparatively rare and are ordinarily taken
by beating trees or bushes of various kinds, seldom occurring on flowers.
though occasionally resting under bark. It is unusual to take more than
one or two examples from a single plant. They are strongly attracted by
lights and may be found in the mornings about the doors of buildings.
where they have crawled in after having been drawn by the illumination.
“Partially dead branches yield them more freely than healthy vegetation.
The genus is well represented in the arid districts of our southwest.

C. PuNcTICOLLIS Bland. Yuma, Arizona, August 24. The known distri-
bution extends from Western Texas through New Mexico to California and
down the Peninsula.

C. TURBATA Horn. Uvalde, Texas, June 19; Tepehuanes, Durango, Mex
ico, August. In both instances, the specimens were found under decaying:
leaves of Opuntia.

C. DELICATULA Fall, Tepehuanes, Durango, Mexico, August. Described
from Lower California.

C. usta Lec. Las Cruces, New Mexico. Known from Texas, Arizona, .
and perhaps California, Mexico and Guatemala.

©. pupLicatA Wolc. Toluca, Mexico, (TYPE). The co-type comes from
the city of Mexico, where it was found at rest in an umbrella in one of”
the stores on the Zocalo.

C. ISABELLZ Wolc. St. George, Utah, July. (TYPE).

CG. rura Wole. Escondido, New Mexico, August 30. (TYPE). High--
rolls, New Mexico. Occurs in Nevada at Yerington.

C. TorosA Wolc. Albuquerque, New Mexico. (TYPE).

NOTES ON CLERIDAE 53

C. sororR Wolc. Nogales, Arizona, August. (TYPE).
C. LoNGICoRNIS Lec. Santa Fe, New Mexico, July. Occurs also in Utah.

C. BRUNNEA Melsh. Southern Pines, North Carolina, August; Tucson,
Arizona. Also known from New Jersey, District of Columbia, New Hamp-
shire, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Iowa, Missouri and Texas.

C. BIcoLoR Say. Chicopee, Massachusetts; Onaga, Kansas; Heyworth,
Illinois; Iowa City, Iowa, March 29 and various dates in May. Here it is
found occasionally running about in the house but has seldom been met
with out of doors. Other state records are Georgia, New York, New Jersey,
Maine, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Wisconsin, Texas, and Ontario, Canada.

C. =MULA Wolc. Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona. (TYPE).

C. BIPUNCTATA Gorh. Jalapa, Mexico. Also known from Oaxaca and
perhaps from Costa Rica. :

C. INORNATA Say. Atoka, Indian Territory; Onaga, Kansas; Galesburg,
Illinois; Iowa City, Iowa; Allegheny, Pennsylvania; several of the fore-
going bear dates, all of which are for June. Occurs also in Louisiana,
Georgia, District of Columbia, New Jersey, Maine, Indiana, Michigan, Wis-
consin, Missouri and Canada.

C. GrossA Gorh. Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico. It is known also from
Jalapa in the Mexican state of Vera Cruz.

C. WICKHAMI Wolc. Mexico City, Mexico, (TYPE).

C. Morosa Lec. Santa Fe, New Mexico, July; a doubtful specimen is in
my collection from Arizona. Found in Colorado, Arizona, California and
Mexico.

C. uMBRINA Fall. Bright Angel Camp, Arizona, on the edge of the Grand
Canyon, July; Albuquerque, New Mexico; Salida, Colorado, July 6. It
inhabits California, as well.

C. DIScOIDALIS Chev. Jalapa, state of Vera Cruz, Mexico.

C. SANTAROS# Schaeff. A somewhat doubtfully identified specimen is in
my cabinet from Mesilla, New Mexico, Otherwise, it is known from Lower
California.

C. £THIOPS Wolc. El Paso, Texas, July, (TYPE, male); Tucson, Ari-
zona, July, (CO-TYPE, female, this being misprinted ‘‘male’’ in the or-
iginal description).

C. comans Wolc. St. George, Utah, July, (TYPE); Salton, California,

54 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

265 feet below sea level, August; Peach Springs, Arizona, Oceurs also in
Nevada. The specimens from St. George were secured by beating thick
clumps of desert shrubs on the flats near the Virgin River, those from Salton
were concealed about the roots of weeds in a little draw leading down to
the Salton Sea.

C. TEXANA Gorh. Burnet County, Texas.

C. uNDULATA Say. Iowa City, Iowa, Oct. 7; Independence, Iowa; Onaga,
Kansas, June 26 and July 16; Malcolm, Nebraska, July 17; Crescent City,
Florida, April. Known to occur in North Carolina, Maryland, District of
Columbia, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Hlinois, Wisconsin,
Arkansas, Texas and Arizona. Mr. C. A. Frost writes that it has been
bred from Ampelopsis quinquef olia by H. B. Kirk.

C, BALTEATA Lec. Brownsville, Harwood and New Braunfels, Texas, July.
Lives in Mississippi, Alabama and California.

C. ancusTaTa Spin. Los Angeles County, California. Found also in
Mexico.

C. OVIPENNIS Lec. Los Angeles County and Tehachapi, California.
Known from New Mexico and Arizona, and perhaps from Missouri, though
the locality label for the last specimen may be in error.

Tribe II. Clerini.
Priocera Kirby.

P. CASTANEA Newm. Heyworth, Illinois; Allegheny, Pennsylvania; Spring
Hill, Alabama, May 17. Distributed through Florida, North and South Caro-
lina, Ohio, Indiana, Michigan, Kansas and Canada.

DERESTENUS Chevr.

D, FuRCATUS Schaeff. Brownsville, Texas, July 10.

THanasimus Latreille.

T. TRIFASCIATUS Say. Bayfield, Wisconsin, Known from Vermont, Penn-
sylvania and Canada.

T. puBIus Fabr. Durham, New Hampshire; Chicopee, Massachusetts; Mt.
Katahdin, Maine, 5000 feet, June 29. Known to occur in Louisiana, New
York, Vermont, Pennsylvania, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Canada and
Mexico.

T. UNDATULUS Say. Livingston, Montana, July 14. Found in New Hamp-
shire, Minnesota, Colorado, New Mexico and Ontario.

NOTES ON CLERIDAE at"

T. UNDATULUS var, NUBILUS Alug. Sudbury, Ontario; Bayfield, Wiscon-
sin; Kalispell, Montana, June 15; Leadville, Colorado, July; Priest River,
Idaho, June. Widely distributed in Tennessee, New York, New Hampshire,
Vermont, Maine, Wisconsin, Michigan, Minnesota, South Dakota, Nebraska,
Kansas, New Mexico, Alaska, Northwest Territories and the Hudson’s Bay
region.

T. NIGRIVENTRIS Lec. Buena Vista, Leadville and Salida, Colorado; Cloud-
croft and Gallup, New Mexico; Flagstaff, Arizona; Truckee and Sisson,
California; Spokane, Washington; Coeur d’ Alene, Idaho; Vernon, British
Columbia. All of the dates on the foregoing specimens are for July and
August. The beetles are common running in the sunshine on the trunks
of cut pines and other conifers, and are frequently seen in lumber yards and
about saw mills. They take to flight readily and are often found in com-
pany with T. nubilus which has similar habits. Other records of locality are
Ontario, Wisconsin, Michigan, South Dakota, Nebraska, Utah, Wyoming,
Oregon, Vancouver Island, California, Mexico and Guatemala.

ADELPHOCLERUS Wolcott.

A. nitIpus Wolc. Jalapa, state of Vera Cruz, Mexico, (COTYPE). Sev-
eral specimens were collected at that point a few years ago by Mr. Chas.
_ L. Smith.

ENocLerus Gahan.

E. THoRACICUS Oliv. Chicopee, Mass.; Southern Pines, North Carolina,
April 24; Estero, Florida, May 6; Mobile, Alabama, April 14; Durham,
New Hampshire; Ridgeway, Ontario. It is known to occur also in Louisi-
ana, Georgia, District of Columbia, New Jersey, Rhode Island, New York,
Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Texas, California and
Mexico.

E. THORACICUS var. PALLIPES Wolc. n. yar. Resembles the ordinary form
of the species, but differs in having the legs pale yellow. This gives it a
very different aspect, but no other differential characters are apparent. It
is represented by specimens from Lincoln, Nebraska; Onaga, Kansas, and
Iowa City, Iowa. The dates indicate that it appears in June.

E. ocrEatus Horn. Salida, Colorado; Flagstaff, Arizona. Both cap-
tures were made in July, the specimens being taken from cut pines. The
species is also found in Nebraska, Kansas and New Mexico,

E. HUMERALIS Schaeff. Vernon, British Columbia. Recorded from Calli-
fornia and Arizona.

E. NIGRIFRONS Say. Marion, Massachusetts, June; Muskoka, Ontario,
July; Tumblin Gap, Alabama. Other records are District of Columbia,
New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Indiana, Illinois, Nebraska, and the
Lake Superior region.

56 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

E, QUADRIGUTTATUS Oliv. Iowa City, Iowa, April 5; Hampton, New
Hampshire, May 18; Malcolm, Nebraska, June 4. It is recorded from On-
tario, Maine, Vermont, Rhode Island, Massachusetts, New York, New J ersey,
Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin, Michigan, Minnesota, Kan-
sas, Missouri, Georgia, New Mexico, Arizona, California and Mexico.

E, QUADRIGUTTATUS Var. RUFIVENTRIS Spin. Mt. Katahdin, Maine, 5000
feet, June 29; Toronto, Canada, same date. It is known from Vermont,
New York, Wisconsin, Michigan, Kansas, California and Mexico.

E. RosMARUS Say. Iowa City, Iowa, June 29; Atoka, Indian Territory,
June 14; Little Rock, Arkansas, May. Inhabits also Louisiana, Florida,
Georgia, Virginia, District of Columbia, Maryland, New York, New Jersey,
Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, Illinois, Nebraska,
Missouri and Kansas. In my experience, this occurs on flowers.

E. BOMBYCINUS Chev, Cuernavaca in Morelos and Tepehuanes in Du-
rango, Mexico, July and August. This is a flower loving species like the

last, and was taken in some abundance in sweepings on heavily overgrown
hillsides.

E, ExIMIus Mann. Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, May 8; Salem, Oregon;
Pasadena and Soldiers Home, Los Angeles County, California.

E, MuTTKOWSKII Wolec. Bayfield, Wisconsin, where two specimens were
found running on a fence made chiefly of poplar logs. The type of this
species was labelled merely ‘‘Wis.’’? Dr. Muttkowski took a specimen at
Prescott, Pierce County, Wisconsin, between July 13 and 19, 1910. The
color of the abdomen of this fresh specimen is red, (not yellow, as in the
evidently faded type) and the apical ventral segment is piceous. In my
examples, the abdomen is red throughout.

E. spInoLa Lec, Alpine and Marfa, Texas, June and July; Shady Run
in the Pinal Mountains, Arizona, July; Wallace County, Kansas, July;
Tepehuanes, Durango, Mexico. This showy beetle sometimes occurs in
large numbers in the flowers of various yuccas and related plants in the
warm desert regions of the southwest. It is known to occur in New Mexico
and California, as well as in the states noted above, and a doubtful record
is extant for Kentucky.

E. Ma@stus Klug. Colorado Springs, Salida and Ouray, Colorado, July;
Coolidge, New Mexico; Flagstaff and Bright Angel Camp, Arizona, June
and July. Sometimes abundant running in the sunshine on cut trunks of
conifers or hiding in the dying foliage. I have never seen it on flowers
and the habits are suggestive of Thanasimus rather than of Enoclerus. It
has a wide range and is known from several states other than those named
above, namely South Dakota, Wyoming, Nebraska, Montana, Washington,
Oregon and California, extending south into Mexico.

NOTES ON CLERIDAE aT

E. SPHEGEUS Fabr. Olympia, Leavenworth and San Juan Island, Wash-
ington; The Dalles, Oregon; Priest River, Idaho; Sisson, Truckee, Te-
hachapi and Bridgeport, California; Leadville, Colorado; Williams, Ari-
zona; Goldstream, British Columbia, October. With the exception of the
last record, practically all of the dates are in July and August, when this
insect may be found under conditions similar to those indicated for E.
mestus. It is of equally wide range, being found in South Dakota, Nebras-
ka, Wyoming, Utah, New Mexico and Mexico as well as in the places al-
ready noted.

E. JouTELI Leng. Southern Pines, North Carolina, June 4. This species
has only recently been described from a single specimen taken on top of
Screamer Mountain, Rabun County, Georgia, 3500 feet, June 15. Mr.
Manee sent me one with the note that it was unique in his collection. To
me, the insect looks more like &. viduus than like E, sphegeus, to which
latter species it has been compared by Mr. Leng, in fact it is remarkably
similar to the specimen that I have as viduus from Alpine, Texas. In the
Texas specimen the hind femora are not orange, though slightly tinged at
base, the size of the insect is less and the color more purplish.

E. vipuus Klug. Alpine, Texas, June. A single beautiful specimen
found in sweepings. It was already known from Mexico.

E. ICHNEUMONEUS Fabr. New York City; Riley County, Kansas, October
27. It is known as well from Iowa, Indiana, Lllinois, Wisconsin, Arkansas,
Georgia, Florida, Virginia, Maryland, District of Columbia, Pennsylvania,
Ohio and Ontario.

E. acErBus Wolc. Elko, Nevada, (TYPE). It also inhabits Utah.

E. BIMACULATUS Skinner. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mts., Arizona, August,
(COTYPE).

E. OPIFEX Gorh. Alpine, Texas, June and August, in sweepings. Other-
wise recorded from Mexico, Guatemala and Nicaragua.

E. LATEFASCIATUS Wolc. Rio Balsas, Guerrero, Mexico. (TYPE).

E. QUADRISIGNATUS Say. New Braunfels and Brownsville, Texas, June,
July and August; South McAlester, Indian Territory, June. Occurs also in
Georgia, North Carolina, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois,
Kansas, Colorado, Arizona, California, Lower California and Mexico. In
the west, this species occurs on yuccas.

E. QUADRISIGNATUS var. LATECINCTUS Lec. San Jose del Cabo, Lower
California; Yuma and Soldiers Home, California; Cameron County, Texas,
August. Dr. Leconte gives the locality as ‘‘Colorado River and Sonora,’”
probably in the vicinity of Yuma.

58 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

E. VULNERATUS Klug. Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico,

E. Lunatus Klug. Glassboro, New Jersey, July; New Braunfels and
Harris County, Texas, May; Estero and Tampa, Florida, May; Southern
Pines, North Carolina, June; Riley County, Kansas, July; Orchard, Ala-
bama, May. Widely distributed, being found as well in Georgia, Virginia,
Maryland, New York, Pennsylvania and Missouri.

E. DECUSsATUS Klug. Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico. The variety ornatus
Spin., occurs in Arizona.

EK. ANALIS Lec. Onaga, Kansas, June; Alpine, Texas, July; Luna, New
Mexico, August; Lamar, Colorado, September; Winslow, Arizona. Known
also from Ohio. It is a flower loving insect, like Trichodes.

E. CorDIFER Lec. Powderville, Montana, July 29; Alpine and Marfa,
Texas, June and July; Colorado Springs, Colorado, June. This also is a
flower loving form, and is known, in addition to the above localities, from
Kansas, Nebraska and New Mexico.

E. tatus Klug. (abruptus Lec.) Del Rio, Alpine and Brownsville,
Texas; Peach Springs, Seligman, Winslow and Santa Rita Mountains,
Arizona; Chadburn’s Ranch, and Parowan, Utah. Another flower loving
species, feeding exposed and easily frightened. It is found also in New
Mexico, California and Mexico.

E. coccinEus Schklg. Trinidad and Colorado Springs, June, Poncha
Springs, July, Colorado; Roswell and Luna, New Mexico, August;
Marfa, Texas, July. This species is quite generally confused with the
preceding but is quite distinct and is known from Minnesota, Nebraska,
Kansas, and Mexico in addition to the localities cited above. Its habits
are the same as those of LH. letus.

E. paumI Schaeff. Williams, Arizona, July; Gallup, New Mexico. It is
known from no other states than these.

E. CRABRONARIUS Spin. Brownsville, Texas, June. Reported from Texas
only.

TricHopes Herbst.

All of the North American species of Trichodes seem to haye similar hab- ~
its in the adult state, being found in flowers, more especially in those which
bloom in heads like the Composite and Umbellifere. They are at least
fairly active and fly on slight alarm, without being as swift as the species
of Enoclerus or Thanasimus. Their bright colors make them quite con-
spicuous and they form one of the striking features of collections made in
the mountain region of the west. Some of them occur in considerable
abundance.

NOTES ON CLERIDAE 59

T. ORESTERUS Wolc. Alpine, Marfa and Pecos, Texas, June and July.

T. mLustris Horn. San Bernardino Ranch, Santa Rita Mountains and
Tucson, Arizona, those from the last two places occurring from late August
to early September.

T. smuLator Horn. Albuquerque and Embudo, New Mexico, on golden
rod in September; Parowan, Utah, August. Known to occur as well in
Arizona and Wyoming.

» T. BIBALTEATUS Lec. New Braunfels, Alpine and Del Rio, Texas, June.
The two specimens from the last named locality are yellow instead of red.
The species is known also from Arizona and a specimen in the collection of
Warren Knaus is labelled ‘‘ Pa.’’

T. NExus Wole. San Jose del Cabo, Lower California, (COTYPE).

T. onpnatus Say. Colorado Springs, Buena Vista, Leadville, Brecken-
ridge, Poncha Springs, Ouray, Georgetown, Durango, South Park and Den-
ver, Colorado; Lamb’s Canyon, Fort Douglas and City Creek Canyon, near
Salt Lake City, Utah; Reno, Nevada; Kalispell and Lo Lo, Montana;
Nanaimo and Victoria, Vancouver Island; Leavenworth, Spokane, Tacoma,
Ellensburgh and Centralia, Wash.; Salem, Huntington, The Dalles and
Cayuse, Oregon; Kaweah, Sierra Nevada above Independence, Bubb’s Creek,
Truckee, Sisson and Dunsmuir, California; Flagstaff and Bright Angel
Camp, Arizona. The dates run all through the summer, but the species is
abundant in July and August. Records are also extant from South Dakota,
Nebraska, Idaho, Wyoming, New Mexico, Alberta and British Columbia.

T. ORNATUS var. TENELLUS Lec. Kaweah, California; Albany, Oregon.
Known also from Utah, Colorado, Nevada, and New Mexico.

T. NuTTALLI Kirby. Waldoboro and Old Orchard, Maine; Buffalo, New
York; Toronto and Port Hope, Ontario; Bayfield, Wisconsin; Evanston,
Illinois; Iowa City, Iowa; Williston, North Dakota; Golden, Colorado;
Aweme and Winnipeg, Manitoba. It is recorded also from Florida, Lou-
isiana, Vermont, Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, Michigan, Indiana, Missouri,
Kansas, Nebraska, South Dakota and Minnesota.

T. apivorus Germ. Crescent City, Florida, April; Southern Pines, North
Carolina, June; Spring Hill, Alabama, July. It is known to occur in Vir-
ginia, District of Columbia, New York, New Jersey, Massachusetts, Ne-
braska, Texas, New Mexico and Canada.

T. APIVORUS var. INTERRUPTUS Lec. Mt. Tom, Massachusetts; Webster,.
New Hampshire; Holiday, Pennsylvania; DaCosta, New Jersey. Recorded
also from Florida, Alabama, Virginia, Illinois and Texas.

60 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Auuicus Spinola.

A. NERO Spin. Alpine, Texas, July and August; Luna, New Mexico,
August; Palm Springs, California, June. This insect rests on the stems
of tall grasses, in which position it is quite conspicuous. Besides the above
recorded distribution, it inhabits Nevada and Lower California.

A. MONTICOLA Gorh. Alpine, Texas, August; Santa Rita Mountains, |
Arizona, September. Its habits are the same as those of the preceding
species. Its range extends into Mexico.

XENOCLERUS Schklqg.

X. EDWARDSII Horn. Tueson, Arizona, August 24; this fine species occurs
occasionally among the branches of the palo verde and other small desert
trees on the hills about the town, and is only moderately alert. It is known
as well from California and the Peninsula.

Tribe III. Hydnocerini.

Hypnocera Newm.

H. unirasciata Say. Atoka, Indian Territory, June; Southern Pines,
North Carolina, May and June, the specimen of later date having no cross-
band; Bloomington, Illinois, July; New Mexico. Other records are Ala-
bama, District of Columbia, New York, New Jersey, Massachusetts, Penn-
sylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Nebraska, Colorado, Texas and Arizona.

H. rurirpes Newm. Chuchula, March 29, and Oak Grove, Alabama; it is
recorded from Florida and Arkansas. The Chuchula specimen, received from
Mr. Loding, is marked as having been collected on oak.

H. pusra Wole. n. sp. Very similar to the blue variety of hwmeralis in
size, form and color. Rather robust, black, moderately clothed with short,
pale grayish pubescence, Head and thorax with slight greenish tinge, finely
densely punctate and asperulate. Antenne pale testaceous, apical joint and
the palpi pale piceous. Elytra fully covering the abdomen, blue black,
closely suberibrately punctate, sculpture more dense towards the tip, sides
slightly narrowing towards the apices which are separately obliquely round-
ed, strongly serrate and but slightly dehiscent at the suture. Legs black,
anterior and middle tibize (the latter more or less infuscate), knees, and
tarsi of all the legs pale testaceous. Length, 4.00 mm.

Devil’s Lake, North Dakota, June 6, (TYPE).

Represented by a single male specimen which differs from the blue form
of H. humeralis as follows:— Subopaque, more densely pubescent, head
and pronotum more finely but roughly punctured, prothorax proportionately
longer, the sides more broadly but less strongly dilated, the disk not less
densely punctured than the flanks and the elytral apices obliquely rounded.

NOTES ON CLERIDAE 61

The form of the thorax is very similar to that of H. pubescens, but it is
longer and narrower at the apex. The finely, densely punctured area at
about apical third of elytra, which is present in many species, is entirely
wanting in H. dubia, the pubescence clothing this portion is without dis-
tinct lateral direction.

H. MEXICANA Wolc. Tepehuanes, Durango, August, (TYPE).

H. suprasciata Lec. Coolidge, New Mexico; Williams and Flagstaff,
Arizona, July; Buena Vista, Colorado, July; Provo, Utah, May; Bodie,
California, July. Frequently common, particularly on young pine trees. It
is known also from Wyoming, Montana, Kansas, Nebraska and Texas.

H. SUBFASCIATA var. FRATERNA Wolc. n. var. Differs from the typical
form by the upper surface being brilliantly metallic, the head, base of
prothorax and elytra more densely punctate and the post-median pubescent
fascia much less evident. The legs are pale testaceous, more or less in-
fuseate, the femora, apices excepted, black.

Chatham, Massachusetts, (COTYPES).

Described from six specimens from Chatham, Massachusetts, July 14,
1907, collected and presented by Mr. C. A. Frost. Four specimens remain
in the Wolcott collection.

H. PUBESCENS Lec. Onaga and Lawrence, Kansas, May, June and Aug-
ust; South McAlester, Indian Territory, June; Point Isabel, Brownsville
and Dallas, Texas, July; Volga, South Dakota. Known as well from Illin-
ois, Nebraska, Colorado, Montana and New Mexico.

H. rucusi Schaeff. Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, September. It oc-
curs also in New Mexico.

H. SUPERBA Wolc. Tepehuanes, Durango, Mexico, (TYPE).

H. GORHAMI Wolc. Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico, (TYPE). Quite
abundant in sweepings on open hillsides overgrown with thickets of low
shrubs and weeds.

H. HUMERALIS Say. Williston, North Dakota, June; Brookings, South
Dakota; Ada, Minnesota, July; Dane County, Wisconsin, June; Lee, New
Hampshire; Aweme, Manitoba, May; McCook, Nebraska; Colorado Springs,
June, and Fort Collins, Colorado; occurs also in Florida, Georgia, North
Carolina, Virginia, Maryland, District of Columbia, New Jersey, New
York, Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, Kentucky, Ohio, Indiana, [Illinois,
Michigan, Kansas, Missouri, Montana, Texas, Arizona, California and per-
haps Mexico. The foregoing notes refer to the typical form, the blue va-
riety is contained in the collection from Kalispell, Montana, June; Provo,
Nephi and City Creek Canyon, Utah; Fort Collins and Ouray, Colorado,
July; Williston, North Dakota, June; Ada, Minnesota, July; Dane County,

62 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

_

Wisconsin, June; Durham, New Hampshire; Aweme and Winnipeg, Mani-
toba, May; Ottawa, Canada, It is found also in New York, New Jersey,
Maryland, Massachusetts, Maine, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois,
Michigan, Nebraska, Kansas, Texas and New Mexico.

H. H#MATICcCA Gorh. Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico. This was common
with H. gorhami, being even more plentiful than that species. The type
locality is Mexico, (Puebla and Cuernavaca).

H. LECONTEI Wolc. (new name for H. subenea Lec., not Spinola). This
name is here proposed for the species identified and described as H. sub-
enea by LeConte (Ann. Lye, Nat. Hist., N. Y. V, 1849, p. 26) which is quite
different from the true subenea of Spinola (Mon. Cler. II, 1844, p. 51).
The latter appears to be very rare, if my-identification of it is correct, and
is known to me from Massachusetts only. On the other hand, H. lecontei
is common and widespread, as will be shown by the followin® records. Old
Orchard, Maine, June 23; Durham, New Hampshire; Chicopee, Massa-
chusetts; Aweme, Manitoba, June; Greeley, Georgetown, Colorado Springs,
Ouray and Salida, Colorado, June and July; Fort Douglas, Utah; Bodie and
Soldiers Home, California; Flagstaff, Arizona, July; Magdalena Mountains
and Clouderoft, New Mexico. It is found also in New York, New Jersey,
Vermont, Ohio, Nebraska, Montana and the Lake Superior region. The ex-
isting Illinois record is founded upon an erroneous identification, In the
semi-arid regions of the west, this is the most abundant Hydnocera and
may be beaten from various shrubs.

H. rricotor Schaeff. Cameron County, Texas, September. The type
locality is Brownsville, in this county.

H. wicKHAMI Wolc. Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, September,
(CAEN 1 2410))

H. BimacuLata Wolc. Amedee, California, July, (TYPE).
H. ASPERA Wole. Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico, (TYPE).

H. stvcutaris Wolc. n. sp. Elongate, feebly shining, «neous black,
moderately densely clothed with short pale pubescence, antenne and a large
subscutellar spot pale yellowish, legs black, knees and anterior and middle
tibie and tarsi testaceous, posterior tibize and tarsi piceous brown, Head,
including the prominent eyes, as wide as the elytra, rather coarsely ru-
gosely punctate, front feebly impressed. Prothorax slightly wider than
long, punctuation same as that of the head, lateral fovew neither very
large nor strongly impressed, sides broadly and rather feebly dilated at
apical two-fifths, nearly straight and feebly convergent posteriorly. Elytra
shorter than the abdomen, moderately finely and very densely punctate,
post-scutellar region depressed, humeri distinct, sides parallel, apices ob-
liquely truncate, dehiscent at the suture, lateral margin posteriorly and

NOTES ON CLERIDAE 63

sutural angle very finely serrate, the truncature nonserrate. In color, the
elytra are less wneous than the other dark parts of the body, and are
marked with a large, testaceous, common post-scutellar maculation which
gives off a ramus bordering the scutellum and reaching the base. Legs
clothed with long erect whitish hairs. Length, 4.50 mm.

Southern Pines, North Carolina, August 10, (TYPE).

This is described from a unique specimen, collected by A. H. Manee.
It is totally unlike any of the other known species in coloration and differs
in form and sculpture from all of those with truncate elytra.

H. KNAusI Wickh. McPherson, Kansas, (TYPE). Also known from
Brownsville, Texas.

H. omocerA Horn. Cameron County, September, Brownsville, July, Tex-
as. Known also from Arizona and Lower California.

H. piscomea Lec. Yuma and Amedee, California, August; Las Cruces,
April, and Albuquerque, New Mexico; Winslow and Tucson, Arizona; St.
George and Chadburn’s Ranch, Utah, July. This is a true desert species
and is to be beaten from various shrubs. It extends into Mexico and
Lower California,

H. scasra Lec. Tehachapi, California; Spokane, Washington; Nephi,
Utah, June. It is known as well from Kansas, Colorado, Idaho, New Mex-
ico and Arizona,

H. pyGMA Wole. n. sp. Form of H. scabra, densely clothed with short,
semirecumbent pubescence and sparse, erect, fine, whitish hairs. Head
black with bluish tinge, finely rugosely punctate, about one-fourth wider
than the prothorax, front feebly biimpressed, eyes large, prominent, an-
tenne pale testaceous, club slightly darker, palpi piceous. Prothorax black
with bluish tinge, slightly wider than long, subapical constriction strong,
sides broadly not very strongly dilated before the middle, posteriorly com-
pressed, straight and subparallel to the base, subapical transverse im-
pressed line feeble at middle, distinct at sides, basal transverse impressed
line nearly obsolete, basal. margin elevated, sculpture similar to that of the
head, disk with longitudinal area finely, sparsely punctate. Elytra geneous
black, scarcely wider at base than the head, slightly shorter than the ab-
domen, humeri moderately prominent, sides subparallel to apical two-fifths,
thence rather strongly narrowing to the apices which are separately obtusely
rounded and dehiscent at the suture, lateral margins behind the middle
and apices distinctly serrate, punctuation moderately coarse and dense, the
individual punctures somewhat confluent, pubescence nearly uniform, at
apical two-fifths slightly longer and directed laterally but scarcely more
dense and not at all conspicuous. Legs black, knees, anterior and middle
tibie (the latter more or less infuscate) and tarsi of all the legs pale
testaceous. Body beneath and legs moderately clothed with long whitish
hairs, the abdomen rather sparsely pubescent. Length, 2.80 mm,

64 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Independence, California, July 17, (TYPE); Bridgeport, California,
6465 feet, July 12 to 15, (COTYPE).

Represented by one specimen from each of the above localities. Allied
to H. scabra but differs from that species by having somewhat less densely,
more smoothly punctured elytra, and in lacking the distinct postmedian
elytral pubescent band.

H. PEDALIS Lec. Onaga, Kansas; Malcolm, Nebraska, May; Colorado.
It is found also in New Jersey, Ohio, Illinois, Wisconsin, Missouri and
Arizona,

H. spInoL& Wolc, Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico, (TYPE).
H. BITUBERCULATA Chevr, Jalapa, in the state of Vera Cruz, Mexico.

H. NIGRESCENS Schaeff. Southern Pines, North Carolina, This is the
type locality.

H. NivEIFASCIA Schaeff. Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico. Known from
Arizona.

H. tonca Lec. Alpine, Texas, July. Also known from Arizona.

H. FALLAX Wolc. Colorado Springs, June, (TYPE).

H. AFFILIATA Fall. Colton, California.

H. LATERALIS Gorh. Brownsville, Texas, July. Known from Panama.

H. sururauis Klug. Tampa, Florida, May. It is probable that the
species recorded under this name from Mexico, Panama and Guatemala will
prove distinct.

H. VERTICALIS Say. Chicopee, Massachusetts, May; New York City,
July; Allegheny County, Pennsylvania; Dane County, Wisconsin, June;
Iowa City, Iowa; Toronto, Ontario, June. This is widely distributed in
Florida, District of Columbia, New Jersey, New Hampshire, Vermont, Ohio,
Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Kansas and Texas.

H. PALLIPENNIS Say. Webster, New Hampshire; West Springfield, Mas-
sachusetts, July; Oswego, July, New Baltimore, August, New York; South-
ern Pines, North Carolina, June; Sparta, Wisconsin, August; Iowa City,
Iowa. This species has also a wide range through Louisiana, Alabama,
District of Columbia, New Jersey, Maine, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Indiana,
Illinois, Michigan, Nebraska, Kansas, Missouri, Colorado and Ontario. |

H. TRICONDYLZ Lec, Onaga, Kansas, June 19, It is found as well in
Illinois, Nebraska and Colorado,

NOTES ON CLERIDAE 65

H, LONGICOLLIS Ziegl. Onaga, Kansas, May 23; Hampton, New Hamp-
shire, June 28; other known localities are District of Columbia, New York,
New Jersey, Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan,
Wisconsin, Iowa, Nebraska, Texas and Ontario.

H. rasa Lec. Southern Pines, North Carolina, Chicago, Illinois, and
Iowa City, Iowa, June; Douglas County, Kansas. This beetle is found
in sweepings on low meadows and ranges through Alabama, District of
Columbia, New Jersey, New Hampshire, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana,
Michigan, Wisconsin, Nebraska and Ontario.

H. =GRA Newm, Crescent City, Florida, April. It has been taken on
Tybee Island, Georgia, by Mr. Wenzel.

ZENoposus Wolcott.

Z. SANGUINEUS Say. Iowa City, Iowa, March, April, May and Septem-
ker; Toronto, Ontario. I find this beautiful little beetle running in the
house, probably being bred from sticks fallen from trees and bushes in
the yard and thrown into the cellar for kindling. It is widespread in dis-
tribution, as will be shown by the list of additional localities, namely,
Georgia, West Virginia, District of Columbia, New Jersey, New York,
Rhode Island, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Maine, Pennsylvania, Ohio,
Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, Nebraska, Kansas and Colorado.

Eurycranus Blanchard.

E. PULCHELLUS Wole. San Angel, Federal District, Mexico, August,
(TYPE). The unique specimen was found resting on a composite flower
growing on the hills above San Angel, a few miles above Mexico City.
But two species are known to occur on the American continent, the other,
E. viridieneus Gorh., being recorded from Guatemala.

Subfamily CoRYNETIN®.
Tribe IV. Enopliini.

Group 1, Phyllobenides.

PHYLLOBZNuS Spinola.

P. pistocatus Say. Onaga, Kansas; Iowa City, lowa, August. This
seems to be rather rare, but is found over a wide range of territory. The
records give Georgia, District of Columbia, New York, New Jersey, New
Hampshire, Massachusetts, Maine, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois,
Michigan, Wisconsin, Kansas, Ontario and Texas.

66 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

EvurpPotomMa Spinoia.

E. LATICORNIS Say. Marion and Brookline, Massachusetts. Known from
North Carolina, District of Columbia, New York, Maine, Canada, Pennsyl-
vania, Ohio and Illinois.

Group 2. Enopliides.

Pyticera Spinola.

P. HUMERALIS Horn. Oak Creek Canyon, Arizona. Extends into New
Mexico and Mexico,

P. QUADRIPUNCTATA Say. Fedor, Texas. Also known from Ohio, Indi-
ana and Arkansas.

P. QUADRIPUNCTATA var. QUADRINOTATA Hald. Fedor, Texas. It is re-
corded from no other state.

CHARIESSA Perty.

C. vestTiTA Chevr. Brownsville, Texas, July. These fine beetles were
found running during the daytime on posts in the village. Their con-
trasting blue backs and clear red legs made them very conspicuous. They
were much less alert than the species of Hnoclerus and Thanasimus. Other
known records are Mexico, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Panama and Brazil,

C. ELEGANS Horn, Corvallis, Oregon; St. Helena, Napa County, Califor-
nia. It extends into Texas and possibly into Mexico,

C. PILOSA Forst. St. Louis, Missouri; Iowa City, Iowa, June 19; Bay-
field, Wisconsin; South McAlester, Indian Territory, June; Bethlehem,
Pennsylvania; Marion, Massachusetts. It has a wide range, occurring also
in Florida, Georgia, District of Columbia, New Jersey, New York, Rhode
Island, Kentucky, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Nebraska, Arkansas, Texas and
Canada, Mr. C. A. Frost writes that it was bred from elm by H. B. Kirk.

C, PILOSA var, MARGINATA Say. (onusta Say). Hampton, New Hamp-
shire, July 3. This too is widespread and is known from the District of
Columbia, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Maine, Kentucky, Ohio,
Indiana, Illinois, Kansas, Texas and Canada.

C. TEXANA Wolc. Texas, probably New Braunfels. No record exists for
other states.

PELONIUM Spinola.

P. LEUCOPHHUM Klug. (vetustum Spin.) Allegheny County, Pennsyl-
vania. It is found also in Louisiana, Alabama, Florida, District of Colum-

NOTES ON CLERIDAE 67

bia, New Jersey, [llinois, Missouri, Kansas, Texas, Lower California and
Mexico.

P. MACULICOLLE Schaeff. Brownsville, Texas, June and August.

GALERUCLERUS Gahan.

G. ocuLatus Say. New York City; Camden County, New Jersey; Cin-
cinnati, Ohio. It is known as well from Louisiana, Alabama, Florida,
Georgia, District of Columbia, Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, Indiana, Kan-
sas and Texas.

G, mixtus Lec. Brownsville and Columbus, Texas, July and August;
Cincinnati, Ohio; Atoka, Indian Territory, June. It is recorded from
Maryland, District of Columbia, Kentucky, Louisiana and Colorado. It
is often beaten from thick clumps of vines.

ORTHOPLEURA Spinola.

O. DAMICORNIs Fabr. Onaga, Kansas, April, May and June; Iowa City,
Iowa; St. Louis, Missouri; Fort Lee, New York. This insect is the most
variable in size of any beetle that I know. It has a wide range over Cuba,
Florida, Georgia, District of Columbia, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio,
Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Louisiana, Texas, Lower California and Mexico.

Tribe V. Corynetini.

LEBASIELLA Spinola.

L. MACULICOLLIS Lec. Pomona, Pasadena, Mount Lowe, Soldiers Home
and Ahwahnee, California.

NECROBIA Ofivier.

The three North American species of this genus are frequent upon dry
carrion, and since they are readily transported and easily maintain them-
selves for some time under varying climatic conditions they are likely to
be found almost anywhere within our limits. For this reason, it does not
seem worth while to record the numerous localities represented.

N. RuFIPES Fabr. This species was brought to Iowa City some years
ago, in a collection of natural history specimens from Cuba, and was fairly
common about the Museum for a long time. It seems to have died out,
however. ‘

N. RUFICOLLIS Fabr.

N. vioLacea Linn. The habits of the last two are practically the same ~
as in N, rufipes.

”

e

ae eas ‘ae poise = in
ave) eee ae QV ohites> evi eS VIS t.0¥ eee ok aS
Rew _ndiiel ats. piackece eee * Sen pee

“He | if Kniky tt ae hee 9S Seif Pf: d gta EE \e tei le
Aire a oA RS ee Se ee. yh ay senfa
> ‘ ) . - =
7a ger A fate elk wait <2 fio! @ it Fase ‘alt eras pe
evil, @ Pb bel Ro pr, MAE aoe ae weet te
st ~~ si : dsneuaat Towne) ye ees.
\ 4 ri- 2% Ate ast wixt tre
s le Po ae = oe om
Chase tees wee'< if hnrad
4 RHA EG :
. . by ow 4 i 7
' nA 7 ¢ - ae Suh
- 2 -
74 oF
: § ade ea
f ak
lye: )4s oe wat
an 17” ~ % :
‘ bel £ > ;
ety. ay
,
. " ; a
, fs P
F r \ P 4. Wit ne
*
“ Nie

- BULLETIN OF THE STATE
UNIVERSITY OF Tow

‘Bulletin ficat ‘the Leica
of Natural History

VQEUME, Vi NUMBER 4°

CONTENTS

: 1. : Fossil Coleoptera from the ‘Wilson ranch near Florissant, Goloraiio..
oi Seca ape ae aes eed | OBE WICKHAM

2. A new Succinea.

8. An artificial prairie,

i ors 4, A long-stalked Elodea flower.

Std een geen PUBLISHED. BY THE UNIVERSITY

ote aoe Towa Crry, IowA

ISSUED TWENTY-ONE TIMES DURING THE ACADEMIC YEAR; MONTHLY FROM ~
OCTOBER TO JANUARY, WEEKLY PROM FEBRUARY TO JUNE. ENTERED

; "~ AT THE POST OFFICE IN OWA OITY AS SECOND OLASS MATL MATTER.

IN THE SERIES OF RESEARCH BULLETINS OF THE UNIVERSITY

BULLETIN

FROM THE

LABORATORIES OF NATURAL HISTORY

OF THE STATE

UNIVERSITY OF IOWA

EDITORIAL STAFF

MD ETONEAS Ett NING ENTE of <ietc os ce ise fatten © sya Sy'lshia ae. ohare ace Botany
AS PASO oa Came NIUE UN Ghee crises) c.a...te ye cenetvics sic sowie snle' ew: charterer Zoology
Ra Metal Hie Verret atetriate ox pal Weta cists «seb gs sca wes « Geology
VoLuME VI NUMBER 4
CONTENTS

bo

Fossil Coleoptera from the Wilson ranch near Florissant, Colorado.
H. F. WIicKHAM

A new Succinea.

B. SHIMEK
An artificial prairie.
B. SHIMEK
A long-stalked Elodea flower.
R. B. WYLIE

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY
Iowa City, Iowa

LIBR
NBW
BOT AS
GAki

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA FROM THE WILSON RANCH
NEAR FLORISSANT, COLORADO

H. F. WICKHAM

The present report gives the results of a study of the collec-
tions made by myself at Florissant, during the summer of 1912.
It is a part of a series of papers intended to make known the
Coleopterous life of that region during the Miocene times and,
including those characterized in a memoir now printing by the
United States National Museum, brings up the number of beetles
described from these shales to 377 species. Even now, the subject
is by no means exhausted since the material on hand, consisting
largely of the unworked portions of the Scudder collections, in-
cludes about a thousand unidentified specimens, which will cer-
tainly furnish at least 200 novelties, possibly even more.

The old lake at Florissant covered a good deal of ground. It
is known to have been over nine miles long and about two miles
across, with irregular outlines. The shales occur in layers of
varying depth, interspersed with deposits of other character, the
whole, in places, reaching a thickness of about forty or fifty feet.
Presumably this deposition must have extended over a consider-
able period of time and it is reasonable to suppose that dust
showers and mud flows took place at different seasons so we are
not surprised to find that collections made at the various points
where exposures occur show some tendency to be unlike in detail.
The early explorations were made with no attempt to indicate
the exact points from which specimens were taken and it was
largely for the sake of remedying this neglect that Professor
Cockerell undertook to number each station at which his parties
worked—the idea being that if the beds were laid down at
periods widely differing in geological time the faune of the
various stations would yield some evidence to that effect. The
beetles that he has sent me for study seem to show that the dif-
ferences are not greater than we might expect in collections
made at varying seasons or under diverse shore environments.
As indicating what may be found in a single limited area, I sub-

3

LIBRA’
NEW YC
BOTANIC

GARDE

4 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

join a list of the Coleoptera from my collection. These, with the
exception of perhaps half a dozen specimens which came from a
point a few feet higher up, were all taken out of a single ex-
cavation not more than six feet in depth and perhaps twenty
feet in length upon the side of a hill on Mr. George W. Wilson’s

ranch.

CARABIDA.
Calosoma emmonsi Scudd.
Bembidium florissantensis n. sp.
Tachys haywardi n. sp.
Amara powellii Scudd.
Platynus florissantensis n. sp.

DYTISCIDA.
Agabus florissantensis Wickh.
Celambus miocenus Wickh.

HYDROPHILIDA.
Hydrobius titan n. sp.
Creniphilites miocenus n. sp.

SILPHID/.
Hydnobius tibialis n. sp.

STAPHYLINIDA.
Atheta florissantensis n. sp.
Heterothops conticens (?) Scudd.
Quedius chamberlini Scudd.
Leptacinus leidyi Scudd.
maclurei Scudd.
Stenus morsei Scudd.

Lathrobium antediluvianum n. sp.

Pederus adumbratus n. sp.
Tachyporus nigripennis Scudd.
Boletobius stygis Scudd.
funditus Scudd.
Mycetoporus demersus Scudd.
Bledius soli Seudd.
Platystethus archetypus Scudd.
Oxytelus subapterus n. sp.
Homalium antiquorum n. sp.

COLYDIIDA.
Cicones oblongopunctata n. sp.

MYCETOPHAGID As.
Mycetophagus willistoni n. sp.
exterminatus n. sp.

NITIDULIDA.
Colastus pygidialis n. sp.
Cychramites hirtus n. sp.

LATHRIDIIDA.
Corticaria petrefacta n. sp.

BYRRHIDAE.
Nosotetocus vespertinus Scudd.

DASCYLLIDA.
Eetopria laticollis n. sp.
; MALACHIDA.
Eudasytites listriformis Wickh.
CLERIDA,
Hydnocera wolcotti n. sp.
PTINIDA.
Vrilletta tenuistriata n. sp.
BOSTRYCHID A.
Xylobiops lacustre Wickh.
Dinoderus cuneicollis n. sp.
SCARABAIDA.
Aphodius granarioides Wickh.
aboriginalis Wickh.
preemptor n. sp.
laminicola Wickh.
Atenius patescens Scudd.
CERAMBYCIDA.
Protoncideres primus n. sp.

CHRYSOMELID AS.
Lema evanescens Wickh.
Crioceridea dubia Wickh.
Crytocephalus miocenus n. sp.

BRUCHIDA.

Bruchus seudderi Wickh.
haywardi Wickh.
exhumatus Wickh.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 5

Bruchus florissantensis (?) Wickh. Anthonomus evigilatus Scudd.
wilsoni n. sp. debilitatus Scudd.
succintus n. sp. primordius Scudd.

Orchestes languidulus Scudd.

Rhysosternum longirostre Scudd.

Acalles exhumatus n. sp.

PYTHID&.
Pythoceropsis singularis n. sp.

MORDELLID. Cryptorhynchus kerri Scudd.
Mordella lapidicola Wickh. — falli (?) Wickh.
Mordellistena smithiana n. sp. Ceuthorhynchus clausus Scudd.
duratus (?) Scudd.
RHYNCHITIDA. Baris imperfecta Scudd.
Auletes florissantensis n. sp. florissantensis n. sp.
Isothea alleni Scudd. eremastorhynchoides n. sp.
Trypanorhynchus exilis n. sp. Centrinus obnuptus Scudd.
minutissimus nN. sp. vuleanicus Wickh.
obliquus n. sp. Balaninus minusculus (?) Scudd.
Docirhynchus culex Scudd. florissantensis n. sp.

terebrans Scudd.

Toxorhynchus minusculus Scudd. eee

Seyphophorus levis Scudd.

OTIORHYNCHID. Cossonus gabbii Scudd.
Evyopes veneratus Scudd. SCOLYTID.
CURCULIONID A. Xyleborites longipennis n. sp.

Hylesinus extractus Scudd.
Hylastes americanus n. sp.
Hylurgops piger n. sp.

Sitones exitiorum Scudd.

Geralophus antiquarius Scudd.
lassatus Scudd.
pumiceus (?) Scudd. ANTHRIBID#.

Anthonomus corruptus Scudd. Brachytarsus (?) dubius n. sp.

An examination of the list shows it to contain ninety-five
species of which forty are here described as new. Most of these
novelties are so distinct as to offer no question as to their validity,
and as many of them belong to families not studied by Dr.
Seudder they may yet be found among the material collected by
him at his chief station on Fossil Stump Hill, distant something
over four miles by road. The preponderance of Rhynchophora
is exhibited here as in all the other collections, this group furnish-
ing thirty-eight species. The occurrence of four new Rhynchitids
is noteworthy as indicating in a striking manner the great de-
velopment of this family at Florissant during the Miocene, while
the discovery of three new Scolytids helps to remove a deficiency
in what is today a numerous group. The Bruchide or seed-
weevils have supplied two more novelties; it is evident that the
family was numerically stronger than today. Another Chrys-

6 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

omelid has been added to the scanty representation hitherto
known from Florissant. Three families, the Pythide, Cleride
and Mycetophagide until now containing no named species from
these shales, are added. Staphylinide maintain their normal
abundance, with a good quota of new things, and the two Hydro-
philide found are now described for the first time. The Elat-
eride and Lampyride have not been studied and hence do not
appear in the catalogue.

The rather high percentage of small insects contained in the
present collection is due in part to the special effort expended in
looking over the split shales with a hand lens. This was done on
account of a suspicion on my part that general collectors might
have missed a good share of the little beetles because of an inter-
est In more conspicuous things. It may be worth mentioning
that a stroll along the beach of Lake Superior after a favorable
night wind would show a much more striking assemblage of
beetles, as far as size and structure are concerned, than seems to
have been present about the shores of the ancient Lake Florissant.

As in previous papers, the illustrations are from camera lucida
drawings. The figure of Protoncideres primus is free hand, the
insect being too large for the microscope. The types of the new
species remain in my collection.

Bemesipium Latr.

B, FLORISSANTENSIS n. sp. (Plate V, Fig. 1.) Form elongate, sub-
parallel. Head moderate, eyes not strongly prominent, antenne slender.
Prothorax broadest near the apex, sides arcuate and sinuate posteriorly,
hind angles right or slightly prominent. Elytral subparallel at sides for
most of their length, apices conjointly rounded, each elytron about three
and one-half times as long as wide, finely striate, the strie scarcely or not
punctate, the interspaces, at least towards the margins, finely punctate.
Legs wanting. Length, 6.10 mm. Width, 2.20 mm.

By the elongate form and differently shaped prothorax, this
insect is readily distinguished from either of the fossil species
described from Florissant by Seudder. It is not possible to place
it in its correct position in relation to the enormous number of
recent species of Bembidium.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 7

Tacuys Schaum.

T. HAYWARDI n. sp. (Plate I, Fig. 1.) Form scarcely elongate for this
genus. Head of moderate size, eyes normal, antenne wanting, front finely
punctured. Prothorax broader than the head, about one and two-fifths
times as broad as long, widest slightly in front of the middle, median line
indicated but not deep, base a little narrower than the apex, sides nearly
regularly arcuate, not sinuate, angles not prominent, thoracic disk punctu-
late, basal and marginal beads fine. Scutellum small. Elytra much wider
than the prothorax, sides rather strongly rounded, apices pointed, surface
scarcely perceptibly striate except that one elytron shows a trace of a stria
near the outer tip which may represent the strong groove found in that
position in many of the recent species. Legs wanting. Length, 2.85 mm.

This seems to answer very well to the characteristic appear-
ance and small size of the genus Tachys, and is the first species
described from the Florissant Tertiaries. I do not feel that it is
safe to try to indicate its relationships with the numerous modern
forms. The name is given in memory of my friend, Roland
Hayward, whose paper on T'achys is a most helpful contribution.

PLATYNuS Bon.

P. FLORISSANTENSIS n. sp. (Plate I, Fig. 2.) Form similar to that of
the recent P. melanarius. Head of moderate size, antenne slender, extend-
ing back to the basal third of the elytra, eyes not well defined. Prothorax
strongly and regularly rounded on the sides, the width equal to a little less
than twice the length of the median line, base not well defined so that the
hind angles cannot be made out, but they are apparently rounded into the
sides and base, or at least extremely indistinct. Elytra about equal in
length to one and one-half times their conjoint width, very finely striate
and with no visible interstitial sculpture though the strize themselves show
indications of being finely punctate. Legs wanting, excepting a portion
of one of the hind pair which shows nothing of importance. Length, from
front of head to elytral apex, 8.85 mm.

Compared with recent species, this would remind one of P.
placidus by the fine strie and of P. melanarius by the size and
form. It does not resemble the fossil P. tartareus of these shales.

Hyprosius Leach.

H. TITAN n. sp. (Plate II, Figs. 4, 5.) Form more narrowed anteriorly
and posteriorly than in the recent H. fuscipes. Head of moderate: size,
finely and closely punctate over the entire upper surface. Palpi with the
terminal joint larger than the one preceding. Prothorax narrowed an-
teriorly, the sides rather regularly arcuate to the base which is the widest

8 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

part, angles distinct, sculpture similar to that of the head but a little less
pronounced. Elytra broadest about the middle, very finely punctate over
the whole surface and showing signs of striae which appear to have been
indistinctly punctured. Legs moderately slender, the tibie with markings
indicating rows of spines as in H. fuscipes. Abdominal segments subequal
in length, finely punctate. Length, 10.00 mm.; of elytra, 5.75 mm.

At first sight, I had supposed this insect would turn out to be
a Tropisternus, but an examination of the sterna and feet indi-
cate its position as a member of the tribe Hydrobiini, where it
seems to go well with Hydrobius, a genus showing considerable
diversity in form and size. The tarsi are not flattened nor dis-
tinctly ciliate, and the metasternum is not prolonged into a spine.
As far as they can be made out, the plates of the under surface
of the body are strikingly like those of H. fuscipes. The only
Florissant species with which it can be compared in facies is
Tropisternus vanus, which differs not only in being smaller, but
by the elytra being two and a half times the length of the median
prothoracic line, while in H. titan they are about three and a
half times the length. The specific name refers to the exceptional
size of the fossil species.

H. PRISCONATATOR Wickh. (Plate II, Figs. 1, 2, 3.) The original de-
scription of this species was unaccompanied by a figure. I take the present
opportunity to offer sketches showing both under and upper surfaces, the

drawings being made from the type. A renewed study of the specimen
shows that the elytral strie# are indistinctly punctate.

CRENIPHILITES n. gen.

Form similar to that of the modern species of Creniphilus, but perhaps a
little more oblong. Metasternum considerably more elongate. Antenne
not in very good condition, but the basal club-joint is larger and the ter-
minal one smaller than in the recent members of that genus. The type is
C. orpheus, described below.

C. ORPHEUS n. sp. (Plate IV, Figs. 1, 2, 3.) Form elongate oval. Head
rather small, outline subcontinuous with the curve of the prothoracie sides,
eye moderate. Antenne with basal joints not defined, club four-jointed, the
first and last of these smaller than the intermediate ones. Prothorax much
broader posteriorly, width equal to about twice the length, widest across the
base, sides feebly arcuate, sculpture not visible. Elytra subcontinuous in
outline with the prothorax (in the dorsal view, which is the better pre-
served), broadest at about their middle, sculpture apparently a fine, aluta-
ceous roughening, no visible punctuation nor striation. Legs short and
small. Front cox rounded, contiguous, middle coxe oblique and nearly or

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 9

quite contiguous, metasternum carinate along the median line. Length,
3.00 mm.

The size and form are those of some of our common species of
Creniphilus, but the characters specified above seem to warrant
the formation of a new genus for the reception of the fossil.

Hypnostius Schmidt.

H. TIBIALIS n. sp. (Plate II, Figs. 6, 7.) Form moderately elongate.
Head large, probably exaggerated in apparent size on account of abnormal
extrusion. Antenne with most of the basal portion concealed but showing
the distal seven joints, the last five of which form a club. The basal club-
joint (probably the seventh antennal joint) is longer than the one succeed-
ing but smaller than the presumed ninth. The terminal three joints form
by far the largest part of the club. The prothorax is shown from beneath,
partly in side view, the cox large, globular or nearly so, angulate externally.
Middle coxe oblique. Elytra showing only one outer edge, with a small
portion of the disk, sculpture scarcely evident except some slight traces of
striation. Legs rather short and stout, the tibie all carinate externally,
the number of carine apparently three. Middle and hind tarsi five-jointed.
Length, 3.60 mm.

This seems to go into the genus Hydnobius without violating
any of the essential characters and agrees especially in the struc-
ture of the antenne and tarsi. The tibie of the recent H.
matthewsi and H. latidens show the same carinate effect as those
of the fossil. Modern forms of Hydnobius are known from
Europe and from both the Atlantic and Pacific slopes of North
America.

ATHETA Thoms.

A. (?) FLORISSANTENSIS n. sp. (Plate III, Fig. 1.) Form rather broad
for the genus, probably exaggerated by flattening. Head, in outline, round-
ed, eye small, oval. Antenna distinctly clavate, the apical joints much
broader than the basal, but the articulations are not well defined. If direct-
ed backwards, the antenna would slightly pass the thoracie base. Pro-
thorax broad, narrowed anteriorly. Elytra a little longer than the head and
prothorax together, truncate at tip. Abdomen gently tapering, obtuse at
apex. Legs wanting. Length, over all, 2.50 mm.

All of the Staphylinide described by Scudder are much larger
than this one. I include it in Atheta merely for convenience. It
is not strictly identifiable generically on account of the loss of
the legs, but may be presumed to go into the same group of

10 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Aleocharini as Atheta, which genus is well represented in North
America today. The impressions on the pro- and mesothorax
probably have to do with the coxe, but I have not felt safe in
describing them as such.

LATHROBIUM Grav.

L, ANTEDILUVIANUM n. sp. (Plate III, Figs. 2,3.) Form rather stout for
this genus. Head much larger than the prothorax, almost regularly ellip-
tical in outline, sculpture not distinet, but there seems to be indications of
coarse scattered punctures. Eyes small, elliptical, anterior in position. An-
tenne only about as long as the head, first joint long, the others short,
second and third longer than those following, eleventh (possibly through
decomposition) subtruncate at the tip. Prothorax narrow, subelliptieal,
sculpture indistinct. Elytra short, only a little longer than the prothorax,
sculpture not defined. Abdomen badly decomposed, but the form is evi-
dently nearly parallel to the vicinity of the apex. Legs short and stout, the
tibie broad. Length, 9.60 mm.

As far as appearance goes, except for the structure of the
antenne and legs, this might be a Cryptobium. It seems to go
better in Lathrobiuwm, in the wide sense, but is not especially
like any of our recent forms. The short elytra recall those of
L. brevipenne, which, however, has the hind angles of the head
less rounded.

P2DERUS Grav.

P. ADUMBRATUS n. sp. (Plate IV, Figs. 4, 5.) Form elongate. Head
smaller than usual in this genus, antenne proportionately longer than in
most of the Florissant fossil Staphylinide, second joint not reduced. Pro-
thorax pyriform in outline, strongly narrowed behind. Elytra one-third
longer than the prothorax, truncate apically. Abdomen one-fourth longer
than the remainder of the body. Legs rather slender, but short, the tibiz
not at all expanded. Length, from front of prothorax to abdominal apex,
4.65 mm.

This is about the size of the recent species which passes in
collections as P. littorarius Gray., but the fossil seems to be more
slender and to have a rather smaller head. As in the other
Florissant Staphylinide, the legs are short compared with pre-
sumed generic representatives of recent times. The difference in
the breadth of the right and left antenna, as shown in the sketch,
is probably due to their varying position in reference to the
normal plane.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA [at

‘OXYTELUS Grav.

O. SUBAPTERUS n. sp. (Plate III, Figs. 4, 5.) Form more elongate than
in most of the recent species. Head finely punctured, large, not wider than
the prothorax but considerably longer, eyes small, moderately prominent,
posterior in position, mandibles projecting and prominent. Antenne, if
directed backwards, reaching almost to the prothoracie hind angles, not
geniculate, feebly incrassate to apex, first joint large, second small, third
longer than the fourth. Prothorax strongly narrowed posteriorly, about one
and two-fifths times broader than long, widest near the apex, sides regularly
and feebly arcuate, apex a little advanced at middle, base approximately
straight, surface sculpture similar to that of the head but a little coarser,
apparently faintly grooved on each side of the middle. Elytra narrowed at
base, wider behind, apices separately somewhat rounded, sculpture scarcely
visible excepting a line at about the external fourth, which may represent
the former line of flexure on the flanks. Abdomen a little longer than the
remainder of the body, sides imperfect. Legs short and slender, the tibie
simple, showing no spines nor processes. Length over all, 7.95 mm.

Except in the tibial structure, this seems a good Oxytelus.
The spines, of course, may have been lost, but their absence and
the want of any modification in the shape of the front pair leads
me to think that eventually it may be necessary to separate the
fossil as the type of a new genus. The size is greater than that
of any of our recent North American species, but not excessively
so when allowance has been made for probable abnormal elonga-
tion of the abdomen by maceration. The name refers to the
assumed reduction of the hind wings, as indicated by the nar-
rowed humeri.

Homauium Grav.

H. ANTIQUORUM n. sp. (Plate V, Fig. 2.) Form elongate. Head strongly
exserted, probably unnaturally so, the surface finely sculptured, eye nearly
eireular. Prothorax wider than the head, apparently not much narrowed
posteriorly, the surface minutely roughened like the head. Elytra showing
only along one side, where two rows of small rounded punctures are visible,
the interstitial areas alutaceous. Sclerites of the meso- and metathoracie
underside irregularly and (for so small an insect) not very finely punctate,
abdominal sculpture apparently only an alutaceous roughening. Hind leg,
the only one showing, rather short. Length, from front of head to abdom-
inal apex, very nearly 2.00 mm.

One specimen, lying partly upon the side, so as to expose most
of the under surface. The generic assignment is made in the
wide sense. The form, sculpture, and such structural characters

12 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

as can be made out lead to the above determination. The genus
is a very large one and is well distributed.

CICONES Curt.

C. OBLONGOPUNCTATA n. sp. (Plate ILI, Figs. 6, 7.) Form a little more
elongate than in the recent C. marginalis. Head moderately large, front
with low, irregular granulations, more pronounced in the median area,
antenne, judging from that on the left, which is‘a little better preserved,
with rather slender stem, of which the joints are hardly definable with
certainty, and a rounded solid club. Prothorax a little less than one and
a half times as broad as long, sides regularly arcuate, serrate, base and
apex nearly equal, front angles prominent, surface granulate, more coarsely
and closely on the disk, a distinct transverse sub-basal line. Elytra with
regular rows of transverse punctures, these rows extending to the tip though
not so shown on the figure since the imperfect preservation of the apical
portion does not admit of their accurate delineation. Under surface coarsely
sculptured. Legs short. Length, 3.60 mm.

This beetle, undoubtedly a Colydiid, agrees well with Cicones
in the (apparently) open front coxal cavities, the antennal
structure, the presence of a deep, well-defined antennal groove
along the edge of the eye, the proportions of the abdominal
segments and the sculpture of the upper surface. The only
possible basis of separation would be on the apparent lack, in
the fossil, of elytral sete. However, I do not feel justified in
erecting a new genus upon so uncertain a foundation. The two
modern North American species of Cicones are found upon the
Atlantic slope.

MyceropHacus Hellw.

M. WILLISTONI n. sp. (Plate IV, Figs. 6, 7, 8.) Form only moderately
elongate, subparallel. Head, as preserved, sunken well into the prothorax,
eyes not defined. Antenne short, gradually clavate, the basal joints not
distinguishable, median joints small, transverse, club, at its widest part,
three times as broad as the sub-basal portion of the antenna, last joint
pointed at apex. Prothorax nearly twice as broad as long, apex not much
narrowed, sides arcuate, more strongly in front and with the appearance of
a marginal bead. Entire thoracic disk finely, sparsely, but distinctly punc-
tured. Scutellum small, transverse. Elytra, at base, about as broad as the
prothorax, conjointly rounded at tip, each elytron about two and a half
times as long as broad. Sculpture of fine punctures, arranged in striz, with
a few other punctures of similar size scattered in the interstices. Legs, as
far as shown, moderate, roughened above, possibly from hair impressions.
Metasternum punctured, abdominal segments finely alutaceous. Length,
3.40 mm. Width, across the middle of elytra, 2.00 mm.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA pie

By all the characters of the underside, this insect seems to go
very well into the Mycetophagide. The antenne are of a type
shown in some of the recent North American species of Myceto-
phagus (Tritoma of the recent European catalogues and of
Casey), though relatively a little shorter. The general average
of characters shown, the build, sculpture, and so on, would seem
to ally it most closely to the recent T. notatula of Casey, from
British Columbia and the Northwest Territories. I have named
it after Dr. S. W. Williston, in recognition of the high services
he has rendered in entomology and paleontology.

M. EXTERMINATUS n. sp. (Plate IV, Figs. 9,10.) Form elongate. Head
moderately large, much broader than long, punctuation close, distinct, and
moderately coarse. Eyes rounded, not large. Antenne not showing the
basal joints, but terminated by a large three-jointed club, the joint im-
mediately preceding being a little more than half the width of the club.
Prothorax broader than the head but very short, about one and two-thirds
times as wide as long, sides rather feebly rounded, base arcuate, about
equal to the apex, surface finely punctate. Elytra subparallel at sides,
conjointly rather sharply rounded at apex, length equal to one and two-
thirds times their combined width, surface with rather fine, scattered, ir-
regular punctuation and traces of fine striw. Length, as preserved, 5.40
mm., in life probably a little less since the head and abdomen are apparently
unnaturally distended.

Probably not a true Mycetophagus, though belonging to the
same family. In form it is similar to the recent M. pluriguttatus
but is differently punctured, the sculpture of the pronotum and
elytra being less pronounced in the fossil. The antenne have a
wider club than any of the modern forms that I know. There is
no evidence of hairy vestiture.

Couastus Erichs.

C. PYGIDIALIS n. sp. (Plate I, Fig. 3.) Form elongate, entire upper
surface roughened, apparently scabro-punctuate, most strongly on the elytra,
less so on the pronotum, and still more finely on the head and the exposed
abdominal segments. Head incomplete in outline. Prothorax about one
and one-half times as wide as long, the apex subtruncate, sides not much
rounded. Scutellum of moderate size. Elytra about twice as long as the
prothorax, exposing two full segments of the abdomen, the last of which is
much the longer and is marked by a strong longitudinal median groove.
Length, 2.80 mm.

One specimen, showing both obverse and reverse. It is slightly
more elongate than the modern species of Colastus with which

14 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

I am acquainted, but goes well into the genus by the general
facies and by the structure of the underside. In North America,
Colastus is represented today by a few species which, in the
aggregate, range from the Atlantic to the Pacific.

CYCHRAMITES N. gen.

Form similar to Cychramus (C. adustus). The scutellum is smaller and
the last dorsal segment of the abdomen is differently formed. The type is
C. hirtus, described below.

C. HIRTUS n. sp. (Plate I, Fig. 4.) Form sub-elliptical. Head large, ©
finely punctate. Prothoracie width equal to three times the length of the
median line, pronotum broadest across the base, strongly narrowing ante-
riorly, sides regularly arcuate, apex emarginate, front angles acute, surface
a little more distinctly punctate than the head and with a covering of fine
hairs. Elytra at base as wide as the prothorax, their apices separately
broadly rounded and finely margined. Surface not striate but with a fine
punctuation and covered with hairs. Apex of abdomen exposed, the dorsum
of the terminal segment closely, evenly, but not very coarsely nor deeply
punctured. Legs wanting. Length, 3.25 mm. Greatest width, 2.10 mm.

‘his seems to be a Nitidulid, similar to the recent species of
Cychramus, but I do not like definitely to refer it there, and have
consequently followed the prevalent customeof founding a maga-
zine genus for its reception. The form of the terminal dorsal
abdominal segment may be seen by reference to the figure.

CorTIcARIA Marsh.

C. PETREFACTA n. sp. (Plate V, Fig. 3.) Form only moderately elongate.
Head narrower than the prothorax, distinctly, and relatively rather coarse-
ly, moderately densely punctured. Prothorax punctured a little less coarsely
and more sparsely than the head, about one and four-fifths times as broad
as long, apex narrower than the base, the sides feebly arcuate. LHlytra
broadest a little behind the middle, apices pointed, the sculpture consisting
of a fine, rather irregular punctuation without sign of strial arrangement.
Antenne and legs wanting. Length, from front of head to elytral tip,
3.30 mm.

This may not be a true Corticaria, though the form of the body
and the type of sculpture point to that reference. It is above the
average size of existing species of the genus, approaching most
nearly to the common C. pubescens of Europe and America,
which reaches a length of 3.00 mm.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 15

Ectopria Lec.

E. LATICOLLIS n. sp. (Plate III, Fig. 8.) Form, allowing for flattening,
similar to that of the recent E. nervosa. The head is somewhat damaged,
the front outline broken, but the eyes are of moderate size and the antenna,
only one of which is preserved, are filiform, though the poor state of
preservation precludes any description of the individual joints. Prothorax
short, deeply emarginate in front, anterior angles sharp, base bisinuate.
Seutellum small. Elytra, at base, about the same width as the prothorax,
approximately one-fourth longer than their conjoint basal width. Sculpture
of the entire upper surface minute and with a covering of fine hairs.
Length, 3.85 mm.

It seems that the Dascyllide offer the best family agreement
with this fossil, and it is placed provisionally in Ectopria since
the proportions of the body, the antenna and the coxal structures
correspond fairly well. The Dascyllide would seldom make sat-
isfactory fossils, their fragility renders perfect preservation un-
likely, and the generic characters rest largely upon structures
which would scarcely ever be in condition for study.

Hypnocera Newm.

H. woOLcoTti n. sp. (Plate IV, Fig. 11.) Form rather stout. Head
short and broad, and, including the eyes, probably a little wider than the
prothorax, sculpture extremely minute, consisting only of a fine alutaceous
roughening. Antenne not well preserved, but the club seems fairly distinct.
Prothorax very broad, about one and a half times as wide as long, the sides
not entirely perfect but evidently narrowing to the base, a strong transverse
anterior impressed line, surface similar to that of the head. Scutellum
moderate, triangular. Elytra much shorter than the abdomen, not striate,
but strongly sparsely punctate towards the apices which are somewhat nar-
rowed and separately rounded as well as distinctly beaded. Abdomen ex-
posing at least four segments behind the elytral tips, sutures strongly sin-
uate, projecting backwards at middle. The dorsal ventral segments are
without any well defined sculpture. Legs stout. Length, 5.35 mm.

Not particularly closely related to any of the numerous living
North and Central American species with which I am acquainted.
The exposed portion of the abdomen seems excessively long, but
this is doubtless due in part to maceration before fossilization.
The prothorax is like that of H. pubescens in the deep anterior
impression, but is relatively broader and of different shape. The
margined or beaded elytra recall those of H. longicollis or H.
tabida, but are differently sculptured. The restriction of the

16 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

punctures to the apical region is not so complete in any modern
Hydnocera that I know, though in some of them this portion is
much more strongly or densely punctured than the remainder
of the elytra. In view of the wide range of abdominal exposure
and of thoracic outline within this genus, I do not feel justified
in separating the fossil generically on the basis of these char-
acters. I take pleasure in dedicating this, the first fossil Hyd-
nocera, to my friend A. B. Wolcott, of the Field Museum of
Natural History.

VRILLETTA Lec.

V. TENUISTRIATA n. sp. (Plate IV, Fig. 12.) Form rather stout. Head,
prothorax, elytra, and abdomen minutely punctulate or alutaceous. Eye of
moderate size, elliptical in outline. Antenne wanting. Prothorax, in side
view, cuneiform, dorsal arch rather strong. Elytra overlapping in such a
way as to somewhat obscure the outline, but they were evidently long
enough to completely cover the abdomen, the surface with fine, deep, ap-
parently impunctate striw, which, so far as they can be traced, run to-
gether at the apex in the same manner as in the recent V. lawrentina,
epipleural lobe strong and with at least one stria. Abdomen with the
second segment longer than the third or fourth, and but slightly shorter
than the fifth. The sharp edge, which in life fits against the elytron, shows
in the fossil as a longitudinal carina, on account of the accidental abdom-
inal deflection. Legs rather short. Length, 5.55 mm.

The entire structure of this insect indicates a close relationship
to Vrilletta. The form is the same, the general sculpture is very
similar, the abdominal segmental proportions agree and so does
the length of the legs, as far as shown. Im size, the present
species is almost identical with V. lawrentina, but in the fine
elytral striation it comes closer to V. plumbea. In the fossil,
the head is incomplete anteriorly and is so represented in the
figure. Six species of the genus Vrilletta are found in North
America today, all belonging to the Pacific coast fauna excepting
V. laurentina which occurs near Toronto, Canada.

Dinopverus Steph.

D. CUNEICOLLIS n. sp. (Plate II, Fig. 8.) Form stout. Head much
smaller than the prothorax, rather roughly granulate. Prothorax, in side
view, cuneate, the back strongly arched, surface granulate and with rather
ill-defined transverse rows of asperities across the anterior half. Elytra
with the dorsum moderately arched, the disk with three or four somewhat

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 13

indistinct coste, between which the surface is roughened. Legs and antenne
lacking. Length, 2.75 mm.

Resembles in size and general appearance the insect described
by Seudder under the name Hylesinus extractus. The present
species has a different prothoracic outline and the elytra are
relatively shorter in comparison with the length of the pro-
notum. It is much smaller than Xylobiops lacustre from the
Florissant shales. The genus Dinoderus is widely distributed,
and is well represented in North America. The insect in hand
would go near to the recent D. punctatus by its seulpture, but it
is differently proportioned.

ApuHuoptus II.

A. PREZEMPTOR n. sp. (Plate VI, Figs. 1, 2.) Form moderately elongate,
subparallel. Head incomplete, the anterior margin being injured on that
slab which shows the dorsal view, but judging from the ventral aspect the
sides of the clypeus are nearly straight and convergent to the apex which is
truncate and without teeth or prominent angles. Prothorax with moderately
arcuate sides, disk scarcely punctured, a few shallow punctures laterally.
Seutellum short. Elytra injured at base but apparently about as wide as
the prothorax, finely striate, the strie not very deep and only finely punc-
tate, the punctures longitudinal. Legs stout, tibie too much injured to
show the teeth distinctly. Mesosternum not carinate. Length, 5.65 mm.

Easily distinguished from any of the other Florissant species
of Aphodius of similar size by the type of elytral striation and
punctuation. It would come near the fossil A. aboriginalis. The
subjoined table will serve as a guide to the identification of the
species thus far known from these shales.

Size very small (under 3.00 mm.). Form stout, elytral strie deep, fine,

and apparently impunctate; (2.95 mm.). shoshonis.

Size greater (3.50 mm. or more).
Size moderate (3.50 to 6.50 mm.).

Elytral strie duplicate, impunctured; (5.25 mm.). florissantensis.
Elytral strie simple, punctate or not.
Much smaller (3.50 mm.) ; striz impunctate. restructus.

Larger (over 5.00 mm.) ; striz punctate.
Thoracic disk distinctly punctate. Elytral strie sharp, well im-
pressed, with rounded punctures; (6.25 mm.). granarioides.
Thoracic disk nearly impunctate. Elytral strie wide, fairly
distinctly punctate; (6.50 mm.). aboriginalis.
Thoracic disk with rather indistinct scattered punctures. Elytral
striz sharp, narrow, with fine elongate punctures; (5.65 mm.).

praeemptor.
Size very large. Elytral strie fine, not closely punctured; (9.25 to
10.00 mm.). laminicola.

‘ vi—4—2

18 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

PROTONCIDERES N. gen.

Form of Oncideres, to which it seems related. Prothorax unarmed at
sides. Antennz very long, (in what is presumed to be the male), about
two and one-half times the body length. Front legs not elongate. Type,
P. primus, described below.

P. PRIMUS n. sp. (Plate V, Fig. 4.) Preserved im ventral view. Form
rather short and broad, subparallel. Head large, antennal tubercles pro-
nounced, antenne exhibiting only eight of the joints but these reach nearly
twice the length of the entire body; first joint large, obconical, second very
small, third a little more than twice as long as the first and equal to the
fifth, fourth a trifle shorter, sixth and seventh each about as long as the
fifth, eighth probably incomplete, the remainder wanting. The first and
second joints are strongly punctate, the punctures distinctly transverse and
tending to form series in that direction, third joint more finely punctured,
the remainder apparently only finely roughened like the greater part of the
body surface. Prothorax without spines, under surface finely transversely
rugose, about as in the recent Monohammus scutellatus. Elytra not quite
reaching the tip of the abdomen, (which was probably distended a little by
maceration), apices rounded, the surface punctate towards the base but not
strongly nor closely. Both inner and outer edges are apparently finely
margined, the former being in the shape of a sutural bead, the latter prob-
ably the epipleura. Legs moderate or rather short, the pairs subequal in
length, femora about as long as the tibie, the former not strongly clavate,
the latter about straight and with no expansions nor teeth. Tarsi obscure.
Length, 19.25 mm.

Comparisons with a large number of Cerambycide from
North America, Europe and other parts of the world, give no
clue to any very close relationships with this fossil. It seems, by
the large head and immarginate prothorax, to be a Lamiide.
The elongate antenne suggest the Acanthoderini or Monoham-
mini, but the lack of spine or tubercle upon the thoracic sides is
uncommon in these groups. If it were not for the fact that the
anterior legs are not elongate in my specimen (which, judging
by the antenne, is a male) it might be considered near Ptychodes,
but so far as the visible characters permit the formation of an
opinion, I think it best to place the insect between Saperda and
Oncideres.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS Geoff.

C. MIOCENUS n. sp. (Plate V, Fig. 5.) Form fairly stout. Head bent
up, but as it is shown from the under side it displays no features of inter-
est. Antenne visible only at the base, slender. Elytra conjointly a little
more than four-fifths as wide as long, strongly and deeply punctatostriate.
Length, 4.65 mm.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 19

The Chrysomelide seem to have been rather rare at Florissant
and this is the first Cryptocephalus to be recorded from these
shales. Of course the generic reference is to be understood in
the broad sense of the term, since there is no way of separating
most fossils by the characters used in defining modern genera
split off from Cryptocephalus as understood by its author. The
prominence of the head, judging from the appearance of the
under surface, is due to flattening and pressure. Cryptocephalid
characters are seen in the form, texture, and sculpture of the
body, the small rounded anterior coxe well separated by the
prosternum, the widely distant hind coxe, the short intermediate
abdominal segments with arcuate sutures, and the filiform an-
tenna. —

Brucuus Linn.

B. succINTUS n. sp. (Plate V, Fig. 6.) Preserved in side view. Form
rather stout. Head finely but distinctly and closely punctate, more finely
on the occiput, antenne wanting, except three or four of the median joints
which are hardly serrate. Prothorax with close, deep, rounded punctures
of moderate size, becoming subconfluent in places, these punctures very
much larger than those of the head. Elytra badly broken at apex, epi-
pleural lobe strong, disk punctured and striate, the striae narrow, moderately
deep, much stronger at base, marked at their bottoms with single rows of
close, slightly elongate punctures, interspaces distinctly punctate. Hind
eoxal region strongly and closely but not coarsely punctured, the sternal
plates very sparsely, the abdomen scarcely visibly punctulate. Hind femur
only moderately swollen and not showing teeth, the tibia nearly straight.
Length, from front of head to tip of abdomen, 3.50 mm.

Easily distinguished from any of the other described Floris-
sant species by the small size, strong punctuation, and compara-
tively slender hind femora. The above measurement is that of
the type, other specimens run as small as 2.25 mm.

B. WILSONI n. sp. (Plate V, Figs. 7, 8, 9.) Form rather short and
stout. Head small, eye large, front moderately strongly, closely punctured,
antenne slender, about as long as the elytra, not serrate. Prothorax in-
jured, but what remains shows it to have been broad, the sides apparently
nearly straight to near the apex, thence very suddenly narrowed. Disk
with moderately deep, rounded punctures, not very closely nor regularly
placed, the median area being less punctured than the lateral, base hardly
lobed, nearly straight or only a little curved. Elytra rather more than
three times the prothoracie length, nearly smooth excepting that each is
marked with fine, narrow, regular, impunctate strie. Abdomen, as pre-

D0 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

served, considerably exceeding the elytral apices. Hind femora strongly
swollen, each apparently with a good-sized tooth, though this structure is
indistinct, hind tibie much arcuate. Length, 3.25 mm.; of elytron, 2.00 mm.

A considerably smaller species than most of those hitherto re-
corded from Florissant. It seems nearest B. osborni in antennal,
thoracic, and sculptural characters, but that species is much
larger. The measurements given for B. wilson: are those of the
type, others are as small as 2.65 mm. It is named for George W.
Wilson of Florissant, to whom I am indebted for many favors
which materially assisted me in the investigation of the fossil
insect fauna.

For the purpose of more readily distinguishing the Florissant
species of Bruchus, I subjoin the following table.

Antenne strongly serrate; (3.75 mm.). dormescens.
Antenne weakly or moderately serrate.
Larger (4.35 mm.). Thoracie punctures shallow. exhumatus.
Smaller (3.90 mm.). Thoracic punctures strong. scudderi.

Antenne not serrate.
Elytral strie with strong rounded punctures; (4.15 mm.). henshawit.
Elytral strial punctures weaker, elongate.
Large species (6.00 mm.). bowditchi.
Smaller species.
Prothoracie punctuation moderately close; (4.00 mm.).

florissantensis.
Prothoraciec punctuation strong, deep, becoming subconfluent in
places; (2.25 to 3.50 mm.). succintus.

Prothoracie punctuation very fine and sparse.
Thoracic apex truncate. Punctuation stronger; (4.65 mm.).

haywardi.

Thoracic apex rounded. Punctuation finer; (4.45 mm.).
osborni.
Elytral strie impunctate; (2.65 to 3.25 mm.). wilsoni.

PYTHOCEROPSIS Nn. gen.

Form similar to that of the recent genus Lecontia. Anterior coxe round,
separated by the prosternum, middle cox slightly transverse and apparently
only a little separated, their inner edges obscured by the anterior femora
which have been folded back. Posterior coxe transverse, extending to the
sides of the body, contiguous on the median line, intercoxal process short.
Antenne not clubbed, but slender at the apex, first joint large, second much
smaller, third elongate, fourth fifth, sixth, and seventh subequal among
themselves and each shorter than the third; the eighth, ninth, tenth and
eleventh are much shorter than those preceding, the eleventh probably dam-
aged at the apex. The type is P. singularis, described below.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 7

P. SINGULARIS n. sp. (Plate I, Figs. 5, 6.) Body elongate, form sub-
parallel. Head of moderate size, anterior margin not defined, eyes, seen
from below, small and coarsely granulated. Antenne equal in length to
about one and one-third times the width of the head, slender, if directed
backward they would reach slightly beyond the elytral base, apex not in-
crassate. Gular region transversely corrugated. Prothorax not sufficiently
perfect to show the outline distinctly, the underside is plainly but not
coarsely punctured, more sparsely upon the middle than on the flanks.
Mesosternum strongly and closely punctured, its side-pieces more finely and
sparsely. Metasternum long, apparently finely grooved along the middle
line, the punctuation extremely fine, that of the side-pieces more distinct.
Elytron a little less than three times as long as wide, narrowing behind the
middle, apex bluntly pointed, sculpture consisting of close, regular, distinct,
rounded punctures of moderate size, not arranged in striae although there is
some tendency to linear series, a faint indication of two discal flat coste
as shown in the sketch. Abdomen with five free segments, the one before
the last a little shorter than the others, the entire abdominal ventral surface
with fine but distinct scattered punctures. Legs, as far as shown, of moder-
ate length. Length, 12.65 mm.; of elytron, 9.00 mm. Greatest width of
elytron, 3.20 mm.

This insect is of great interest, as it introduces into the Floris-
sant Miocene fauna a family not hitherto recognized as one of
its constituents. In my mind, there is no doubt of the Pythid
affinities. The antenna is of a type found in different genera
of the heteromerous series, the reduction in length of the distal
joints being the most striking feature. It is remarkable how
closely the sculpture of the underside follows that of Pytho
americanus and Boros unicolor, while the elytral sculpture is
similar to that of the latter species. No one of our three common
genera of North American Pythini is followed consistently in all
characters. To me, the insect has the underside of Lecontia or
Boros with the antenne of Pytho and may be regarded as a
synthetic type.

The type specimen is an underside, but the elytron (shown
separately on the plate, to save space, though in reality it pro-
jects out at a wide angle as indicated by the stub in the drawing)
is twisted so as to exhibit the upper surface.

MorDELLISTENA Costa.

M. SMITHIANA n. sp. (Plate IV, Fig. 13.) Preserved in side view.
Form a little broad, well tapering, anal style moderate in length. Elytra
narrowing to apex, not sharply pointed, the length a little more than four
times the breadth. Sculpture of entire body extremely fine, scarcely visible.

99 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Legs wanting, except a small portion of one of the hind pair which shows
no characters of importance. Length, exclusive of style, 3.40 mm.; of anal
style, about .80 mm. Height, 1.55 mm.

On account of its small size, this is referred to Mordellistena.
Compared with the fossil M. florissantensis, the present species
has a distinctly differentiated moderately long anal style and
relatively longer elytra. The name is given in memory of the
late John B. Smith, whose Synopsis of the Mordellide is well and
favorably known.

AULETES Schonh.

A. FLORISSANTENSIS n. sp. (Plate VI, Fig. 3.) Form rather slender and
elongate for this genus. Head narrower than the prothorax, eyes not dis-
tinctly definable but evidently small, antenne showing only a few of the
median joints which are rather slender. The cephalic punctuation is strong
and close, except on the occiput. Prothorax distorted by pressure, the sides
damaged so that their outline cannot be determined, punctuation per-
ceptibly less strong than that of the head but very close. The front coxe
are overlapped a little in the specimen, in life they were evidently con-
tiguous. Meso- and metasterna, with their side-pieces, strongly and closely
punctured, middle coxe contiguous. Elytra rather coarsely and closely
punctured, the discal punctures not in strie, but showing some indication
of leaving a smooth longitudinal discal line and a stria is evident along the
outer margin. Abdominal segments subequal, punctured at sides, nearly
smooth along the middle. Legs slender and rather short for this family.
Length, from the base of the beak to the elytral apex, 4.75 mm.

Unfortunately the beak is destroyed in my only specimen. The
insect is an undoubted Rhynchitid and is a much better exponent
of Auletes than the fossil A. wymani referred here by Scudder.
Recent species of this genus are found from Massachusetts to
British Columbia.

TRYPANORHYNCHUS Scudd.

T. MINUTISSIMUS n. sp. (Plate VI, Fig. 4.) Form moderately elongate.
Head full, very minutely sculptured in front, eye small and nearly cireular,
behind it a fan-shaped figure of about thirteen fine ruge. Rostrum straight,
about equal in length to the dorsal line of the prothorax, striate and carin-
ate. Prothorax very little arched along the back, anterior side margin
about straight, surface closely and, for such a small insect, moderately
coarsely punctate. Elytra more finely sculptured than the prothorax,
punctures rounded, subseriate in arrangement at base but completely con-
fused apically. Underside of body much smoother than the upper, particu-

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA 93

larly upon the abdomen, which is barely visibly punctate. Legs lacking,
except one fore femur which is of moderate length and stoutness. Length,
from front margin of prothorax to elytral tip, 2.65 mm.; of rostrum, about
.80 mm.

This is referred to Trypanorhynchus since it seems to go better
in that genus than in any of the others described by Dr. Seudder.
It is smaller than any of the species placed there by him, but
would come nearest 7’. sedatus, though easily distinguished by
the corrugate head of the specimen in hand. It looks like the
figure of Apion exanimale from these shales, but from the de-
scription I judge the elytra of that species to be impunctate.

T. EXILIS n. sp. (Plate VII, Fig. 2.) Form rather slender, back not
strongly arched. Head without noticeable striations, eye subelliptical, beak
a little longer than the prothorax, nearly straight, antenne not visible.
Prothorax short and, as preserved, higher than long, the surface with strong,
large, irregular punctures, much more evident on the sides than on the disk
and becoming confluent laterally so as to form ruge. Elytra not striate
but with rows of moderately deep, well separated, rounded punctures, smaller
than those of the prothorax. Legs rather short. Length, 2.60 mm.

Resembles 7. minutissimus quite closely but that species has
the prothorax more regularly, closely and finely punctured, the
elytral punctuation is also closer and better defined. The fan-
shaped striate area, so well shown in 7. minutissimus, is absent
from the head of the present species.

T. OBLIQUUS n. sp. (Plate VII, Fig. 1.) Form, in profile, rather elongate,
back regularly but not strongly arched. Head small, higher than long, the
sides, behind the eyes, strongly and regularly transversely striate, eye el-
liptical, oblique, the long axis nearly parallel to the forehead which is very
finely punctulate, occiput more strongly punctured and with some trace of
rugosity. Beak well defined at base, arising suddenly from the head, long,
almost straight, strongly striate, carinate and punctured. Antenne in-
serted at about basal third, straight, proximal and medial joints slender,
elongate, club three-jointed, moderately broad, the joints slightly obscured
but apparently subequal in length. Prothorax distinctly punctured, the
punctures mostly well separated but tending to form transverse ruge, the
fore part of the disk a little smoother. Elytra distinctly punctate ‘at base,
the remainder of the surface sculpture obscure or obliterated except that
faint strie are indicated as shown in the figure. Legs moderately long,
tarsi obscure. Abdominal segments subequal. Length, excluding rostrum,
6.10 mm.; of beak, 3.30 mm.; of antenne, 1.90 mm. :

This fine beetle, about the size of Rhynchites subterraneus,
differs from that species and from the recent members of the

24 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

genus (as far as they are known to me) in having elliptical ob-
lique eyes. Chiefly on account of this character, I have placed it
in Trypanorhynchus, near T. depratus from which it is at once
distinguishable by the relatively longer beak in 7. obliquus.

ACALLES Schonh.

A. EXHUMATUS n. sp. (Plate VII, Fig. 3.) The specimen is preserved in
such a position as to present chiefly a dorsal view. Form moderately elon-
gate and not very robust, recalling the recent A. porosus but with a differ-
ently shaped prothorax. Head not distinguishable. Prothorax broadest at
base, strongly narrowed anteriorly, the sides little if at all arcuate, surface
rather coarsely and very closely granulate, the granules rounded and with
a slight tendeney to form longitudinal or radiating series, a distinct median
line present. Elytra with series of elevated rounded granules, effaced over
a great part of the surface but where present they are fairly regularly
spaced, separated by distances somewhat greater than their own diameters.
The courses of these series can be traced sufficiently well to indicate that
they were extensively confluent near the tip, the discal rows enclosed, as
usual in the Rhynchophora. Length, 6.25 mm.

Some doubt must attach to this generic identification, which
is made chiefly upon facies. Nothing similar seems to have been
described by Dr. Seudder, the nearest approach to it being his
Rhysosternum eternabile, in which the thoracic punctures form
distinct ruge. I assume that in my specimen the sculpture is in
reverse, and that the granules represent punctures.

Baris Germ.

B. FLORISSANTENSIS n. sp. (Plate VI, Figs. 6, 7, 8.) Form rather stout.
Head mostly concealed, except the rostrum which is short, only slightly
curved, and punctate near the base, eye elliptical and transverse. Pro-
thorax with close, deep, rounded punctuation, about uniform over the entire
disk. Elytra striate, the strie with distinctly elongate, well-impressed but
not very regularly spaced punctures, the interstitial areas broad, nearly flat,
with transverse alternating grooves and ridges, representing a further de-
velopment of the type of punctuation seen in the recent B. transversa. The
elytra overlap along the suture, confusing the arrangement of the strie, but
those of the disk are seen to be disposed very much as in B. transversa.
Legs, as far as shown, rather finely and somewhat rugosely punctured, only
the femora visible. Length, 4.75 mm.

One specimen, showing obverse and reverse. This species is

readily distinguished from most of the other Florissant fossil
representatives of the genus by its size, in which respect it is

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA D5

approached only by B. schuchertt and B. cremastorhynchoides.
From both of these, it may be distinguished by the distinct
transverse sculpture of the interstrial spaces. It approaches the
recent B. transversa in several features, and like that species has
a distinct humeral callus, but this is more strongly punctured in
the fossil.

B. CREMASTORHYNCHOIDES n. sp. (Plate VI, Fig. 5.) Form rather
elongate and but slightly arched above. Head finely and distinetly but not
very deeply punctured, the punctures separated by less than their own
diameters. Eye, not shown in the figure, moderately large, transverse.
Beak not defined. Prothorax more coarsely and deeply punctured than the
head. Elytra punctured in rows, the puncta circular and deep, ordinarily
separated by a little less than their own diameters, interspaces nearly flat
and not hairy nor punctate. Under surface of meso- and metathorax
sculptured similarly to the prothoracic disk, but somewhat less closely,
ventral segments much smoother, scarcely visibly punctate, the first and
second segments long, the next two short, first suture strongly sinuate at
sides, second and third bent at tips. Legs short but not distinct enough
for description. Length, 4.60 mm.

This insect is strikingly hke Cremastorhynchus stabilis, de-
scribed from the Florissant shales, which has been placed in the
Anthonomini by Dr. Scudder. The present species differs es-
sentially in having the abdominal segments very unequal in
length. It seems best placed in the Barini, but is most likely not
a true Baris in the restricted sense, the form being more nearly
that of Limnobaris.

CENTRINUS Schonh.

C. VULCANICUS Wickh. (Plate VII, Figs. 4, 5.) <A fine specimen of the
insect described by me as Dorytomus vulcanicus (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist., XXXI, p. 48, pl. IV, fig. 1) indicates the propriety of removing it
from Dorytomus. The appearance of a strong tooth on the front femur of
the original example is illusory, though this character was the chief one
upon which the generic reference was made. A new figure and details are
given herewith, showing some features not to be made out in the first ex-
ample studied. It will be noted that in the gradually formed club, the
antennal structure is similar to that figured by Dr. Seudder for his C.
obnuptus. Compared with recent forms in my cabinet, it seems closest to
C. (Odontocorynus) denticornis.

C. opNuPTUS Scudd. (Plate VII, Fig. 6.) A fine example of this insect
is contained in the collection and offers an opportunity for a figure showing
some additional details.

26 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

BALANINUS Germ.

B. FLORISSANTENSIS n. sp. (Plate VI, Fig. 9.) Form stout. Head
small, finely punctured, eye elliptical, transverse. Rostrum heavy, very
minutely and quite closely punctulate, nearly straight, except near the tip
where it is very faintly arcuate. Antenne not well defined, but the point
of insertion is about two-thirds from the base. Prothorax, in side view,
about twice as high as long, dorsum strongly arched, surface regularly pune-
tate, the punctures round and close-set. Elytra with well defined striz
of rather approximate elongate punctures. Legs stout, but not especially
short, the thighs unarmed. Length, allowing for the breaking of the elytral
apex, about 4.00 mm.

This seems distinct from any of the rather numerous species
of Balaninus already known from Florissant. In size it is near
B. femoratus and B. minusculus. From the former it differs in
having a longer beak, differently shaped femora, and elliptical
instead of circular eyes. From the latter it may at once be told
by the nearly straight rostrum and coarse elytral sculpture. It
looks a great deal like Dorytomus williamsi, but that species is
said to have toothed femora. The elytral lines, in my figure,
show simply the courses of the strie and not their punctuation.

XYLEBORITES nN. gen.

Form similar to the recent Xyleborus pubescens but more elongate, the
prothorax shorter as compared with the elytra, the thoracic sculpture finer
and nearly uniform, eye sub-elliptical. These characters are, of course, not
in themselves generic, but they indicate a probable diversity of structure
from the modern species of Xyleborus. The type is X. longipennis, de-
seribed below.

X. LONGIPENNIS n. sp. (Plate VII, Fig. 7.) Form elongate. Head
large, the surface finely roughened or asperate, eye subelliptical, antennz
not showing. Prothorax cuneiform, in side view, dorsal arch broken, the
front lateral margin bisinuate, surface finely, evenly asperate, not per-
ceptibly more so anteriorly. Elytra imperfect at apex but at least two
and a half times the prothoracie length, striatopunctate, the punctures
well separated, rounded or slightly longitudinal, the interspaces very finely
transversely rugose. Legs stout, the middle tibia, the only one well shown,
longitudinally earinate. Length, as preserved, 2.25 mm.

I cannot place this insect in Xyleborus without giving too
much latitude to the presumed generic facies. At first sight it
looks like some Xylebori or Pityophthori but the prothorax is
relatively too short. The best course seems to be its separation
by the suggestion of a provisional genus.

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA oT

Hyuastes Hrichs.

H. AMERICANUS n. sp. (Plate VI, Fig. 10.) Form only moderately
elongate for this genus. Head finely scabrous, eye not defined, antenna
showing well the sub-spherical club. Prothorax, in side view, not much
arcuate on the dorsal line, the surface regularly sculptured with fairly deep,
rounded, approximate punctures of moderate size. Elytra about twice as
long as the prothorax, punctate in strie, the punctures sub-transverse,
moderately close-set and deep. Abdomen punctured, but less strongly than
the elytra. Legs short, the tibiz moderately expanded. Length, 4.50 mm.

This seems fairly close in appearance to the recent H. caver-
nosus. The tibie are not well enough preserved to show the
toothing if it were present. The genus is well distributed and
contains a moderate number of species.

Hyxuureors Lec.

H. PIGER n. sp.. (Plate VII, Fig. 8.) Form stout. Head rather finely
punctato-scabrous, eyes and antenne not definable. Prothorax with the
dorsum only slightly arched, the surface very closely sculptured with deep
rounded punctures, more or less confluent on the disk but hardly so near
the flanks. Elytra about two and one-third times the length of the pro-
thorax, with well-marked strie, each of which is beset with a row of large,
deep, approximate, rounded punctures. There is some evidence that these
striz are set off in pairs by the elevation of the alternate intervals. Under-
side of abdomen and thorax distinctly punctured, the former much more
strongly. Legs short, tibie broad. Length, 3.45 mm.

The generic assignment is made upon the facies. The elytral
sculpture is strikingly like that of the recent H. subcostulatus,
from California and Arizona, this species being matched almost
exactly in size as well by the fossil.

BRACHYTARSUS Schonh.

B. (?) DuBIUS n. sp. (Plate IV, Fig. 14.) Form about as in the recent
common B. variegatus, the prothorax a little more rounded at the sides.
Head not visible. Pronotum closely and regularly sculptured with moderate
sized, rather shallow, round punctures. Elytra punctatostriate, the punctures
elongate but not very deep. Length, 2.90 mm.

Characters for exact classification are not available, and the
assignment is made chiefly upon facies. Compared with B. varie-
gatus, the fossil has the prothorax much more regularly and
closely punctate, somewhat as in the European Arwocerus fas-
ciculatus. The elytral striw are fine and the punctures very
decidedly elongate.

Soy

Ga Sits GS

ROE ee RN

ea

bo

SS) EN Si pes 2S

NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Explanation of Plates.

Puate I.

Tachys haywardi n. sp.
Platynus florissantensis n. sp.
Colastus pygidialis n. sp.
Cychramites hirtus n. sp.
Pythoceropsis singularis n. sp.
Pythoceropsis singularis, elytron.

PuAtTeE II.

Hydrobius prisconatator Wickh., underside.
Hydrobius prisconatator, upper side.
Hydrobius prisconatator, antenna.
Hydrobius titan n. sp.

Hydrobius titan, underside.

Hydnobius tibialis n. sp.

Hydnobius tibialis, antenna.

Dinoderus cuneicollis n. sp.

PLATE III.

Atheta florissantensis n. sp.
Lathrobium antediluvianum n. sp.
Lathrobium antediluvianum, antenna.
Oxytelus subapterus n. sp.

Oxytelus subapterus, antenna.
Cicones oblongopunctata n. sp.
Cicones oblongopunctata, underside.
Eetopria laticollis n. sp.

PLATE LY.

Creniphilites orpheus n. sp.
Creniphilites orpheus, underside.
Creniphilites orpheus, antenna.
Pederus adumbratus n. sp.

Pederus adumbratus, head and antenne.
Mycetophagus willistoni n. sp.
Mycetophagus willistoni, underside.
Mycetophagus willistoni, antenna.
Mycetophagus exterminatus n. sp.
Mycetophagus exterminatus, antenna.
Hydnocera wolecotti n. sp.

Vrilletta tenuistriata n. sp.
Mordellistena smithiana n. sp.
Brachytarsus (?) dubius n. sp.

SB rel ee SUS GS) ST fe

Set) ODM SES Oo) RS fe

—
=

oh On 1B

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA

PLATE V.

Bembidium florissantensis n. sp.
Homalium antiquorum n. sp.
Corticaria petrefacta n. sp.
Protoncideres primus n. sp.
Cryptocephalus miocenus n. sp.
Bruchus succintus n. sp.

Bruchus wilsoni-n. sp.

Bruchus wilsoni, antenna.

Bruchus wilsoni, thoracic punctuation.

PLATE VI.

Aphodius preemptor n. sp.

Aphodius preemptor, underside.

Auletes florissantensis n. sp.
Trypanorhynchus minutissimus n. sp.
Baris cremastorhynchoides n. sp.

Baris florissantensis n. sp.

Baris florissantensis, elytral sculpture.
Baris florissantensis, thoracic punctuation.
Balaninus florissantensis n. sp.

Hylastes americanus n. sp.

PLAte VII.

Trypanorhynechus obliquus n. sp.
Trypanorhynehus exilis n. sp.

Acalles exhumatus n. sp.

Centrinus vulecanicus Wickh.

Centrinus vuleanicus, eye, beak and antenna.
Centrinus obnuptus Seudd.

Xyleborites longipennis n. sp.

Hylurgops piger n. sp.

PLATE I

‘.
.
N
Ny
N
‘
\
'
'
i
,
’
,
,
| |

J

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA FROM FLORISSANT

ve! 4
\
|
'
,
’

.

vee

a

Levers 4

wie oe aa

PLATE III

7 es ee:
00000000 0
00000

vaaaiae 00
9000 0/0 go 00
909

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA FROM FLORISSANT

PLATE IV

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA FROM FLORISSANT

PLATE VI

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA FROM FLORISSANT

for

When,

-
“
<
P
Ps

Lt
| an
‘a

PLATE VII

FOSSIL COLEOPTERA FROM FLORISSANT

A NEW SUCCINEA*

B. SHIMEK

SUCCINEA WITTERI, n. s.—Plate I, figures I-V.

Shell: Ovate-conic, rather heavy for a species of this genus;
whorls 314, somewhat rounded, but more or less flattened below
the suture, forming a slight shoulder, or even constricted by a
shallow spiral groove which leaves the shoulder a low ridge fol-
lowing the suture, this being most prominent on the body-whorl ;
the spire is elevated, and on account of the flattening of the
whorls, quite regularly conical, forming a third or more of the
length of the shell; body-whorl relatively large, but not greatly
expanded, its upper contour being distinctly flattened; aperture
ovate, broadly rounded below, acute above, its columellar margin
somewhat incurved by an indistinct columellar fold; the peris-
tome sharp, very oblique to the axis of the shell in side view, and
in this view usually slightly sigmoid; the surface is covered with
distinct lines of growth which are more or less unequal, and
erossed by irregular, unequal and interrupted spiral grooves
which are especially prominent on the body-whorl; the color is a
distinct yellow, deeper at the apex, sometimes approaching
orange ; the dimensions of the 18 shells, figured in the same order
on the plate, are as follows (in millimeters) :

Mength, een, os tere MO tO leas G5” 16.0; 16.0. 17.5 ATOn 470
RRaelGHIAS orp cjoiere «Akers DG OO I 9:0 S10) 85" 16.0) > Ba) ots.
Aperture, length, ... 01-5 10.5 11.0 10.0'- 10.5* 110° 11.5 11.5 “11.0
Aperture, width, ..... G5. - 608 °6.5 © 6.5” 655°) 6.5) ~ 6.5.) @5°>°65
PCN ENS 3.5. ere ers check 7-0; 516.5, 17.0, 16.5. 16-0) 160 16:0 16.0 25:8
VES Said & Anes © er 0:0). 920 9.0 * TO” £820: 7 SA Se el
wpertare: Tasty 7. 211.0) TES. 10.0 11S 2-0 21.0 TO ILO", 100
Aperture, width, ..... GOR 66-0 6.5) 6:07 36:0) 86:00) Stor LO .0

Jaw: Strongly arcuate, the ends rounded and enlarged, the
convex margin somewhat wavy, the concave margin with a single
blunt central projection. (See fig. IV.)

*Preprints of this paper were distributed March 6, 1913.

31

39 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Radula: The radula shows 1 row of central teeth, and 9 rows
of lateral and 19 rows of marginal teeth on each side. The outer
one of the two side cusps of the laterals is quite uniformly larger.
(See fig. V.)

Its nearest relative in the upper Mississippi valley is S. avara
from which it differs by its larger size, the more flattened body-
whorl, the distinct spiral grooves, the blunt and enlarged ends of
the jaw, and the nine rows of lateral teeth of the radula, each
lateral with the outer side cusp larger. It is nearer S. ovalis in
size, but differs in being less inflated, with flattened and spirally
marked body-whorl, and with a simpler jaw of the S. avara type.
It also equals S. retusa in size but is more oblique, spirally
marked, and with a higher spire.

The specific name is given in honor of the late Professor F. M.
Witter of Muscatine, who devoted many years to the study of
Towa mollusks.

Distribution and habits: The species has been collected by the
writer for many years in the vicinity of Iowa City, Iowa, where
it is locally common. Some years ago specimens were sent out
under the name of S. avara var. vermeta. The species is gre-
garious on muddy borders of the Iowa river. Where the mud
has been recently exposed, and is still quite soft, numerous in-
dividuals may be found creeping about, sometimes reaching the
water’s edge.

The types which are figured were selected from two sets: the
first six on the plate and in the table of dimensions are from a set
which was collected at the town of Coralville, near Iowa City, and
the remaining twelve specimens were collected in’ Iowa City,—in
both cases along the Iowa river. The jaw and radula were taken
from the Coralville specimens.

The types are in the writer’s collection, and cotypes have been
deposited in the zoological museum of the State University of
Iowa, the National Museum, and the Philadelphia Academy of
Natural Sciences.

34 NATURAL. HISTORY BULLETIN

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I

I. SUCCINEA WITTERI 0. s.
Six shells showing three views. Coralville, Iowa.
II-III. SvUccineEA WITTERI n. s.
Twelve shells showing three views. Jowa City, Iowa.
IV. SUCCINEA WITTERI n. s.,—jaw.
V. SUCCINEA WITTERI n. s.,—teeth from radula.
a. Central.
b. First lateral.
c. First marginal. The tenth and eleventh rows from the cen-
tral, which usually form the first and second rows of
marginals, often have some teeth with but one lateral cusp

(hence like laterals) and some with two lateral cusps of
the usual inner marginal type.

d. Seventh marginal, showing three lateral cusps.

For comparison the following species of Succinea, occurring in Iowa, are
figured on the plate:

VI. Succinea ovalis Say. Three views. Jowa City, Iowa.
VII. Succinea retusa Lea. Three views. Iowa City, Iowa.

VIII. Succinea ovalis Say. Three views of a variety from yellow loess.
Towa City, Iowa.

IX. Succinea grosvenorii Lea. Three views. Hamburg, Iowa.
X. Succinea avara Say. Fossil, from yellow loess. Iowa City, Iowa.

XI. Succinea avara Say. Modern, Rock Rapids, Iowa.

PLATE I

Vill

a or or er rk ar)

IOWA SPECIES OF SUCCINEA

AN ARTIFICIAL PRAIRIE*

B. SHIMEK

Seven-eighths of the area of the State of Iowa and large por-
tions of surrounding states were originally covered with prairie.
The greater part of this area has been completely transformed
by cultivation and the prairie flora has disappeared excepting
along highways and the right of way of railways, and in certain
rougher parts of the state which are not cultivated.

The original prairie was here with all its peculiarities when
the white man came, and it had probably long existed in the
condition in which he found it. There is no record of its cause
or origin excepting as we find it in the forces and phenomena of
the natural world, and these have been so variously interpreted
that the origin of the prairies has been ascribed to a variety of
causes. t

The writer has contended§ that evaporation as influenced by
exposure to temperature and wind, and by relative humidity,
was the chief and most universal cause of the treelessness of the
prairie, the forest plants failing in exposed places because they
are mesophytic, while the prairie plants are able to hold their
own in such places because they are structurally adapted to ex-
istence under conditions which are, at least during a part of the
summer, decidedly xerophytic.

An interesting bit of evidence supporting this view is fur-
nished by a strip of prairie bordering a highway near Home-
stead, Iowa, which differs from ordinary prairie in that it has
been developed within the memory of men now living and under
conditions which make it essentially an artificial, man-made
prairie. It is not of great extent, but extent of area does not
form a measure of the prairie, the latter being marked by only
one consistent feature, the flora.

*This paper was presented in substance before the Botanical Society of America at
Cleveland, O., December, 1912.

7See the writer’s paper on “The Prairies’ in this volume, pp. 169-240, 1911.

§The Prairies, ibid.

vi—4—4 35

36 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

The entire area here discussed lies within the holdings of the
Amana Community, a religio-communistic society whose settle-
ment is popularly known as the ‘‘Colony’’ or ‘‘Colonies’’. Two
of the seven towns belonging to the community, namely Home-
stead and Amana, are connected by the wagon-road which is
here discussed. Homestead lies about one and one-half miles
south of the Iowa river. The territory north of the town is more
or less broken and the highest parts traversed by the road in
question rise to an altitude of about 150 feet above the river.
The region between Homestead and the river is densely forested
excepting in the immediate vicinity of the town, and the present
owners, who were the original settlers and who are practical
conservationists, have maintained a large part of the forest in
its primitive condition for nearly 60 years. The road was cut
through this forest in about the year 1856 for the purpose of
connecting Homestead and Amana. It follows a general north-
erly course, but like many of the earlier ridge-roads it zigzags
more or less, bending somewhat toward the east, with its south-
erly part well exposed toward the southwest. For a short dis-
tance above Homestead the road is not bordered by woods, but
for at least one and one-third miles north of the open part it lies
wholly within the forest, which here extends quite to the river.
It is to this portion of the road which is closely bordered by a
dense forest that attention is specially directed. The altitude of
this part of the road varies from about 100 to 150 feet above the
river. Its width is 66 feet and it has been kept clear to the full
width for many years in a manner very characteristic of the
methodical and industrious owners.

The flora covering this road-strip was originally the typical
flora of the forest such as now appears in the bordering woods,
but this has been completely replaced by a typical prairie flora
which borders the roadway throughout its length. The bordering
prairie strips on either side vary up to 30 feet in width and are
illustrated in part by figure 1, plate I.

The accompanying list of plants, which were collected on the
cleared but otherwise undisturbed portions of the road strip,
contains 72 species of flowering plants of which 13 are mono-
cotyledonous,—mostly grasses. Of the total number only 6
species (those marked *) also occur less frequently in woods, but
usually in rather open places. Four of these species were here

AN ARTIFICIAL PRAIRIE 37

found on both the prairie strips and in the bordering forest; the
two remaining species, Gentiana flavida and Silene stellata, also
occur sometimes in the woods of this general region but were not
observed in the vicinity of the road. The greater part of the list,
66 species, is made up of characteristic prairie plants which are
wholly wanting in the adjoining forest, and which could not
have been a part of the flora which originally covered the road-
strip. Very few weeds were introduced with this prairie flora
and these are largely restricted to the immediate border of the
road-bed. Some years ago small portions of the roadside were
not cleared for some time and the forest flora rapidly advanced,
producing bordering thickets. The vanguard of such an advance
usually consists of Corylus americana, Rhus glabra, Populus
tremuloides, Quercus macrocarpa, Crataegus Margaretta, Rubus
allegheniensts, and other hardy trees and shrubs, among which
the smaller herbs soon appear. Individual specimens of these
trees and shrubs are scattered along the prairie border in some
places, but they are kept in check by the periodic clearing of the
roadside.

A comparison of the flora of this prairie strip with that of the
adjoining forest brings out in a striking manner the difference
between these floras. An examination of the forest list shows 86
species of vascular plants of which 6 are pteridophytes, and 17
monocotyledones. The dicotyledonous plants are almost equally
divided between herbs and woody plants. Of this list 9 species
(those marked *) also occur on the prairie. Of the latter number
5 were here not found on the prairie border but occur on prairies
elsewhere. The greater part of the list, 77 species, is made up of
species which are characteristic of the forest and undoubtedly
represent the bulk of the flora which originally covered the road-
strip.

The source of the introduced prairie flora is probably to be
sought in the prairie which originally covered the territory
south of the forest here discussed, the remnants of the flora of
which are still preserved along the Chicago, Rock Island and
Pacific Railway, and elsewhere. Another prairie area is located
on the bottomlands north of the river, but this probably eon-
tributed very little to the introduced flora of the road-strip.

The manner of introduction is suggested by a review of the
habitual methods of seed dispersal of the introduced species. Of

38 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

these species 32 produce seeds or fruits easily carried by the wind
and 33 have seeds or fruits which may be readily driven by wind
along the surface of snow, or with sand and dust. Seven species
are usually distributed by animals, the fruits of three being used
for food, and four producing hooks or spines. Many of the
seeds were probably also brought in on wagon-wheels, horses’
hoofs, ete.

Once introduced, this flora has been able to hold its own be-
cause its members are essentially xerophytes. The larger trees
and shrubs which would make possible the advance of the forest
have been removed artificially; the smaller forest flora, being
mesophytic, can not exist in the strip thus exposed to wind and
sun; and the prairie flora has become established simply because
its structural adaptations give it greater powers of resistance to
fluctuations in the relative humidity of the air.

These structural adaptations are of the usual type, but per-
haps the most striking are shown in the leaf characters. The
leaves of the prairie plants usually have reduced surfaces, being
small or frequently variously cut, their texture is more or less
coriaceous, and they are frequently covered with hairs, scales or
spines. The difference in these characters between prairie and
forest plants is often illustrated in species of the same genus, as
is shown in figure 2, plate I. This figure illustrates the leaves
of species of eight genera. In each case (a) represents a leaf of
the forest species and (b) a leaf of the prairie species belonging
to the same genus. All but four of the species figured were ob-
tained on the prairie border or in the adjoining woods, but these
four species are found in nearby territory. Thus Viola pedati-
fida, while absent from the prairie border, is abundant on the
prairie north of the river. Its place along the road seems to be
taken by Viola pedata. Erigeron philadelphicus and Phlox di-
varicata were not observed in the woods near the road, but both
occur in more remote portions of the same forest. Lobelia
syphilitica belongs to the swamp rather than the forest, but it
is found in wet places in the surrounding forest and is also
introduced for comparison.

The leaves of these species differ not only in form and size but
also in texture, those of the prairie being harsher and more
coriaceous. The usual differences in microscopic structure are
also strikingly shown, but these need. not be discussed here.

AN ARTIFICIAL PRAIRIE 39

The fact that prairie plants are essentially xerophytes is well
established, and explains the possibility of their continued ex-
istence in exposed situations. That exposure brought about
artificially should result in the development of this xerophytic
flora in a narrow strip extending through a deep forest seems
especially worthy of note, and further confirms the previous
conclusion that exposure is the primary cause of the existence of
treeless prairies. So long as this strip is kept clear of shrubs
and trees it will continue to produce a prairie flora. If neglected
much of it will probably revert to forest, though it is very prob-
able that where the prairie turf has become well established it
would resist the advance of the forest.

The following lists of plants give a comparative view of the
floras of the prairie strip and the adjacent forest. The lists are
based on many collections made at various times.

Prairie Plants

Dicotyledones

Achillea millefolium L.

Ambrosia artemisiifolia L.

Amorpha canescens Pursh

Anemone cylindrica Gray

Antennaria plantaginifolia (L.)
Rich.

Artemisia caudata Michx.

Asclepias syriaca L.

Asclepias tuberosa L.

Asclepias verticillata L.

Aster laevis L.

Aster multiflorus exiguus Fern.

Baptisia leucantha T. & G.

Brauneria pallida (Nutt.) Britt.

Cassia chamaecrista L.

Ceanothus americanus L.

Cirsium discolor (Muhl.) Spreng.

Coreopsis palmata Nutt.
Desmodium canadense (L.) DC.
Erigeron ramosus (Walt.) BSP.
Euphorbia corollata L.
*Fragaria virginiana Duches.
*Gentiana flavida Gray
Helianthemum majus BSP.
Helianthus scaberrimus Ell.

Heuchera hispida Pursh

Hypericum cistifolium Lam.

Krigia amplexicaulis Nutt.

Kuhnia eupatoroides corymbulosa
T. & G.

Lactuca canadensis L.

Lepachys pinnata (Vent.) T. & G.

Lespedeza capitata Michx.

Liatris pycnostachya Michx.

Liatris scariosa Willd.

Linum suleatum Rid.

_Lithospermum canescens (Michx.)
Lam.

Lobelia spicata Lam.

Monarda mollis L.

(Enothera serrulata Nutt.

Parthenium integrifolium L.

Phlox pilosa L.

Physalis pubescens L.

*Potentilla canadensis L.

Pyenanthemum flexuosum (Walt.)
BSP. ,

*Rhus glabra L.

Rudbeckia hirta L.

Ruellia ciliosa Pursh

40 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Salix humilis Marsh.
Seutellaria parvula Michx.
Silene antirrhina L.

*Silene stellata (L.) Ait. f.
Silphium integrifolium Michx.
Siulphium laciniatum L.
Solidago canadensis L.

Solidago nemoralis Ait.
Solidago rigida L.

Verbena angustifolia Michx.
*Veronica virginica L.

Viola pedata L.

Zizia aurea (L.) Koch.

Monocotyledones

Agropyron Smithii Ryd.
Andropogon furcatus Muhl.
Andropogon scoparius Michx.
Elymus canadensis L.
Hordeum jubatum L.
Hypoxis hirsuta (L.) Coy.
Keleria cristata (L.) Pers.

Panicum Scribnerianum Nash
Panicum virgatum L.

Poa pratensis L.

Sorghastrum nutans (L.) Nash
Stipa spartea Trin.
Tradescantia bracteata Small

Forest Plants

Dicotyledones

Herbs
Actaea alba (L.) Mill.
Actaea rubra (Ait.) Willd.
Agrimonia gryposepala Wallr.
Agrimonia striata Michx.
Anemone quinquefolia L.
Anemone virginiana L.
Anemonella thalictroides (L.)

Spach

Aralia racemosa L.
Aster Drummondii Lindl.
Cireaea lutetiana L.

Cryptotaenia canadensis (L.) DC.

Desmodium grandiflorum ( Walt.)
DC.

*Dodecatheon Meadia L.
*Fragaria virginiana Duches.
Galium aparine L.

Galium triflorum Michx.
Geranium maculatum L.

Geum canadense Jacq.

Hepatica acutiloba DC.
Hydrophyllum virginianum L.

Osmorrhiza longistyla (Torr.) DC.

Phryma leptostachya L.
Podophyllum peltatum L.
Polemonium reptans L.

*Potentilla canadensis L.
Pyrola elliptica Nutt.
Ranunculus abortivus L.
Sanguinaria canadensis L.
Sanicula marilandica L.
Solidago ulmifolia Muhl.
Triosteum perfoliatum L.

*Veronica virginica L.
Viola cucullata Ait.

Viola pubescens Ait.

Woody Plants
Carya ovata (Mill.) K. Koch
Celastrus scandens L.
Celtis occidentalis L.
Cornus paniculata L’Heér.
Corylus americana Walt.
Crataegus Margaretta Ashe
Crataegus mollis (T. & G.) Scheele
Menispermum canadense L.
Populus tremuloides Michx.
Prunus americana Marsh.
Prunus serotina Ehrh.
Prunus virginiana L.
Psedera quinquefolia (L.) Greene
Pyrus ioensis (Wood) Britt.
Quercus alba L.

AN ARTIFICIAL PRAIRIE

Quercus macrocarpa Michx. Rubus allegheniensis Porter
Quercus rubra L. *Rubus occidentalis L.
Quercus velutina Lam. Sambucus canadensis L.
Rhamnus lanceolata Pursh Tilia americana L.
*Rhus glabra L. Ulmus americana L.
*Rhus toxicodendron L. Ulmus fulva Michx.
Ribes gracile Michx, Viburnum lentago L.
Rosa blanda Ait. *Vitis vulpina L.

Monocotyledones

41

Arisaema dracontium (L.) Schott Panicum Porterianum Nash

Arisaema triphyllum (L.) Schott Polygonatum commutatum (R. & S.)

Carex rosea Schk. Dietr.

Cypripedium parviflorum pubescens Smilax ecirrhata (Eng.) Wats.
(Willd.) Kn. Smilax herbacea L.

Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. Smilax hispida Muhl.

Dioscorea villosa L. Smilacina racemosa (L.) Desf.

Hystrix patula Moench. *Smilacina stellata (L.) Desf.

Liparis lillifolia (L.) Rich. Uvularia grandiflora Sm.

Orchis spectabilis L.
Pteridophyta

Adiantum pedatum L. Cystopteris fragilis (L.) Bernh.
Aspleniium filix-foemina (L.) Osmunda Claytoniana L.
Bernh. Pteris aquilina L.

Botrychium virginianum (L.) Sw.

NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Explanation of Plate I

Fic. I—A portion of the Homestead road, looking north, showing the
prairie border especially well on the east side.
Fic. [1—Leaves of prairie and forest plants.
1. Smilacina.
a. SS. racemosa (L.) Desf.
b. S. stellata (L.) Desf.
2. Solidago.
a. S. ulmifolia Muhl.
b. S. nemoralis Ait.
3. Panicum.
a. P. Porterianum Nash -
b. YP. Seribnerianum Nash
4. Viola.
a. V. cucullata Ait.
b. V. pedatifida G. Don.
5. Aster.
a. A. Drummondii Lindl.
b. A. multiflorus var. exiguus Fern.
6. Hrigeron.
a. E. philadelphicus L.
b. E. ramosus (Walt.) BSP.
7. Lobelia.
a. L. siphilitica L.
b. L. spicata Lam.
8. Phlox.

a. P. divariecata L.
b. P. pilosa L.

PLATE I

‘ FIGURE I

HOMESTEAD ROAD WITH PRAIRIE BORDERS

FIGURE 2

COMPARISON OF LEAVES OF FOREST AND PRAIRIE PLANTS OF
SAME GENUS

= = Aa:
he on " =
> dh A wscat om. fo er.

A LONG-STALKED ELODEA FLOWER

ROBERT B. WYLIE

The submersed seed plants are of peculiar interest to the
botanist. Obviously descendants of land plants, they offer many
ingenious modifications in relation to their adopted habitat.
More remotely they were probably derived from some primitive
aquatic stock, but all evidences of such ancestry are lost in the
multitudinous structures elsewhere associated with land plants.
In the life history of each of these aquatic flowering plants there
must have been a terrestrial life of sufficient duration to permit
the evolution of a dominant sporophyte, the development of
heterospory, and the attainment of the seed habit, together with
a relatively high degree of floral development. The possession of
such structures and habits in common with land plants would
argue that our aquatic phenogams are removed but a little from
the land.

Most so-called ‘‘water-plants’’ are only nominally aquatic,
living merely rooted in shallow water or partly submersed. The
marginal vegetation of every lake affords numerous examples. A
few plants, on the other hand, have solved the problems of exist-
ence entirely beneath the surface of the water and are truly
aquatic since they carry out their whole life history while com-
pletely submersed. A fine example is seen in Ceratophyllum
demersum Li. which is pollinated beneath the surface, so may
flourish at considerable depths. In West Okoboji Lake in north-
western Iowa this form has been found growing at a depth of
nearly thirty feet and is one of the most successful plants in these
waters. Zostera and Phyllospadix are marine genera of similar
habit.

An extensive intermediate group includes seed plants that live
beneath the surface of the water, but which must bring their
flowers to the air if cross pollination is to be effected. Such
plants are truly amphibious, though in the reverse sense of the
term, since they vegetate in water and seek the air only for aid
in reproduction. Vegetatively they are aquatics, but in their

43

44 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

floral habits are still essentially land plants. It must not be
assumed, however, that they have retained unmodified their
former habits of pollination. While some of them are possibly
anemophilous in the simpler sense of the term, others have
specialized flowers and employ the surface film of water in most
ingenious ways to aid in the transfer of pollen. Nor should the
members of the hydro-anemophilous group be looked upon as
transitional to the subsurface habit of pollination. On the con-
trary they probably represent a distinct specialization, with
structures and habits intimately related to pollination at the
surface of the water. Conspicuous examples are seen in Vallis-
neria and Elodea, while less highly specialized forms are found
in certain species of Myriophyllum and Potamogeton.

The submersed plant that brings its flowers to the surface of
the water for pollination accomplishes this in one of three ways,
or, in the dioecious forms, there may be a combination of two of
these methods ;—

1. By elongation of the floral axis. This is the simplest and
probably in general the most primitive plan since it might be
developed gradually as plants pushed out into deeper water.
Examples are seen in Myriophyllum spicatum L., several species
of Potamogeton, and in the pistillate flower of Vallisneria spi-
ralis Li.

2. By detachment of flowers from the plant. This leaves the
flowers free to float to the surface of the water. Obviously this
plan may be employed for staminate flowers only, and is there-
fore always associated with some other plan for the pistillate
flower which must retain connection with the plant until the
seeds are matured. Well known examples are the staminate
flowers of Elodea and Vallisneria spiralis L.

3. By elongation of the flowers. This plan is the most highly
specialized of the three, involving as it does the radical modifica-
tion of the floral parts in order to bring the stamens and stigmas
to the surface of the water. In Elodea the epigynous pistillate
flower may be one thousand times as long as wide. The perfect
flowers of Heteranthera dubia (Jacq.) MacM., though hypogyn-
ous, attain to a marked degree of elongation in their upward
stretch toward the surface of the water.

Another alternative suggests itself, namely, self-pollination be-
neath the surface of the water, but this seems seldom to occur.

A LONG-STALKED ELODEA FLOWER 45

It may be that the wide spread dioecism in aquatic plants, evi-
dently recently acquired in some of them, is to avoid this di-
lemma. The writer has recently made a careful study of the
perfect flowers of Heteranthera dubia (Jacq.) MacM. and finds
them to be regularly cleistogamous. Whether deeply submersed,
the more favorable condition for vegetative growth, or near
enough to the surface to permit the flowers to open in air, fertil-
ization seems to take place uniformly before the flowers open.

In the genus Elodea the flowers are generally functionally
monosporangiate though rudiments of the suppressed parts are
regularly present. The pistillate flower reaches the surface of
the water, if not too deeply submersed, through the elongation of
that portion of the epigynous flower above the ovary,—the ‘‘tubus
calicis’’ of the older writers,—i. e., it employs the principle of
flower elongation.

The staminate flower of our common species of Elodea reaches
the surface by detachment. Each remains until fully developed
attached to the plant within the globose spathe. At maturity the
pedicil weakens and presently the flower is released, rises rapidly
the the surface and there sheds its pollen on the water. The sur-
face film of water has much to do with the floating of the pollen
and the general events of pollination in this plant.*

During the summer of 1909, in connection with work at the
Maebride Lakeside Laboratory on Lake Okoboji in northwestern
Iowa, the writer noted an unusual form of staminate flower on
the Elodea plants of that locality. The flowers were in striking
contrast to those of the common species in that they were carried
to the surface of the water on a long slender axis instead of re-
maining sessile and detaching at maturity (Fig. 1). Detachment
was subsequent to the shedding of the pollen, and was often long
delayed. It was interesting to encounter a pollen bearing flower
of Elodea employing the plan of axis elongation instead of de-
tachment, and to note within the one genus the occurrence of the
three possible modes of surface attainment.

The staminate flowers of several South American species of
Elodea are reported to behave similarly. Caspary® describes cer-
tain species, among these, Elodea chilensis Casp. and E. calli-

1 Wylie, Robert B., The Morphology of Elodea canadensis, Bot. Gazette, 37: 1-22,
1904, pp. 11-13.

2 Caspary, R., Die Hydrillen. Jahrb. f. wiss. Bot., 1: 377-513, 1858, pp. 469-472.

46 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

trichioides Casp., as having a filiform axis to the staminate flow-
er, but no similar structures seem to have been noted among our
members of this genus. Accordingly the plants above noted were
studied with care, and observations were continued through the
two succeeding summers.

The plants under discussion were large and vigorous, and
flourished abundantly in the north end of East Okoboji lake, at
times completely dominating certain areas. Every one of the
hundreds of staminate flowers examined displayed the same trait,
seeming to point to a distinct strain of these plants in that lo-
eality. During the summer of 1910 these plants were found in
the same place and also at another point in the lake four miles
distant. The low water prevailing in these lakes during the
summer of 1911 greatly altered the number and distribution of
water plants but the form in question was fairly abundant. The
associated pistillate plants, whose flowers closely resemble those
of the common species, were abundant and set seeds regularly.
In all this time the other form, EF. canadensis Michx. was not
noted in the waters of these connected lakes.

The lower portion of the spathe of these pollen bearing flowers
is early constricted (Fig. 3), and might resemble in a superficial
way the condition described as ‘‘spathe peduncled’’ by Rydberg*
in his deseription of Philotria linearis Rydb. and P. Planchonw
(Casp.) Rydb., though the spathe of our form is strictly sessile.
The outer end of the spathe expands abruptly into a flattened
two-cleft circular portion which loosely invests the body of the
flower which is pedicillate within the spathe.

At maturity the axis elongates rapidly, pushing the flower out
of the spathe (Fig. 2), and outward into the water when its
buoyancy carries it upward toward the surface. The degree of
elongation of the axis is related in a general way to depth of its
insertion. Those borne near the surface may be but two or three
centimeters in length, while those in deeper water show extreme
elongation. Specimens were measured in 1911 28 em. long and
no doubt this did not represent the extreme of elongation.

The staminate flower is thus carried up on a slender whitish
thread which resembles in a superficial way the ‘‘floral tube’’ of
the pistillate flower. In Caspary’s descriptions the same term,
“‘tubus ecalicis,’’ is applied to both of these elongated structures.

3 Rydberg, P. A., Flora of North America.

A LONG-STALKED ELODEA FLOWER 47

While the habits of these two flowers are biological equivalents,
and the parts concerned outwardly similar, they are morpholog-
ically unlike and in no sense homologous. The ‘‘tubus calicis’’
of the pistillate flower includes that complex of parts above the
ovary of the epigynous flower, while that of the staminate flower
is simply the stem or axis. The greater efficiency of the latter is
probably due to its stem character and the relative simplicity of
stem elongation compared with flower elongation.

The rapid elongation of the peduncle of the staminate flower
is due to the lengthening of cells previously much contracted.
These cells may increase to twenty-five times their former length,
—this accompanied by a slight decrease in diameter. Some stalks
elongated over 20 em. on plants left over night in a collecting
case,—the flowers being pushed out through the tangle of plants
in the vasculum.

The flower maturing naturally in the water has usually, during
the hours of sunshine at least, a bubble tugging at its apex.
Frequent experiment failed, however, to dislodge a bubble in
such a way as to carry any of the pollen to the surface. It seems
that the pollen is shed only when the flower itself reaches the
surface of the water.

In quiet waters the flowers may remain attached to the plant
for some time after the pollen is shed. But in more open waters
their release is hastened by wave action, the axis breaking at its
most slender part within the spathe at the base. In 1909, when
the plants were noted most abundantly, the detached staminate
flowers formed extensive windrows at the margins of open water
where thousands of them might be seen tangled together by their
long trailing stalks. In no case was an unopen flower noted
among these and they were free from all except floating pollen.

Biologically it is of interest to note the occurrence of the three
possible flower-forms within the one genus, and the association
of two distinct types of staminate flowers with a pistillate flower
that is quite constant throughout the genus. While the pistillate
flower might also have developed an elongated scape, as in Vallis-
neria, the vegetative habits of the plant have not made this neces-
sary. Hlodea plants are small leaved and thrive near the surface
of the water,—a habit that is favored through its anchorage by
means of long roots. Vallisneria, on the other hand, has long
leaves arising from a short stem at the bottom of the pond, and

48 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

may flourish in waters of a yard or more in depth. Its flowers
are thus compelled to rise through a considerable distance, re-
quiring a scape, while those of Elodea, borne nearer the surface,
reach the air by flower elongation.

These two types of staminate flowers in the genus Elodea sug-
gest independent lines of evolution in the efforts, so to speak, of
this plant to overcome the difficulties of cross pollination as a
submersed plant. The sessile flower, which comes to nothing
unless detached, is probably the simpler and agrees in structure
with the pistillate flower which is always sessile. Detachment
was made easy through the reduction of mechanical tissues char-
acteristic of submersed plants, while buoyancy was secured by
means of the air-spaces so freely developed in plants of such
habitat. The other, or long peduncled pollen bearing flower,
seems here to represent the derived condition, though this habit
is certainly primitive in other genera. Its advantages, if any,
are not obvious; on the other hand no disadvantages are sug-
gested since detachment is possible at any degree of axis-elonga-
tion. )

A couple of years ago the writer published‘ a brief description
of this form with the suggestion that it be called Elodea iowensis
in case it could not well be included in any of the recognized
species. Further study of the plant has only made more un-
certain any other disposition of it, and accordingly a tentative
description is outlined as follows ;—

Elodea ioensis nov. sp.
(Plates I and IT)

Polygamo-dioecious water plant. Stems slender 2-10 dm. long; leaves in
3’s oblong lanceolate to oblong linear, 8-14 mm. long, 2-3.5 mm. broad,
abruptly pointed, finely serrate; spathe of staminate flower sessile, con-
stricted at base into a tubular stalk-like portion 5-10 mm. long, outer
expanded portion 6-8 mm. long, 4 mm. broad, flattened, and two cleft;
staminate flower long-pedicelled, the axis at maturity 3-20 em. in length,
often detaching after elongation, body oval 3 mm. long; sepals oval, 4 mm.
long and strongly recurved in open flower; petals linear-lanceolate, long
acuminate, obtuse, 4 mm. wide, abruptly expanded near base, and shorter
than the sepals; stamens 9; anthers oblong, 2.5-3 mm. long, subsessile;
inner triad of stamens standing much higher than outer; branched rudi-
mentary stigma prominent; spathe of pistillate flower linear, 10-15 mm.
long; hypanthium-tube slender, 3-15 em. long; sepals oval, 2 mm. long;
petals obovate, delicate; stigmas 3, linear, 3 mm. long; staminodia 3,
slender.

East Okoboji Lake, Dickinson County, Iowa, 1909.

4Wylie, Robert B., The Staminate Flower of Elodea. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 18:
80-82, 1911.

A LONG-STALKED ELODEA FLOWER 49

It seems to differ markedly from described North American
species in the possession of this long peduncled staminate flower.
But as this axis does not elongate conspicuously until a few hours
before the flower opens, the suggestion naturally arises that it
may have been overlooked elsewhere and the description based on
immature material. Under this assumption one is lead to com-
pare it with Elodea Planchonw Casp. (Philotria Planchonu
[Casp.] Rydb.) which is described as having a short pedicelled
staminate flower, but a comparison of these forms shows many
other points of difference.

ELODEA PLANCHONIT CASP. ELODEA IOENSIS

Based on description of
Philotria Planchonii (Casp.) Rydb.

Leaves 7-15x1-2 mm. Leaves 8-14x2-3.5 mm.
Staminate flower short-pedicelled. Staminate flowers long-pedicelled.
-Pedice] ————————_-. -Pedicel 5-25 em. long.
-Spathe peduneled. -Spathe sessile, contracted at
base.
-Sepals elliptic, 5 mm. long. -Sepals oval, 4 mm. long.
-Petals lacking. -Petals present, linear-lanceolate,
: long-acuminate, ete.
-Anthers 3-4 mm. long. -Anthers, 2.5-3 mm. long.
Pistillate flower, tube 3-5 em. long. Pistillate flower, tube 3-15 em. long.
-Sepals linear, 3 mm. long. -Sepals oval, 2 mm. long.
-Petals linear, 3 mm. long. -Petals obovate, 2 mm. long.
-Stamens none. -Sterile stamens, 3.

Figs. 5 and 6 illustrate fundamental differences between the
staminate flower of this form and that of Elodea canadensis
Michx. at corresponding stages of development; at any later
stage the contrasts would be more marked. Minor differences in
form of petals and sepals for both flowers occur, and of course
there can be no agreement with the hermaphrodite form of £.
canadensis Michx.

Comparison with the South American species credited with
long stalked staminate flowers is difficult from the descriptions
since the same term ‘‘tubus calicis’’ is applied to the elongated
portions of both pistillate and staminate flowers, though it is
highly improbable that they are structurally identical. How-
ever, in summarizing the characters of Elodea chilensis Casp.
Caspary® says, ‘‘Mannliche Bliithe, wie die weibliche mit sehr
langer Rohre des Kelches, 8-48’’" lang. Die miannliche Blithe

5 Loc. cit., p. 470.

50 NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

scheint sich nicht lozulosen. Die Spatha der mannlichen Blithe
ist lineal-cylindrisch.’’ The slender spathe would seem to be a
point in evidence also of the homology of these structures,—in
which case there can be no agreement with our form. But as-
suming the term ‘‘tubus ealicis’’ of these descriptions relates to
the peduncle of the staminate flower there are many points of
difference between any of them and the Okoboji plant. In addi-
tion, the wide geographical separation,—in opposite hemispheres,
—would suggest caution in correlating these forms, though
Caspary® refers to at least three species that are dioecious and
may have peduncled staminate flowers (Hlodea chilensis Casp.,
Elodea callitrichiodes Casp., and Elodea Najas Casp.) that offer
similarities to the form in question.

The occurrence of the plant under discussion in the waters of
the Okoboji lakes suggests two alternatives;—Hither, (1) that it
is a form of local development, with perhaps a limited range, or,
(2) that it belongs to a species of possibly wide distribution to
the west and northwest of the Mississippi basin which has not
yet been clearly identified nor fully described. .

Favoring the former view is the considerable depth of these
Okoboji lakes (over 100 feet in places), thus pointing to a prob-
ably constant body of water since the last glacial invasion,—
the lakes having been formed in part at least by the Wisconsin
ice-sheet. These quiet waters, through thousands of years, hav-
ing at all times shallower margins favoring the growth of such
plants, would have made ready the stage for possible mutations.

Favoring the latter alternative, which to the writer seems
probable, is the relative inconspicuousness of. the flowers sug-
gesting that this form might easily have escaped the casual
observer. tn its younger stages it is not strikingly different from
the common species, while in its maturity the flower resembles
the pistillate flower in a general way. Of course no skilled col-
lector would be deceived, but when one recalls the relative in-
accessibility of these plants to the pedestrian collectors, and the
greater interest of most pioneer workers in the more conspicuous
land plants, one is inclined to the view that this form may be
found more generally in the lakes to the west and northwest as
these are studied more thoroughly.

® Loe. cit., 469-477.

OO
Y)

NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

Explanation of Plates

The abbreviations employed in describing figures are as follows: stg,
stigma; st, stamen; sp, spathe; p, petal, and s, sepal.

Hig, ie
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 0.
Fig. 6.
Fig. 7
Fig. 8
Fig. 9

PLATE I

Open staminate flower attached to plant.

_ Mature staminate flower enclosed within the spathe.

Staminate flower emerging from spathe.

Detached and empty staminate flower floating on water with
elongated axis trailing.

PuaTE IT

Median longitudinal section through mature staminate flower of
Elodea ioensis still enclosed by spathe.

A similar section through staminate flower of Elodea canadensis
Michx. at a stage of development corresponding to that shown
in Fig. 5.

Open flower of Hlodea ioensis.

Leaf of Hlodea ioensis.

Petal of staminate flower, Hlodea ioensis.

Sepal of staminate flower, Hlodea ioensis.

PLATE I

WYLIE ON ELODEA

PLATE II

00 M09.906
ODO 8s

WYLIE ON ELODEA

P 4 1)
ae
Li } ;

allee AU:
et Wir,

“

r

reat

Toy
Po

New York Botanical Garden Li

i

A

Yoee

22

at

‘a